NSC PSAP Delineation Materials

PSAP NSC Delineation Materials 112818.pdf

2020 Census Participant Statistical Areas Program

NSC PSAP Delineation Materials

OMB: 0607-1003

Document [pdf]
Download: pdf | pdf
Request for Non-Substantive Change to the
2020 Census Participant Statistical Areas Program (PSAP)
OMB Control No. 0607-1003
U.S. Department of Commerce
U.S. Census Bureau
Purpose
The U.S. Census Bureau offers a once-per-decade opportunity for regional planning agencies
(RPAs), councils of governments (COGs), tribal, state, county, and local governments (including
the District of Columbia and Puerto Rico) to review and update selected statistical areas planned
for the 2020 Census data tabulation. Attached for your approval are fifty-six delineation
materials of the 2020 Census Participant Statistical Areas Program (PSAP) that the Census
Bureau will send to the participants in January 2019.
Background
The current PSAP OMB collection was approved on 02/05/2018 for three years with an
expiration date of 02/28/2021. This non-substantive change is a request to:
1. Submit the final three Respondent Guides.
2. Submit revised copies of twelve cover letters, two follow-up letters, fourteen Quick
Reference Guides, two Quick Program Guides, two Postcards, and two Information
Guides. There is an additional of seventeen Compact Disk/Digital Video Disk
(CD/DVD) readme.txt. files, an example of a 2010 Population and Housing Unit Counts
file, and an example of a 2020 Proposed Changes list.
3. Authorize communication with groups of partners by email and/or letter between
January and July 2019.
Previously, the Census Bureau has supplied the table of contents for the three Respondent
Guides as part of the package approved by the Office of Management and Budget (OMB).
These Respondent Guides, currently renamed for clarity, now exist in final form and need to
replace the table of contents included in the package. The Census Bureau made changes to all
the delineation materials to meet final program requirements.
In addition, the Census Bureau added new delineation materials for Puerto Rico respondents, a
CD/DVD readme.txt file that details all of the documents and files associated with the disc, and
two information letters for the technical PSAP assistant and a person interested in reviewing and
updating the statistical geographies, respectively.
The Census Bureau has also revised, updated, and refined the language, instructions and steps in
all the letters and the quick start guides to make the language more concise and descriptive. The
fifth column of the attached table (see Appendix A) contains a summary of the changes made
per material. Overall, the additional materials and revised language and instructions will
improve the respondent’s experience.
Lastly, the Census Bureau will need to contact groups of partners throughout the PSAP
delineation phase to notify them of issues and clarifications related to Census Bureau provided
materials and software that may impact their review. As the delineation phase is time limited,
the Census Bureau is requesting authorization to send emails and/or letters to groups of partners

to document issues and provide additional instruction. At the end of the delineation phase in
July 2019, the Census Bureau will supply documentation of all messages that were sent to
groups of partners related to these possible issues.
There is no substantive change to the program resulting from this change. The finalized
instructions, steps, or languages do not change the content or objective of the program. The
changes made were necessary to reflect the most current program information.
Burden
The burden of the 2020 Census PSAP is unchanged by this update.
Appendix A
Documents Included in the 2020 Census PSAP Delineation Package – Non-substantive
change request
#

ID

1

20PSAP-L-460

2

20PSAP-C-820

3

20PSAP-C-821

Description or Title

New Description or
Title (if applicable)
Cover Letters
Letter sent to regional
NA
planning agencies
(RPAs), councils of
governments (COGs),
and county participants
choosing to download the
Geographic Update
Partnership Software
(GUPS) online during the
delineation phase.
Cover letter sent with the NA
respondent guides to a
federally recognized tribe
using paper maps to
delineate to delineate
Alaska Native village
statistical areas
(ANVSAs).
Cover letter sent with the
respondent guides to the
Alaska Native Regional
Associations (ANRAs)
using paper maps to
delineate to delineate
Alaska Native village
statistical areas
(ANVSAs.)

NA

Summary of
Changes
Refining the
overall language.
The action steps
are more
elaborated to
increase
understanding.
The schedule is
added and the
website link is
updated.
The signature is
changed from
Director to the
Associate Director.
Removal of the
CC line to State
Data Center
contact.
Adding a new
letter. Previously,
the recipients were
going to receive
the same letter
(20PSAP-C-820),
but since each
letter will be
addressed to two
different

#

ID

Description or Title

New Description or
Title (if applicable)

4

20PSAP-C-822

Cover letter sent with the
respondent guide to a
federally recognized tribe
using paper maps to
delineate tribal
designated statistical
areas (TDSA).
Cover letter sent with the
respondent guide to a
federally recognized tribe
using paper maps to
delineate an Oklahoma
tribal statistical area
(OTSA).
Cover letter sent with the
respondent guide to a
state tribal liaison using
paper maps during the
delineation phase.
Cover letter with GUPS
DVDs, online and paper
maps sent to RPAs,
COGs, and county
participants during the
delineation phase.
Cover letter with GUPS
DVD to Puerto Rico
participants
(Municipios).

NA

NA

Adding new
material for Puerto
Rico Participants
in Spanish.

Cover letter with GUPS
DVDs sent to tribal
participants during the
delineation phase.

NA

The action steps
are more
elaborated to
increase
understanding.
The schedule is
added and the
website link is
updated.
The signature is
changed from
Director to the
Associate Director.

5

20PSAP-C-824

6

20PSAP-C-830

7

20PSAP-C-880

8

20PSAP-C880PR

9

20PSAP-C-890

NA

NA

NA

Summary of
Changes
recipients, it was
necessary to add a
new letter.
Refining the
overall language.
The action steps
are more
elaborated to
increase
understanding.
The schedule is
added and the
website link is
updated.
The signature is
changed from
Director to the
Associate Director.
Removal of the
CC line to State
Data Center
contact.

#

ID

Description or Title

New Description or
Title (if applicable)

10

20PSAP-C-891

Cover letter sent with the NA
respondent guide to a
federally recognized tribe
using paper maps to
delineate tribal statistical
areas.

11

20PSAP-C-895

12

20PSAP-C-896

Letter sent to PSAP
NA
technical assistants to
notify them that the
delineations materials
package were sent to the
Primary PSAP
participant.
Letter sent to inform a
NA
person interested in
providing input to the
statistical geographies
that the PSAP delineation
materials were sent to the
Primary PSAP
participant.

Summary of
Changes
Removal of the
CC line to State
Data Center
contact.
Adding a new
letter for federal
tribes.

Adding a new
material.

Adding a new
material.

Follow-Up Letters
13

20PSAP-L-500

Delineation Follow Up
Letter to all participants.

NA

14

20PSAP-L500PR

Delineation Follow-Up
Letter PR (Spanish).

NA

Updating the date
Census Bureau
will send materials
for verification to
participants, from
December 2019 to
January 2020. The
signature is
changed from
Director to the
Associate Director.
Removal of the
CC line to State
Data Center
contact.
Adding a new
follow-up letter for
Puerto Rico
participants. The

#

ID

Description or Title

New Description or
Title (if applicable)

Summary of
Changes
content is similar
to L-500.

Respondent Guides
15

20PSAP-G-690

GUPS respondent guide
for tribal participants
(table of contents only).

16

20PSAP-G-700

Paper respondent guide
for tribal participants
(table of contents only).

17

20PSAP-G-730

GUPS respondent guide
for RPAs, COGs, and
county participants (table
of contents only).

2020 Census
Participant Statistical
Areas Program
(PSAP) Tribal
Respondent Guide
Instructions for using
the Geographic
Update Partnership
Software (GUPS)
2020 Census
Participant Statistical
Areas Program
(PSAP) Tribal
Respondent Guide
Instructions for using
Paper Maps
2020 Census
Participant Statistical
Areas Program
(PSAP) Standard
Respondent Guide
Instructions for using
the Geographic
Update Partnership
Software (GUPS)

Submitting the full
respondent guides.
The title change
reflects better the
purpose of the
document.
Other changes
related to the table
of contents re
made to meet the
current program
and software
requirements.

PSAP Quick Reference Guides
18

20PSAP-G-600

19

20PSAP-G-610

20

20PSAP-G-615

21

20PSAP-G-620

22

20PSAP-G-621

23

20PSAP-G-622

Quick reference for tribal
block groups (TBGs).
Quick reference for tribal
census tracts (TCTs).
Quick reference on
census designated places
(CDPs) for all
participants.
Quick reference for tribal
designated statistical
areas (TDSAs).
Quick reference for state
designated tribal
statistical areas
(SDTSAs).
Quick reference for
ANVSAs.

NA
NA
NA

NA

NA

NA

Refining the
overall language.

#

ID

Description or Title

24

20PSAP-G-623

25

20PSAP-G-625

Quick reference for
OTSAs.
Quick Reference for
State American Indian
Reservations

26

20PSAP-G-640

27

20PSAP-G-650

28

20PSAP-G-660

29

New Description or
Title (if applicable)
NA

Summary of
Changes

NA

Adding a new
material for State
American Indian
Reservations.
Refining the
overall language.

NA

20PSAP-G615PR

Quick reference on block
groups for RPAs, COGs,
and county participants.
Quick reference on
census tracts for RPAs,
COGs, and county
participants.
Quick reference on
census county divisions
(CCDs) for RPAs,
COGs, and county
participants.
Quick Reference: Census
Designated Places

30

20PSAP-G640PR

Quick Reference: Block
Groups

NA

31

20PSAP-G650PR

Quick Reference: Census
tracts

NA

NA

NA

NA

Adding a new
material for Puerto
Rico Respondents.
Adding a new
material for Puerto
Rico Respondents.
Adding a new
material for Puerto
Rico Respondents.

PSAP Quick Program Guides
32

20PSAP-Q-900

Quick start for GUPS
online download.

Quick Program Guide
for Digital Download
of the GUPS

33

20PSAP-Q-905

Quick start for GUPS
DVD download.

DVD Quick Program
Guide for GUPS

Changing the title
to reflect the
purpose of the
document. Adding
2020 Census to the
title. Adding,
rewriting, and/or
refining the
verbiage to clarify
the action steps.
The PSAP
schedule was
removed and
Contact
Information was
added.
Changing the title
to reflect the

#

ID

Description or Title

New Description or
Title (if applicable)

Summary of
Changes
purpose of the
document. Adding
2020 Census to the
title. Adding,
rewriting, refining
the verbiage to
clarify action
steps. The PSAP
schedule was
removed and
Contact
Information added.

PSAP Information Guides
34

20PSAP-W-100

35

20PSAP-W100PR

2020 Census Participant
Statistical Areas
Program (PSAP)
Information Guide.
2020 Census Participant
Statistical Areas
Program (PSAP)
Information Guide for
Puerto Rico.

NA

NA

NA

Adding a new
material for
Puerto-Rico’s
Respondents.

PSAP Postcards
36

20PSAP-P-300

37

20PSAP-P300PR

Yes or No change
delineation prepaid
postage postcard.
Delineation Phase
Response Postcard.

NA

NA

NA

Adding a new
material for Puerto
Rico’s
Respondents.

PSAP Templates and CD/DVD ReadMe.txt Files
38

L-2020

39

L-2010

40

C-820_Readme

41

C-821_Readme

2020 Proposed Changes
List (template).
2010 Population and
Housing Unit Counts List
(template).
ReadMe_C820_PSAP_Disc_Conten
ts.txt.
ReadMe_C821_PSAP_Disc_Conten
ts.txt.

NA
NA

NA

NA

Adding a new
material.
Adding a new
material.
Adding new
materials.
These Compact
Disk/Digital Video
Disks (CD/DVD)
contain

#

ID

Description or Title

42

C-822_Readme

43

C-824_Readme

44

C-830_Readme

45

C-880_Readme

46

C880_Readme_G
UPS_Disc
C-880ALT_Readme_
Data_Disc
C880PR_Readme
_Data_Disc
C880PR_Readme
_GUPS_Disc
C890_Readme_D
ata_Disc
C890_Readme_G
UPS_Disc
C-890ALT1_Readme
_Data_Disc
C-890ALT2_Readme
_Data_Disc
C-891_Readme

ReadMe_C822_PSAP_Disc_Conten
ts.txt.
ReadMe_C824_PSAP_Disc_Conten
ts.txt.
ReadMe_C830_PSAP_Disc_Conten
ts.txt.
ReadMe_C880_PSAP_Data_Disc_C
ontents.txt.
ReadMe_C880_PSAP_GUPS_Disc_
Contents.txt.
ReadMe_C-880ALT_PSAP_Data_Disc_
Contents.txt.
ReadMe_C880PR_PSAP_Data_Disc
_Contents.txt
ReadMe_C880PR_PSAP_GUPS_Di
sc_Contents.txt.
ReadMe_C890_PSAP_Data_Disc_C
ontents.txt.
ReadMe_C890_PSAP_GUPS_Disc_
Contents.txt.
ReadMe_C-890ALT1_PSAP_Data_Disc
_Contents.
ReadMe_C-890ALT2_PSAP_Data_Disc
_Contents.
ReadMe_C891_PSAP_Disc_Conten
ts.txt.
ReadMe_C-891ALT1_PSAP_Disc_Cont
ents.txt.
ReadMe_C-891ALT2_PSAP_Disc_Cont
ents.txt.

47

48

49

50

51

52

53

54

55

C-891ALT1_Readme

56

C-891ALT2_Readme

New Description or
Title (if applicable)
NA

NA

NA

NA

NA

NA

NA

NA

NA

NA

NA

NA

NA

NA

NA

Summary of
Changes
information
needed by PSAP
participants.

PSAP Cover Letters

L-460
OMB Control No.: 0607-1003









FROM THE ASSOCIATE DIRECTOR FOR DECENNIAL CENSUS PROGRAMS Dear PSAP Participant: Your government/organization recently registered to participate in the U.S. Census Bureau’s 2020 Census Participant Statistical Areas Program (PSAP). You may now start to review and update the census tracts, block groups, census designated places (CDPs), and if applicable, census county divisions (CCDs) for the counties you agreed to review during the PSAP. Please follow the action steps and schedule outlined in this letter to participate. Action Steps: 1. Visit the 2020 Census PSAP website and download the following program materials: a. 2020 Census PSAP Quick Program Guide for Digital Download of the Geographic Update Partnership Software (GUPS) (Q-900). b. 2020 Census PSAP Standard Respondent Guide: GUPS (G-730). c. GUPS software: . d. 2020 Census PSAP Quick Reference Guide: Census Designated Places (G-615). e. 2020 Census PSAP Quick Reference Guide: Block Groups (G-640). f. 2020 Census PSAP Quick Reference Guide: Census Tracts (G-650). g. 2020 Census PSAP Quick Reference Guide: Census County Divisions (G-660) – if applicable. h. 2020 proposed changes list. 2. Visit the 2020 Census PSAP website for webinar information. (Optional): . 3. Review the 2020 Census PSAP boundaries to determine if changes are needed. Refer to the respondent guide for instructions on reviewing your boundaries. a. Consult with other interested parties to determine if changes are necessary to meet analytical and planning needs. The Census Bureau regularly receives requests to update census tract census.gov boundaries from organizations such as economic development agencies, planners, and local government officials. b. Use the enclosed postage-paid 2020 Census PSAP Delineation Phase Response Postcard (P-300) to report if there will be changes to the statistical geographies. c. Return the completed postcard to the Census Bureau within 30 days of receipt. 4. If you determine updates are necessary, complete statistical area updates using GUPS. Refer to the respondent guide for instructions on updating statistical area boundaries. 5. Return your 2020 Census PSAP submission file(s) using the Census Bureau’s Secure Web Incoming Module (SWIM). a. Refer to the 2020 Census PSAP Quick Program Guide for Digital Download of the GUPS (Q-900) for instructions to create a SWIM account if you do not already have one. New SWIM accounts require a 12-digit SWIM token. Use the SWIM token below to create your account. b. SWIM token: . Please see Appendix A for the list of counties for which you are responsible for updating and delineating. Please complete and submit your statistical area updates within 120 days. The information you submit will ensure the accuracy and completeness of statistical area delineations for the 2020 Census. The Census Bureau will review your statistical area updates and ensure all updates meet the established criteria for the 2020 Census PSAP. We will contact you if there are questions regarding your submission. 2020 Census PSAP Schedule Date January 2019 Event 2020 Census PSAP delineation phase begins. Participants have 120 days to submit updates. January 2019 2020 Census PSAP training webinars begin. July 2019 2020 Census PSAP participants notified of delineation phase closeout. January 2020 2020 Census PSAP verification phase begins. Participants have 90 calendar dates to review updates. 2020 Census PSAP Contact Information Email: Phone: 1-844-788-4921 Website: Thank you for your participation in the 2020 Census PSAP. Sincerely, Albert E. Fontenot, Jr. Associate Director for Decennial Census Programs 2 Enclosures We estimate that completing this program will take a total of 40 hours on average, from 2018-2020. Send comments regarding this burden estimate or any other aspect of this collection of information, including suggestions for reducing this burden, to . This collection has been approved by the Office of Management and Budget (OMB). The eight digit OMB approval number that appears at the upper left of the letter confirms this approval. If this number were not displayed, we could not conduct this survey. The Census Bureau conducts this program under the legal authority of the Title 13 U.S. Code, Section 6. 3 Appendix A: Counties to delineate: 4 C-820 OMB Control No.: 0607-1003
FROM THE ASSOCIATE DIRECTOR FOR DECENNIAL CENSUS PROGRAMS Dear PSAP Participant: Your tribal government recently registered to participate in the U.S. Census Bureau’s 2020 Census Participant Statistical Areas Program (PSAP). You may now start to review and update your Alaska Native village statistical area (ANVSA). Please follow the action steps and schedule outlined in this letter to participate. Action Steps: 1. Review the program materials in your package. a. 2020 Census PSAP Quick Reference Guide: Alaska Native Village Statistical Areas (G-622). b. 2020 Census PSAP Tribal Paper Respondent Guide (G-700). c. 2020 Census PSAP Delineation Phase Response Postcard (P-300). d. 2020 Census PSAP paper maps. e. Supplemental disc(s) with pdf file(s) of paper maps, quick reference guide(s) and respondent guide. f. Postage-paid label. 2. Visit the 2020 Census PSAP website for webinar information. (Optional): . 3. Review the 2020 Census PSAP boundaries to determine if changes are needed. Refer to the respondent guide for instructions on reviewing your boundaries. a. Use the postage-paid 2020 Census PSAP Delineation Phase Response Postcard (P-300) to report if there will be changes to the statistical geographies. b. Return the completed postcard to the Census Bureau within 30 days of receipt. 4. Use the 2020 Census PSAP paper maps to make boundary updates. The Census Bureau has enclosed a supplemental disc(s) that includes PDF map(s) corresponding to the enclosed paper map materials. This disc is a courtesy copy and for reference only. Refer to the respondent guide for instructions on updating boundaries. census.gov 5. Ship the updated 2020 Census PSAP paper maps to the Census Bureau in the original map tube or envelope. Please affix the provided postage-paid label over the top of the original label before returning the map tube. Please complete and submit your tribal statistical area updates within 120 days. The information you submit will ensure the accuracy and completeness of boundaries for the 2020 Census. The Census Bureau will review your updates and ensure all updates meet the established criteria for the 2020 Census PSAP. We will contact you if there are questions regarding your submission. 2020 Census PSAP Schedule Date January 2019 Event 2020 Census PSAP delineation phase begins. Participants have 120 days to submit updates. January 2019 2020 Census PSAP training webinars begin. July 2019 2020 Census PSAP participants notified of delineation phase closeout. January 2020 2020 Census PSAP verification phase begins. Participants have 90 calendar dates to review updates. 2020 Census PSAP Contact Information Email: Phone: 1-844-788-4921 Website: Thank you for your participation in the 2020 Census PSAP. Sincerely, Albert E. Fontenot, Jr. Associate Director for Decennial Census Programs Enclosures We estimate that completing this program will take a total of 40 hours on average, from 2018-2020. Send comments regarding this burden estimate or any other aspect of this collection of information, including suggestions for reducing this burden, to . This collection has been approved by the Office of Management and Budget (OMB). The eight digit OMB approval number that appears at the upper left of the letter confirms this approval. If this number were not displayed, we could not conduct this survey. The Census Bureau conducts this program under the legal authority of the Title 13 U.S. Code, Section 6. 2 C-821 OMB Control No.: 0607-1003
FROM THE ASSOCIATE DIRECTOR FOR DECENNIAL CENSUS PROGRAMS Dear Representative: The U.S. Census Bureau invites Alaska Native Regional Associations (ANRA) to delineate Alaska Native Village Statistical Areas (ANVSAs) and Alaska Native Regional Corporations (ANRC). ANRAs may delineate ANVSAs for those Alaska Native Villages (ANVs) that are not able to participate in the U.S. Census Bureau’s 2020 Census Participant Statistical Areas Program (PSAP). Please follow the action steps and schedule outlined in this letter to participate. Action Steps: 1. Review the program materials in your package. a. 2020 Census PSAP Quick Reference Guide: Alaska Native Village Statistical Areas (G-622). b. 2020 Census PSAP Tribal Paper Respondent Guide (G-700). c. 2020 Census PSAP Delineation Phase Response Postcard (P-300). d. 2020 Census PSAP paper maps. e. Supplemental disc(s) with pdf file(s) of paper maps, quick reference guide(s) and respondent guide. f. Postage-paid label. 2. Visit the 2020 Census PSAP website for webinar information. (Optional): . 3. Review the 2020 Census PSAP boundaries to determine if changes are needed. Refer to the respondent guide for instructions on reviewing your boundaries. a. Use the postage-paid 2020 Census PSAP Delineation Phase Response Postcard (P-300) to report if there will be changes to the statistical geographies. b. Return the completed postcard to the Census Bureau within 30 days of receipt. 4. Use the 2020 Census PSAP paper maps to make boundary updates. The Census Bureau has enclosed a supplemental disc(s) that includes PDF map(s) corresponding to the enclosed paper map materials. census.gov This disc is a courtesy copy and for reference only. Refer to the respondent guide for instructions on updating boundaries. 5. Ship the updated 2020 Census PSAP paper maps to the Census Bureau in the original map tube or envelope. Please affix the provided postage-paid label over the top of the original label before returning the map tube. Please see Appendix A for the list of ANVSAs for which you are responsible for updating and delineating. Please complete and submit your updates within 120 days. The information you submit will ensure the accuracy and completeness of boundaries for the 2020 Census. The Census Bureau will review your updates and ensure all updates meet the established criteria for the 2020 Census PSAP. We will contact you if there are questions regarding your submission. 2020 Census PSAP Schedule Date January 2019 Event 2020 Census PSAP delineation phase begins. Participants have 120 days to submit updates. January 2019 2020 Census PSAP training webinars begin. July 2019 2020 Census PSAP participants notified of delineation phase closeout. January 2020 2020 Census PSAP verification phase begins. Participants have 90 calendar dates to review updates. 2020 Census PSAP Contact Information Email: Phone: 1-844-788-4921 Website: Thank you for your participation in the 2020 Census PSAP. Sincerely, Albert E. Fontenot, Jr. Associate Director for Decennial Census Programs Enclosures We estimate that completing this program will take a total of 40 hours on average, from 2018-2020. Send comments regarding this burden estimate or any other aspect of this collection of information, including suggestions for reducing this burden, to . This collection has been approved by the Office of Management and Budget (OMB). The eight digit OMB approval number that appears at the upper left of the letter 2 confirms this approval. If this number were not displayed, we could not conduct this survey. The Census Bureau conducts this program under the legal authority of the Title 13 U.S. Code, Section 6. 3 Appendix A: Alaska Native Village Statistical Areas (ANVSAs) to delineate: 4 C-822 OMB Control No.: 0607-1003
FROM THE ASSOCIATE DIRECTOR FOR DECENNIAL CENSUS PROGRAMS Dear PSAP Participant: Your tribal government recently registered to participate in the U.S. Census Bureau’s 2020 Census Participant Statistical Areas Program (PSAP). You may now start to review and update your tribal designated statistical area(s) (TDSAs). Please follow the action steps and schedule outlined in this letter to participate. Action Steps: 1. Review the program materials in your package. a. 2020 Census PSAP Quick Reference Guide: Tribal Designated Statistical Areas (G-620). b. 2020 Census PSAP Tribal Paper Respondent Guide (G-700). c. 2020 Census PSAP Delineation Phase Response Postcard (P-300). d. 2020 Census PSAP paper maps. e. Supplemental disc(s) with pdf file(s) of paper maps, quick reference guide(s) and respondent guide. f. Postage-paid label. 2. Visit the 2020 Census PSAP website for webinar information. (Optional): . 3. Review the 2020 Census PSAP boundaries to determine if changes are needed. Refer to the respondent guide for instructions on reviewing your boundaries. a. Use the postage-paid 2020 Census PSAP Delineation Phase Response Postcard (P-300) to report if there will be changes to the statistical geographies. b. Return the completed postcard to the Census Bureau within 30 days of receipt. 4. Use the 2020 Census PSAP paper maps to make boundary updates. The Census Bureau has enclosed a supplemental disc(s) that includes PDF map(s) corresponding to the enclosed paper map materials. This disc is a courtesy copy and for reference only. Please refer to the respondent guide for instructions on updating boundaries. census.gov 5. Ship the updated paper maps to the Census Bureau in the original map tube or envelope. Please affix the provided postage-paid label over top of the original label before returning the map tube. Please complete and submit your updates within 120 days. The information you submit will ensure the accuracy and completeness of boundaries for the 2020 Census. We will contact you if there are questions regarding your submission. 2020 Census PSAP Schedule Date January 2019 Event 2020 Census PSAP delineation phase begins. Participants have 120 days to submit updates. January 2019 2020 Census PSAP training webinars begin. July 2019 2020 Census PSAP participants notified of delineation phase closeout. January 2020 2020 Census PSAP verification phase begins. Participants have 90 calendar dates to review updates. 2020 Census PSAP Contact Information Email: Phone: 1-844-788-4921 Website: Thank you for your participation in the 2020 Census PSAP. Sincerely, Albert E. Fontenot, Jr. Associate Director for Decennial Census Programs Enclosures We estimate that completing this program will take a total of 40 hours on average, from 2018-2020. Send comments regarding this burden estimate or any other aspect of this collection of information, including suggestions for reducing this burden, to . This collection has been approved by the Office of Management and Budget (OMB). The eight digit OMB approval number that appears at the upper left of the letter confirms this approval. If this number were not displayed, we could not conduct this survey. The Census Bureau conducts this program under the legal authority of the Title 13 U.S. Code, Section 6. 2 C-824 OMB Control No.: 0607-1003
FROM THE ASSOCIATE DIRECTOR FOR DECENNIAL CENSUS PROGRAMS Dear PSAP Participant: Your tribal government recently registered to participate in the U.S. Census Bureau’s 2020 Census Participant Statistical Areas Program (PSAP). You may now start to review and update the Oklahoma tribal statistical areas (OTSAs), tribal subdivisions of OTSAs, joint-use areas, and census designated places (CDPs) for your community. Please follow the action steps and schedule outlined in this letter to participate. Action Steps: 1. Review the program materials in your package. a. 2020 Census PSAP Quick Reference Guide: Oklahoma Tribal Statistical Areas (G-623). b. 2020 Census PSAP Quick Reference Guide: Census Designated Places (G-615). c. 2020 Census PSAP Tribal Paper Respondent Guide (G-700). d. 2020 Census PSAP Delineation Phase Response Postcard (P-300). e. 2020 Census PSAP paper maps. f. Supplemental disc(s) with pdf file(s) of paper maps, quick reference guide(s) and respondent guide. g. Postage-paid label. 2. Visit the 2020 Census PSAP website for webinar information. (Optional): . 3. Review the 2020 Census PSAP boundaries to determine if changes are needed. Refer to the respondent guide for instructions on reviewing your boundaries. a. Use the postage-paid 2020 Census PSAP Delineation Phase Response Postcard (P-300) to report if there will be changes to the statistical geographies. b. Return the completed postcard to the Census Bureau within 30 days of receipt. 4. Use the 2020 Census PSAP paper maps to make boundary updates. The Census Bureau has enclosed a supplemental disc(s) that includes PDF map(s) corresponding to the enclosed paper map materials. census.gov This disc is a courtesy copy and for reference only. Refer to the respondent guide for instructions on updating boundaries. 5. Ship the updated paper maps to the Census Bureau in the original map tube or envelope. Please affix the provided postage-paid label over the top of the original label before returning the map tube. Please complete and submit your updates within 120 days. The information you submit will ensure the accuracy and completeness of boundaries for the 2020 Census. The Census Bureau will review your updates and ensure all updates meet the established criteria for the 2020 Census PSAP. We will contact you if there are questions regarding your submission. 2020 Census PSAP Schedule Date January 2019 Event 2020 Census PSAP delineation phase begins. Participants have until 120 days to submit updates. January 2019 2020 Census PSAP training webinars begin. July 2019 2020 Census PSAP participants notified of delineation phase closeout. January 2020 2020 Census PSAP verification phase begins. Participants have 90 calendar dates to review updates. 2020 Census PSAP Contact Information Email: Phone: 1-844-788-4921 Website: Thank you for your participation in the 2020 Census PSAP. Sincerely, Albert E. Fontenot, Jr. Associate Director for Decennial Census Programs Enclosures We estimate that completing this program will take a total of 40 hours on average, from 2018-2020. Send comments regarding this burden estimate or any other aspect of this collection of information, including suggestions for reducing this burden, to . This collection has been approved by the Office of Management and Budget (OMB). The eight digit OMB approval number that appears at the upper left of the letter confirms this approval. If this number were not displayed, we could not conduct this survey. The Census Bureau conducts this program under the legal authority of the Title 13 U.S. Code, Section 6. 2 C-830 OMB Control No.: 0607-1003
FROM THE ASSOCIATE DIRECTOR FOR DECENNIAL CENSUS PROGRAMS Dear PSAP State Tribal Liaison: You recently registered to participate in the U.S. Census Bureau’s 2020 Census Participant Statistical Areas Program (PSAP) as a State Tribal Liaison. You may now start to review and update the State American Indian reservation (SAIR) boundaries, and work with tribes to update the state designated tribal statistical areas (SDTSAs). Please follow the action steps and schedule outlined in this letter to participate. Action Steps: 1. Review the program materials in your package. a. 2020 Census PSAP Quick Reference Guide: State American Indian reservation boundaries (G-625). b. 2020 Census PSAP Quick Reference Guide: State Designated Tribal Statistical Areas (G-621). c. 2020 Census PSAP Tribal Paper Respondent Guide (G-700). d. 2020 Census PSAP Delineation Phase Response Postcard (P-300). e. 2020 Census PSAP paper maps. f. Supplemental disc(s) with pdf file(s) of paper maps, quick reference guide(s) and respondent guide. g. Postage-paid label. 2. Visit the 2020 Census PSAP website for webinar information. (Optional): . 3. Review the 2020 Census PSAP boundaries to determine if changes are needed. Refer to the respondent guide for instructions on reviewing your boundaries. a. Use the postage-paid 2020 Census PSAP Delineation Phase Response Postcard (P-300) to report if there will be changes to the statistical geographies. b. Return the completed postcard to the Census Bureau within 30 days of receipt. census.gov 4. Use the 2020 Census PSAP paper maps to make boundary updates. The Census Bureau has enclosed a supplemental disc(s) that includes PDF map(s) corresponding to the enclosed paper map materials. This disc is a courtesy copy and for reference only. Refer to the respondent guide for instructions on updating boundaries. 5. Ship the updated paper maps to the Census Bureau in the original map tube or envelope. Please affix the provided postage-paid label over the top of the original label before returning the map tube. Please see Appendix A for the list of SAIRs and/or SDTSAs for which you are responsible for updating and delineating. Please complete and submit your updates within 120 days. The information you submit will ensure the accuracy and completeness of boundaries for the 2020 Census. The Census Bureau will review your updates and ensure all updates meet the established criteria for the 2020 Census PSAP. We will contact you if there are questions regarding your submission. Contact your Regional Census Center if you would like assistance with coordinating and/or facilitating SDTSA delineation work with the tribes in your state . 2020 Census PSAP Schedule Date January 2019 Event 2020 Census PSAP delineation phase begins. Participants have 120 days to submit updates. January 2019 2020 Census PSAP training webinars begin. July 2019 2020 Census PSAP participants notified of delineation phase closeout. January 2020 2020 Census PSAP verification phase begins. Participants have 90 calendar dates to review updates. 2020 Census PSAP Contact Information Email: Phone: 1-844-788-4921 Website: Thank you for your participation in the 2020 Census PSAP. Sincerely, Albert E. Fontenot, Jr. Associate Director for Decennial Census Programs Enclosures We estimate that completing this program will take a total of 40 hours on average, from 2018-2020. Send comments regarding this burden estimate or any other aspect of this collection of information, including 2 suggestions for reducing this burden, to . This collection has been approved by the Office of Management and Budget (OMB). The eight digit OMB approval number that appears at the upper left of the letter confirms this approval. If this number were not displayed, we could not conduct this survey. The Census Bureau conducts this program under the legal authority of the Title 13 U.S. Code, Section 6. 3 Appendix A: State American Indian reservations (SAIRs) and/or state designated tribal statistical areas (SDTSAs) to delineate: 4 C-880 OMB Control No.: 0607-1003
FROM THE ASSOCIATE DIRECTOR FOR DECENNIAL CENSUS PROGRAMS Dear PSAP Participant: Your government/organization recently registered to participate in the U.S. Census Bureau’s 2020 Census Participant Statistical Areas Program (PSAP). You may now start to review and update the census tracts, block groups, census designated places (CDPs), and if applicable, census county divisions (CCDs) for the counties you agreed to respond for during the PSAP. Please follow the action steps and schedule outlined in this letter to participate. Action Steps: 1. Review the program materials in your package. This package includes two DVDs that contain your 2020 Census PSAP Delineation Phase materials and a postcard. a. Data disc: i. 2020 Census PSAP DVD Quick Program Guide for Geographic Update Partnership Software (GUPS) (Q-905). i. 2020 Census PSAP Standard Respondent Guide: GUPS (G-730). ii. 2020 Census PSAP Quick Reference Guide: Census Tracts (G-650). iii. 2020 Census PSAP Quick Reference Guide: Block Groups (G-640). iv. 2020 Census PSAP Quick Reference Guide: Census Designated Places (G-615). v. 2020 Census PSAP Quick Reference Guide: Census County Divisions (G-660) – if applicable. vi. 2020 Census PSAP partnership shapefiles. vii. 2020 proposed changes list. b. GUPS disc: i. GUPS software for installation. Refer to the 2020 Census PSAP DVD Quick Program Guide for GUPS (Q-905) for installation instructions. c. 2020 Census PSAP Delineation Phase Response Postcard (P-300). Refer to Action Step 3 below for details on the postcard use. census.gov 2. Visit the 2020 Census PSAP website for webinar information. (Optional): . 3. Review the 2020 Census PSAP boundaries to determine if changes are necessary to report. Refer to the respondent guide for instructions on reviewing your boundaries. a. Consult with other interested parties to determine if changes are necessary for analytical and planning needs. The Census Bureau regularly receives requests to update census tract boundaries from organizations such as economic development agencies, planners, and local government officials. b. Use the postage-paid 2020 Census PSAP Delineation Phase Response Postcard (P-300) to report if there will be changes to the statistical geographies. c. Return the completed postcard to the Census Bureau within 30 days of receipt. 4. If you determine updates are necessary, complete statistical area updates using GUPS. Refer to the respondent guide for instructions on updating statistical area boundaries. 5. Return your 2020 Census PSAP submission file(s) using the Census Bureau’s Secure Web Incoming Module (SWIM). a. Refer to the 2020 Census PSAP DVD Quick Program Guide for GUPS (Q-905) for instructions to create a SWIM account if you do not already have one. New SWIM accounts require a 12-digit SWIM token. Use the SWIM token below to create your account. b. SWIM token: . Please see Appendix A for the list of counties for which you are responsible for updating and delineating. Please complete and submit your statistical area updates within 120 days. The information you submit will ensure the accuracy and completeness of statistical area delineations for the 2020 Census. The Census Bureau will review your statistical area updates and ensure all updates meet the established criteria for the 2020 Census PSAP. We will contact you if there are questions regarding your submission. 2020 Census PSAP Schedule Date January 2019 Event 2020 Census PSAP delineation phase begins. Participants have 120 days to submit updates. January 2019 2020 Census PSAP training webinars begin. July 2019 2020 Census PSAP participants notified of delineation phase closeout. January 2020 2020 Census PSAP verification phase begins. Participants have 90 calendar dates to review updates. 2020 Census PSAP Contact Information Email: Phone: 1-844-788-4921 Website: Thank you for your participation in the 2020 Census PSAP. Sincerely, 2 Albert E. Fontenot, Jr. Associate Director for Decennial Census Programs Enclosures We estimate that completing this program will take a total of 40 hours on average, from 2018-2020. Send comments regarding this burden estimate or any other aspect of this collection of information, including suggestions for reducing this burden, to . This collection has been approved by the Office of Management and Budget (OMB). The eight digit OMB approval number that appears at the upper left of the letter confirms this approval. If this number were not displayed, we could not conduct this survey. The Census Bureau conducts this program under the legal authority of the Title 13 U.S. Code, Section 6. 3 Appendix A: Counties to delineate: 4 C-880PR OMB Control No.: 0607-1003
FROM THE ASSOCIATE DIRECTOR FOR DECENNIAL CENSUS PROGRAMS Dear : Your government/organization recently registered to participate in the U.S. Census Bureau’s 2020 Census Participant Statistical Areas Program (PSAP). You may now start to review and update the census tracts, block groups, and census designated places (CDPs) for all of the municipios you agreed to represent during the PSAP. Please follow the action steps and schedule outlined in this letter to participate. Action Steps: 1. Review the program materials in your package. This package includes two DVDs that contain your 2020 Census PSAP Delineation Phase materials and a postcard. a. Data disc: i. 2020 Census PSAP DVD Quick Program Guide for Geographic Update Partnership Software (GUPS) (Q-905). ii. 2020 Census PSAP Standard Respondent Guide: GUPS (G-730). iii. 2020 Census PSAP Quick Reference Guide: Census Tracts (G-650PR). iv. 2020 Census PSAP Quick Reference Guide: Block Groups (G-640PR). v. 2020 Census PSAP Quick Reference Guide: Census Designated Places (G-615PR). vi. 2020 Census PSAP partnership shapefiles. vii. 2020 proposed changes list. b. GUPS disc: i. GUPS software for installation. Refer to the 2020 Census PSAP DVD Quick Program Guide for GUPS (Q-905) for installation instructions. c. 2020 Census PSAP Delineation Phase Response Postcard (P-300PR). 2. Review the 2020 Census PSAP boundaries to determine if changes are necessary to report. Refer to the respondent guide for instructions on reviewing your boundaries. census.gov a. Consult with other interested parties to determine if changes are necessary to meet analytical and planning needs. The Census Bureau regularly receives requests to update census tract boundaries from organizations such as economic development agencies, planners, and local government officials. b. Use the postage-paid 2020 Census PSAP Delineation Phase Response Postcard (P-300PR) to report if there will be changes to the statistical geographies. c. Return the completed postcard to the Census Bureau within 30 days of receipt. 3. Complete statistical area updates using GUPS. Refer to the respondent guide for instructions on updating statistical area boundaries. 4. Return your 2020 Census PSAP submission file(s) using the Census Bureau’s Secure Web Incoming Module (SWIM). a. Refer to the 2020 Census PSAP DVD Quick Program Guide for GUPS (Q-905) for instructions to create a SWIM account if you do not already have one. New SWIM accounts require a 12-digit SWIM token. Use the SWIM token below to create your account. b. SWIM token: . Please complete and submit your statistical area updates within 120 days. The information you submit will ensure the accuracy and completeness of statistical area delineations for the 2020 Census. The Census Bureau will review your statistical area updates and ensure all updates meet the established criteria for the 2020 Census PSAP. We will contact you if there are questions regarding your submission. 2020 Census PSAP Schedule Date January 2019 Event 2020 Census PSAP delineation phase begins. Participants have 120 days to submit updates. January 2019 2020 Census PSAP training webinars begin. July 2019 2020 Census PSAP participants notified of delineation phase closeout. January 2020 2020 Census PSAP verification phase begins. Participants have 90 calendar dates to review updates. 2020 Census PSAP Contact Information Email: Phone: 1-844-788-4921 Website: Thank you for your participation in the 2020 Census PSAP. Sincerely, Albert E. Fontenot, Jr. Associate Director for Decennial Census Programs 2 Enclosures We estimate that completing this program will take a total of 40 hours on average, from 2018-2020. Send comments regarding this burden estimate or any other aspect of this collection of information, including suggestions for reducing this burden, to . This collection has been approved by the Office of Management and Budget (OMB). The eight digit OMB approval number that appears at the upper left of the letter confirms this approval. If this number were not displayed, we could not conduct this survey. The Census Bureau conducts this program under the legal authority of the Title 13 U.S. Code, Section 6. 3 C-890 OMB Control No.: 0607-1003
FROM THE ASSOCIATE DIRECTOR FOR DECENNIAL CENSUS PROGRAMS Dear PSAP Participant: Your tribal government recently registered to participate in the U.S. Census Bureau’s 2020 Census Participant Statistical Areas Program (PSAP). You may now start to review and update your applicable tribal statistical areas. You have the option to use the enclosed DVDs to install and use the Geographic Update Partnership Software (GUPS), download and use GUPS from the 2020 Census PSAP website, or use the provided 2020 Census PSAP paper maps to make your tribal statistical area updates. Please follow the action steps and schedule outlined in this letter to participate. Action Steps: 1. Review the program materials in your package. a. GUPS/DVD option. This package includes two DVDs that contain your 2020 Census PSAP Delineation Phase materials for the digital response method. i. Data disc : (Documents G-600 and G-610 included if applicable). 1. 2020 Census PSAP DVD Quick Program Guide for Geographic Update Partnership Software (GUPS) (Q-905). 2. 2020 Census PSAP Tribal Respondent Guide: GUPS (G-690). 3. 2020 Census PSAP Tribal Paper Respondent Guide (G-700). 4. 2020 Census PSAP Quick Reference Guide: Tribal Block Groups (G-600). 5. 2020 Census PSAP Quick Reference Guide: Tribal Census Tracts (G-610). 6. 2020 Census PSAP Quick Reference Guide: Census Designated Places (G-615). 7. 2020 Census PSAP partnership shapefiles. 8. Pdf file(s) of paper maps. 9. 2010 Census population and housing unit counts for tribal census tracts and tribal block groups. ii. GUPS disc: census.gov 1. GUPS software for installation. Refer to the 2020 Census PSAP DVD Quick Program Guide for GUPS (Q-905) for installation instructions. b. GUPS download option. i. Visit the 2020 Census PSAP website and download any relevant program materials: (Download documents G-600 and G-610 if applicable). 1. 2020 Census PSAP Quick Program Guide for Digital Download of the Geographic Update Partnership Software (GUPS) (Q-900). 2. 2020 Census PSAP Tribal Respondent Guide: GUPS (G-690). 3. 2020 Census PSAP Quick Reference Guide: Tribal Block Groups (G-600). 4. 2020 Census PSAP Quick Reference Guide: Tribal Census Tracts (G-610). 5. 2020 Census PSAP Quick Reference Guide: Census Designated Places (G-615). 6. 2010 Census population and housing unit counts for tribal census tracts and tribal block groups. c. Paper option. (Documents G-600 and G-610 included if applicable). i. 2020 Census PSAP Tribal Paper Respondent Guide (G-700). ii. 2020 Census PSAP Quick Reference Guide: Tribal Block Groups (G-600). iii. 2020 Census PSAP Quick Reference Guide: Tribal Census Tracts (G-610). iv. 2020 Census PSAP Quick Reference Guide: Census Designated Places (G-615). v. 2020 Census paper maps. vi. 2010 Census population and housing unit counts for tribal census tracts and tribal block groups. vii. Postage-paid label. d. 2020 Census PSAP Delineation Phase Response Postcard (P-300). Refer to Action Step 3 below for details on the postcard use. 2. Visit the 2020 Census PSAP website for webinar information. (Optional): . 3. Review the 2020 Census PSAP boundaries to determine if changes are needed. Refer to the respondent guide(s) for instructions on reviewing your boundaries. a. Use the postage-paid 2020 Census PSAP Delineation Phase Response Postcard (P-300) to report if there will be changes to the statistical geographies. b. Return the completed postcard to the Census Bureau within 30 days of receipt. 4. Update and return submission files. Please select only one method for updating the tribal statistical areas. a. DVD option/GUPS download. i. Complete tribal statistical area updates using GUPS. Refer to the respondent guide for instructions on updating statistical area boundaries. ii. Return your 2020 Census PSAP submission files using the Census Bureau’s Secure Web Incoming Module (SWIM). 1. Refer to the 2020 Census PSAP DVD Quick Program Guide for GUPS (Q-905) for instructions to create a SWIM account if you do not already have one. New SWIM accounts require a 12-digit SWIM token. Use the SWIM token below to create your account. 2. SWIM token: . 2 b. Paper maps option. i. Use the 2020 Census PSAP paper maps to make tribal statistical area boundary updates. The Census Bureau has enclosed a supplemental disc(s) that includes PDF map(s) corresponding to the enclosed paper map materials. This disc is a courtesy copy and for reference only. Refer to the respondent guide for instructions on updating tribal statistical area boundaries. ii. Ship the updated 2020 Census paper maps to the Census Bureau in the original map tube or envelope. Please affix the provided postage-paid label over the top of the original label before returning the map tube. Please complete and submit your tribal statistical area updates within 120 days. The information you submit will ensure the accuracy and completeness of tribal statistical area delineations for the 2020 Census. The Census Bureau will review your tribal statistical area updates and ensure all updates meet the established criteria for the 2020 Census PSAP. We will contact you if there are questions regarding your submission. 2020 Census PSAP Schedule Date January 2019 Event 2020 Census PSAP delineation phase begins. Participants have 120 days to submit updates. January 2019 2020 Census PSAP training webinars begin. July 2019 2020 Census PSAP participants notified of delineation phase closeout. January 2020 2020 Census PSAP verification phase begins. Participants have 90 calendar dates to review updates. 2020 Census PSAP Contact Information Email: Phone: 1-844-788-4921 Website: Thank you for your participation in the 2020 Census PSAP. Sincerely, Albert E. Fontenot, Jr. Associate Director for Decennial Census Programs Enclosures We estimate that completing this program will take a total of 40 hours on average, from 2018-2020. Send comments regarding this burden estimate or any other aspect of this collection of information, including suggestions for reducing this burden, to . This collection has been approved by the Office of 3 Management and Budget (OMB). The eight digit OMB approval number that appears at the upper left of the letter confirms this approval. If this number were not displayed, we could not conduct this survey. The Census Bureau conducts this program under the legal authority of the Title 13 U.S. Code, Section 6. 4 C-891 OMB Control No.: 0607-1003
FROM THE ASSOCIATE DIRECTOR FOR DECENNIAL CENSUS PROGRAMS Dear PSAP Participant: Your tribal government recently registered to participate in the U.S. Census Bureau’s 2020 Census Participant Statistical Areas Program (PSAP). You may now start to review and update your applicable tribal statistical areas. Please follow the action steps and schedule outlined in this letter to participate. Action Steps: 1. Review the program materials in your package. (Documents G-600 and G-610 included if applicable). a. 2020 Census PSAP Quick Reference Guide: Tribal Block Groups (G-600). b. 2020 Census PSAP Quick Reference Guide: Tribal Census Tracts (G-610). c. 2020 Census PSAP Quick Reference Guide: Census Designated Places (G-615). d. 2020 Census PSAP Tribal Paper Respondent Guide (G-700). e. 2020 Census PSAP Delineation Phase Response Postcard (P-300). f. 2020 Census PSAP paper maps. g. 2010 Census population and housing unit counts for tribal census tracts and tribal block groups. h. Supplemental disc(s) with pdf file(s) of paper maps, quick reference guide(s), respondent guide and 2010 Census population and housing unit counts for tribal census tracts and tribal block groups. i. Postage-paid label. 2. Visit the 2020 Census PSAP website for webinar information. (Optional): . 3. Review the 2020 Census PSAP boundaries to determine if changes are needed. Refer to the respondent guide for instructions on reviewing your boundaries. a. Use the postage-paid 2020 Census PSAP Delineation Phase Response Postcard (P-300) to report if there will be changes to the statistical geographies. census.gov b. Return the completed postcard to the Census Bureau within 30 days of receipt. 4. Use the 2020 Census PSAP paper maps to make tribal statistical area boundary updates. The Census Bureau has enclosed a supplemental disc(s) that includes PDF map(s) corresponding to the enclosed paper map materials. This disc is a courtesy copy and for reference only. Refer to the respondent guide for instructions on updating tribal statistical area boundaries. 5. Ship the updated 2020 Census PSAP paper maps to the Census Bureau in the original map tube or envelope. Please affix the provided postage-paid label over the top of the original label before returning the map tube. Please complete and submit your tribal statistical area updates within 120 days. The information you submit will ensure the accuracy and completeness of tribal statistical area delineations for the 2020 Census. The Census Bureau will review your tribal statistical area updates and ensure all updates meet the established criteria for the 2020 Census PSAP. We will contact you if there are questions regarding your submission. 2020 Census PSAP Schedule Date January 2019 Event 2020 Census PSAP delineation phase begins. Participants have 120 days to submit updates. January 2019 2020 Census PSAP training webinars begin. July 2019 2020 Census PSAP participants notified of delineation phase closeout. January 2020 2020 Census PSAP verification phase begins. Participants have 90 calendar dates to review updates. 2020 Census PSAP Contact Information Email: Phone: 1-844-788-4921 Website: Thank you for your participation in the 2020 Census PSAP. Sincerely, Albert E. Fontenot, Jr. Associate Director for Decennial Census Programs Enclosures We estimate that completing this program will take a total of 40 hours on average, from 2018-2020. Send comments regarding this burden estimate or any other aspect of this collection of information, including 2 suggestions for reducing this burden, to . This collection has been approved by the Office of Management and Budget (OMB). The eight digit OMB approval number that appears at the upper left of the letter confirms this approval. If this number were not displayed, we could not conduct this survey. The Census Bureau conducts this program under the legal authority of the Title 13 U.S. Code, Section 6. 3 C-895 OMB Control No.: 0607-1003
FROM THE ASSOCIATE DIRECTOR FOR DECENNIAL CENSUS PROGRAMS Dear PSAP Technical Participant: Your government/organization recently registered to participate in the U.S. Census Bureau’s 2020 Census Participant Statistical Areas Program (PSAP), and you were designated as the technical contact for the PSAP review and update. The Census Bureau sent the delineation materials package to the primary PSAP participant official in January 2019, and the work should be completed within 120 days from the materials receipt. If you need to obtain the delineation materials package, please contact the primary PSAP participant. If you need information about the primary PSAP participant for your area, and/or you would like to sign up for a training webinar, visit the 2020 Census PSAP website or contact the U.S. Census Bureau: Email: Phone: 1-844-788-4921 Thank you for your participation in the 2020 Census PSAP. Sincerely, Albert E. Fontenot, Jr. Associate Director for Decennial Census Program We estimate that completing this program will take a total of 40 hours on average, from 2018-2020. Send comments regarding this burden estimate or any other aspect of this collection of information, census.gov including suggestions for reducing this burden, to . This collection has been approved by the Office of Management and Budget (OMB). The eight digit OMB approval number that appears at the upper left of the letter confirms this approval. If this number were not displayed, we could not conduct this survey. The Census Bureau conducts this program under the legal authority of the Title 13 U.S. Code, Section 6. 2 C-896 OMB Control No.: 0607-1003
FROM THE ASSOCIATE DIRECTOR FOR DECENNIAL CENSUS PROGRAMS Dear PSAP Participant: Your government/organization expressed interest in providing input to the statistical geographies reviewed and updated as part of the U.S. Census Bureau’s 2020 Census Participant Statistical Areas Program (PSAP). The PSAP materials were sent to the primary PSAP participant in January 2019, and the work should be completed within 120 days from materials receipt. Primary PSAP participants have been asked to consult with other interested parties to determine if statistical area changes are necessary. If you would like to provide input to the statistical areas plans for your area, please reach out to the primary PSAP participant responsible for the review and update of statistical geographies for your area. For information about the primary PSAP participant for your area, visit the 2020 Census PSAP website or contact the U.S. Census Bureau: Email: Phone: 1-844-788-4921 Thank you for your interest in participating in the 2020 Census PSAP. Sincerely, Albert E. Fontenot, Jr. Associate Director for Decennial Census Programs census.gov We estimate that completing this program will take a total of 40 hours on average, from 2018-2020. Send comments regarding this burden estimate or any other aspect of this collection of information, including suggestions for reducing this burden, to . This collection has been approved by the Office of Management and Budget (OMB). The eight digit OMB approval number that appears at the upper left of the letter confirms this approval. If this number were not displayed, we could not conduct this survey. The Census Bureau conducts this program under the legal authority of the Title 13 U.S. Code, Section 6. 2 PSAP Follow-up Letters L-500 OMB Control No.: 0607-1003
FROM THE ASSOCIATE DIRECTOR FOR DECENNIAL CENSUS PROGRAMS Dear PSAP Participant: The U.S. Census Bureau is now performing a final review of the statistical and legal area updates submitted during the 2020 Census Participant Statistical Areas Program (PSAP) to ensure all updates meet the established criteria. In January 2020, the Census Bureau will provide materials containing updated statistical areas to you for your review. This will be your opportunity to verify that the Census Bureau correctly recorded the statistical updates you provided. Additionally, the Census Bureau will be adding some new census designated places (CDPs) and adjusting the boundaries and names of some existing CDPs. These CDP updates will be reflected in the verification products for your review. You have 90 days from receipt of your 2020 Census PSAP Verification materials to submit any corrections to the Census Bureau. 2020 Census PSAP Contact Information Email: Phone: 1-844-788-4921 Website: Thank you for your participation in the 2020 Census PSAP. Sincerely, Albert E. Fontenot, Jr. Associate Director for Decennial Census Programs census.gov We estimate that completing this program will take a total of 40 hours on average, from 2018-2020. Send comments regarding this burden estimate or any other aspect of this collection of information, including suggestions for reducing this burden, to . This collection has been approved by the Office of Management and Budget (OMB). The eight digit OMB approval number that appears at the upper left of the letter confirms this approval. If this number were not displayed, we could not conduct this survey. The Census Bureau conducts this program under the legal authority of the Title 13 U.S. Code, Section 6. L-500PR OMB Control No.: 0607-1003
FROM THE ASSOCIATE DIRECTOR FOR DECENNIAL CENSUS PROGRAMS Dear : The U.S. Census Bureau is now performing a final review of the statistical and legal area updates submitted during the 2020 Census Participant Statistical Areas Program (PSAP) to ensure all updates meet the established criteria. In January 2020, the Census Bureau will provide materials containing updated statistical areas to you for your review. This will be your opportunity to verify that the Census Bureau correctly recorded the statistical updates you provided. Additionally, the Census Bureau will be adding some new census designated places (CDPs) and adjusting the boundaries and names of some existing CDPs. These CDP updates will be reflected in the verification products for your review. You have 90 days from receipt of your 2020 Census PSAP Verification materials to submit any corrections to the Census Bureau. 2020 Census PSAP Contact Information Email: Phone: 1-844-788-4921 Website: Thank you for your participation in the 2020 Census PSAP. Sincerely, Albert E. Fontenot, Jr. Associate Director for Decennial Census Programs census.gov We estimate that completing this program will take a total of 40 hours on average, from 2018-2020. Send comments regarding this burden estimate or any other aspect of this collection of information, including suggestions for reducing this burden, to . This collection has been approved by the Office of Management and Budget (OMB). The eight digit OMB approval number that appears at the upper left of the letter confirms this approval. If this number were not displayed, we could not conduct this survey. The Census Bureau conducts this program under the legal authority of the Title 13 U.S. Code, Section 6. PSAP Respondent Guides 2020 Census Participant Statistical Areas Program (PSAP) Tribal Respondent Guide Instructions for Using the Geographic Update Partnership Software (GUPS) This Page Intentionally left blank U.S. Census Bureau 2020 Census PSAP Tribal GUPS Respondent Guide i TABLE OF CONTENTS Introduction ......................................................................................................................... ix A. B. C. D. E. F. General Information .................................................................................................................... ix The 2020 Census Participant Statistical Areas Program (PSAP) .................................................. ix The Boundary and Annexation Survey (BAS) .............................................................................. xii 2020 Census PSAP Schedule ....................................................................................................... xii Training and Support ..................................................................................................................xiii Respondent Guide Organization ................................................................................................xiii Part One: Overview of 2020 Census PSAP Materials and the Tribal Statistical Geographies .. 1 Chapter 1. Delineation Phase Materials for 2020 Census PSAP .............................................. 2 1.1 1.2 1.3 1.4 Informational and Instructional Materials ................................................................................... 2 Map Materials .............................................................................................................................. 3 DVD Materials ............................................................................................................................... 3 Delineation Phase Postcard .......................................................................................................... 4 Chapter 2. Tribal Census Tracts ............................................................................................. 5 2.1 2.2 2.3 Tribal Census Tract Threshold Requirements ............................................................................... 6 Tribal Census Tract Codes and Numeric Identification................................................................. 7 Tribal Census Tract Boundary Requirements ............................................................................... 7 Chapter 3. Tribal Block Groups ............................................................................................. 9 3.1 3.2 3.3 Tribal Block Group Threshold Requirements.............................................................................. 10 Tribal Block Group Codes and Identification .............................................................................. 10 Tribal Block Group Boundary Requirements .............................................................................. 11 Chapter 4. Census Designated Places (CDPs) ....................................................................... 12 Part Two: Introducing GUPS for 2020 Census PSAP ............................................................ 13 Chapter 5. System Requirements and Installation ............................................................... 14 5.1 5.2 System Requirements ................................................................................................................. 14 GUPS Installation ........................................................................................................................ 14 Chapter 6. Getting Started with GUPS................................................................................. 19 6.1 6.2 6.3 6.4 Accessing the Shapefiles for 2020 Census PSAP ......................................................................... 19 Open GUPS and Start a New Project .......................................................................................... 19 Save a Project in GUPS................................................................................................................ 25 Open a Previous Project in GUPS................................................................................................ 26 Chapter 7. GUPS Menus and Toolbars................................................................................. 29 7.1 7.2 7.3 GUPS Page Layout....................................................................................................................... 29 Menu Bar .................................................................................................................................... 31 Map View and Table of Contents ............................................................................................... 34 7.3.1 Table of Contents Toolbar ..................................................................................................................34 7.3.2 Managing the Map View from the Table of Contents ........................................................................35 7.3.2.1 Manage Layer Visibility ................................................................................................................35 U.S. Census Bureau 2020 Census PSAP Tribal GUPS Respondent Guide ii 7.3.2.2 7.3.2.3 7.3.2.4 7.3.2.5 7.4 Reorder Data Layers.....................................................................................................................37 Expand/Condense Layers or Layer Groups ..................................................................................37 Add Labels to Layers ....................................................................................................................37 Change Layer Scale Visibility ........................................................................................................39 Toolbars ...................................................................................................................................... 40 7.4.1 Standard Toolbar ................................................................................................................................40 7.4.2 PSAP Toolbar ......................................................................................................................................50 7.4.2.1 Modify Area Feature Button ........................................................................................................57 7.4.2.2 Geography Review Tool Button ...................................................................................................64 7.4.2.3 Review Change Polygons Button .................................................................................................67 7.4.2.4 TSR Criteria Review Button ..........................................................................................................70 7.4.2.5 Import County Zip Button ............................................................................................................72 7.4.2.6 Export to Zip Button.....................................................................................................................74 7.4.2.7 Print Map to File Button ..............................................................................................................76 7.4.2.8 Add Imagery Button .....................................................................................................................77 7.4.3 Manage Layers Toolbar ......................................................................................................................78 7.4.3.1 Add Vector Layer Button ..............................................................................................................79 7.4.3.2 Add WMS/WTMS Layer Button ...................................................................................................80 7.4.3.3 Add Raster Layer Button ..............................................................................................................81 Part Three: Using GUPS for 2020 Census PSAP ..................................................................... 82 Chapter 8. Review and Update of PSAP Geographies .......................................................... 83 8.1 8.2 Review of PSAP Geographies ...................................................................................................... 83 Update of PSAP Geographies ..................................................................................................... 84 8.2.1 Modify Area Feature Tool ...................................................................................................................84 8.3 Tribal Census Tract Update Instructions..................................................................................... 85 8.3.1 Select Tribal Census Tracts .................................................................................................................86 8.3.2 Split Tribal Census Tracts by Tribal Block Group .................................................................................88 8.3.3 Split Tribal Census Tract by Face ........................................................................................................90 8.3.4 Merge Tribal Census Tracts ................................................................................................................94 8.3.5 Change Tribal Census Tract Boundaries .............................................................................................99 8.3.5.1 Add Linear Feature .....................................................................................................................104 8.3.5.2 Modify Linear Feature Attributes ..............................................................................................107 8.3.5.3 Delete/Restore Linear Feature ..................................................................................................107 8.4 Tribal Block Group Update Instructions ................................................................................... 109 8.4.1 8.4.2 8.4.3 8.4.4 8.5 Select Tribal Block Group ..................................................................................................................110 Split a Tribal Block Group .................................................................................................................110 Merge Tribal Block Groups ...............................................................................................................114 Change Tribal Block Group Boundaries ............................................................................................118 Census Designated Places (CDPs) Update Instructions ............................................................ 122 8.5.1 8.5.2 8.5.3 8.5.4 8.5.5 8.5.6 Select Census Designated Place (CDP) ..............................................................................................123 Boundary Change – Add Area (CDP) .................................................................................................123 Boundary Change – Remove Area (CDP) ..........................................................................................127 New District – Add Entity (Add a new CDP) ......................................................................................131 Boundary Change – Delete Area Feature (Delete an existing CDP) ..................................................135 Boundary Change – Change Attributes (CDP)...................................................................................138 Chapter 9. Validate Data and Prepare Files for Submission ............................................... 141 9.1 9.2 TSR Criteria Review Tool ........................................................................................................... 141 Review Change Polygons Tool .................................................................................................. 143 U.S. Census Bureau 2020 Census PSAP Tribal GUPS Respondent Guide iii 9.3 9.4 Geography Review Tool ............................................................................................................ 145 Export to Zip Button ................................................................................................................. 148 9.4.1 Export to Zip – Share with Another Participant ................................................................................148 9.4.2 Export to Zip – Export for Census .....................................................................................................149 Chapter 10. Secure Web Incoming Module (SWIM)............................................................. 151 10.1 SWIM Background and Requirements...................................................................................... 151 10.2 SWIM Submission Example ...................................................................................................... 152 Part Four: Next Steps for 2020 Census PSAP ..................................................................... 159 Appendix A. Glossary...................................................................................................... A-1 Appendix B. 2020 Census PSAP Criteria........................................................................... B-1 Appendix C. PSAP Historical Background ........................................................................ C-1 Appendix D. History of American Indian Areas in the Decennial Census........................... D-1 Appendix E. Supplemental Sources for PSAP Review ...................................................... E-1 Appendix F. MAF/TIGER Feature Classification Codes ..................................................... F-1 Appendix G. Acceptable Linear Features for Statistical Boundaries .................................. G-1 Appendix H. Standard Street Type Abbreviations ............................................................ H-1 Appendix I. Shapefile Names .......................................................................................... I-1 Appendix J. Shapefile Layouts ......................................................................................... J-1 U.S. Census Bureau 2020 Census PSAP Tribal GUPS Respondent Guide iv LIST OF TABLES Table 1: 2020 Census PSAP Schedule ............................................................................................ xii Table 2: Tribal Statistical Areas Delineation Eligibility .................................................................... 1 Table 3: Quick Reference, Quick Program, and Respondent Guide Materials ............................... 2 Table 4: Tribal Census Tract Thresholds ......................................................................................... 6 Table 5: Acceptable Minor Civil Division (MCD) and Incorporated Place Boundaries ................... 7 Table 6: Tribal Block Group Thresholds ........................................................................................ 10 Table 7: GUPS Hardware and Software Requirements ................................................................ 14 Table 8: Installation of the GUPS Application ............................................................................... 15 Table 9: Open GUPS and Start a New Project ............................................................................... 20 Table 10: Save a GUPS Project ...................................................................................................... 26 Table 11: Open a Previous Project in GUPS .................................................................................. 26 Table 12: GUPS Main Page Elements ............................................................................................ 30 Table 13: Menu Bar Tabs, Drop-down Menus, and Function/Description................................... 31 Table 14: Table of Contents Toolbar Buttons ............................................................................... 34 Table 15: Standard Toolbar Buttons ............................................................................................. 41 Table 16: Select Features Using an Expression Button ................................................................. 45 Table 17: Measure Button ............................................................................................................ 48 Table 18: PSAP Toolbar Buttons, Names and Functions/Descriptions ......................................... 51 Table 19: Modify Area Feature Button ......................................................................................... 57 Table 20: Modify Area Feature Buttons Detail ............................................................................. 62 Table 21: Geography Review Tool Button .................................................................................... 64 Table 22: Review Change Polygons Button .................................................................................. 68 Table 23: TSR Criteria Review Button ........................................................................................... 70 Table 24: Import County Zip Button ............................................................................................. 73 Table 25: Export to Zip Button ...................................................................................................... 74 Table 26: Print Map to File Button................................................................................................ 76 Table 27: Add Imagery Button ...................................................................................................... 77 Table 28: Manage Layers Toolbar Buttons ................................................................................... 79 Table 29: Add Vector Layer Button ............................................................................................... 80 Table 30: Add WMS/WTMS Layer Button .................................................................................... 80 Table 31: Add Raster Layer Button ............................................................................................... 81 Table 32: Modify Area Feature Actions by Statistical Geography ................................................ 85 Table 33: Select Tribal Census Tracts ............................................................................................ 86 U.S. Census Bureau 2020 Census PSAP Tribal GUPS Respondent Guide v Table 34: Split Tribal Census Tracts by Tribal Block Group ........................................................... 88 Table 35: Split Tribal Census Tract by Face ................................................................................... 91 Table 36: Merge Tribal Census Tracts ........................................................................................... 94 Table 37: Change Tribal Census Tract Boundaries ........................................................................ 99 Table 38: Add Linear Feature ...................................................................................................... 104 Table 39: Modify Linear Feature Attributes ............................................................................... 107 Table 40: Delete/Restore Linear Feature.................................................................................... 107 Table 41: Select Tribal Block Group ............................................................................................ 110 Table 42: Split Tribal Block Group ............................................................................................... 111 Table 43: Merge Tribal Block Group ........................................................................................... 115 Table 44: Change Tribal Block Group Boundaries ...................................................................... 118 Table 45: Select Census Designated Place .................................................................................. 123 Table 46: Boundary Change – Add Area (CDP) ........................................................................... 123 Table 47: Boundary Change – Remove Area (CDP) .................................................................... 127 Table 48: Add a new Census Designated Place (CDP)................................................................. 131 Table 49: Boundary Change – Delete Area Feature (Delete an existing CDP) ............................ 135 Table 50: Boundary Change – Change Attributes (CDP) ............................................................. 138 Table 51: TSR Criteria Review Tool Button ................................................................................. 141 Table 52: Review Change Polygon Tool Button .......................................................................... 143 Table 53: Geography Review Tool Button .................................................................................. 145 Table 54: Export a File to Share with Another Participant ......................................................... 148 Table 55: Export Files for Submission to the Census Bureau ..................................................... 149 Table 56: SWIM Submission........................................................................................................ 152 Table 57: Tribal Statistical Geographies and their Population and Housing Criteria .................. B-1 Table 58: Display the TIGERweb Online Map Viewer .................................................................. E-1 Table 59: TIGERweb Tools and Functions .................................................................................. E-4 Table 60: MTFCC and Descriptions .............................................................................................. F-1 Table 61: Acceptable Linear Features for Statistical Boundaries ................................................G-1 Table 62: Standard Street Type Abbreviations ............................................................................H-1 Table 63: State Shapefiles Names................................................................................................. I-1 Table 64: County Shapefiles Names ............................................................................................. I-2 Table 65: Edges Shapefile (PVS_18_v2_edges) ............................................................................ J-1 Table 66: Address Ranges Attribute File (PVS_18_v2_addr) ........................................................ J-2 Table 67: Tribal Block Group Shapefile (PVS_18_v2_tbg) ............................................................ J-2 U.S. Census Bureau 2020 Census PSAP Tribal GUPS Respondent Guide vi Table 68: Tribal Census Tract Shapefile (PVS_18_v2_tct) ............................................................ J-3 Table 69: Census Designated Place Shapefile (PVS_18_v2_cdp) ................................................. J-4 Table 70: American Indian Areas – Legal Shapefile (PVS_18_v2_aial) ......................................... J-5 Table 71: American Indian Areas – Statistical Shapefile (PVS_18_v2_aias) ................................. J-6 Table 72: County and Equivalent Areas Shapefile (PVS_18_v2_county) ..................................... J-7 U.S. Census Bureau 2020 Census PSAP Tribal GUPS Respondent Guide vii LIST OF FIGURES Figure 1. Standard Hierarchy of Census Geographic Entities ......................................................... xi Figure 2. Hierarchy of American Indian, Alaska Native, and Native Hawaiian Areas ..................... xi Figure 3. GUPS Page Layout .......................................................................................................... 29 Figure 4. Table of Contents Toolbar ............................................................................................. 34 Figure 5. Check a Checkbox to Add a Layer .................................................................................. 36 Figure 6. Uncheck a Checkbox to Remove a Layer ....................................................................... 36 Figure 7. Highlight Layer and Right Click to Remove .................................................................... 37 Figure 8. Layer Properties Menu .................................................................................................. 38 Figure 9. Layer Properties Window – Labels Menu ...................................................................... 38 Figure 10. Layer Properties Window – Style Menu ...................................................................... 39 Figure 11. GUPS Toolbars.............................................................................................................. 40 Figure 12. GUPS PSAP Standard Toolbar Buttons ......................................................................... 40 Figure 13. Sub-Toolbar Markers ................................................................................................... 40 Figure 14. PSAP Toolbar ................................................................................................................ 50 Figure 15. Modify Area Feature Buttons: Tribal Census Tract – Merge ....................................... 62 Figure 16. Manage Layers Toolbar ................................................................................................ 78 U.S. Census Bureau 2020 Census PSAP Tribal GUPS Respondent Guide viii INTRODUCTION A. General Information The 2020 Census Participant Statistical Areas Program (PSAP) provides designated participants the opportunity to review and suggest changes to the boundaries and names for statistical geographic areas, based on U.S. Census Bureau criteria and guidelines. Tribal governments and data users often need data by smaller, statistical geographies for planning purposes. The Census Bureau uses these statistical geographies, in addition to the legal geographies, to tabulate and disseminate data for the Decennial Census, Economic Census, and American Community Survey (ACS). The Census Bureau establishes and maintains both standard and tribal statistical geographies solely for statistical purposes and does not take into account or attempt to anticipate any nonstatistical uses that may be made of their definitions. The Census Bureau will not modify the criteria for, or boundaries of, statistical areas to meet the requirements of any non-statistical program. Subsequent sections of this Respondent Guide detail each statistical geography’s criteria, standards, and thresholds. In addition, the Federal Register notices also provide a formal resource for the criteria, standards, and thresholds. The Census Bureau intends for the PSAP to be a process open to all interested parties and strongly recommends that primary participants seek input from other tribal census data users and stakeholders. Tribal participants bring an important wealth of knowledge necessary to delineate statistical areas that best meet tribal needs and development patterns. The census data disseminated by the tribal geographies help tribal leaders and decision makers understand what their communities need. Many tribal communities use census information to attract new business, plan for growth, plan new facilities, and new programs for the communities they serve. B. The 2020 Census Participant Statistical Areas Program (PSAP) For 2020, there are two categories of statistical geographies eligible for review and update during PSAP: standard statistical geography and tribal statistical geography. Tribal statistical geographies were part of the Tribal Statistical Areas Program (TSAP) for 2010, but are part of PSAP for 2020. Though all of the tribal statistical geographies are listed below, Part One: of this respondent guide details the criteria for the tribal statistical geographies editable in the Geographic Update Partnership Software (GUPS); e.g., tribal census tracts, tribal block groups, and census designated places. The remaining tribal geographies are editable only with paper materials and are not included in this material. They are included in the Tribal Paper Respondent Guide. Standard statistical geography includes the following:     Census tracts. Block groups. Census designated places (CDPs). Census county divisions (CCDs), in 21 states. U.S. Census Bureau 2020 Census PSAP Tribal GUPS Respondent Guide ix Tribal statistical geography includes the following:         Tribal census tracts. Tribal block groups. Census designated places (CDPs). Alaska Native village statistical areas (ANVSAs). Oklahoma tribal statistical areas (OTSAs) and OTSA tribal subdivisions. Tribal Designated Statistical Areas (TDSAs). State Designated Tribal Statistical Areas (SDTSAs). Alaska Native Regional Corporations (ANRCs) and State American Indian Reservations (SAIRs).1 All tribal statistical participants receive paper maps for 2020 Census PSAP. Federally recognized American Indian Areas (AIA) with a reservation and/or off-reservation trust land can use GUPS or paper maps to make updates to tribal census tracts, tribal block groups, and census designated places. Details on the use of GUPS to update those three geographies are included in this Respondent Guide. Find details on the use of paper maps in the Tribal Paper Respondent Guide. IMPORTANT: AIA participants must use either GUPS or paper maps, but not both to complete their 2020 Census PSAP work. The Census Bureau only accepts one method of update per tribal participant. To gain a better understanding of how PSAP geographies relate to one another and to other geographies, refer to Figure 1 and Figure 2. 1 ANRCs and SAIRs are not statistical areas, but they are included in 2020 Census PSAP for administrative reasons. U.S. Census Bureau 2020 Census PSAP Tribal GUPS Respondent Guide x Figure 1. Standard Hierarchy of Census Geographic Entities Figure 2. Hierarchy of American Indian, Alaska Native, and Native Hawaiian Areas U.S. Census Bureau 2020 Census PSAP Tribal GUPS Respondent Guide xi C. The Boundary and Annexation Survey (BAS) The Boundary and Annexation Survey (BAS) is the annual Census Bureau survey of legal geographic entities that includes federal American Indian reservations (AIRs), off-reservation trust lands (ORTLs), and any associated tribal subdivisions. Whereas the PSAP provides the process for reviewing and updating the AIAs that are statistical geographic entities, the BAS provides the process for reviewing and updating AIAs that are legal federal geographic entities, such as the reservation itself, legal tribal subdivisions and ORTLs. Its purpose is to determine, solely for data collection and tabulation by the Census Bureau, the complete and current inventory and the correct names, legal descriptions, official status, and official, legal boundaries of the legal geographic entities with governmental authority over certain areas within the United States, as of January 1 of the survey year. The BAS also collects specific information to document the legal actions that established a boundary or imposed a boundary change. In support of the government-to-government relationship with federally recognized American Indian tribes, the Census Bureau works directly with tribal officials on the BAS. Through the BAS, the Census Bureau also accepts updates to features such as roads or rivers, and address range break information at the boundaries. To update the legal boundaries for a reservation, off-reservation trust lands or legal tribal subdivisions, please participate in the BAS. For information regarding the BAS, consult the Census Bureau’s BAS website at . For questions, email geo.bas@census.gov or call 1-800-972-5651. D. 2020 Census PSAP Schedule Table 1 provides the PSAP program schedule and timeframe for completion of the various tasks. Understanding the 2020 Census PSAP schedule is important for participants to prepare for the delineation and verification phases. Table 1: 2020 Census PSAP Schedule Date March-May 2018 July 2018 January 2019 January 2019 July 2019 January 2020 October 2020 Event Census Bureau contacted 2010 Census TSAP participants to inquire about 2020 Census PSAP participation. Census Bureau began sending 2020 Census PSAP invitation materials to participants. PSAP delineation phase begins. Participants have 120 calendar days to submit updates. PSAP webinar trainings begin. Census Bureau sends official communication notifying closeout of PSAP delineation phase. PSAP verification phase begins. Participants have 90 calendar days to review updates. Census Bureau conducts closeout of the 2020 Census PSAP. The PSAP delineation phase begins in January 2019 with the delivery of delineation materials. Participants have a maximum of 120 days from the receipt of materials to complete and submit any statistical geography updates to the Census Bureau. The closeout of the delineation phase begins in the summer of 2019 prior to the start of the verification phase in January 2020. A final closeout occurs after the conclusion of the verification phase in October 2020. U.S. Census Bureau 2020 Census PSAP Tribal GUPS Respondent Guide xii In March 2018, the Census Bureau began contacting previous participants from the 2010 program, regional multi-county organizations, local governments, state data centers, and other interested individuals to solicit participation in the 2020 Census PSAP.2 The Census Bureau began formally inviting the interested participants in July 2018. E. Training and Support The Census Bureau provides assistance by answering questions; clarifying criteria, guidelines, and procedures; and providing information concerning specific situations that participants encounter when reviewing, delineating, and submitting their statistical area plans. The Census Bureau plans to conduct training webinars to provide instruction on participating in PSAP and the use of the GUPS. The webinar schedule is available at . In addition, an electronic version of this guide is available on that website. For questions concerning technical problems with the GUPS application or specific programmatic questions, support is available via telephone at 1-844-788-4921 and email at geo.psap@census.gov. F. Respondent Guide Organization Federally recognized tribes with American Indian Reservations (AIRs) and/or off-reservation trust lands (ORTLs) reviewing tribal statistical area geographies may use the GUPS to make updates. In addition to providing the criteria and programmatic guidelines necessary to define and update tribal statistical geographies, this guide provides participants with systematic instructions of GUPS for use in PSAP. It also introduces the fundamental concepts of the software as well as the major functionalities developed and contained in the software and services. By using this guide and adhering to the PSAP guidelines and criteria, participants learn to utilize GUPS to review and update a variety of statistical geographies and submit their final updates to the Census Bureau. They also learn about the next steps for PSAP. This guide contains four parts. Part One: Overview of 2020 Census PSAP Materials and the Tribal Statistical Geographies3 This section provides an overview of the 2020 Census PSAP delineation materials and summarizes the statistical geography criteria and guidelines for tribal census tracts, tribal block groups and CDPs. Participants use the content within this section to familiarize themselves with the materials provided by the Census Bureau and with the background of the three tribal statistical geographies editable in GUPS. For Census Bureau purposes, the term “county” includes parishes in Louisiana; boroughs, city and boroughs, municipalities, and census areas in Alaska; independent cities in Maryland, Missouri, Nevada, and Virginia; districts and islands in American Samoa, and districts in the U.S. Virgin Islands; municipalities in the Commonwealth of the Northern Mariana Islands; municipios in the Commonwealth of Puerto Rico; and the areas constituting the District of Columbia and Guam. Henceforth in this document, the term “counties” will refer to all of these entities. 2 Within the document, bold, blue colored font denotes the presence of a cross-referenced hyperlink to other sections, figures, tables, or appendices. Use the Ctrl key and click of left mouse button while hovering over these bold, blue words to skip directly to the linked item. The “Part One” above is the first cross-reference hyperlink in this document. 3 U.S. Census Bureau 2020 Census PSAP Tribal GUPS Respondent Guide xiii Part Two: Introducing GUPS for 2020 Census PSAP This section introduces GUPS and the basics of the software. Participants refer to this section for the technical instructions to install GUPS, to learn how to get started, and to familiarize themselves with menus, buttons, and tools within the software. Part Three: Using GUPS for 2020 Census PSAP This section describes the use of GUPS for 2020 Census PSAP. It discusses the review and update of PSAP geographies. It provides instruction to validate a submission and to prepare it for delivery to the Census Bureau using the Secure Web Incoming Module (SWIM). Participants find information and detailed steps to review and modify the statistical geographies. Part Four: Next Steps for 2020 Census PSAP This section provides information on the next steps for 2020 Census PSAP. It includes information for participants on the Census Bureau’s processing of submissions, the upcoming verification phase, and the final closeout phase after verification. IMPORTANT: Due to operational updates, some minor discrepancies may occur between the appearance of individual screens within GUPS, especially concerning polygon colors and symbology in the Map View and the appearance of specific buttons and warning messages. Other small variations may also appear. U.S. Census Bureau 2020 Census PSAP Tribal GUPS Respondent Guide xiv PART ONE: OVERVIEW OF 2020 CENSUS PSAP MATERIALS AND THE TRIBAL STATISTICAL GEOGRAPHIES This portion of the Respondent Guide lays the programmatic foundation for the remainder of the document and provides a reference for upcoming sections. It provides an overview of 2020 Census PSAP delineation materials and summarizes the statistical geography criteria and specifications for each of the three tribal statistical geographies editable using GUPS. The goal of PSAP is to produce meaningful statistical geographies for data users while maintaining consistent statistical geography nationwide. It is the Census Bureau’s responsibility to ensure nationwide uniformity in applying the statistical area criteria and guidelines. As a result, we may require some changes in the boundaries or delineation of some statistical areas to meet the national standard. Federally recognized tribal participants may use paper materials or GUPS to perform their review and make updates. By creating one, streamlined method of digital participation (i.e., the GUPS), the Census Bureau provides an efficient and intuitive system to review and update statistical boundaries and edit data layers while maintaining flexibility to retrieve and review selected information. Digital participants must use the Census Bureau supplied GUPS and shapefiles to participate in PSAP. The Census Bureau will not accept any submission delineated outside of the GUPS or based on non-Census Bureau provided shapefiles. To accompany the GUPS, the Census Bureau is providing a set of paper maps to tribal participants that requested GUPS. In addition to the paper maps, the Census Bureau is providing corresponding Adobe .pdf files of the paper maps. The Adobe .pdf files are for reference only. For more information on these materials, refer to the Tribal Paper Respondent Guide. Refer to Table 2 to determine what level of tribal statistical geographies are eligible for review and update. All AIRs and ORTLs have at least one tribal census tract and one tribal block group. To obtain the 2010 Census population and housing counts for tribal census tracts and tribal block groups, refer to the 2010 population and housing unit counts file included with the PSAP materials. All federally recognized tribes with AIRs/ORTLs, regardless of population or housing unit counts are eligible to delineate CDPs. Refer to Appendix E. for details on supplemental sources that can assist participants during 2020 Census PSAP. Table 2: Tribal Statistical Areas Delineation Eligibility Tribal Participant Federally recognized tribe with an American Indian reservation (AIR) and/or off-reservation trust land (ORTL) with population >= 2,400 or housing units (HUs) >= 960. Federally recognized tribe with an AIR and/ ORTL with population >= 1,200 and < 2,400 or HUs >= 480 and <960. Federally recognized tribe with an AIR and/ ORTL with population < 1,200 or HUs < 480. U.S. Census Bureau Tribal Statistical Areas Eligible for Delineation Tribal census tracts, tribal block groups, and census designated places (CDPs). Tribal block groups and census designated places (CDPs). One tribal census tract covering same area as the AIR and/or ORTL. Census designated places (CDPs). One tribal census tract and one tribal block group covering same area as the AIR and/or ORTL. 2020 Census PSAP Tribal GUPS Respondent Guide 1 CHAPTER 1. DELINEATION PHASE MATERIALS FOR 2020 CENSUS PSAP This chapter focuses on identifying the materials participants receive for the delineation phase. 1.1 Informational and Instructional Materials The Census Bureau provides this Respondent Guide for conducting 2020 Census PSAP work using GUPS. To support tribal participants’ review and update of their statistical geographies for the 2020 Census, the Census Bureau created Quick Reference and Quick Program Guides that summarize each tribal statistical geography and the digital delivery methods of the delineation materials. They created Microsoft Excel files of 2010 population and housing counts that identify the counts for each tribal census tract and tribal block group. Files of the 2010 counts exist for each federally recognized tribe with an AIR and/or ORTL. A separate Tribal Paper Respondent Guide provides detailed instructions for conducting the 2020 Census PSAP work using paper map materials. Review Table 3 to identify each piece of informational and instructional material distributed by the Census Bureau for tribal statistical geographies and to identify the tribal participants receiving those materials. Table 3: Quick Reference, Quick Program, and Respondent Guide Materials Document ID G-600 Quick Reference: Tribal Block Groups Federally recognized tribe with an American Indian reservation (AIR) and/or offreservation trust land (ORTL). G-610 Quick Reference: Tribal Census Tracts G-615 Quick Reference: Census Designated Places Q-900 Quick Program Guide for Digital Download of GUPS Q-905 Quick Program Guide for DVD delivery of GUPS G-690 Tribal GUPS Respondent Guide G-700 Tribal Paper Respondent Guide Federally recognized tribe with an American Indian reservation (AIR) and/or offreservation trust land (ORTL). Federally recognized tribe with an American Indian reservation (AIR) and/or offreservation trust land (ORTL). Federally recognized tribe with an American Indian reservation (AIR) and/or offreservation trust land (ORTL) participants that prefer to download their materials online. Federally recognized tribe with an American Indian reservation (AIR) and/or offreservation trust land (ORTL) participants that prefer to use the DVDs for their materials. Federally recognized tribe with an American Indian reservation (AIR) and/or offreservation trust land (ORTL). All tribal participants. Name of Material Tribal Participant(s) Receiving Material The 2010 population and housing counts file includes information for every tribal census tract and tribal block group. This file may prove beneficial outside of the GUPS environment. The naming convention for this file is “AIA_2010_Pop_and_Housing_counts.xlsx,” where AIANNHCE is the four-digit Census area code for the tribal entity, where AI is American U.S. Census Bureau 2020 Census PSAP Tribal GUPS Respondent Guide 2 Indian, AN is Alaska Native, and NH is Native Hawaiian. The file includes the following fields of information:          AIA_NAME is the common name of the American Indian area. AIANNHCE is the four-digit Census AI/AN/NH area code. TTRACTCE is the six-digit tribal census tract code (four-digit tribal census tract with two-digit suffix), without the decimal point character. For the 2010 tribal census tracts, there were no suffixes, so these appear as (T00100) in the file. NAME is the common “name” of the tribal census tract. It is without the suffix information (T001). TBLKGRPCE is the one-character tribal block group code. TTRACTPOP is the 2010 population of the tribal census tract. It repeats if there is more than one tribal block group in the tribal census tract. TTRACTHOUSING is the 2010 housing count of the tribal census tract. It, like the TTRACTPOP, repeats if there is more than one tribal block group in the tribal census tract. TBGPOP is the 2010 population of the tribal block group. TBGHOUSING is the 2010 housing count of the tribal block group. Federally recognized tribes with an AIR and/or ORTL can use the information to identify tribal census tracts and tribal block groups that fall outside of the population and housing thresholds explained in Table 4 and Table 6, respectively. The tribal geographies falling outside the thresholds need review for potential updates. Refer to Section 8.1 for ideas regarding its use with reviewing the tribal census tracts and tribal block groups. The Census Bureau provides all of these informational and instructional materials in printed and digital formats. Locate the digitally formatted materials on the PSAP website as well as on the “Data disc” described in Section 1.3. 1.2 Map Materials For 2020 Census PSAP, the Census Bureau provides all tribal entities with paper map materials and for reference only, Adobe .pdf files of the paper maps. Participants do not update the Adobe .pdf files. If tribal statistical updates are necessary or requested, tribal participants use GUPS or the paper maps. Refer to the Tribal Paper Respondent Guide for details of the paper maps and the Adobe .pdf files and instructions for their use. 1.3 DVD Materials The Census Bureau supplies tribal entities that requested GUPS during the invitation phase two DVDs. One DVD contains the GUPS software to install on the participant’s computers. The second DVD is termed the “Data disc.” It contains the partnership shapefiles needed to conduct 2020 Census PSAP work using the GUPS software. The “Data disc” also contains digital copies of the Quick Reference and Quick Program Guides, both Respondent Guides, the Adobe .pdf files, and the Microsoft Excel file of the 2010 population and housing counts. Instructions for using these DVDs to begin 2020 Census PSAP review are in Part Two:. All informational and instructional materials provided on DVD are available on the PSAP website for online download. The partnerships shapefiles are available directly within GUPS by using the “Census Web” option discussed in Section 6.1. There is no need to download the shapefiles from a Census Bureau website to load into GUPS. GUPS simplifies that step for participants choosing the “Census Web” option. U.S. Census Bureau 2020 Census PSAP Tribal GUPS Respondent Guide 3 1.4 Delineation Phase Postcard One very important item enclosed with the delineation materials is the delineation phase postcard (e.g., Document ID P-300). After reviewing the tribal statistical geographies and determining the update status of the materials, please complete the postcard indicating whether changes are forthcoming. The return of this postcard assists the Census Bureau with planning for incoming submissions and identifying participants that will not be providing updates. The Census Bureau requests the return of this postcard within a month of receipt of the delineation phase materials. If a participant discovers changes are necessary to their 2020 Census PSAP materials after returning the delineation postcard, please contact the Census Bureau PSAP staff by email at geo.psap@census.gov, or phone them at 1-844-788-4921 to let them know a submission is forthcoming. U.S. Census Bureau 2020 Census PSAP Tribal GUPS Respondent Guide 4 CHAPTER 2. TRIBAL CENSUS TRACTS Tribal census tracts are relatively permanent geographic divisions of an AIR and/or ORTL defined for the tabulation and presentation of statistical data. They are conceptually similar and equivalent to census tracts defined within the standard state-county-tract geographic hierarchy used for tabulating and publishing statistical data. The Census Bureau defines tribal census tracts with tribal officials to provide meaningful, relevant, and reliable data for small geographic areas within the boundaries of federally recognized tribes with reservations or trust lands. As such, they recognize the unique statistical data needs of federally recognized American Indian tribes. The delineation of tribal census tracts allows for an unambiguous presentation of census tract-level data specific to the federally recognized AIR and/or ORTL without the imposition of state or county boundaries, which might artificially separate American Indian populations located within a single AIR and/or ORTL. To this end, the tribal participants may define tribal census tracts that cross county or state boundaries, or both. Tribal census tracts submitted to the Census Bureau are subject to review to ensure compliance with the published criteria. Detailed criteria pertaining to tribal census tracts exists in a separate Federal Register notice pertaining to all American Indian areas, including statistical areas defined through the PSAP. The Federal Register notices for both standard and tribal geographies is available on the PSAP website. Appendix B. provides a summary of the statistical geographies criteria thresholds. IMPORTANT: All tribal census tracts must follow all of the final criteria and guidelines published for standard census tracts, EXCEPT they do not have to nest within states or counties. They must instead nest within an individual AIR and/or ORTL, and must include unique identification to distinguish them from standard census tracts. The following criteria apply to reviewing, updating, and delineating 2020 tribal census tracts:        Tribal census tracts may cross county or state boundaries. Tribal census tracts must not cross AIR and/or ORTL boundaries. Tribal census tracts must cover the entire land and water area of the AIR and/or ORTL. Tribal census tracts utilize the letter “T” and a three-digit code and may have a two-digit suffix. Find more detail on numbering of tribal census tracts in Section 2.2. Tribal census tracts must meet specific population and housing unit thresholds outlined in Table 4: Tribal Census Tract Thresholds. Tribal census tracts must comprise a reasonably compact and contiguous land area, with a few exceptions.4 Tribal census tract boundaries should follow visible and identifiable features. 4 The Census Bureau permits noncontiguous boundaries only where a contiguous area or inaccessible area would not meet population or housing unit count requirements for a separate tribal census tract, in which case the noncontiguous or inaccessible area must be combined with an adjacent or proximate tract. For example, combine an island that does not meet the minimum population threshold for recognition as a separate tribal census tract with other proximate land to form a single, noncontiguous tribal census tract. The Census Bureau reviews each instance of noncontiguous census tracts and uses their discretion to accept or reject. U.S. Census Bureau 2020 Census PSAP Tribal GUPS Respondent Guide 5  Census tracts have three types for the 2020 Census, standard, tribal, and special use. Refer to Table 4: Tribal Census Tract Thresholds for the definition and associated criteria for tribal census tracts. The other two types do not appear in the table since they are out of scope for this material. The Census Bureau may modify and, if necessary, reject any proposals for tribal census tracts that do not meet the published criteria. In addition, the Census Bureau reserves the right to modify the boundaries and attributes as needed to meet the published criteria and/or maintain geographic relationships before or after the final tabulation geography is set for the 2020 Census. Table 4: Tribal Census Tract Thresholds Description Tribal Census Tract 2.1 Tribal census tracts are statistical subdivisions of AIRs and/or ORTLs used for tabulating and publishing statistical data. Population Thresholds Housing Unit Thresholds Optimum: 4,000 Min: 1,200 Max: 8,000 Optimum: 1,600 Min: 480 Max: 3,200 Area Measurement Thresholds None Employment Threshold NA Tribal Census Tract Threshold Requirements Tribal census tracts must meet the population or housing unit thresholds outlined above in Table 4: Tribal Census Tract Thresholds. This helps ensure a minimal level of reliability in the sample data and minimized potential disclosures of sensitive information. PSAP participants should aim to create tribal census tracts that meet the optimal population of 4,000 or 1,600 housing units and maintain the minimum thresholds with an AIR and/or ORTL with fewer than 1,200 people. The Census Bureau uses a housing unit criterion to accommodate seasonably occupied areas in which the decennial census population count will be lower than the ACS estimates.5 A tribal census tract that exceeds the maximum thresholds should be split into multiple tracts; those that drop below the minimum thresholds should be merged with an adjacent tribal census tract. If a participant chooses not to split or merge tribal census tracts that do not meet approved thresholds, they must provide a justification for retaining the existing geography. GUPS allows participants to add remarks or justifications to statistical geographies that are not changed in the event that population growth (new housing development, typically) or decline (following depopulation trends or scheduled housing demolition) is anticipated. Participants should use the 2010 Census population and housing counts for tribal census tract review in most cases. This information is part of the data within GUPS and included in the Microsoft Excel file discussed in Section 1.1. Locally produced population and housing unit estimates are permissible when reviewing and updating areas experiencing considerable growth since the 2010 Census. “Occupied seasonally” refers to seasonal communities in which residential populations are lower on Census Day, April 1, than at other times of the year, and for which estimates may be reflected in the ACS. The ACS is designed to produce local area data for a 12-month period estimate. 5 U.S. Census Bureau 2020 Census PSAP Tribal GUPS Respondent Guide 6 The housing unit thresholds use the national average of 2.5 persons per household. Because of local and regional variations to this average, the Census Bureau will consider variation while reviewing all tribal census tract revisions. 2.2 Tribal Census Tract Codes and Numeric Identification Tribal census tract codes begin with the letter “T” followed by three digits. For example, tribal census tract one on an AIR and/or ORTL will have a code of “T001.” Subsequent tribal census tracts increase sequentially, e.g., T002, T003, etc. This ensures that a tribal census tract code is used only once within the AIR and/or ORTL. When splitting a tribal census tract, GUPS introduces a two-digit suffix. When merging, GUPS provides the next sequential tribal census tract number. Standard census tracts coded with a range of 9401 to 9499 have a majority of their population, housing units, and/or area included in AIRs and/or ORTLs. 2.3 Tribal Census Tract Boundary Requirements Tribal census tract boundaries generally follow permanent, visible features that are identifiable in the field. The following features are preferred as tribal census tract boundaries:        American Indian reservation and off-reservation trust land boundaries must always be tribal census tract boundaries. Visible, perennial natural and cultural features, such as roads, shorelines, rivers, perennial streams and canals, railroad tracks, or aboveground high-tension power lines. Boundaries of legal and administrative entities in selected states. See Table 5 for states with acceptable minor civil division and incorporated place boundaries. Alaska Native Regional Corporation boundaries in Alaska.6 Boundaries of large parks, forests, airports, penitentiaries/prisons, and or military installations if the boundaries are clearly visible. Some nonstandard visible features such as major ridgelines, aboveground pipelines, intermittent streams, or fence lines. Some nonstandard nonvisible features such as parcel boundaries, straight-line extensions and other lines-of-sight between acceptable visible features. Table 5: Acceptable Minor Civil Division (MCD) and Incorporated Place Boundaries Boundaries of MCDs Not Coincident with Only Conjoint the Boundaries of All Incorporated State All MCD Boundaries Incorporated Place Incorporated Places Place Boundaries Boundaries that themselves are MCDs Alabama X Alaska X Arizona X Arkansas X California X Colorado X Connecticut X X Delaware X 6 Insofar as such boundaries are unambiguous for allocating living quarters as part of 2020 Census activities. U.S. Census Bureau 2020 Census PSAP Tribal GUPS Respondent Guide 7 State Florida Georgia Hawaii Idaho Illinois Indiana Iowa Kansas Kentucky Louisiana Maine Maryland Massachusetts Michigan Minnesota Mississippi Missouri Montana Nebraska Nevada New Hampshire New Jersey New Mexico New York North Carolina North Dakota Ohio Oklahoma Oregon Pennsylvania Rhode Island South Carolina South Dakota Tennessee Texas Utah Vermont Virginia Washington West Virginia Wisconsin Wyoming 7 8 All MCD Boundaries Boundaries of MCDs Not Coincident with the Boundaries of Incorporated Places that themselves are MCDs All Incorporated Place Boundaries Only Conjoint Incorporated Place Boundaries X X X X X X X X X X X X X7 X8 X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X Governmental townships only. Townships only. U.S. Census Bureau 2020 Census PSAP Tribal GUPS Respondent Guide 8 CHAPTER 3. TRIBAL BLOCK GROUPS Tribal block groups are statistical geographic subdivisions of a tribal census tract. The Census Bureau defines tribal block groups in cooperation with tribal officials to provide meaningful, relevant, and reliable data for small geographic areas within the boundaries of federally recognized AIRs and/or ORTLs. As such, they recognize the unique statistical data needs of federally recognized American Indian tribes. The delineation of tribal block groups allows for an unambiguous presentation of statistical data specific to the federally recognized AIR and/or ORTL without the imposition of state or county boundaries, which might artificially separate American Indian populations located within a single AIR and/or ORTL. To this end, the American Indian tribal participant may define tribal block groups that cross county or state boundaries, or both. For federally recognized American Indian tribes with AIRs and/or ORTLs that have fewer than 1,200 residents, the Census Bureau defines one tribal census tract and one tribal block group coextensive with the AIR and/or ORTL. Tribal block groups submitted to the Census Bureau are subject to review to ensure compliance with the published criteria. Detailed criteria pertaining to tribal block groups exists in a separate Federal Register notice pertaining to all American Indian areas, including statistical areas defined through the PSAP. The Federal Register notices for both standard and tribal geographies are available on the PSAP website. Appendix B. provides a summary of the statistical geographies criteria thresholds. IMPORTANT: All tribal block groups must follow all of the final criteria and guidelines published for standard block groups, EXCEPT they do not have to nest within states or counties. They must instead nest within an individual AIR and/or ORTL, and must include unique identification to distinguish them from standard block groups. The following criteria and guidelines apply for use in reviewing, updating, and delineating 2020 tribal block groups:        Tribal block groups must not cross tribal census tract boundaries. Tribal block groups must cover the entire land and water area of the tribal census tract. Tribal block groups utilize capital letters “A” through “K,” with the exception of the letter “I,” and must be unique within tribal census tracts. Find more detail on tribal block group numbering in Section 3.2. Tribal block groups must meet specific population and housing unit thresholds outlined in Table 6: Tribal Block Group Thresholds. Tribal block groups must comprise a reasonably compact and contiguous land area and would only be noncontiguous in situations where the tribal census tract is noncontiguous. Tribal block group boundaries should follow visible and identifiable features. Block groups have three types, standard, tribal, and special use, for the 2020 Census. Refer to Table 6: Tribal Block Group Thresholds for the definition and associated criteria for tribal block groups. The other two types do not appear in the table since they are out of scope for this material. U.S. Census Bureau 2020 Census PSAP Tribal GUPS Respondent Guide 9 The Census Bureau may modify and, if necessary, reject any proposals for tribal block groups that do not meet the published criteria. In addition, the Census Bureau reserves the right to modify the boundaries and attributes as needed to meet the published criteria. Modification may also occur to maintain geographic relationships before or after the final tabulation geography is set for the 2020 Census. Table 6: Tribal Block Group Thresholds Population Thresholds Description Tribal Block Groups 3.1 Tribal block groups are divisions of tribal census tracts used for tabulating and publishing statistical data. Min: 600 Max: 3,000 Housing Unit Thresholds Min: 240 Max: 1,200 Area Measurement Thresholds None Employment Threshold NA Tribal Block Group Threshold Requirements Tribal block groups have to meet certain population and housing unit thresholds as outlined above in Table 6: Tribal Block Group Thresholds. This helps ensure a minimum level of reliability in sample data and minimizes potential disclosures of sensitive information. Like tribal census tracts, the Census Bureau uses housing unit criterion to accommodate seasonably occupied areas that may have higher populations at times of the year other than on Census Day, April 1. A tribal block group that exceeds maximum thresholds should be split; those that drop below the minimum thresholds should be merged with an adjacent tribal block group. If a participant chooses not to change threshold errant tribal block groups, they must provide justification for their retention. Tribal block groups may be completely redefined to meet population or housing thresholds; however, in doing so, please consider the impact on analysis of tribal block group level data across time. In most cases, participants should use the 2010 Census population counts for tribal block group review. Locally produced population and housing unit estimates are permissible when reviewing and updating areas experiencing considerable growth since the 2010 Census. The housing unit thresholds use the national average of 2.5 persons per household. Because of local and regional variations to this average, the Census Bureau will consider variation while reviewing all tribal block group revisions. 3.2 Tribal Block Group Codes and Identification Tribal block groups begin with a single capital letter from “A” through “K,” excluding the letter “I.” These identifiers must be unique within each tribal census tract. Though tribal block group boundaries are census block boundaries, census blocks are numbered within standard, countybased block groups, not tribal block groups. There is no relationship between a tribal block group identifier and the census block numbers. For example, a tribal block group may contain census block numbers in a different “thousand” range (e.g., blocks 1001, 2011, and 3002), whereas all blocks in the 1000 range would be in standard block group 1 while all blocks in the 2000 range would be in standard block group 2. U.S. Census Bureau 2020 Census PSAP Tribal GUPS Respondent Guide 10 3.3 Tribal Block Group Boundary Requirements Like tribal census tracts, tribal block group boundaries generally follow permanent, visible features that are identifiable in the field. The following features are preferred as tribal block group boundaries:        Tribal census tract boundaries must always be block group boundaries. This criterion takes precedence over all other criteria or requirements. Visible, perennial natural and cultural features, such as roads, shorelines, rivers, perennial streams and canals, railroad tracks, or aboveground high-tension power lines. Boundaries of legal and administrative entities in selected states. See Table 5 for states with acceptable minor civil division and incorporated place boundaries. Alaska Native Regional Corporation boundaries in Alaska. Boundaries of large parks, forests, airports, penitentiaries/prisons, and or military installations if the boundaries are clearly visible. Some nonstandard visible features such as major ridgelines, aboveground pipelines, intermittent streams, or fence lines. Some nonstandard nonvisible features such as parcel boundaries, straight-line extensions and other lines-of-sight between acceptable visible features. U.S. Census Bureau 2020 Census PSAP Tribal GUPS Respondent Guide 11 CHAPTER 4. CENSUS DESIGNATED PLACES (CDPS) Census designated places (CDPs) are statistical geographic entities representing closely settled, unincorporated communities that are locally recognized and identified by name. They are the statistical equivalents of incorporated places, with the primary differences being the lack of both a legally defined boundary and an active, functioning governmental structure, chartered by the state and administered by elected officials. CDPs cannot be co-extensive with an entire AIR, ORTL, or any other AIA.9 CDP boundaries may extend beyond the boundaries of AIRs and/or ORTLs. The Census Bureau published the 2020 Census PSAP CDP criteria in the Federal Register. It is available on the PSAP website and in Appendix B. The following criteria apply to reviewing, updating, and delineating census designated places:          CDPs constitute a single, named, closely settled center of population. CDPs generally consist of a contiguous cluster of census blocks comprising a single piece of territory with a mix of uses similar to that of an incorporated place of similar size. CDPs cannot be located, partially or entirely, within an incorporated place or another CDP. CDPs may cross county, AIR and/or ORTL boundaries, but must not cross state boundaries. CDPs have no minimum population or housing unit thresholds, but must contain some population, housing units, or both. CDP boundaries should follow visible features, except in circumstances where the boundary is coincident with the nonvisible boundary of a state, county, minor civil division, or incorporated place. CDP boundaries may follow other nonvisible features in instances where reliance upon visible features would result in over bounding of the CDP in order to include housing units on both sides of a road or street feature. o Such boundaries might include parcel boundaries and Public Land Survey System (PLSS) lines; fence lines; national, state, or local park boundaries; ridgelines; or drainage ditches. CDP names should be recognizable and used in daily communication by the residents of the community it represents.10 CDP names cannot have the same name as an adjacent or nearby incorporated place. In accordance with the final criteria, the Census Bureau may modify and, if necessary, reject any proposals for CDPs that do not meet the established criteria. In addition, the Census Bureau reserves the right to modify the boundaries and attributes of CDPs as needed to maintain geographic relationships before the final tabulation geography is set for the 2020 Census. ANVSAs are an exception to this rule. The Tribal Paper Respondent Guide discusses the relationship of ANVSA and CDP statistical geographies. 9 There should be features in the landscape that use the name, such that a non-resident would have a general sense of the location or extent of the community; for example, signs indicating when one is entering the community; highway exit signs that use the name; or businesses, schools, or other buildings that make use of the name. 10 U.S. Census Bureau 2020 Census PSAP Tribal GUPS Respondent Guide 12 PART TWO: INTRODUCING GUPS FOR 2020 CENSUS PSAP This portion of the Respondent Guide includes detailed system requirement information necessary to use GUPS. It offers an introduction to GUPS and its menus, and toolbars. It provides specific instructions, through "Step - Action and Result" tables. In these tables, the Action is usually a command or action to perform and the Result(s) of the action are in italics. For example, if participants click the QGIS icon on the desktop, the software should begin to run automatically. GUPS allows participants to review and modify the statistical geographies in a more efficient manner than previous decades. GUPS integrates the standardized PSAP requirements and thresholds that define statistical geographies to eliminate the guesswork for participants. GUPS runs in both a desktop PC and a network environment. It runs in QGIS, which is an open source Geographic Information System (GIS), and contains all functionality required to make updates, executes automated checks for program criteria compliance, and creates standardized data output files for Census Bureau processing. Many of the menus and functionality are solely part of QGIS functionality and not applicable to GUPS for PSAP. For more information about the QGIS open-source platform, go to: . The Census Bureau provides two DVDs to federally recognized tribal participants. One DVD includes the GUPS software and the other DVD, known as the “Data disc,” includes shapefiles necessary for GUPS to operate, the Adobe .pdf files of the paper map materials, the Quick Reference materials, Respondent Guide(s), and the 2010 population and housing unit counts. Participants can choose to navigate to the following website to download GUPS: or can install from the GUPS DVD. Once installed, the Census Bureau recommends using the "Census Web" choice within GUPS for accessing and loading in the necessary shapefiles into GUPS. Use of this functionality eases participant burden of installing directly from the DVD or from copying the data from the DVD to the local computer. The next three chapters cover the following topics: Chapter 5. System Requirements and Installation   GUPS system requirements. GUPS installation instructions. Chapter 6. Getting Started with GUPS     Accessing the shapefiles for 2020 Census PSAP. Open GUPS and start a new project. Save a project. Open a previous project. Chapter 7. GUPS Menus and Toolbars    GUPS Page Layout. GUPS interface, including the Menu bar, various toolbars, Table of Contents, and the Map View. Instructions for using the tools available through the menu and toolbars. U.S. Census Bureau 2020 Census PSAP Tribal GUPS Respondent Guide 13 CHAPTER 5. SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS AND INSTALLATION 5.1 System Requirements Before beginning the installation, check the computer to verify it has the capabilities needed to run GUPS. Table 7 lists the hardware and software requirements to install and run GUPS and the software requirements to submit files through the SWIM website. Table 7: GUPS Hardware and Software Requirements Hardware Operating System Browser Disk Space Needed to Run GUPS: 3.3 GB Windows: To run GUPS, Windows users need one of the following operating systems:  Windows 7  Windows 8  Windows 10 Minimum Browser Versions to Use SWIM: Disk Space Needed to Store Shapefiles: Shapefile sizes vary. To view the size of the shapefiles, rightclick, and choose Properties in the drop-down menu. The Files Properties box opens and displays the folder size. Select multiple files/folders in the list to view their properties via the same method. RAM: 4 GB minimum, 8 GB or more recommended for optimal performance. Apple Mac OS X: Mac OS X users must secure a license for Microsoft Windows and use a Windows bridge. The suggested bridge software is Boot Camp, which comes pre-installed on all Mac computers. Locate instructions for using Boot Camp at: . SWIM supports the two most recent version of each of the major browsers (Internet Explorer, Google Chrome, Mozilla Firefox, and Apple Safari. IMPORTANT: Since Boot Camp requires a restart of the computer to set up the bridge, be sure to print the instructions provided at the URL above before beginning installation. Depending on the Windows OS version, the GUPS dialog boxes may have a different appearance than the screenshots contained in the respondent guide, although the content is the same. 5.2 GUPS Installation This section provides instructions for both methods, download and DVD, of GUPS installation. Administrator privileges may be required to install GUPS. Please ensure use of the version supplied for 2020 Census PSAP to conduct the review and update of tribal statistical geographies. To complete the installation, follow the steps in Table 8. Note: To check for the latest version, navigate to the GUPS tab and click the About GUPS option in the drop-down menu to find the GUPS version number. If not running the latest version, download and follow the setup instructions that will automatically uninstall the old version before it installs the latest GUPS version. U.S. Census Bureau 2020 Census PSAP Tribal GUPS Respondent Guide 14 Table 8: Installation of the GUPS Application Step Action and Result Step 1 Click the direct download link or place the installation DVD (GUPS disc) into the computer’s DVD drive. For some participants, a Windows protected your PC warning may appear. Step 2 To continue, click More info, and then select Run anyway? Other participants may receive an account control warning that asks, “Do you want to run this file?”, “Do you want to allow the following program from an unknown publisher to make changes to this computer?”, or a similar query. See an example below. If received, click Run, Yes, Allow, or an option that allows GUPS to proceed. The software should begin to run automatically. Be aware some participants may experience issues with installation because of administrative rights and privileges on their local computer systems. Work with the local Information Technology (IT) support staff to understand the settings that prevent the installation of external software prior to contacting the Census Bureau for assistance. Step 3 U.S. Census Bureau If the software does not run automatically, open Windows Explorer, navigate to the CD/DVD drive where the GUPS disc is located, and double click on the file named Setup-9.0.x.bat. Please be aware, the name of this file may vary slightly, but it will be the only setup .bat file available. If the software still does not run properly, contact the local System Administrator for assistance locally. If they cannot resolve the installation problem, contact the GUPS help desk at 1-844-788-4921 or by email at geo.psap@census.gov. 2020 Census PSAP Tribal GUPS Respondent Guide 15 Step Action and Result Step 4 When the installer opens, the Welcome to the QGIS Setup Wizard screen appears. Note: The version needed for PSAP is QGIS 2.18.15 Las Palmas. If another version of QGIS exists on the computer, an instruction to uninstall appears prior to installing the Las Palmas version. Allow the uninstall process to complete or problems with GUPS may occur. Before proceeding, close all other open programs or applications. Once other programs and applications are closed, click the Next button. Step 5 The License Agreement screen appears. Read the License Agreement and click the I Agree button to continue. U.S. Census Bureau 2020 Census PSAP Tribal GUPS Respondent Guide 16 Step Action and Result Step 6 The Choose Install Location screen opens. To prevent potential installation errors, allow the software to install at the default location (usually C:\Program files\QGISGUPS). To begin the installation, click Next to continue. Step 7 The Choose Components screen opens. ‘QGIS’ in the Select components to install field is grayed out since it is the default. Click Install to continue. To review a previous screen or reread the license agreement, click the Back button (each screen contains this button). U.S. Census Bureau 2020 Census PSAP Tribal GUPS Respondent Guide 17 Step Action and Result Step 8 The software should take between 5 and 10 minutes to install. When it finishes, the Completing the QGIS GUPS Setup Wizard screen opens. Click the Finish button. Step 9 After choosing Finish button from the previous menu, the GUPS Install Setup: Completed screen appears after showing the status of the installation. Step 10 To complete the installation, click the Close button at the bottom of the GUPS Install Setup: Completed Setup Wizard screen. Once the application installs, a QGIS icon appears on the desktop. In addition, the All Programs menu list within the Start Menu includes a folder for QGIS. U.S. Census Bureau 2020 Census PSAP Tribal GUPS Respondent Guide 18 CHAPTER 6. GETTING STARTED WITH GUPS After successfully installing GUPS, there are three ways to retrieve shapefiles when starting a new project:    Census Web (Recommended. Loads directly into GUPS). CD/DVD (i.e., the “Data disc”). My Computer (If downloaded contents of “Data disc” onto local hard drive). Note: The next chapter, Chapter 7. GUPS Menus and Toolbars, describes the menus, buttons, and toolbars referenced throughout this chapter. 6.1 Accessing the Shapefiles for 2020 Census PSAP Regardless of the product preference selected during the invitation phase, the shapefiles necessary to conduct PSAP are available directly within the GUPS application. By choosing the “Census Web” option when selecting the geography initially in GUPS, participants with internet connectivity can load files as needed, or load multiple county files at once. Note: The “Census Web” option is the recommended method for accessing the shapefiles for use in 2020 Census PSAP. Use of this option ensures the proper placement of the required files for the GUPS application to access. Participants that do not have internet connectivity, or those that have slow, unreliable internet connectivity, can load the shapefiles directly into GUPS from the “Data disc” or from a location on their computer where they saved the “Data disc” contents. Instructions on how to load shapefiles are in Table 9. The GUPS application unzips the files and places them into a pre-established folder created on the computer’s home directory during the installation process (e.g., H:\GUPSGIS\gupsdata\...). It then displays them in the application. GUPS manages the files for the participant. No further action is necessary. Because of this GUPS functionality, participants must not make any changes to the shapefile or folder names. The files and folders must have the exact names as provided on the “Data disc” for GUPS to recognize and load them. IMPORTANT: Census Bureau testing of the GUPS used for PSAP has shown that large entities may take from 15 – 35 minutes for GUPS to create and build the PSAP project. Please be patient while GUPS gathers all of the necessary files and calculates the population and housing unit information. 6.2 Open GUPS and Start a New Project To open GUPS and begin the PSAP review, follow the steps in Table 9 below. Before beginning, GUPS needs at least 3.3 gigabytes of free space on the hard drive to begin.  To practice using GUPS without committing the changes, simply exit the system without saving. Before the system closes, it will provide the option to discard the changes. U.S. Census Bureau 2020 Census PSAP Tribal GUPS Respondent Guide 19  If comfortable with the GUPS, but completion of review and changes are not possible in one session, simply save the changes and close the system. Participants can reopen saved projects and continue working open GUPS later. Table 9: Open GUPS and Start a New Project Step Action and Result Step 1 Double click the QGIS icon on the desktop or navigate to QGIS from the Start Menu, All Programs choice and select the QQIS Desktop 2.18.15. The QGIS splash screen appears. Step 2 Wait until the application loads (An older computer may require a few minutes). When the GUPS application has successfully loaded, the main page opens, and the QGIS Tips! window appears. Since QGIS provided the open-source platform for building GUPS, participants may see references to QGIS in several locations within the GUPS application. To view QGIS system tips, click the Next button to read the first tip. Use the Previous and Next buttons to navigate within tips. To skip the tips, click the checkbox in the bottom left-hand corner that states, “I’ve had enough tips, don’t show this on start up any more!” U.S. Census Bureau 2020 Census PSAP Tribal GUPS Respondent Guide 20 Step Action and Result Step 3 To begin a GUPS project, close the QGIS Tips! window by clicking the OK button. The tip box closes and the Map Management dialog box opens, as shown below.  Choose Participant Statistical Areas Program from the Program menu.  Choose Tribal Statistical Review from the User Type menu.  Choose Reservation / Trust Land from the Entity Type menu.  Choose the tribal entity from the Entity Name menu. At this point, the participant has not selected how to open these files, so the window populates with all of the counties within the state. The unchecked, highlighted counties are the counties adjacent to the tribal entity. Note: Only participants opening data using Census Web can load adjacent county into the Map View along with the tribal entity. This adjacent county functionality will not work for participants using the “Data disc” DVD. They do not have access to the universe of counties for the entire state. Participants can only update the tribal entity selected. It is not required to display the adjacent counties, but sometimes helpful in reviewing legal boundaries and CDP boundaries of those that cross county boundaries. For this review, participants do not need to load the adjacent counties and doing so likely causes GUPS performance to decrease. Click the Open button. U.S. Census Bureau 2020 Census PSAP Tribal GUPS Respondent Guide 21 Step Action and Result Step 4 After selecting the tribal entity, GUPS asks to specify the location from which to pull the county’s (or county equivalent’s) shapefile. The Select Data Folder, Directory or Location dialog box opens. In the Select Data Folder, Directory or Location dialog box drop-down menu, select the location from which to pull the tribal entity file. This example assumes the participant is pulling the data from the CD/DVD in the drop-down menu. To download data directly into GUPS from the Census Bureau, choose Census Web (recommended) or directly from the local hard drive, choose My Computer (least recommended option). GUPS only asks to specify a location of the data the first time a participant opens a tribal entity’s shapefile. When returning to work, the shapefile automatically loads, even if there were no changes in the first session. Step 5 From the Select directory window, navigate to the location of the CD/DVD, click the shape folder to populate the Directory field, and then click Select. IMPORTANT: Participants must select the directory and not specific files within the directory. U.S. Census Bureau 2020 Census PSAP Tribal GUPS Respondent Guide 22 Step Action and Result Step 6 GUPS downloads all the shapefiles necessary for PSAP off the DVD and opens the requested tribal entity project. GUPS displays a Map Management window that shows the progress of building the project and calculates the population and housing units. Progress displays by a blue status bar with the percentage of download completed shown to the right of the status bar. Please be patient. Based on the size of the tribal entity, it might take some time to download the data and appear on the screen. Once downloaded, the tribal entity appears in the Map View and layers are visible within the Table of Contents. If the shapefiles are missing from the directory location chosen in the Select Data Folder, Directory or Location window drop-down menu, or the files are corrupted and cannot be loaded, the following error message appears. Close GUPS and start the process again. U.S. Census Bureau 2020 Census PSAP Tribal GUPS Respondent Guide 23 Step 7 As mentioned in Step 3 of this table, participants using the Census Web option can add the adjacent counties of the tribal entity by clicking the Map Management button in the Standard toolbar. The Map Management window displays the counties associated with the tribal entity selected from the previous steps in blue highlight. Adjacent counties highlight in yellow in the Map Management window. Click the boxes to the left of the highlighted counties list to select adjacent counties to download. All counties with a checkmark will download and display in the Map View. Unchecking a county excludes that county from the project. Note: Loading adjacent counties likely slows GUPS performance. Click Open. From the subsequent Map Management window, choose Census Web. GUPS downloads all the selected adjacent counties layers and places them in the Table of Contents within existing Tribal Layers. U.S. Census Bureau 2020 Census PSAP Tribal GUPS Respondent Guide 24 Step Action and Result Step 8 To view the newly added adjacent county, expand the existing non-tribal layers to activate and display the chosen layer in the Map View. For this example, the BG_County and CURTRACTS_County layers are expanded to show those respective layers for Cochise (04003). It is important to note that the adjacent county is not part of the tribal layer because it does not contain tribal geographies for the specific tribal entity. For this reason, the standard geographies and county features are loaded into GUPS. The limit for loading counties at once is 11. To load shapefiles for additional counties, after the first 10 are loaded: 1. 2. 3. 4. Leave the same tribal entity selected in the Entity Name field. Uncheck the already loaded counties for the tribal entity in the Map Management dialog box list. Check the checkboxes for the additional counties (up to 10) to add. Click the Open button and after the Select Data Folder, Directory or Location box opens, use the drop-down menu to select the source of the files. Repeat this process as many times as needed. This is not recommended as the stability of GUPS may be compromised. 6.3 Save a Project in GUPS To save any PSAP updates, follow the steps in Table 10. Make sure to save the project prior to exiting GUPS. Note: The Census Bureau recommends saving often, but only after ensuring the changes are accurate. Participants cannot perform the Undo action discussed in Table 13 and in Table 18 on a change after performing a save action. U.S. Census Bureau 2020 Census PSAP Tribal GUPS Respondent Guide 25 Table 10: Save a GUPS Project Step Action and Result Step 1 After working on a project, be sure to Save before exiting. Otherwise, edits will be lost. To save, participants select Project from the main menu and Save from the drop-down menu or click the Save button on the Standard toolbar (as shown below). Both choices result in the prompting of the Current edits confirmation dialog box. Click OK to save or Cancel to return to the Map View without saving. To exclude changes, close the application (click the red X in the upper right-hand corner of the main GUPS page). A Save? dialog box asking to save, discard, or cancel appears. Click Discard to close the application without saving the project. 6.4 Open a Previous Project in GUPS To open a previously saved PSAP project, follow the steps in Table 11 below. Table 11: Open a Previous Project in GUPS Step Action and Result Step 1 To open a previously saved project, in the Map Management dialog box, click the down arrow next to the Open Recent button. The drop-down menu opens with one or more project(s) listed. If the dialog box does not appear after opening GUPS, click the Map Management button in the Standard toolbar to open the dialog box shown below. Note: If the computer is shared, then the potential exists for multiple projects to appear in the Open Recent list. To identify the proper project file, review the number string. This string comprises the 11-digit tribal code that the Census Bureau uses to identify each tribal entity. U.S. Census Bureau 2020 Census PSAP Tribal GUPS Respondent Guide 26 Step Action and Result Step 2 Select the correct project file from the Open Recent list. The map for the project automatically loads and the layers show in the Table of Contents. Census Bureau-defined default layers and view settings are loaded with each new project in GUPS. Changing and saving these settings for a project also saves any new settings. Thus, when reopening the project, the Table of Contents and Map View display the layers and the map according to the settings last used rather than returning to the Census Bureau default settings. To restore the default settings for a layer, right-click the layer in the Table of Contents. A dropdown menu opens. In the drop-down menu, select GUPS Layer. A sub-menu opens. In the submenu, select Load default style (see illustration below). To reset the default settings for all layers, select the second choice Load all default style. U.S. Census Bureau 2020 Census PSAP Tribal GUPS Respondent Guide 27 Step Action and Result Step 3 When reopening a previously saved project, note that any previously selected counties highlight in cyan blue and remain checked. Adjacent counties, not previously selected, highlight in yellow. Participants may check and load additional adjacent counties at this point if they use Census Web. Participants working from DVD are not able to load adjacent counties. U.S. Census Bureau 2020 Census PSAP Tribal GUPS Respondent Guide 28 CHAPTER 7. GUPS MENUS AND TOOLBARS With the basics of GUPS outlined in Chapter 6. Getting Started with GUPS, this chapter serves to introduce and provide specific details of the various GUPS menus and toolbars available for use during PSAP. 7.1 GUPS Page Layout The image below illustrates the GUPS page layout. The blue and white text boxes provide labels for the page components including the Menu and Toolbars, the Map View, the Table of Contents (labeled in GUPS as “Layers Panel”), and the Status Bar. Note: To simplify the initial view, the Census Bureau recommends disabling, or unchecking, the “BG_County” and “CCD_County” layers if they are present in the project. Participants can enable these layers after they become familiar with GUPS and its layer symbology. Figure 3. GUPS Page Layout Table 12 explains the purpose for each element on the main GUPS page. Section 7.2 details the individual components and specific functions of each element. U.S. Census Bureau 2020 Census PSAP Tribal GUPS Respondent Guide 29 Table 12: GUPS Main Page Elements Page Element Map View General Function The Map View displays the default data layers for the PSAP. GUPS automatically loads the layers based on the program selected in Map Management. The Map View reflects symbology updates (i.e. turn layers on/off, zoom or pan) as participants make those adjustments. Menu bar The Menu bar allows access to QGIS and some GUPS features using a standard hierarchical menu. It offers basic features such as Settings and Help; tools to manage the Map View and import userprovided data; important calculation, measurement, and geoprocessing tools; and tools needed to make shapefile updates. Almost all of the functions available from the Menu bar are also available in the application’s conveniently located toolbars. Standard toolbar The Standard toolbar provides navigation tools and other tools needed to interact with the Map View and layers’ attribute tables, and data query and editing tools. PSAP toolbar The PSAP toolbar provides software functions and the specific tools needed to make PSAP updates, view linear feature attributes, review and validate changes, import and export zipped files and print in support of PSAP. Manage Layers toolbar The Manage Layers toolbar offers tools to import participants own data. They may superimpose map layers in GUPS to compare the features on their own maps with those on the Census shapefiles. QGIS is the source of these tools, not GUPS. Refer to the QGIS documentation for detailed definitions on their use. Although shown horizontally here, this toolbar may appear aligned vertically to the left of the Table of Contents in the GUPS application. Reposition it accordingly to meet your needs. Table of Contents toolbar U.S. Census Bureau The Table of Contents shows the layers on the map for the tribal entity selected. The Table of Contents toolbar, positioned at the top of the Table of Contents, beneath the Layer Panel, allows participants to add or remove layers (or groups), manage layer visibility, and filter the legend by map content. 2020 Census PSAP Tribal GUPS Respondent Guide 30 Page Element Status bar 7.2 General Function The Status bar displays information on the coordinates, map scale, magnification, rotation, and projection and allows for the adjustment of the display. Menu Bar The Menu bar includes top-level, drop-down menus and allows navigation through GUPS using a standard hierarchical menu. Most relate to QGIS functionality and not GUPS functionality. Refer to the QGIS documentation cited in Part Two for details on the menu and sub-menu functionality. Table 13 provides a glimpse into the menu bar and its sub-menus. Table 13: Menu Bar Tabs, Drop-down Menus, and Function/Description Tab Drop-down Menu Function/Description Project The Project tab allows participants to save changes to the project layers, create image files, import AutoCAD files, display project properties, and exit the GUPS application. Edit The Edit tab allows participants to undo or redo vector-editing operations. The Undo and Redo actions are dockable widgets. They activate in the Edit menu and display with orange or green icons on the Advanced Digitizing toolbar when a split, merge, and boundary change action occurs. IMPORTANT: Click on the edited layer (e.g., curtracts_STCOU) to make it active before performing undo or redo action. Click the Undo button to cancel an action or the Redo button to redo a recently canceled action. Use these tools before saving the change to the layer; otherwise, if the participant saves the changes after an action then the Undo and Redo functionality deactivates and the associated icons gray-out. Note: There is no PSAP use for the Add Circular String or Add Circular String Radius functions. These icons remain inactive in this menu. U.S. Census Bureau 2020 Census PSAP Tribal GUPS Respondent Guide 31 Tab Drop-down Menu Function/Description View The View tab duplicates several actions available on the Standard toolbar. Included are options for navigating the map, identifying feature attributes, measuring distance, and creating spatial bookmarks to return to the same Map View later. Refresh restores the map to its original map extent. Panels changes the layer order, browses to a location on the computer to add additional layers, opens the processing toolbox, and more. If not visible or closed earlier, click Panels in the drop-down menu, then click the right arrow, and click Layers in the Layers drop-down-menu to restore the Table of Contents. The Toggle Full Screen Mode expands GUPS to fill the entire screen. Selecting it again, removes the full screen mode. Layer The Layer tab adds and removes layers from the map, opens the layer attribute table, sets the map projection or Coordinate Reference System (CRS), displays or hides layers. Note: Many of these same functions are located on the Manage Layers toolbar and the small toolbar at the top of the Table of Contents. Some of these actions are available from the Table of Contents toolbar. Settings The Settings tab allows participants to customize the CRS and map display options and set snapping tolerances (see instructions below this table). Note: Snapping tolerances in GUPS are pre-defined by layer (e.g., the default tolerance for edges is set to 15 pixels). When making corrections, participants may want to adjust the snapping tolerances for a layer or layers within this same menu. Locate the definition of edges in Appendix A. Glossary. U.S. Census Bureau 2020 Census PSAP Tribal GUPS Respondent Guide 32 Tab Drop-down Menu Function/Description Vector The Vector tab provides access to several tools that aid in the creation of buffers around features; overlay areas to create an intersection, union, or symmetrical difference; merge features; and perform other common geoprocessing actions. Raster The Raster tab provides access to a Raster Calculator that allows for the calculation of existing raster pixel values. The results of which are written to a new raster layer with a GDALsupported format. The Align Rasters tool is able to ingest several rasters as input and align them perfectly by performing several actions including reprojection, resampling, clipping, and rescaling. It saves all rasters to a separate file. These tools are QGIS based and not used for PSAP work in GUPS. The Web tab provides access to MetaSearch, an easy and intuitive approach and userfriendly interface to searching metadata catalogues within QGIS. Web Processing The Processing tab includes several tools; however, these are not required for Census Bureau geographic program participation. The sub-menus pertain to algorithms, creating models, viewing the results of algorithms executed, and history. Help The Help tab provides tools for understanding QGIS (the open-source platform on which GUPS was developed), the GUPS application itself and allows participants to report an issue with the software. The GUPS Help sub-menu, routes participants to the PSAP website. U.S. Census Bureau 2020 Census PSAP Tribal GUPS Respondent Guide 33 Tab Drop-down Menu Function/Description GUPS 7.3 The GUPS tab provides quick access to the key tools also available on the Standard toolbar and PSAP toolbar, including those needed to manage maps. Click the About GUPS option in the drop-down menu to find the GUPS version number. Callers to technical support need to provide this number. Map View and Table of Contents GUPS automatically loads a set of default data layers (and default layer groups) defined by the Census Bureau for the program and geography selected in the Map Management dialog box. As the map opens in the Map View, the list of the preset layers (already grouped) appears in the Table of Contents. Note: Participants may also see the Table of Contents labeled as the Layer Panel within GUPS. The two are synonymous and reflect what others often call a Legend. Participants use the Table of Contents and the Table of Contents toolbar to manage the Map View. These two windows are interdependent. Selections made in the Table of Contents reflect immediately in the Map View. To close the Table of Contents, click the small ‘x’ in the upper right corner of the Layer Panel. To restore the Table of Contents, click the View tab on the Menu bar, select Panels in the dropdown menu, click the arrow next to Panel to open the sub-menu, and click Layers Panel. Toggling the Layer Panel on and off may be helpful for providing a larger Map View window. 7.3.1 Table of Contents Toolbar Using the buttons on the toolbar located at the top of the Table of Contents, participants can add and remove layers or groups, manage layer visibility, filter the legend by map content, expand or condense all sections of the Table of Contents list at once, and group layers. Figure 4. Table of Contents Toolbar The Table of Contents toolbar contains the items shown above in Figure 4 with descriptions provided below in Table 14. Table 14: Table of Contents Toolbar Buttons Button Name Function/Description Open the Layer Styling Dock U.S. Census Bureau Click the Open the Layer Styling Dock button to toggle the layer styling panel on and off. 2020 Census PSAP Tribal GUPS Respondent Guide 34 Button Name Function/Description Add Group Click the Add Group button to organize layers in the Table of Contents into groups. Manage Layer Visibility Click the Manage Layer Visibility button to preset views in the Table of Contents. Filter Legend by Map Content Click the Filter Legend by Map Content button to remove layers from the Table of Contents that are not currently in the Map View extent. This feature ensures that the Table of Contents does not contain entries for items not currently in the Map View. Filter Legend by Expression Click the Filter Legend by Expression button to remove features from the selected layer tree style that have no features satisfying the condition. Used to highlight features within a given area/feature of another layer. Drop-down list allows participants to edit or clear the expression set. Expand All Click the Expand All button to expand the Table of Contents menus (+) to display all layers under each group’s menu. Collapse All Click the Collapse All button to collapses the Table of Contents menus (-) to show only groups. Remove Layer/Group Click the Remove Layer/Groups button to remove a layer or group from the Table of Contents. 7.3.2 Managing the Map View from the Table of Contents Within the Table of Contents, participants can manage layer visibility (i.e., determine what layers display on the map), reorder data layers, expand and condense the layers/layer groups, add labels to layers, and change the layer scale visibility. The following five sub-sections explain these topics. Though not recommended for the pre-loaded layers, participants can also set new layer symbology within the Layer Properties, Style menu. This section does not detail this process, but Figure 10 depicts the menu. 7.3.2.1 Manage Layer Visibility To add or remove layers from the Map View, click the checkbox next to a layer to add it to the Map View as shown in Figure 5. Uncheck the checkbox next to a layer to remove it from the Map View as shown in Figure 6. Both illustrate the manipulation of the “edges” layer. U.S. Census Bureau 2020 Census PSAP Tribal GUPS Respondent Guide 35 Figure 5. Check a Checkbox to Add a Layer Figure 6. Uncheck a Checkbox to Remove a Layer Participants can also right-click the name of the layer and select Remove in the drop-down menu, as shown in Figure 7, to remove the entire layer from the project. Though shown for this example to illustrate the presence of the button, the GUPS PSAP project includes all layers necessary to conduct a review and update. Please use the checkbox to manage the visibility of any preloaded layers rather than removing them from the project. The Remove action may be helpful for removing external data added by the PSAP participant. U.S. Census Bureau 2020 Census PSAP Tribal GUPS Respondent Guide 36 Figure 7. Highlight Layer and Right Click to Remove 7.3.2.2 Reorder Data Layers In the Table of Contents, the layer order determines how the layers display on the map. The top layers display on top of those below them. To change the display order:    Left-click on the layer name. Hold down the mouse button and drag the layer to the desired position in the list. Release the mouse button to place the layer in its new position. The map display reflects the new layer order in the Table of Contents. 7.3.2.3 Expand/Condense Layers or Layer Groups To expand or contract the menu for a layer or layer group, click on the ‘+’ sign to expand the group and, once expanded, click the ‘-’ sign to condense the group. These individual functions allow for a more specific management of layers than the Expand All/Collapse All buttons on the Table of Contents toolbar. 7.3.2.4 Add Labels to Layers Participants may notice that many of the standard geographies layers (e.g., census tracts and block groups specifically) are labeled as part of the creating the project in GUPS. Other layers do not automatically label. This section informs participants how to label the edges layer. From the Table of Contents, right-click the name of the layer and select Properties in the dropdown menu, as shown in Figure 8 and left-click to open the layer properties window. This opens the Layer Properties window shown in Figure 9. U.S. Census Bureau 2020 Census PSAP Tribal GUPS Respondent Guide 37 Figure 8. Layer Properties Menu Figure 9. Layer Properties Window – Labels Menu U.S. Census Bureau 2020 Census PSAP Tribal GUPS Respondent Guide 38 Click the Labels menu on the left side of the window. Choose Show labels for this layer from the drop-down menu along the top of the window. From the Label with section, select the field to use for labeling the layer’s features. In this example, choose FULLNAME. Participants can customize the labels Font, Style, Size, Color, Transparency level, Type case, Spacing, Blend mode, etc. and set formatting, buffers, backgrounds, shadows, placement, and rendering options. Click Apply and then OK to exit the window. 7.3.2.5 Change Layer Scale Visibility From the Table of Contents, right-click the name of the layer and select Properties in the dropdown menu, as shown in Figure 8 and left-click to open the layer properties window. This opens the Layer Properties window shown in Figure 10. Figure 10. Layer Properties Window – Style Menu Click the Style menu on the left side of the window. Choose each row, or all rows, to change the Min. Scale field to an appropriate scale. At the bottom left of the window, within the Style drop-down, choose Set as Default. Click Apply and then OK to exit the window. Setting the layer visibility means the layer will not display until reaching a scale below the set Min. Scale. Note: Participants can also set the scale dependent visibility in the General menu within the Layer Properties window by setting the Minimum (exclusive) value. U.S. Census Bureau 2020 Census PSAP Tribal GUPS Respondent Guide 39 7.4 Toolbars There are two toolbars for GUPS, as shown below. The Standard toolbar and PSAP toolbar are located at the top of the GUPS page. These toolbars offer general GIS and system tools and allow participants to make specific program updates. The top toolbar is the Standard toolbar, which provides map navigation, data query and manipulation tools. The PSAP toolbar provides the functionality needed for the PSAP. Hover the mouse over any toolbar button to see the name of the tool it represents. Figure 11. GUPS Toolbars Note: Participants may move the toolbars and re-dock them to their own preference. For example, if a participant prefers that the Manage Layers toolbar, discussed in a later section, to appear at the top of the page, they can drag it there. This allows for the expansion of the area available for the Table of Contents and the Map View. 7.4.1 Standard Toolbar The Standard toolbar, shown in Figure 12, provides the necessary tools to interact with the map and layers. It includes three separate sub-toolbars, identified by the grouping bars or marker on the toolbar, shown in Figure 13. The first sub-toolbar contains the buttons for saving projects, changing map projects and conducting searches. This sub-toolbar is the Project toolbar. The second sub-toolbar contains the buttons for navigation. This sub-toolbar is the Map Navigation toolbar. The third sub-toolbar provides tools for selecting features, making measurements, creating special bookmarks, and working with the layer’s attribute tables. It is the Attributes toolbar. Figure 12. GUPS PSAP Standard Toolbar Buttons To rearrange the toolbars, left-click and hold the sub-toolbar marker (shown with blue below) then drag it to the desired location. Release the mouse button to set the toolbar in the new location. Figure 13. Sub-Toolbar Markers Table 15 defines the purpose of each button on the Standard toolbar. A few of the buttons listed in the table include examples or links to additional tables for further explanation of the button. U.S. Census Bureau 2020 Census PSAP Tribal GUPS Respondent Guide 40 Table 15: Standard Toolbar Buttons Button Name Project Toolbar Grouping Save Map Management GUPS Data Settings Function/Description Click the Save button to save the current project, including any change to the layer properties, projection, view extent, and layers. Click the Map Management button to choose the participant program in GUPS and the county to update. GUPS automatically loads a set of default data layers for the chosen program. Warning! This tool deletes files and folders permanently! Click the GUPS Data Settings button to open the GUPS Data Settings window. Click the Options drop-down menu and select Clean by Project. From the list that returns, check the box to the left of the project name to select it for deletion. Click OK to continue. GUPS displays a warning message to confirm the action removes files and folders permanently. Clean-ups of the current session (highlighted in red in the choices list) cause GUPS to close. Click OK to proceed with deletion. U.S. Census Bureau 2020 Census PSAP Tribal GUPS Respondent Guide 41 Button Name Function/Description Search and Zoom Click the Search and Zoom button to search the map by census tract, block group, census designated place, census county division (if applicable), or street name. After selecting the Search by choice, a subsequent selection field appears for the participant to choose the specific value to search for in the tribal entity (e.g., Tribal Census Tract). Once selected, click the Find or Find and Close button to zoom and center the Map View on the selection. Map Navigation Toolbar Grouping Touch Zoom and Pan Click the Touch and Zoom button to zoom and pan using finger gestures on a touchscreen computer. This functionality also works with the roller ball on the mouse. Pan Map Click the Pan button to re-center the map in the Map View at the location clicked in the map while preserving the map scale. Pan Map to Selection Click the Pan to Selection button after selecting a feature on the map (or in the attribute table) to re-center the map based on the selected feature(s). Zoom In Click the Zoom In button to increase the map scale after clicking on the map and to display the map in Map View at a larger scale. Zoom Out Click the Zoom Out button to decrease the map scale after clicking on the map and to display the map in Map View at a smaller scale. Zoom Full Click the Zoom Full button to display the map at the full extent of the county. Zoom to Selection Click the Zoom to Selection button after selecting a feature on the map (or in the attribute table) to view the feature at the scale of the selected feature. Click the Zoom to Layer button after selecting a layer in the Table of Contents to display the map at the extent of the selected layer. Zoom to Layer U.S. Census Bureau Zoom Last Click the Zoom Last button to return to the previous zoom extent. Zoom Next Click the Zoom Next button to move forward to the next zoom extent. 2020 Census PSAP Tribal GUPS Respondent Guide 42 Button Name Function/Description New Bookmark Click the New Bookmark button to create, name, and save geographic locations in the Map View for future reference. To create and save a geographic location, first zoom to the location to bookmark and then select New Bookmark. The Geospatial Bookmarks window opens. Show Bookmarks Click on a row named New bookmark, backspace over the name “New bookmark” to delete the name, and enter a descriptive name for the bookmark (255-character limit). Click the Close button to add the new bookmark. Click the Show Bookmarks button to view and manage the bookmarks. The bookmark name or coordinates are not editable. To zoom to a bookmark, click on a bookmark name in the Geospatial Bookmarks dialog box and then click the Zoom to button. The Map View zooms to the bookmark. Refresh U.S. Census Bureau To delete a bookmark, click a bookmark name and click the Delete button. Click the Refresh button to refresh the screen at its current extent. 2020 Census PSAP Tribal GUPS Respondent Guide 43 Button Name Attributes Toolbar Grouping Identify Features Select Feature(s) by Area or Single Click Select Features Using an Expression Deselect Features from All Layers Measure U.S. Census Bureau Function/Description Click the Identify Features button, followed by a click on a feature on the map, to identify the feature. The selected feature appears in red in the Map View and the results appear in the Identify Results window. Click the Select Feature(s) by Area or Single Click button to select layer features in the map window with a single click, dragging a box, or drawing graphics on the screen. To select a single feature, click the Select Features button, choose Select Feature(s) from the drop-down menu, and click the feature on the map. To select multiple features, hold down the Ctrl key while selecting more than one feature. To remove one or more features from a selection of multiple features, hold down the Ctrl key and click the feature(s) again. Participants can also use Select Features by Polygon, Select Features by Freehand, and Select Features by Radius tools to select multiple features using graphics they draw on the screen. Click the Select Features Using an Expression button to select features by querying the attribute table based on table fields and/or values in the fields. See Table 16 for an example of using the Select Features Using an Expression tool to view the features in the edges layer that have an MTFCC code of P0001. Click the Deselect Features from all Layers button to deselect the selected features in all layers in a single action. Click the Measure button to measure the distance between two or more points, an area, or an angle on a map. See Table 17 for examples of using the Measure tool. 2020 Census PSAP Tribal GUPS Respondent Guide 44 Step Step 1 Table 16: Select Features Using an Expression Button Action and Result With the edges layer selected in the Table of Contents, click the Select Features by Expression button on the Standard toolbar. Step 2 The Select by Expression dialog box opens. Click on the ‘+’ next to Fields and Values to expand it. Step 3 U.S. Census Bureau Double click on a field name to add it to the Expression window. This example depicts the selection of the MAF/TIGER Feature Classification Code (MTFCC) field and its field name appearance in the Expression window. 2020 Census PSAP Tribal GUPS Respondent Guide 45 Step Step 4 Step 5 Action and Result Single click on an operator button to add it to the Expression window. In this example, the “=” was chosen. Note: There are more operators available than those shown above the Expression window. Click the Operators menu in the center window of the dialog box to see additional options, including commonly used expressions such as <, >, <=, >=. For this screenshot, notice the Output preview: message below the window indicates the expression is invalid because the value for the expression is missing. Reselect MTFCC. Click the Load values - all unique button, which shows all of the values for the chosen field name. Double click a value to add it to the Expression window. For more information about MTFCC codes, please refer to Appendix F. MAF/TIGER Feature Classification Codesor the following webpage: . U.S. Census Bureau 2020 Census PSAP Tribal GUPS Respondent Guide 46 Step Step 6 Step 7 Action and Result For this example, double click the value “P0001” (Nonvisible Linear Legal/Statistical Boundary) in the values window to add it to the Expression window. To execute the expression, click the Select button. The features meeting the expression, “MTFCC” = ‘P0001’, are highlighted on the map. U.S. Census Bureau 2020 Census PSAP Tribal GUPS Respondent Guide 47 Table 17: Measure Button Step Action and Result Step 1 To measure the distance between two points on the map, select the Measure button and then Measure Line choice. The Measure (OTF en) dialog box opens. Step 2 Zoom to the desired map location to take the measurement. Left-click the beginning point on the map and continue clicking points until reaching the final point. Right-click to show completion of point selection. The length of each segment of the line, as well as the total length of the line between the beginning point and the ending point, appear in the Measure box. Click New to start another measurement or click Close to close the Measure tool. U.S. Census Bureau 2020 Census PSAP Tribal GUPS Respondent Guide 48 Step Action and Result Step 3 To measure the area on the map, select the Measure tool and then Measure Area choice. The Measure (OTF en) dialog box opens. Step 4 Step 5 Zoom to the desired map location to take the measurement. Left-click on the map to begin drawing a polygon around the area to measure. Left-click at each vertex of the polygon. Right-click to show completion of the polygon. The polygon’s area appears in the Total field. Use the drop-down to the right to see the area in other units of measure. Meters, kilometers, feet, yards, miles, degrees, and nautical miles are the unit of measure choices. Click New to start another measurement or click Close to close the Measure tool. To measure an angle on the map, select the Measure tool and then Measure Angle choice. U.S. Census Bureau 2020 Census PSAP Tribal GUPS Respondent Guide 49 Step Action and Result Step 6 Zoom to the desired map location to take the measurement. Left-click on the map to begin drawing the angle. Drag the mouse to create the first side of the angle, then left-click, and drag the mouse again to draw the second leg. The Angle box opens showing the angle measurement. Click Close to close the Measure tool. 7.4.2 PSAP Toolbar The PSAP toolbar, shown Figure 14, provides the software functionality to complete PSAP review and update activities. It includes four separate sub-toolbars, identified by the grouping bars described earlier in the Standard toolbar section. Figure 14. PSAP Toolbar The first sub-toolbar contains the buttons for adding and deleting linear features, modifying linear feature attributes and areal features, displaying names and the legend, and renumbering tribal block groups. The second sub-toolbar contains buttons for conducting geography and criteria reviews. The third sub-toolbar contains buttons for importing shapefiles, exporting the map to a zip file, and exporting a map to print. The fourth sub-toolbar contains buttons for adding an internet map service and adding imagery. An additional toolbar, the Manage Layers toolbar, allows participants to add vector and raster data layers and import data tables. Table 18 and Table 28 describe the PSAP toolbar and the Manage Layers toolbar respectively. U.S. Census Bureau 2020 Census PSAP Tribal GUPS Respondent Guide 50 Table 18: PSAP Toolbar Buttons, Names and Functions/Descriptions Button Name Function/Description Add Linear Feature Click the Add Linear Feature button to digitize a new linear feature. To add a linear feature, click the mouse to begin the line and continue to click at each vertex point of the line. Right-click the mouse to complete the new line, shown in pink in the image below. Upon completion of digitization, the Add Linear Feature dialog box opens. Click the MTFCC drop-down menu to choose the appropriate feature classification code. If named, type the name of the feature in the Name field. Note: To locate information on the MAF/TIGER Feature Classification Codes (MTFCC) codes, refer to Appendix F. Refer to Appendix H. for a list of standardized street type abbreviations since the street type (i.e. St., Rd., Ave., Cir., etc.) is required to upload the feature correctly. U.S. Census Bureau 2020 Census PSAP Tribal GUPS Respondent Guide 51 Delete/Restore Linear Feature Click the Delete/Restore Linear Feature button to delete a linear feature. Participants can restore linear features if deleted in error. To delete a linear feature, click the mouse on the feature to delete. The Delete/Restore Linear Feature confirmation dialog box opens with a question about certainty of the delete. Click OK to mark the feature for deletion. The deleted feature appears on the map with a gray X’s on top of the linear feature. Note: When a feature is marked for deletion, GUPS assigns a delete flag to the feature in the attribute table. The deletion occurs later if it remains marked as such. Assigning a flag rather than immediately deleting the feature allows for the restoration of the feature if deleted in error. To restore a deleted linear feature, click on the Delete/Restore Linear Feature button. Click the feature on the map previously marked for deletion (highlights in light yellow). U.S. Census Bureau 2020 Census PSAP Tribal GUPS Respondent Guide 52 Button Name Function/Description The Delete/Restore Linear Feature confirmation dialog box opens with question restore the line. Click the OK button to remove the delete line flag from the attribute table and restore the feature. U.S. Census Bureau 2020 Census PSAP Tribal GUPS Respondent Guide 53 Button Name Function/Description Display All Names Click the Display All Names button to display the primary and alternate names for a street. It also shows the MTFCC for other linear features such as streams, railroads, non-visible features. To check for the name of a street feature, click the Display All Names button and then click on the street on the map. The selected feature highlights in light blue and the Display All Names dialog box opens showing the primary name in the Prim. Name field and the alternate name, if one exists, in the Alt. Name field. To see all alternate names, click the drop-down arrow to the right of the Alt. Name field. If no alternate name exists, ‘NULL’ appears in the Alt. Name field. U.S. Census Bureau 2020 Census PSAP Tribal GUPS Respondent Guide 54 Button Name Modify Linear Feature Attributes Function/Description Click the Modify Linear Feature Attributes button to edit attribute fields for a selected linear feature. To edit the attribution of a linear feature, click the Modify Linear Feature Attributes button and then click the linear feature to edit. The Modify Linear Feature Attributes dialog box opens with the TIGER/Line Feature ID (TLID) of the feature selected. The MTFCC field displays the assigned MTFCC. If the feature is unnamed, the FULLNAME field is blank. The TLID field is not eligible for modification. To update the MTFCC field, click the down-drop box and select the correct MTFCC code. This field is required for all linear features. To update the FULLNAME field, enter the name if the field is blank. If the field contains an incorrect name, highlight the existing name and press the Delete key from the keyboard or backspace over the existing name to clear the field prior to entering the current/correct name. Modify Area Feature U.S. Census Bureau Click the Modify Area Feature button to choose the geography, filter, and action for the statistical geographies in the given entity (county or tribal). Applying a search filter to each geography helps locate the statistical geographies that do not meet specified criteria. Refer to Table 19 for several detailed examples of its use. This button is a major component used for updating statistical geographies. 2020 Census PSAP Tribal GUPS Respondent Guide 55 Button Name Function/Description Show/Hide Legend Click the Show/Hide Legend button to hide the layer list. Click it again to show the layer list. Renumbering Tool Click the Renumbering Tool button to renumber newly created or modified tribal block groups resulting from merges or splits. Renumbering is not required. Participants choosing to renumber should execute this tool after all tribal block group work concludes. Save the project to make the changes permanent. Click the Geography Review Tool button to filter a layer based on field values in the attribute table. Refer to Table 21 for details on its use. Geography Review Tool Review Change Polygons TSR Criteria Review Import County Zip Export to Zip Print Map to File Internet Map Service Add Imagery Undo Redo U.S. Census Bureau Click the Review Change Polygons button to view the review the updated polygons created from the edits made to tribal census tracts, tribal block groups, and CDPs where applicable. Refer to Table 22 for details on its use. Click the TSR Criteria Review button to generate a list of threshold failures and to correct the failures or provide a justification for the failures. This mandatory check is required before creating a data output file. Refer to Section 9.1 and Table 23 for details on its use. Click the Import County Zip button to import a participant’s “DataDirectory” output .zip file into GUPS for further review and update. Refer to Table 24 for details on its use. Note: GUPS generates this “DataDirectory” .zip file as part of the Export to Zip  Share with Another Participant function described in Table 25. Click the Export to Zip button to create the .zip file containing all required data and shapefiles for submission to the Census Bureau or to share with another participant. Refer to Table 25 for details on its use. Click the Print Map to File button export a printable map in .pdf, png, .tif, or jpeg format. Refer to Table 26 for details on its use. Click the Internet Map Service button to load a GIS map service from the internet into GUPS to assist with overlaying external source visuals/data. Note: An internet connection is required for this button to function. Click the Add Imagery button to add either USGS or Esri imagery to overlay the tribal entity shapefiles. Remove imagery using the same button. Refer to Table 27 for details on its use. Click the Undo button to revert the last change made by the participant. After making the layer where the change occurred active in the Table of Contents, this button activates on the Advanced Digitizing toolbar and in the Edit menu if the Undo action is permissible. Note: This button (and action) is very important for a participant to utilize prior to saving any changes. Participants should be confident with the change they have made prior to saving. If not, they should perform the Undo action. Click the Redo button to restores the last change made by the participant. This button activates on the Advanced Digitizing toolbar if a redo action is permissible. 2020 Census PSAP Tribal GUPS Respondent Guide 56 7.4.2.1 Modify Area Feature Button The Modify Area Feature button allows participants to review and update tribal census tracts, tribal block groups, and census designated places (CDPs). Please refer to Chapter 8 Review and Update of PSAP Geographiesfor detailed review and update instructions of each statistical area. The following section discusses the mechanics of the tool itself, not the criteria for which to use the tool. Table 19: Modify Area Feature Button Step Action and Result Step 1 Click the Modify Area Feature button. Step 2 After selection of the editable layers, the Modify Area Feature dialog box opens. Click the Geography drop-down menu to select the geography to review and update. Geographies that appear in the Geography drop-down menu are editable with the tools located above the information window; however, those tools change based upon the geography selected. Note: The State Designated Tribal Areas (SDTSA) choice appears in the Geography drop-down menu for Census Bureau use only. U.S. Census Bureau 2020 Census PSAP Tribal GUPS Respondent Guide 57 Step Action and Result Step 3 Choose Tribal Census Tract from the Geography drop-down menu. The default filter, No filter, displays all census tracts in the information window. Step 4 Double click on a row in the list to select the tribal census tract. The map zooms to the selected tract. The blue arrow tool activates allowing participants to tab through all pieces of T00100. See Table 20 for more information on its use. U.S. Census Bureau 2020 Census PSAP Tribal GUPS Respondent Guide 58 Step Action and Result Step 5 The Action drop-down menu activates four separate types of updates, Merge, Boundary Change, Split by Block Group, or Split by Face. Step 6 With Tribal Census Tract selected, click the Filter drop-down menu to view census tracts that do not meet the population and housing unit criteria - (below minimum – numbers are below the minimum population and housing thresholds and above maximum – numbers are above the maximum population and housing thresholds). Refer to Table 4: Tribal Census Tract Thresholds for the 2020 population and housing unit criteria for tracts. U.S. Census Bureau 2020 Census PSAP Tribal GUPS Respondent Guide 59 Step Action and Result Step 7 Selection of Tribal Block Group from the Geography drop-down menu enables three actions in the Action drop-down menu, Merge, Boundary Change, and Split. Step 8 As described above for tribal census tracts, with Tribal Block Group selected, click the Filter dropdown menu to view the block groups that do not meet the population and housing unit criteria (below minimum – numbers are below the minimum population and housing thresholds and above maximum – numbers are above the maximum population and housing thresholds). Refer to Table 6: Tribal Block Group Thresholds for the 2020 population and housing unit criteria for block groups. U.S. Census Bureau 2020 Census PSAP Tribal GUPS Respondent Guide 60 Step Action and Result Step 9 Selection of Census Designated Place (CDP) from the Geography drop-down menu enables two actions in the Action drop-down menu, Boundary Change and New District. Step 10 With Census Designated Place (CDP) selected, leave the Filter drop-down menu set to No Filter to view all of the CDPs in the county (or counties) that comprise the tribal entity with their population and housing unit information. CDPs are not limited to just the ones located within the tribal entity. Recall there are no minimum population and housing thresholds, but a CDP cannot have zero population and zero housing units. Refer to Appendix B. for a summary of threshold criteria. Within the Modify Area Feature dialog box is a section of additional buttons used to implement changes to the various statistical geographies. Figure 15 highlights the section of additional buttons while Table 20 describes these buttons and their functionality in detail. U.S. Census Bureau 2020 Census PSAP Tribal GUPS Respondent Guide 61 Note: The buttons that appear in this toolbar change depending on the geography and action chosen by the participant; therefore, Figure 15 does not depict all of the potential buttons, but only those that appear with Tribal Census Tract and Merge selections. Table 20 discusses all the buttons that appear at any point during a participant’s PSAP review. Figure 15. Modify Area Feature Buttons: Tribal Census Tract – Merge Table 20: Modify Area Feature Buttons Detail Button Name Select Target Area Select Features Merge Function Allows the participant to select the geographic area (selected from the Geography drop-down menu) by clicking on the map. Allows the participant to select/deselect layer features in the map window with a single click, dragging the cursor, or drawing graphics on the screen. Select Merge from the Action drop-down menu to activate this button. The Merge button combines multiple geographic entities. Note: Be aware this button is very similar in appearance to the Add Area button activated by the Boundary Change Action selection. U.S. Census Bureau 2020 Census PSAP Tribal GUPS Respondent Guide 62 Button Name Add Area Split by Block Group or Split by Face (Census Tract) and Split (Block Group) Remove Area Previous Noncontiguous Area U.S. Census Bureau Function Select Boundary Change from the Action drop-down menu to activate this button. The Add Area button adds smaller geographic entities (faces or block groups) to the geographic area selected on the map. To add more than one face, click on the first face, hold down the Ctrl key, and continue clicking on the other faces until complete. Note: Be aware this button is very similar in appearance to the Merge button activated by the Merge Action selection. Locate the definition of faces in Appendix A. . Once selected, the selected geographic entity is split by the entire block group or individual faces of the geographic area selected on the map. Note: Be aware this button activates in both the Tribal Census Tract and Tribal Block Group geography drop-down menus. With Tribal Census Tract geography chosen, select Split by Block Group or Split by Face from the Action drop-down menu to activate this button. From Tribal Block Group geography, select Split from the Action drop-down menu. Select Boundary Change from the Action drop-down menu. Remove smaller geographic entities (Face and Block Group) from the geographic entity selected on the map by using this button. This button only activates for CDPs. Button activates if the selected statistical geographic area is not contiguous and provides a means to pan back to each noncontiguous piece. Next Noncontiguous Area Button activates if the selected statistical geographic area is not contiguous and provides a means to pan forward to each noncontiguous piece. Show / Hide Boundary Eligibility Theme Displays the features on the map that have questionable boundaries (dashed yellow line) and not acceptable boundaries (dashed red line). Add Entity Select New District from the Action drop-down menu of the Geography drop-down menu for CDPs. Add select faces to create a new geographic entity. 2020 Census PSAP Tribal GUPS Respondent Guide 63 Button Name Change Attributes Delete Area Feature Function Edit attributes of a selected geography. For tribal census tracts, a participant may edit the Tribal Tract Code (TTRACTCE). For tribal block groups, a participant can edit the Tribal Block Group Code (TBLKGRPCE). Select Boundary Change from the Action dropdown menu. The Delete Area Feature button deletes an area feature. This is used only for CDPs. 7.4.2.2 Geography Review Tool Button The Geography Review Tool button provides access to the attribute tables of some of the layers displayed in the Table of Contents. The layers of interest for PSAP are the tribal census tracts, tribal block groups, and CDPs. This tool filters map layers based on field values in the attribute table. It provides an overall review of the new or deleted entities, or the entities with boundary changes. Section 8.1 discusses that process while Table 21 includes information for executing this button. Section 9.3 provides detailed information and examples. Table 21: Geography Review Tool Button Step Action and Result Step 1 Click the Geography Review Tool button. Step 2 The Geography Review Tool window opens. Select the layer to review from the Layer Name drop-down menu. U.S. Census Bureau 2020 Census PSAP Tribal GUPS Respondent Guide 64 Step Step 3 Step 4 U.S. Census Bureau Action and Result After making layer selection, the attribute table for the layer opens, with the attributes for each of the tribal census tracts. To see a census tract on the map, click its row in the attribute table list and then click Zoom or double click the row. The map automatically zooms to the selected tribal census tract. 2020 Census PSAP Tribal GUPS Respondent Guide 65 Step Action and Result Step 5 To view other tracts, use the Previous Zoom and Next Zoom buttons. The previous or next row highlights and GUPS zooms to the map for that row. Step 6 Use the Column Name drop-down menu at the bottom of the dialog box to filter the table layers by specific attributes ( i.e., TTRACTCE, CHNG_TYPE, etc.). In this example, select TTRACTCE. U.S. Census Bureau 2020 Census PSAP Tribal GUPS Respondent Guide 66 Step Action and Result Step 7 Once TTRACTCE displays in the Column Name field, type in the tribal census tract code in the Search box and then click on the Search button. This filters the attribute table to display just the one tract. Step 8 Selecting the one tract from the attribute table activates the Zoom menu that allows for quick zoom to the selected tract. Clicking the Refresh button restores the attribute table to display all records for the chosen layer name. 7.4.2.3 Review Change Polygons Button The Review Change Polygons button reviews transaction, or change, polygons for tribal census tracts, tribal block groups, and CDPs. This tool may be helpful for participants to use as part of their quality check of the work they performed to modify the statistical geographies. The execution of this tool is not required to make a submission to the Census Bureau. Information for executing this button are in Table 22, while Section 9.2 provides detailed information and examples. U.S. Census Bureau 2020 Census PSAP Tribal GUPS Respondent Guide 67 Table 22: Review Change Polygons Button Step Action and Result Step 1 Click the Review Change Polygons button. Step 2 The Review Change Polygons window appears. Step 3 Choose the statistical geography to review from the Geography drop-down menu, in this example Tribal Census Tract. The Review Change Polygons window populates with the geographies to review. U.S. Census Bureau 2020 Census PSAP Tribal GUPS Respondent Guide 68 Step Action and Result Step 4 Click on a row in the list. The Map View zooms to the selected entity. Step 5 To correct a change, activate the Modify Area Feature tool and click on the Select Target Area button to highlight the geography to edit. Dependent on the type of geography selected, the Action menus; and therefore the update update potential, vary. Note: These edits modify the entity selected in the Table of Contents, not the specific change polygon. The change polygon simply provides a record of the action(s) taken on each entity and is not editable. U.S. Census Bureau 2020 Census PSAP Tribal GUPS Respondent Guide 69 7.4.2.4 TSR Criteria Review Button Click the TSR Criteria Review button to generate a list of threshold failures and correct the failures or provide a justification for the failure. Participants must run this required check before creating a data output file for submission to the Census Bureau. Table 23 includes information for executing this button. Section 9.1 provides detailed information and examples. Table 23: TSR Criteria Review Button Step Action and Result Step 1 Click the TSR Criteria Review button. After the TSR Criteria Review completes, a comprehensive list of the failed entities (i.e., those entities that do not meet the established population and housing unit criteria) generates. The errors to fix appear in red color while the warnings to fix or justify appear in orange. Step 2 U.S. Census Bureau Select the geography to review from the Geography drop-down menu or leave set to All to display both geographies at once. This list is dependent on the failing geographies in the tribal entity. Participants can also filter the errors by selecting the error type from the Errors dropdown menu. 2020 Census PSAP Tribal GUPS Respondent Guide 70 Step Action and Result Step 3 Click on an entity in the Criteria Fail list to zoom to that geography on the map. Step 4 Click Fix to open the Modify Area Feature tool. Participants use the actions available in the Modify Feature Area tool to modify and apply changes to the problematic geography or they provide justification for the geography to remain as-is. Note: Clicking the Fix button in the Criteria Fail list selects the same geography in the Modify Area Feature tool. U.S. Census Bureau 2020 Census PSAP Tribal GUPS Respondent Guide 71 Step Action and Result Step 5 Click the Justify drop-down menu to see the default justification choices. As mentioned in Part One, if the tribal entity only has one tribal census tract and/or one tribal block group and those geographies fail to meet the criteria thresholds, participants must provide a Justification in GUPS prior to submitting their file to the Census Bureau. The second choice listed below, “AIR/ORTL does not include enough population or housing units to meet the threshold,” is likely the recommended justification in those situations. If none of the choices applies, or if justification that is more detailed is available, participants can type their own justification. Character limit is 150. Click Save Justifications button to save and remove the failure from the list. A save is necessary after each justification. Note: Attempting to perform another Fix before saving the justification invokes a confirmation dialog box that warns participants of the loss of information. Click OK to proceed and lose the justification information or click Cancel to return and save the last justification. Step 6 Save all changes and execute the TSR Criteria Review tool again to ensure no threshold failures remain without justification. 7.4.2.5 Import County Zip Button The Import County Zip button imports a zipped PSAP project shared by another user. The file exported for sharing with another participant, described in Section 7.4.2.6 is the file imported with this button. The “DataDirectory.zip” file becomes the active tribal entity. This file contains all the layers for the new project and includes the work performed by the other person in the form of “change layers.” Participants use this tool if they intend to have more than one-person review and update the same tribal entity or if the supervisor/manager wants to review all work prior to making a submission to the Census Bureau. The functionality of the Import Project ZIP U.S. Census Bureau 2020 Census PSAP Tribal GUPS Respondent Guide 72 file button mimics the functionality of the information below; it merely presents the start-up process in a different manner, prior to opening a county. Table 24 includes information for executing the button from the PSAP toolbar and shows an image of the Import Project ZIP file button. IMPORTANT: Using this tool for a participant’s initial review and update means that work must occur sequentially, not concurrently. Parallel work (i.e., work performed independently by two or more people in the same county) cannot be reconciled in GUPS. As a result, this method of work may not be viable for the initial review and update. A decision on this work method is required prior to beginning work on a county. It likely is most useful for conducting quality checks after the tribal entity is complete, prior to submitting it to the Census Bureau. Table 24: Import County Zip Button Step Action and Result Step 1 Click the Import County Zip button. Because the imported file becomes the active tribal entity, the Census Bureau suggests no project be open within GUPS. Step 2 If a project is open, a Map Management dialog box opens to either Save or Discard the current project. After saving or discarding the project, a file explorer window appears allowing participants to navigate to the “output” directory where the .zip file to import is stored. This is the file created by using the Export to Zip button, Share with Another Participant choice. After importing, participants are able to see the work performed by the previous reviewer and can begin their review and update. U.S. Census Bureau 2020 Census PSAP Tribal GUPS Respondent Guide 73 Step Action and Result This image depicts the Import Project ZIP file button in the Map Management window. As mentioned in the introductory portion of this section, this button mimics the Import County Zip button functionality on the PSAP toolbar. It is available upon initial start-up of a GUPS session. This is the best way to import the shared .zip file rather than using the Import County Zip button from within a tribal entity. Opening by this manner eliminates the Save/Discard window that appears in Step 2. 7.4.2.6 Export to Zip Button The Export to Zip button creates a .zip file containing all the required data and shapefiles for submission to the Census Bureau or to share with other reviewers. Participants that intend to make any change to the 2010 geographies must use this button to create the zip file for submission or for sharing. Table 25 includes information for executing this button. Section 9.4 repeats much of the same information in Table 23, but serves to provide closure to the review and update process at the end of the documentation. Table 25: Export to Zip Button Step Action and Result Step 1 Click the Export to Zip button. U.S. Census Bureau 2020 Census PSAP Tribal GUPS Respondent Guide 74 Step Action and Result Step 2 A Select Output Type dialog box opens with two options: Export for Census and Share with Another Participant. Step 3 U.S. Census Bureau To share the final edits/changes with the Census Bureau, choose the Export for Census option. To share with other reviewers, choose Share with Another Participant. The OK button activates upon selection of either choice. The Cancel button activates with the Select Output Type window. A GUPS User Contact Information window opens with the Export for Census option. It requests contact information from the participant. All fields denoted with a red star are required for submission. 2020 Census PSAP Tribal GUPS Respondent Guide 75 Step Step 4 Action and Result Following the completion of the GUPS User Contact Information, the Export to Zip dialog box opens. GUPS generates the .zip file and gives it a name that defines the name of the program (psap20), the tribal entity ID (499000030050), and “return” to differentiate the final zip from the zip created for sharing. GUPS automatically saves all exported data within the .zip file in the output directory (e.g., C:\GUPSGIS\gupsdata\TSR20\output) For participants choosing to Share with Another Participant, GUPS generates a .zip file, stores it in the output directory, and gives it a name similar to the Export for Census file, but uses “DataDirectory” rather than “return.” All of the project files necessary for GUPS to operate correctly bundle together as a result of using this option, while the ‘Export to Census’ bundles only a few layers necessary for processing. Participants must decide early whether they wish to use this functionality, as it does not allow for a concurrent review of a tribal entity. Two or more people cannot conduct independent reviews of the tribal entity because their parallel work cannot be reconciled within GUPS. 7.4.2.7 Print Map to File Button The Print Map to File button exports and saves a printable map in .pdf, .png, .tif, or jpeg format. Table 26 includes information for executing this button. Table 26: Print Map to File Button Step Action and Result Step 1 Click the Print Map to File button U.S. Census Bureau 2020 Census PSAP Tribal GUPS Respondent Guide 76 Step Action and Result Step 2 The Print Map to File dialog box opens. Enter the Map Title and Map Sub-Title under Desired Map Titles: section. Click the radio button for Portrait or Landscape under Page Orientation: section. Set the map scale to Match Current Map Extent or Fixed Scale in the Map Scale: section. Choose the page size in the Desired Page Size: section and the file format in the Export File Format: section. Click Save to create a map or Cancel to close the window. If choose to Save, a Windows Explorer window opens to specify a file name for the exported map. As with the .zip file export described in the previous section, GUPS automatically saves all exported map files in the same output directory (e.g., C:\GUPSGIS\gupsdata\TSR20\output), but participants can change the destination folder to their preference. 7.4.2.8 Add Imagery Button The Add Imagery button adds imagery to the GUPS map view. An internet connection is required. Table 27 includes information for executing this button. IMPORTANT: The Census Bureau strongly encourages participants to utilize this tool in order to visualize the boundaries of the statistical geographies and orient participants to the area under review. Table 27: Add Imagery Button Step Action and Result Step 1 Click the Add Imagery button. U.S. Census Bureau 2020 Census PSAP Tribal GUPS Respondent Guide 77 Step Action and Result Step 2 Participants choose to add USGS or Esri imagery. Step 3 After selecting imagery, it appears in the Map View beneath the displayed geographies. Note: The Census Bureau requests the use of imagery in order to provide the visual reference necessary to orient participants and to initiate any changes to the statistical geographies. 7.4.3 Manage Layers Toolbar The Manage Layers toolbar, shown below in Figure 16, supplements the Add Imagery button within the PSAP toolbar. It offers additional QGIS functionality that allows participants to import their own imagery, geodatabase, web mapping service, or other data layers into the GUPS. Table 28 describes these buttons, but for exact detail on the functionality refer to the QGIS website provided in Part Two. Figure 16. Manage Layers Toolbar U.S. Census Bureau 2020 Census PSAP Tribal GUPS Respondent Guide 78 Table 28: Manage Layers Toolbar Buttons Button Name Function / Description Add Vector Layer Click the Add Vector Layer button to add shapefile and geodatabase files to the GUPS project. Click the Add Raster Layer button to add raster datasets such as imagery to the GUPS project. Add Raster Layer Add SpatialLite Layer Click the Add SpatialLite Layer button to add data from a SpatialLite database. Add PostGIS Layers Click the Add PostGIS Layers button to add data from a PostGIS layer, a MSSQL spatial layer, a DB2 spatial layer, or an Oracle spatial layer. Add WMS/WMTS Layer Click the Add WMS/WMTS Layer button to add data from Web Mapping Services (WMS), Web Mapping Tile Services (WTMS), or from ArcGIS MapServer. GUPS supports publicly accessible and secured map services. Click the Add WCS Layer button to add data from Web Coverage Services, which provide access to raster data useful for client-side map rendering. Click the Add WFS Layer button to add data from Web Feature Services or from ArcGIS FeatureServer. Click the Add/Edit Virtual Layer button to add or edit a virtual layer. It is not needed for PSAP. Click the New Shapefile Layer button to create a new shapefile layer or new temporary scratch layer. This button is inactive and not useful for PSAP. Add WCS Layer Add WFS Layer Add/Edit Virtual Layer New Shapefile Layer GUPS supports vector data in a number of formats, including those supported by the OGR library data provider plugin, such as ESRI shapefiles, MapInfo MIF (interchange format), and MapInfo TAB (native format). It also supports PostGIS layers in a PostgreSQL database and SpatialLite layers. Additional data provider plugins provide the support for additional data types (e.g., delimited text). Participants may only upload one participant-provided data layer at a time. Participants with multiple data layers to upload must work with one and close it before loading another. Below are the steps to import the most commonly used data formats. 7.4.3.1 Add Vector Layer Button The Add Vector Layer button described in Table 29 allows participants to add shapefile or geodatabase data layers. U.S. Census Bureau 2020 Census PSAP Tribal GUPS Respondent Guide 79 Table 29: Add Vector Layer Button Step Step 1 Action and Result Click the Add Vector Layer button on the Manage Layers toolbar. The Add Vector Layer dialog box opens. Step 2 Step 3 Step 4 In the Encoding drop-down menu, the default value is System. If receive an error message, use the drop-down to select UTF-8. Click the Browse button in the Source section to navigate to the folder and locate the shapefile or geodatabase to select. Click the filename to populate the Dataset field. Click the Open button to add the shapefile/geodatabase to the Table of Contents and to the Map View window and Table of Contents. 7.4.3.2 Add WMS/WTMS Layer Button The Add WMS/WTMS Layer button allows participants to load data from a web mapping service, web mapping tile service, or ArcGIS MapServer. Table 30 describes the steps for using the button below. Table 30: Add WMS/WTMS Layer Button Step Action and Result Step 1 Click the Add WMS/WMTS Layer button on the Manage Layers toolbar. Dependent on the service selected, either the Add Layer(s) from a WM(T)S Server or the Add ArcGIS MapServer Layer dialog box opens. This example depicts adding a WMS. Select the WMS to add. Click the Layers tab and click the New button under the tab. The Create a new WMS Connection dialog box opens. In the Name field, type a name for the web mapping imagery service. In the URL field, type (or copy/paste) the URL for the service. If the service requires a user name and password, type them in the fields provided. Click OK. The service adds to the drop-down menu for web mapping services appearing just below the Labels tab. Step 2 Step 3 Step 4 U.S. Census Bureau Note: If working inside a firewall, the system may prompt for a user name and password to obtain resources from outside the firewall. Select the imagery service from the drop-down menu. The available layers appear in the ID/Name/Title/Abstract box. 2020 Census PSAP Tribal GUPS Respondent Guide 80 Step Action and Result Step 5 Click on the layer to display, then click the Add button to add the service to the Table of Contents and to the Map View window. Note: The WMS displays on top of the other layers selected in the Map View, but participants can move it by clicking the WMS layer and, while holding down the mouse button, dragging it to the bottom of the Table of Contents. If participants do not have access to a web mapping service, have a poor Internet connection, or work under a restrictive firewall, they can still add other types of imagery files to GUPS (e.g., a county or state imagery dataset). The Add Imagery button automatically links to the USGS and Esri imagery. Table 27 discusses the use of this button. 7.4.3.3 Add Raster Layer Button The Add Raster Layer button allows participants to add imagery files they may have on their own system. Table 31 covers the few steps necessary to add raster data, i.e., imagery files. Step Step 1 Step 2 Step 3 U.S. Census Bureau Table 31: Add Raster Layer Button Action and Result Click the Add Raster Layer button on the Manage Layers toolbar. The Open a GDAL Supported Raster Data Source dialog box opens. Navigate to the folder on the computer (or network) where the imagery file is stored. Select the file and click Open. The file loads into the GUPS. 2020 Census PSAP Tribal GUPS Respondent Guide 81 PART THREE: USING GUPS FOR 2020 CENSUS PSAP This portion of the Respondent Guide includes guidance for the use of GUPS to conduct PSAP review from the 2010 geographies. It provides specific instructions for using the GUPS tools to review and perform updates on the relevant geographies. The methods for reviewing and updating boundaries for tribal census tracts and tribal block groups are the same. If your tribal entity falls beneath the population and housing unit thresholds to sustain more than one tribal census tract and/or tribal block group, then it is likely there are no updates to provide to the Census Bureau. Please proceed with a review of the tribal statistical geography and CDP boundaries, but once it is determined that no update is necessary, notify the Census Bureau by completing and returning the P-300 postcard that accompanied the delineation materials. Conversely, if updates are certain, complete and return the same postcard notifying the Census Bureau of forthcoming updates. IMPORTANT: The Census Bureau does not expect a submission from tribal entities that do not make updates to the existing 2010 statistical geographies. Only tribal entities with changes to their statistical geographies need to perform the validation checks and file preparation outlined in Chapters 8 and 9. The next three chapters cover the following content: Chapter 8. Review and Update of PSAP Geographies   Guidance for the review PSAP geographies. Instruction for the update of each of the three tribal PSAP geographies. o Tribal census tracts. o Tribal block groups. o Census designated places (CDPs). Chapter 9. Validate Data and Prepare Files for Submission   Instructions for using the GUPS review tools to validate data. o TSR Criteria Review Tool. o Geography Review Tool. o Review Change Polygon Tool. Instructions to prepare files for submission. o Export .zip files to share. o Export .zip files to submit. Chapter 10. Secure Web Incoming Module (SWIM)   Instructions to establish account. Instructions to submit files. U.S. Census Bureau 2020 Census PSAP Tribal GUPS Respondent Guide 82 CHAPTER 8. REVIEW AND UPDATE OF PSAP GEOGRAPHIES The Census Bureau requests participants evaluate land use characteristics and settlement patterns to make informed decisions to resolve any issues with existing statistical geographies. The Census Bureau recommends using two primary datasets within GUPS to perform the PSAP review: the edges layer to determine the type of linear features used for boundaries and aerial imagery to clarify questions on land use and settlement patterns. A linear feature in the edges layer can be visible, such as a road or a shoreline, or non-visible, such as the legal limits of a city or a parcel property line. Linear features are coded by type in the MAF/TIGER database with an ‘MTFCC’, a 5-digit alphanumeric string such as ‘S1400’ (Local Road) or ‘H3010’ (Stream/River), and are named where applicable (e.g. ‘Harley Ave.’ or ‘Little Bend River’). While review is subjective, normalizing the methods of evaluation and features for consideration help provide a framework for a consistent review and lays the foundation for consistently reviewed geographies. Mentioned in Table 27, aerial imagery is a background layer that pulls tiles from either the National Agriculture Imagery Program (NAIP) or Esri into the extent of the tribal entity in GUPS. The NAIP dataset originates from the USGS National Map Orthoimagery service. Both USGS and Esri imagery loads dynamically at the viewable scale in the QGIS map canvas. These images are typically one-meter resolution, with some areas having access to sub-foot resolution imagery and a few very remote places (typically interior Alaska) having coarser or even no available imagery. With each pixel in the image corresponding to one square meter of ground surface, determining land use classification through the presence or absence of vegetation, the type and distribution of structures through identification of roofs, and major landmarks such as stadiums is possible. At this resolution, participants are also able to verify placement of visible linear features in the edge layer in most cases. As important as understanding the GUPS mechanics and the PSAP criteria, the basic concepts of utilizing imagery and understanding the linear features that comprise the statistical geographies is vital to a successful 2020 Census PSAP. 8.1 Review of PSAP Geographies Tribal participants may begin their review of the 2010 tribal statistical geographies by using the tools and symbology built into GUPS. They may also utilize the Microsoft Excel 2010 population and housing unit counts file (e.g., AIA_2010_Pop_and_Housing_counts.xlsx) provided with the delineation materials outside of the GUPS environment to determine if any of the tribal statistical geographies within their tribal entity fall outside of the criteria thresholds. The file includes all of the tribal statistical geographies for each tribal entity, so review it closely to identify the tribal census tracts and tribal block groups falling outside of the recommended thresholds. If geographies exist that fail to meet the recommended thresholds, participants conduct their review and update within the Modify Area Feature tool. Follow the information provided regarding criteria, guidelines, and boundary requirements within the appropriate chapter in Part One (e.g., chapters 2 – 4). U.S. Census Bureau 2020 Census PSAP Tribal GUPS Respondent Guide 83 If the tribal entity only includes one tribal census tract and one tribal block group that fall beneath the thresholds, no updates are possible since each tribal entity will have at least one set of tribal statistical geographies regardless of their population and housing unit counts. Participants with only one tribal census tract and one tribal block group, and those without threshold failures are encouraged to utilize GUPS, the paper maps, or the Adobe .pdf files to review the existing boundaries of the statistical geographies. After completing a review and confirming no updates are required, complete the delineation phase postcard (P-300) and return it to the Census Bureau denoting no changes are forthcoming. Doing so concludes the delineation phase participation. Participants with a tribal entity large enough to contain more than one tribal census tract and tribal block group must resolve all threshold failures that exist within the tribal entity, or must provide justifications for not correcting the failures. Clearing the thresholds failures (above maximum thresholds and below minimum thresholds of each of the statistical geographies) is the minimum required to participate in PSAP. If time permits, a review of all of the statistical geographies is encouraged as a form of validation of the existing statistical geographies. To begin a review of the 2010 geographies, the Census Bureau suggests participants use the Modify Area Feature tool, described in Section 8.2.1, to review and update the statistical geographies that do not meet the required thresholds (whether population and/or housing).     Begin the review with tribal census tracts. Review and update the failures that are above the criteria thresholds and then those that are below thresholds. Conduct the same review for the tribal block groups, and finish with a review and update the CDPs, if applicable to the tribal area. Time permitting, review the boundaries of the statistical geographies. Execute the same three validation tools described in Section 7.4.2 and detailed in Chapter 9 the TSR Criteria Review tool, the Review Change Polygons tool, and the Geography Review Tool. Once satisfied with the geographies, export the files for submission to the Census Bureau. Section 8.2 details the various steps necessary for updating the three tribal statistical geographies. 8.2 Update of PSAP Geographies Although this section of the guide focuses on updating statistical geographies to meet criteria thresholds, there are some scenarios where it is better to maintain the existing geography regardless of any changes that may have occurred since the last decennial census. Some situations where this may be appropriate include the following:    Areas of historical significance. Areas of seasonal or vacation housing (usually with skewed population and housing ratios). Underlying problem with legal boundaries used as statistical boundaries. 8.2.1 Modify Area Feature Tool The Modify Area Feature tool introduced in Section 7.4.2.1 enables participants to apply a search filter to each PSAP geography to locate the entities that do not meet specified criteria such as below minimum, above maximum, water, special land use, and AIR/ORTL/Hawaiian Home Lands (HHL). It enables participants to perform specified actions such as merge, boundary change and split to entities to meet criteria and thresholds. U.S. Census Bureau 2020 Census PSAP Tribal GUPS Respondent Guide 84 IMPORTANT: The Modify Area Feature tool is the main tool participants use to make changes to the statistical geographies. All of the upcoming sections in this chapter reference use of this tool. Table 32 summarizes the different actions that the GUPS participant will be able to apply to each of the geographies as well as the filter options and definitions of the population and housing unit criteria. Table 32: Modify Area Feature Actions by Statistical Geography Geography Action Filter Options Tribal census tract Merge, Boundary Change, Split by Block Group, Split by Face, and Change Attribute. No filter, Below Minimum, Above Maximum, Water, Special Land Use Tribal block group Merge, Boundary Change, Split, and Change Attribute No filter, Below Minimum, Above Maximum Census designated place (CDP) Boundary Change, New District, and Change Attribute No filter, Below Minimum Population and Housing Units Criteria Census tract is BELOW the minimum population (<1,200) OR housing unit (< 480) threshold. Census tract is ABOVE the maximum population (> 8,000) or housing unit (> 3,200) threshold. Block group is BELOW the minimum population (<600) OR housing unit (< 240) threshold. Block group is ABOVE the maximum population (> 3,000) or housing unit (> 1,200) threshold. None, but must contain some population, housing units, or both. Change Types M for Merge, B for Boundary Change, E for Split, and G for Attribute Change. These codes manifest most notably in the Review Change Polygons tool. M for Merge, B for Boundary Change, E for Split, and G for Attribute Change. These codes manifest most notably in the Review Change Polygons tool. B for Boundary Change, E for New District (CDP), G for Attribute Change, and X for Deleted CDP. These codes manifest most notably in the Review Change Polygons tool. Note: The Change Attribute choice is not within the Action drop-down menu, but appears within the Modify Area Feature tool window above the Information section after a participant selects the Geography and Action. 8.3 Tribal Census Tract Update Instructions For 2020 Census PSAP, participants can split tribal census tracts, either by using entire tribal block groups or by using individual faces (areas). They can merge tribal census tracts and change tribal census tract boundaries, where the boundary has become errant. The external boundary of tribal census tracts must remain concurrent with the boundary of the tribal entity. U.S. Census Bureau 2020 Census PSAP Tribal GUPS Respondent Guide 85 8.3.1 Select Tribal Census Tracts Participants can change and modify tribal census tracts, which modifies block groups automatically. Steps to select census tracts are included in Table 33. Table 33: Select Tribal Census Tracts Step Action and Result Step 1 Step 2 Download and review the data as described in Section 6.2, Open GUPS and Start a New Project. Once loaded, GUPS displays all the data layers on the Map View formatted with color, style and labels. For this example, the “Tribal_Census_Tract” is the tribal census tract layer, has two different categories: Below or Above Threshold (both based on the total population and number of housing units) and Normal Tribal Census Tract. GUPS uses assorted colors to classify the tribal census tracts (and tribal block groups) by housing units and population counts. The entities grouped within the Below or Above Threshold category require local knowledge of the land use, housing units’ type and population characteristics. Participants are required to further review and either apply the necessary actions to change entities using the Census requirements and guidelines. If no action is applied, participants must provide a Justification to maintain the entity. Step 3 U.S. Census Bureau Click the Modify Area Feature button to start editing the layers within the selected county. 2020 Census PSAP Tribal GUPS Respondent Guide 86 Step Action and Result Step 4 The Modify Area Feature dialog box displays in the center of the screen. Step 6 The Census Bureau suggests participants move the Modify Area Feature window to the upper left corner of the Map View. Moving the window allows the participant to have a full view of the map. Within the Modify Area Feature window, click the Geography drop-down menu to select Tribal Census Tract. Participants should start reviewing and editing first, the Tribal Census Tracts layer with above maximum population counts or housing units, then the tribal census tracts with below minimum population counts or housing units. Next review the Tribal Block Groups layer with above maximum population counts or housing units, then the tribal block groups with below minimum population counts or housing units. If time permits, the participants can review the CDPs. U.S. Census Bureau 2020 Census PSAP Tribal GUPS Respondent Guide 87 Step Action and Result Step 7 As noted earlier in Section 7.4.2.8, the Census Bureau strongly encourages the use of imagery to review and update the geographies. To enable imagery, click the Add Imagery button and choose the imagery source to display in the Map View. Once selected the imagery displays in the Map View. 8.3.2 Split Tribal Census Tracts by Tribal Block Group To resolve the tribal census tracts above the maximum threshold, participants can split tribal census tracts by tribal block group within the failing tribal census tract. Splitting by tribal block group is the first preference for splitting a tribal census tract with more than one tribal block groups because it retains the boundaries of the new tract on features already in use for statistical geographies (i.e., the tribal block groups). If participants wish to forgo a split and retain the above threshold tribal census tract, they must provide a justification in the TSR Criteria Review tool. Table 34 explains the steps to split a tribal census tract by tribal block group(s). Table 34: Split Tribal Census Tracts by Tribal Block Group Step Action and Result Step 1 Follow steps from Table 33: Select Tribal Census Tracts to open the project and select a tribal census tract for editing. Within the Modify Area Feature window, click the Filter drop-down menu to select Above Maximum (POP > 8000 or HU > 3200). This selects all tribal census tracts that have more than the maximum number of housing units or total population. Change the Action drop-down to Split by Tribal Block Group. This allows participants to split the census tract by block group(s). Step 2 Note: No tribal census tracts in this tribal entity fall outside of the thresholds, so the Filter dropdown remains set to “No filter.” The remaining steps proceed without regard to the threshold for the purpose of illustrating the tools. U.S. Census Bureau 2020 Census PSAP Tribal GUPS Respondent Guide 88 Step Action and Result Step 3 Click Select Target Area button and click on the map to select a tribal census tract OR double click to select a tribal census tract from the Info column within the Modify Area Feature window. The Map View zooms to the selected tribal census tract to review for potential splitting and highlights it in light blue/green color. The housing and population totals displays on the bottom of the Modify Area Feature tool. Step 4 Click the Select Feature(s) button with a single click on the Map View to select a single tribal block group. Hold down the Ctrl key on the keyboard and then click to select additional block groups as needed. Participants can also click the Map View and drag the mouse to select multiple block groups. The selected tribal block group(s) highlight and the housing units and population numbers change dynamically. All of the population and housing for this tribal census tract appears to be in this tribal block group. IMPORTANT: Remember to keep the census tract threshold numbers in mind: Population: 1,200 – 8,000 Optimum: 4,000 Housing: 480 – 3,200 Optimum: 1,600 U.S. Census Bureau 2020 Census PSAP Tribal GUPS Respondent Guide 89 Step Action and Result Participants are only able to select tribal block group(s) within the highlighted tribal census tract. Selecting tribal block group(s) outside the highlighted area will result in an error message. Step 5 Step 6 Step 7 Click OK to dismiss the error and continue. If the selected tribal block group generates a valid new tribal census tract, click the Split by Block Group button to create two new census tracts. Refer to the Map View to verify that GUPS created the new tribal census tracts with new tribal census tract numbers. If completed successfully, the two new tribal census tracts have no shading (no red or green) unless they fall outside the acceptable ranges of population or housing unit counts. IMPORTANT: To reverse the split, prior to saving use the Undo button. Refer to Table 13 and Table 18 for instructions on the Undo functionality. Click the Save button to save the edits and update the project. The Current edits confirmation dialog box asks to save the changes for all layer(s). For more information on saving, please refer to Section 6.3, Save a Project in GUPS. Click OK to save or Cancel to return to the Map View without saving. 8.3.3 Split Tribal Census Tract by Face To resolve the tribal census tracts above the maximum threshold, participants can split tribal U.S. Census Bureau 2020 Census PSAP Tribal GUPS Respondent Guide 90 census tracts by faces within the failing tribal census tract instead of by entire tribal block groups. Locate the definition of faces in Appendix A. . When there is only one tribal block group in a tract or where the tribal block groups do not reflect distinct land use areas, selecting a split by faces is preferred. If participants wish to forgo a split and retain the above threshold tribal census tract, they must provide a justification in the TSR Criteria Review tool. When using this method for splitting a tribal census tract, there are two considerations. First, determine if there are clear land use distinctions within a tract (e.g., single-family homes on one side of the tract and multi-family apartments on the other). Conversely, there may be no significant difference in the land use or land use may not be the primary consideration because of overriding historical or linear feature factors. Either way, identifying a significant, visible, relatively permanent feature to use to split is important. See Appendix G. for information regarding acceptable features for use in splitting tracts. Table 35 explains the steps to split a tribal census tract by faces. Table 35: Split Tribal Census Tract by Face Step Action and Result Step 1 Follow steps from Table 33: Select Tribal Census Tracts to open the project and select a tribal census tract for editing. Within the Modify Area Feature window, click the Filter drop-down menu to select Above Maximum (POP > 8000 or HU > 3200). This selects all census tracts that have more than the maximum number of housing units or total population. Change the Action drop-down to Split by Face. This allows participants to split the census tract by faces (areas). Step 2 Step 3 U.S. Census Bureau Note: No tribal census tracts in this tribal entity fall outside of the thresholds, so the Filter dropdown remains set to “No filter.” The remaining steps proceed without regard to the threshold for the purpose of illustrating the tools. As with the Split by Tribal Block Group step, click Select Target Area button and click on the map to select a tribal census tract OR double click to select a tribal census tract from the Info column within the Modify Area Feature window. The Map View zooms to the selected tribal census tract to review for potential splitting and highlights it in light blue/green color. In order to conduct an accurate split additional zooming may be necessary. 2020 Census PSAP Tribal GUPS Respondent Guide 91 Step Action and Result Step 4 Click the Select Features by Freehand button to select the faces (areas) to split the tribal census tract. Left click the mouse on the starting point and drag the chasing line around the targeted area then right-click the mouse to end the review the selected area. The selected faces highlight with a yellow/green shade. Use of Select Features by Polygon instead of by freehand may be useful as well. This step depicts imagery and the standard block groups outlined in pink. IMPORTANT: Remember to keep the census tract threshold numbers in mind: Population: 1,200 – 8,000 Optimum: 4,000 Housing: 480 – 3,200 Optimum: 1,600 Participants are only able to select faces (areas) within the highlighted tribal census tract. Selecting faces outside the highlighted area will result in an error message. U.S. Census Bureau 2020 Census PSAP Tribal GUPS Respondent Guide 92 Step Action and Result Step 5 If the selected faces generate a valid new tribal census tract, click the Split by Face button to create two new census tracts. Step 6 Refer to the Map View to verify that GUPS created the new tribal census tracts with new tribal census tract numbers. If completed successfully, the two new tribal census tracts have no shading (no red or green) unless they fall outside the acceptable ranges of population or housing unit counts. This step depicts imagery. IMPORTANT: To reverse the split, prior to saving use the Undo button. Refer to Table 13 and Table 18 for instructions on the Undo functionality. U.S. Census Bureau 2020 Census PSAP Tribal GUPS Respondent Guide 93 Step Action and Result Step 7 Click the Save button to save the edits and update the project. The Current edits confirmation dialog box asks to save the changes for all layer(s). For more information on saving, please refer to Section 6.3, Save a Project in GUPS. Click OK to save or Cancel to return to the Map View without saving. 8.3.4 Merge Tribal Census Tracts To resolve the tribal census tracts below the minimum threshold, participants perform a merge action or provide justification for retaining the tribal census tract without modification in the TSR Criteria Review tool. Table 36 explains the steps to merge a tribal census tract. Consider the following priorities while reviewing the tribal census tracts that may require a merge.      Merge two tracts of similar land use across a minor feature. This retains outer boundaries for historical comparison and ideally maintains continuity of housing type and demographics. Merge two tracts of dissimilar land use across a minor feature. This is less than ideal, but avoids creating tribal census tracts that span major landscape features. Merge two tracts of similar land use across a major feature. This is less than ideal, but may group areas of similar housing and demographic characteristics. Merge two tracts of dissimilar land use across a major feature. The main benefit is to maintain the outer boundaries for historical comparison, but runs the high risk of compromising comparability of housing and population data within the new tract. Alter boundary of below threshold tract to include tribal block groups of neighboring tract(s). This method is highly discouraged because it changes the outer, historic boundaries of census tracts. Table 36: Merge Tribal Census Tracts Step Action and Result Step 1 Follow steps from Table 33: Select Tribal Census Tracts to open the project and select a tribal census tract for editing. U.S. Census Bureau 2020 Census PSAP Tribal GUPS Respondent Guide 94 Step Action and Result Step 2 Within the Modify Area Feature window, click the Filter drop-down menu to select Below Minimum (POP < 1200 or HU < 480). This filters all tribal census tracts that have less than the minimum number of housing units or total population. Change the Action drop-down to Merge. This allows participants to merge (or combine) the tribal census tracts falling below the minimum requirements. Step 3 Double click to select a tribal census tract from the Info column within the Modify Area Feature window. The Map View zooms to the selected tribal census tract to review for a potential merge and highlights it in light blue/green color. Navigate the Map View to locate the best neighboring tribal census tract(s) to merge. Verify the tribal census tracts for historic relationships when possible. U.S. Census Bureau 2020 Census PSAP Tribal GUPS Respondent Guide 95 Step Action and Result Step 4 Click the Select Feature(s) button to select the tribal census tract(s) to use to merge with the below minimum census tract. The newly selected tribal census tract(s) highlight in yellow. Zoom into the selected tribal census tract to confirm the entirety of its selection. In this example, there is only one additional tribal census tract to choose. If the participant wants to retain both tribal census tracts, they must provide justification in the TSR Review Criteria tool. IMPORTANT: Remember to keep the census tract threshold numbers in mind: Population: 1,200 – 8,000 Optimum: 4,000 Housing: 480 – 3,200 Optimum: 1,600 The housing and population totals change dynamically while selecting tracts to merge, allowing participants to see the results of the merge, prior to actually merging the tracts. U.S. Census Bureau 2020 Census PSAP Tribal GUPS Respondent Guide 96 Step Action and Result Step 5 If the selected tract(s) generate a valid new tribal census tract, or one that comes closer to meeting the criteria thresholds, click the Merge button to create a new census tract. Step 6 Refer to the Map View to verify that GUPS created the new tribal census tract with new tribal census tract number. To reverse the merge, prior to saving use the Undo button. Refer to Table 13 and Table 18 for instructions on the Undo functionality. U.S. Census Bureau 2020 Census PSAP Tribal GUPS Respondent Guide 97 Step Action and Result Step 7 Use the Change Attribute button to modify the merged tract number that GUPS automatically assigned if needed. In the Change Attribute window, enter all the requested information for the following fields with a red asterisk. Required information varies based on the type of geography. Click OK to save the attribute change or Cancel to return to close the window without saving. Note: The Justify field exists in the Change Attribute tool. This field also exists in the TSR Criteria Review tool described in a later section. Character limit is 150 for this field. U.S. Census Bureau 2020 Census PSAP Tribal GUPS Respondent Guide 98 Step Action and Result Step 8 Click the Save button to save the edits and update the project. The Current edits confirmation dialog box asks to save the changes for all layer(s). For more information on saving, please refer to Section 6.3, Save a Project in GUPS. Click OK to save or Cancel to return to the Map View without saving. 8.3.5 Change Tribal Census Tract Boundaries Participants apply boundary changes to tribal census tracts in instances when the boundaries are errant and no longer accurately reflect the real boundary or when the boundary does not follow any visible features. Participants cannot change the tribal census tract boundary where it follows a reservation and/or off-reservation trust land boundary, as tribal census tracts must cover the entire area of (and nest within) the reservation and/or off-reservation trust land. If the boundary of the tribal entity is incorrect, please report the boundary correction through the annual Tribal BAS program. Consult Part One: in the Introduction of this document for details on the BAS program. Quality checks and comparisons of tribal census tracts to the tribal boundaries occur yearly to ensure the tribal census tracts align with the boundary of the tribal entity in the Census Bureau systems. See Section 8.3.5.1 for instructions to add linear features for use as tribal census tract boundaries and Section 8.3.5.3 for instructions to delete linear features. The Boundary Change action uses the faces layer to modify tribal census tracts. Linear features create faces. Table 37 explains the steps to change tribal census tract boundaries. Table 37: Change Tribal Census Tract Boundaries Step Action and Result Step 1 Follow steps from Table 33: Select Tribal Census Tracts to open your dataset and select a tribal census tract for editing. Within the Modify Area Feature window, click the drop-down Action menu to select Boundary Change. Step 2 U.S. Census Bureau 2020 Census PSAP Tribal GUPS Respondent Guide 99 Step Action and Result Step 3 Double click to select a tribal census tract from the Info column within the Modify Area Feature window. The Map View zooms to the selected tribal census tract to review for a potential boundary change. U.S. Census Bureau 2020 Census PSAP Tribal GUPS Respondent Guide 100 Step Action and Result Step 4 Click the Select Features By Freehand button to select the faces to use for boundary change. The selected faces highlight in yellow. This step depicts imagery. IMPORTANT: Remember to keep the census tract threshold numbers in mind: Population: 1,200 – 8,000 Optimum: 4,000 Housing: 480 – 3,200 Optimum: 1,600 The housing and population totals change dynamically while selecting faces to alter the tribal census tract boundary, allowing participants to see the results of the change, prior to actually modifying the boundary. Selecting noncontiguous faces from the selected tribal census tract result in geographic errors. Participants must correct contiguity errors or provide justification for retaining the pieces prior to submitting their data to the Census Bureau. U.S. Census Bureau 2020 Census PSAP Tribal GUPS Respondent Guide 101 Step Action and Result Step 5 Click the Add Area button to apply boundary change to the selected tribal census tract. The housing increased from 2,361 to 2,388 and population increased from 6,653 to 6,737. A window displays requesting participants select the tribal block group to add the selected faces. The Map View displays the potential tribal block group in the drop-down menu. After selecting the appropriate tribal block group, click OK to add the selected faces to the selected tribal block group highlighted on the map. Note: GUPS highlights each tribal block group as selected, allowing the participant to choose the adjacent one. Be mindful that this step can introduce contiguity errors. U.S. Census Bureau 2020 Census PSAP Tribal GUPS Respondent Guide 102 Step Action and Result Step 6 Refer to the Map View to verify that GUPS captured the boundary change properly for the tribal census tract. Step 7 To reverse the boundary change, simply add the area back to the original tribal census tract or perform the Undo action prior to saving. Refer to Table 13 and Table 18 for instructions on the Undo functionality. Click the Save button to save the edits and update the project. The Current edits confirmation dialog box asks to save the changes for all layer(s). For more information on saving, please refer to Section 6.3, Save a Project in GUPS. Click OK to save or Cancel to return to the Map View without saving. U.S. Census Bureau 2020 Census PSAP Tribal GUPS Respondent Guide 103 8.3.5.1 Add Linear Feature The addition of new or missing linear features may be necessary to form faces in order to modify all of the statistical geographies. While it may be tempting to add all missing linear features, with the time constraints of PSAP, focus first on adding only the linear features necessary to split statistical geographies or form new statistical geographies. Participants must utilize the Add Imagery button within GUPS for digitizing reference and may use the Internet Map Service button to provide a secondary source/visual of the area. Table 18 describes the use of both buttons. Review Table 38 for a detailed example. IMPORTANT: Do not add linear features without the assistance of imagery. Table 38: Add Linear Feature Step Action and Result Step 1 Step 2 Download and review the data as described in Section 6.2, Open GUPS and Start a New Project. Follow steps from Table 33: Select Tribal Census Tracts to open the existing project. Zoom to the area to add linear features. Ensure imagery is enabled as described in Step 7 of that table. Step 3 Click the Internet Map Service button. An Internet Map Service window appears asking participants to select a point on the map to enable Internet Map Service. U.S. Census Bureau 2020 Census PSAP Tribal GUPS Respondent Guide 104 Step Action and Result Step 4 Click a point in the Map View near the missing feature(s) to select the targeted area from which to launch the internet service. Another Internet Map Service window appears to select either Google Maps or Bing Maps. After selected, click OK and a new internet tab or session opens to the targeted section chosen in Step 4. Step 5 Click the Add Linear Feature button from within the PSAP toolbar. Step 6 Zoom in to a proper scale for adding the linear feature. U.S. Census Bureau 2020 Census PSAP Tribal GUPS Respondent Guide 105 Step Action and Result Step 7 In the Map View, left-click the mouse button to start adding the linear feature. Continue to left-click to add nodes as necessary to add shape to the road. To complete the linear feature, right-click. An Add Linear Feature window appears to enter the required MTFCC and a Name. Step 8 From the MTFCC drop-down menu, select the proper code for the newly added feature. In this example, choose S1400. The Name field activates after choosing the MTFCC. Enter the name and click OK. Step 9 U.S. Census Bureau Click the Save button to save the changes. Continue with the same steps to add any additional linear features. 2020 Census PSAP Tribal GUPS Respondent Guide 106 8.3.5.2 Modify Linear Feature Attributes Participants can modify the attributes of linear features by using the Modify Linear Feature Attributes button within the PSAP toolbar. This may be necessary to correct errors in existing feature names or correct errant MTFCC codes. See Table 39 for an example. Table 39: Modify Linear Feature Attributes Step Action and Result Step 1 Locate the linear feature to modify. Select the Modify Linear Feature Attributes button in the PSAP toolbar. Step 2 In the Map View, left-click the linear feature to modify. A Modify Linear Feature Attributes window appears. Step 3 Change the MTFCC or the FULLNAME of the feature. Click the Save button to save the modification. 8.3.5.3 Delete/Restore Linear Feature GUPS allows participants to delete linear features and/or restore recently deleted features since the last save process by using the Delete/Restore Linear Feature button within the PSAP toolbar. Review Table 40 for examples of both deleting and restoring a linear feature. Table 40: Delete/Restore Linear Feature Step Action and Result Step 1 Locate the linear feature to delete. Select the Delete/Restore Linear Feature button in the PSAP toolbar. U.S. Census Bureau 2020 Census PSAP Tribal GUPS Respondent Guide 107 Step Action and Result Step 2 In the Map View, left-click the linear feature to delete. A Delete/Restore Linear Feature window appears. Step 3 Click OK to proceed with deletion of the selected feature. If the feature selected forms the boundary of an existing entity, GUPS displays the following warning message. U.S. Census Bureau 2020 Census PSAP Tribal GUPS Respondent Guide 108 Step Action and Result Step 4 The feature is marked for deletion and displays in GUPS with the “X” character along the entire feature. Imagery disabled in order to better view the “X” characters. Step 5 GUPS uses the same tool to restore the deleted feature if the deletion was in error. Enable the Delete/Restore Linear Feature button. Select the feature marked for deletion from the previous step. A Delete/Restore Linear Feature window appears asking for confirmation to restore the linear feature. Click OK to restore the feature. Click the Save button to save the changes. Step 6 8.4 Tribal Block Group Update Instructions Participants can split tribal block groups by face, merge tribal block groups, and change tribal block group boundaries. Part One: outlines the criteria and background for updating tribal block groups, while Part Two: introduced the tools for updating. This section provides detailed examples for performing the aforementioned updates of splitting, merging, and changing boundaries. U.S. Census Bureau 2020 Census PSAP Tribal GUPS Respondent Guide 109 IMPORTANT: Participants may renumber the tribal block groups using the Renumbering Tool in the PSAP toolbar. If participants want to renumber to avoid any gaps in the numbering of tribal block groups, execute the tool after all work on the tribal block group geography concludes. Do not execute the tool, if participants wish to retain the existing tribal block group numbering. 8.4.1 Select Tribal Block Group Participants can change and modify tribal block groups. This is the second priority for participants’ review after reviewing and updating tribal census tracts. However, there may be instances where the tribal census tracts remain within specified thresholds, but tribal blocks groups require updating due to population and housing changes. In those cases, participants begin with a review of the tribal block groups. Steps to select a tribal block group to begin a review are included in Table 41. Table 41: Select Tribal Block Group Step Action and Result Step 1 Step 2 Download and review the data as described in Section 6.2, Open GUPS and Start a New Project. Follow steps from Table 33: Select Tribal Census Tracts to open the existing project. After completing Steps 1 – 4 (step 5 only appears with the initial setup), modify Step 6 by clicking the Modify Area Feature, Geography drop-down menu and selecting Tribal Block Group. Enable the imagery as described in Step 7 in order to visualize and orient to the block group(s) under review. 8.4.2 Split a Tribal Block Group To resolve the tribal block groups above the maximum threshold, participants split block groups by faces within the problematic block group, ideally into two equal parts. Participants are encouraged to use one of two options when splitting tribal block groups. Either split the block group into geometrically equal parts or split according to land use areas. Table 42 explains the steps to split a block group. U.S. Census Bureau 2020 Census PSAP Tribal GUPS Respondent Guide 110 Table 42: Split Tribal Block Group Step Action and Result Step 1 Follow steps from Table 41: Select Tribal Block Group to open the project and select tribal block groups for editing. Within the Modify Area Feature window, click the drop-down Filter menu to select Above Maximum (POP > 3000 or HU > 1200). This will select all tribal block groups that have more than the maximum number of houses/people. Change the Action drop-down to Split. This allows participants to split the block group by faces (areas). Step 2 Step 3 U.S. Census Bureau Note: No tribal block groups in this tribal entity fall outside of the thresholds, so the Filter dropdown remains set to “No filter.” The remaining steps proceed without regard to the threshold for the purpose of illustrating the tools. Double click to select a tribal block group from the Info column within the Modify Area Feature window. The Map View zooms to the selected tribal block group to review for potential splitting and highlights it. An additional zoom level, performed by using the Zoom In button on the Standard toolbar, is necessary to visualize the area to split. 2020 Census PSAP Tribal GUPS Respondent Guide 111 Step Action and Result Step 4 Click the Select Features by Freehand button to select the faces to use to split the tribal block group. Left click the mouse on the starting point and drag the chasing line around the targeted area then right-click the mouse to end the review the selected area. The selected faces highlight with a yellow/green shade, likely distorted by the shading of a tribal block group or tribal census tract. U.S. Census Bureau 2020 Census PSAP Tribal GUPS Respondent Guide 112 Step Action and Result Participants are only able to select faces (areas) within the highlighted tribal block group. Selecting faces outside the highlighted area will result in an error message. Step 6 U.S. Census Bureau If the selected faces generate a valid new tribal block group, click the Split button to create two new tribal block groups. 2020 Census PSAP Tribal GUPS Respondent Guide 113 Step Action and Result Step 7 Refer to the Map View to verify that GUPS created the new tribal block groups with new block group labels (4610T00100E and 4610T00100F). Step 8 To reverse the split, prior to saving use the Undo button. Refer to Table 13 and Table 18 for instructions on the Undo functionality. Click the Save button to save the edits and update the project. The Current edits confirmation dialog box asks to save the changes for all layer(s). For more information on saving, please refer to Section 6.3, Save a Project in GUPS. Click OK to save or Cancel to return to the Map View without saving. 8.4.3 Merge Tribal Block Groups To resolve the tribal block groups below the minimum threshold, participants perform a merge action by merging neighboring tribal block groups or provide a justification in the TSR Criteria Review tool for retaining the below threshold tribal block groups. If both the tribal block group and its tribal census tract are outside of thresholds, resolve the tribal census tract first. Because tribal block groups nest within tribal census tracts, the higher-level tribal census tract changes affect how participants resolve tribal block group errors. The historical comparability is not a concern for tribal block groups as it is for tribal census tracts, so participants have more freedom to make boundary corrections and reorganize existing tribal block groups to meet criteria thresholds. Table 43 explains the steps to merge a tribal block group. U.S. Census Bureau 2020 Census PSAP Tribal GUPS Respondent Guide 114 Table 43: Merge Tribal Block Group Step Action and Result Step 1 Follow steps from Table 41: Select Tribal Block Group to open the project and select a tribal block group for editing. Within the Modify Area Feature window, click the Filter drop-down menu to select Below Minimum (POP < 600 or HU < 240). This selects all tribal block groups that have less than the minimum number of housing units or total population. Change the Action drop-down to Merge. This allows participants to merge (or combine) the tribal block groups falling below the minimum requirements. Step 2 Step 3 U.S. Census Bureau Double click to select a tribal block group from the Info column within the Modify Area Feature window. The Map View zooms to the selected tribal block group to review for potential merging and highlights it. 2020 Census PSAP Tribal GUPS Respondent Guide 115 Step 4 Click the Select Feature(s) to select the tribal block group(s) to use to merge with the below minimum tribal block group. The newly selected block group(s) highlight in yellow. IMPORTANT: Remember to keep the block group threshold numbers in mind: Population: 600 – 3,000 Housing: 240 – 1,200 The housing and population totals change dynamically while selecting tribal block groups to merge, allowing participants to see the results of the merge, prior to actually completing the merge. U.S. Census Bureau 2020 Census PSAP Tribal GUPS Respondent Guide 116 Step Action and Result Step 5 If the selected tribal block group(s) generate a valid new tribal block group, click the Merge button to create a new tribal block group. Step 6 Refer to the Map View to verify that GUPS created the new tribal block group with new block group letter. To reverse the merge, prior to saving use the Undo button. Refer to Table 13 and Table 18 for instructions on the Undo functionality. Step 7 Step 8 U.S. Census Bureau Note: Execute the Renumbering Tool after all work on the tribal entity is complete. Do not execute it after editing each tribal block group. If a tribal entity submission includes gaps in the block group numbering, the Census Bureau will confirm with the participant whether they want the tribal block groups renumbered or whether they forgot to execute the tool. Pending the answer, the Census Bureau will renumber the tribal block groups prior to creation of the verification products or they will retain the existing tribal block group numbering. Consider using the Change Attribute button within the Modify Area Feature tool to edit the tribal block group letter assigned by GUPS, or use the Renumbering Tool in the PSAP toolbar to renumber all of the tribal block groups at the conclusion of all tribal block group updates. Click the Save button to save the edits and update the project. The Current edits confirmation 2020 Census PSAP Tribal GUPS Respondent Guide 117 Step Action and Result dialog box asks to save the changes for all layer(s). For more information on saving, please refer to Section 6.3, Save a Project in GUPS. Click OK to save or Cancel to return to the Map View without saving. 8.4.4 Change Tribal Block Group Boundaries Participants can apply boundary changes to tribal block group boundaries when the housing units and or the populations are below the required thresholds, when the boundary does not follow any visible features, or when the boundaries shown in GUPS are errant and no longer accurately reflect the real boundary. The Census Bureau will likely accept small revisions to tribal block group boundaries, but will likely deny boundary changes that affect a large amount of population in the affected tribal block groups. As with tribal census tracts, the boundary change action uses the faces layer to modify tribal block groups. Table 44 explains the steps to change block group boundaries. Table 44: Change Tribal Block Group Boundaries Step Action and Result Step 1 Follow steps from Table 41: Select Tribal Block Group to open your dataset and select a tribal block group for editing. Within the Modify Area Feature window, click the drop-down Action menu to select Boundary Change. Step 2 U.S. Census Bureau 2020 Census PSAP Tribal GUPS Respondent Guide 118 Step Action and Result Step 3 Double click to select a tribal block group from the Info column within the Modify Area Feature window. The Map View zooms to the selected tribal block group to review for a potential boundary change. U.S. Census Bureau 2020 Census PSAP Tribal GUPS Respondent Guide 119 Step Action and Result Step 4 Click the Select Feature(s) button to select the faces to use for boundary change. The selected faces from T00300D highlight in yellow. IMPORTANT: Remember to keep the block group threshold numbers in mind: Population: 600 – 3,000 Housing: 240 – 1,200 GUPS does not allow for the selection of faces outside of the active tribal census tract. This means the faces must be within the same tribal census tract as the tribal block group. U.S. Census Bureau 2020 Census PSAP Tribal GUPS Respondent Guide 120 Step Action and Result Step 5 Click the Add Area button to apply boundary change to the selected tribal block group. The housing and population numbers dynamically adjust prior to finalizing the boundary change (change from 698 and 1,703 to 766 and 1,820 respectively). U.S. Census Bureau 2020 Census PSAP Tribal GUPS Respondent Guide 121 Step Action and Result Step 6 Refer to the Map View to verify that GUPS captured the boundary change properly for the tribal block group. To reverse the boundary change, simply add the area back to the original tribal block group or perform the Undo action prior to saving. Refer to Table 13 and Table 18 for instructions on the Undo functionality. Click the Save button to save the edits and update the project. The Current edits confirmation dialog box asks to save the changes for all layer(s). For more information on saving, please refer to Section 6.3, Save a Project in GUPS. Step 7 Click OK to save or Cancel to return to the Map View without saving. 8.5 Census Designated Places (CDPs) Update Instructions Tribal participants can perform boundary changes to existing CDPs that fall either on or off the reservations and/or off-reservation trust lands. Performing a boundary change adds faces to, or removes faces from, existing CDPs. Participants can add new CDPs, delete existing CDPs, and they can perform attribute updates on existing CDPs. CDPs may exist on the tribal entity land or may be located off the reservation and in the county in which the tribal entity exists. U.S. Census Bureau 2020 Census PSAP Tribal GUPS Respondent Guide 122 As a reminder from Part One: of this document, the Census Bureau recommends CDP boundaries follow visible features, except in circumstances where the boundary is coincident with the nonvisible boundary of a state, county, minor civil division, or incorporated place. 8.5.1 Select Census Designated Place (CDP) Steps to select a CDP to begin a review are included in Table 45. Table 45: Select Census Designated Place Step Action and Result Step 1 Step 2 Download and review the data as described in Section 6.2, Open GUPS and Start a New Project. Follow steps from Table 33: Select Tribal Census Tracts to open your dataset. After completing Steps 1 – 4 (step 5 only appears with the initial setup), modify Step 6 by clicking the Modify Area Feature, Geography drop-down menu and selecting Census Designated Place (CDP). Enable the imagery as described in Step 7 in order to visualize and orient to the CDP(s) under review. 8.5.2 Boundary Change – Add Area (CDP) Participants can perform boundary changes to CDPs by adding new area or removing an existing area. The Boundary Change action uses the faces layer to modify CDPs. CDP boundaries must follow physical boundaries (with some exceptions as mentioned in Chapter 4), so the use of imagery when performing this action is vital. If the addition of area dictates an attribute change, refer to the Change Attribute section for details on modifying the name of existing CDPs. Table 46 explains the steps to add area to an existing CDP. Table 46: Boundary Change – Add Area (CDP) Step Action and Result Step 1 Follow steps from Table 45: Select Census Designated Place to open the project and select Census Designated Places for editing. U.S. Census Bureau 2020 Census PSAP Tribal GUPS Respondent Guide 123 Step Action and Result Step 2 Within the Modify Area Feature window, click the Action drop-down menu to select Boundary Change. Step 3 Double click to select a CDP from the Info column within the Modify Area Feature window. The Map View zooms to the selected CDP to review and highlights it. U.S. Census Bureau 2020 Census PSAP Tribal GUPS Respondent Guide 124 Step Action and Result Step 4 Click the Select Feature(s) button to select the faces to add to the CDP. Participants can choose any of the four choices beneath the Select Feature(s) button to accomplish the modification to the CDP. The housing and population numbers adjust dynamically with the removal of area. This changed from 219 housing and 451 populations to 254 and 535 respectively. The selected faces highlight in yellow. Note: The selected faces are outside of the CDP boundary because this is an add action. U.S. Census Bureau 2020 Census PSAP Tribal GUPS Respondent Guide 125 Step Action and Result Step 5 Click the Add Area button to apply boundary change (addition of faces/areas) to the selected CDP. Step 6 Refer to the Map View to verify that GUPS captured the boundary change properly for the CDP. Zoom to the proper scale for viewing if the area added is small. If the boundary change is incorrect, Section 8.5.3 explains the process for removing area from a CDP. To reverse the boundary change, simply remove the area or perform the Undo action prior to saving. Refer to Table 13 and Table 18 for instructions on the Undo functionality. U.S. Census Bureau 2020 Census PSAP Tribal GUPS Respondent Guide 126 Step Action and Result Step 7 Click the Save button to save the edits and update the project. The Current edits confirmation dialog box asks to save the changes for all layer(s). For more information on saving, please refer to Section 6.3, Save a Project in GUPS. Click OK to save or Cancel to return to the Map View without saving. 8.5.3 Boundary Change – Remove Area (CDP) Participants can perform boundary changes to CDPs by adding new area or removing an existing area. The Boundary Change action uses the faces layer to modify CDPs. CDP boundaries must follow physical boundaries (with some exceptions as mentioned in Chapter 4), so the use of imagery when performing this action is vital. If the removal of area dictates an attribute change, refer to the Change Attribute section for details on modifying the name of existing CDPs. This section covers removing area from an existing CDP. Table 47 explains the steps to remove area from an existing CDP. Table 47: Boundary Change – Remove Area (CDP) Step Action and Result Step 1 Follow steps from Table 45: Select Census Designated Place to open the project and select Census Designated Places for editing. Within the Modify Area Feature window, click the Action drop-down menu to select Boundary Change. Step 2 U.S. Census Bureau 2020 Census PSAP Tribal GUPS Respondent Guide 127 Step Action and Result Step 3 Double click to select a CDP from the Info column within the Modify Area Feature window. The Map View zooms to the selected CDP to review and highlights it. U.S. Census Bureau 2020 Census PSAP Tribal GUPS Respondent Guide 128 Step Action and Result Step 6 Click the Select Feature(s) button to select the faces to remove from the CDP. Participants can choose any of the four choices beneath the Select Features button to accomplish the modification to the CDP. The housing and population numbers adjust dynamically with the removal of area. This changed from 254 housing and 535 populations to 219 and 451 respectively. The selected faces highlight in green. Note: The selected faces are inside of the CDP boundary because this is a remove action. U.S. Census Bureau 2020 Census PSAP Tribal GUPS Respondent Guide 129 Step Action and Result Step 7 Click the Remove Area button to apply boundary change (removal of faces/areas) from the selected CDP. Step 8 Refer to the Map View to verify that GUPS captured the boundary change properly for the CDP. Zoom to the proper scale if the area is small. If the boundary change is incorrect, the previous section on Boundary Change explains the process for adding area to a CDP. To reverse the boundary change, simply add the area back to the CDP or perform the Undo action prior to saving. Refer to Table 13 and Table 18 for instructions on the Undo functionality. U.S. Census Bureau 2020 Census PSAP Tribal GUPS Respondent Guide 130 Step Action and Result Step 9 Click the Save button to save the edits and update the project. The Current edits confirmation dialog box asks to save the changes for all layer(s). For more information on saving, please refer to Section 6.3, Save a Project in GUPS. Click OK to save or Cancel to return to the Map View without saving. 8.5.4 New District – Add Entity (Add a new CDP) Participants can add new CDPs as part of their PSAP work. As with adding area or removing area from an existing CDP, the New District action uses the faces layer to add new CDPs. CDP boundaries must follow physical boundaries (with some exceptions as mentioned in Chapter 4), so the use of imagery when performing this action is vital. This section covers adding a new CDP. Table 48 explains the steps to add new CDP using the faces layer. Table 48: Add a new Census Designated Place (CDP) Step Action and Result Step 1 Follow steps from Table 45: Select Census Designated Place to open the project and select Census Designated Places for editing. Within the Modify Area Feature window, click the Action drop-down menu to select New District. Step 2 View the existing CDPs in the Map View window and determine if any are missing. To determine if a CDP is missing, use the Zoom In button and the Pan button on the Standard toolbar to zoom and pan around the tribal entity. U.S. Census Bureau 2020 Census PSAP Tribal GUPS Respondent Guide 131 Step Action and Result Step 3 Click the Select Feature(s) button to select the faces to add to the new CDP. Participants can choose any of the four choices beneath the Select Feature(s) button to accomplish the creation of the new CDP. The selected faces highlight in yellow. This step depicts imagery. Note: Select faces that do not belong to an existing CDP area. U.S. Census Bureau 2020 Census PSAP Tribal GUPS Respondent Guide 132 Step Action and Result Step 4 Click the Add Entity button to create a new CDP. Step 5 The Modify Area Feature window opens. Enter the Name of the newly created CDP and then click the OK button. U.S. Census Bureau 2020 Census PSAP Tribal GUPS Respondent Guide 133 Step Action and Result Step 6 Refer to the Map View to verify that GUPS captured the new CDP properly. Zoom to the proper scale to confirm the boundaries and area of the CDP. If CDP is incorrect, the previous two sections on Boundary Change explain the process to use for modifying the newly created CDP. Step 7 Click the Save button to save the edits and update the project. The Current edits confirmation dialog box asks to save the changes for all layer(s). For more information on saving, please refer to Section 6.3, Save a Project in GUPS. Click OK to save or Cancel to return to the Map View without saving. U.S. Census Bureau 2020 Census PSAP Tribal GUPS Respondent Guide 134 8.5.5 Boundary Change – Delete Area Feature (Delete an existing CDP) Participants can delete existing CDPs as part of their PSAP work. Before deleting an existing CDP, participants should ensure that none of the characteristics described in Chapter 4 exist for the CDP under consideration for deletion. Presence of those characteristics leads to retention of the existing CDP. Pending review of the submission, the Census Bureau may disapprove of the deletion and retain CDPs proposed for deletion by participants. This section covers deleting an existing CDP. Table 49 explains the steps to remove an existing CDP. Table 49: Boundary Change – Delete Area Feature (Delete an existing CDP) Step Action and Result Step 1 Follow steps from Table 45: Select Census Designated Place to open the project and select Census Designated Places for editing. Within the Modify Area Feature window, click the Action drop-down menu to select Boundary Change. Step 2 U.S. Census Bureau 2020 Census PSAP Tribal GUPS Respondent Guide 135 Step Action and Result Step 3 Double click to select the CDP to delete from the Info column within the Modify Area Feature window. The Map View zooms to the selected CDP to review and highlights it. This step depicts imagery. Step 4 Click the Delete Area Feature button to delete the CDP from the list. U.S. Census Bureau 2020 Census PSAP Tribal GUPS Respondent Guide 136 Step Action and Result Step 5 The Modify Area Feature confirmation dialog box displays to verify the deletion of this area feature. Click OK if satisfied with the deletion. Click Cancel to discard the deletion. Step 6 Step 7 For this example, click the OK button to continue. Refer to the Modify Area Feature tool to verify that GUPS deleted the CDP (Oak Creek CDP is not listed below) and the Table of Contents to confirm the presence of the deleted CDP in the layer of the same name. Zoom to the proper scale to confirm the deletion. If participants decide the CDP deletion was incorrect, they should perform the Undo action prior to saving. If they save and then realize a mistake, the previous section on New District – Add Entity (Add a new CDP) explains the process to use for adding the deleted CDP back into the tribal entity. Click the Save button to save the edits and update the project. The Current edits confirmation dialog box asks to save the changes for all layer(s). For more information on saving, please refer to Section 6.3, Save a Project in GUPS. Click OK to save or Cancel to return to the Map View without saving. U.S. Census Bureau 2020 Census PSAP Tribal GUPS Respondent Guide 137 8.5.6 Boundary Change – Change Attributes (CDP) Using the Boundary Change action, participants can perform attribute updates on existing CDPs. Attributes that can be modified include the NAME, JUSTIFY, and JSTFY_NAME fields. Refer to Chapter 4 for naming rules and recommendations. When a participant changes an existing CDP name or creates a new CDP, then the JSTFY_NAME field becomes required. The participant uses the field to provide reasoning for the chosen name. Participants may also use the JUSTIFY field to provide additional reasoning for the name change to an existing CDP or creating a new CDP. If participants make substantial changes to the boundaries of an existing CDP, then the Census Bureau recommends the modification of the name or a strong justification for retaining the name. Table 50 explains the steps to change the attributes an existing CDP where no changes, other than the name, are necessary. Table 50: Boundary Change – Change Attributes (CDP) Step Action and Result Step 1 Follow steps from Table 45: Select Census Designated Place to open the project and select Census Designated Places for editing. Within the Modify Area Feature window, click the Action drop-down menu to select Boundary Change. Step 2 U.S. Census Bureau 2020 Census PSAP Tribal GUPS Respondent Guide 138 Step Action and Result Step 3 Double click to select the CDP to modify from the Info column within the Modify Area Feature window. The Map View zooms to the selected CDP and highlights it. Step 4 Click the Change Attribute button to modify the CDPs attributes. U.S. Census Bureau 2020 Census PSAP Tribal GUPS Respondent Guide 139 Step Action and Result Step 5 The Modify Area Feature window displays. Enter the required data (fields with the red asterisks). GUPS pre- populates the Name field with the selected CDP name and the LSAD field defaults to the geography selected. In this case, CDP. The NAME, JUSTIFY, and JSTFY_NAME fields can be updated. When finished, press OK. Note: To change the name of an existing CDP, follow the CDP naming criteria outline in Chapter 4. Participants must provide justification such as the community has officially renamed (e.g., Tyson’s Corner VA rebranded itself as Tysons VA). Signage and other proof should exist to confirm the renaming. U.S. Census Bureau 2020 Census PSAP Tribal GUPS Respondent Guide 140 CHAPTER 9. VALIDATE DATA AND PREPARE FILES FOR SUBMISSION As introduced in Part Two:, GUPS provides validation tools to help review and validate the updates made to statistical geographies by participants. The next three sections describe the three tools necessary to validate the PSAP data prior to submission to the Census Bureau: TSR Criteria Review Tool, the Review Change Polygons Tool, and the Geography Review Tool. Each of the three tools function differently to give participants the opportunity to verify, fix, justify, and assure the quality of the final exported project. GUPS also provides the Export to Zip Button, to prepare data for sharing with other reviewers and/or submitting to the Census Bureau. The Census Bureau recommends executing these tools in the order presented for the next three sections. Run the TSR Criteria Review Tool first, then the Review Change Polygons Tool, and finish with the Geography Review Tool. IMPORTANT: If, after conducting a review, participants determine no updates are necessary, skip to Part Four: to learn more about the next steps for 2020 Census PSAP. 9.1 TSR Criteria Review Tool Participants use the TSR Criteria Review tool to generate a list of threshold failures and correct (labeled as “fix” in the tool) the failures or provide a justification for the failure. GUPS colorcodes the list of failures: Participants must correct red errors in tribal census tracts and tribal block groups. They must correct orange errors or justify them to remain as such. Participants can correct the issues or provide a justification of their own to retain the geography based on local knowledge. Run this required check before creating a data output file for submission to the Census Bureau. Part Two, Section 7.4.2.4, introduced this tool. Step Step 1 Step 2 Table 51: TSR Criteria Review Tool Button Action and Result Download and Review the data as described in Section 6.2, Open GUPS and Start a New Project. Click the TSR Criteria Review button. A TSR Criteria Review dialog box opens to inform participants that it is actively reviewing the population and housing unit criteria for all the Geographic entities in the tribal entity. Once the tool has run, the TSR Criteria Review window displays the remaining issues. Participants can choose to display the list by Geography type, error type, or display all the geographies. The list contains the geographic entities that do not meet thresholds or missing other requirements such as noncontiguous entities. U.S. Census Bureau 2020 Census PSAP Tribal GUPS Respondent Guide 141 Step Step 3 Step 4 U.S. Census Bureau Action and Result If the exceedance of the threshold as displayed in the Criteria Fail is justified, select the justification using the drop-down button in the Justify attribute field. Choose one of the pre-determined justifications or enter something unique. There is a 150-character limit to this field. Be sure to save frequently by clicking the Save Justifications button at the bottom of the window. Note: Many of the tribal participants AIR/ORTL fall beneath the threshold criteria and there is no geographic resolution that will correct the failure. Choosing the first justification is the best choice in those instances, as there is no way to “fix” the geography. In other instances, growth or planned growth is expected or the 2010 figures supplied by the Census Bureau are incorrect per the tribal participant. If the failure needs correction, click the Fix button for any of the geographic entities within the TSR Criteria Review window list, GUPS zooms to the Map View of the selected geographic entity, opens the Modify Area Feature tool, and then selects the entity within the Modify Area Feature window. From here, choose an Action within the Modify Area Feature tool and perform the edits necessary to meet the requirements and resolve the failure (merge or split). Refer to Section 7.4.2.1, the Modify Area Feature tool section, for detail on its functionality. 2020 Census PSAP Tribal GUPS Respondent Guide 142 Step Step 5 9.2 Action and Result Once participants correct or justify all failures, participants can close the tool by clicking the “x” in the top right hand corner of the window. Refreshing the window is beneficial as work is underway. Click the Refresh button at the bottom of the window next to the Save Justifications button to refresh the results of executing the tool. Review Change Polygons Tool The Review Change Polygons tool reviews transaction polygons for tribal census tracts, tribal block groups, and CDPs. It provides a list of their applied changes (boundary changes, splits, merges). Participants use this tool to check the general accuracy of the change polygons in the Map View by clicking each change within the list. Part Two, Section 7.4.2.3, introduced this tool. Step Step 1 Step 2 Table 52: Review Change Polygon Tool Button Action and Result Download and review the data as described in Section 6.2, Open GUPS and Start a New Project. Click the Review Change Polygons button. The Review Change Polygons dialog box opens just beneath the Table of Contents. The dialog box can be moved anywhere, even out of the GUPS window onto a dual monitor. It does not have to remain beneath the Table of Contents. U.S. Census Bureau 2020 Census PSAP Tribal GUPS Respondent Guide 143 Step Step 3 Action and Result Select the statistical geography to review from the Geography drop-down menu. Step 4 The full list of geographies with modifications appear after selecting the geography to review. For this example, Tribal Census Tract is the selected geography. The review change polygons list includes only the “new entity” records for a tribal census tract split. The CDP geography choice shows a boundary correction. The type of changes varies based on the geography selected. See Table 32 for information on change types. The Change Type field shown below depicts a single letter, where “E” denotes a split, “M” denotes a merge, “B” denotes a boundary change, and “G” denotes an attribute change. Refresh the change polygon list by switching geography types. Doing so repopulates the list with the current list of polygon changes. Step 5 U.S. Census Bureau To view a change polygon on the map, click the row for the polygon in the Info list. The polygon highlights and the map zooms to the location. 2020 Census PSAP Tribal GUPS Respondent Guide 144 Step Step 6 Action and Result To correct a mistake (e.g., correct a noncontiguous polygon or sliver missed during the splitting/merging of a geography), or review changes made during the participant’s review (e.g., creation of a new CDP), click on the Modify Area Feature button on the PSAP toolbar and make the correction. Refer to Section 8.2.1, Modify Area Feature Tool, for the instructions. Click the Save button to save the edits and update the project. The Current edits confirmation dialog box asks to save the current changes for all layers. For more information on saving, please refer to Section 6.3, Save a Project in GUPS. Step 7 Click OK to save or Cancel to return to the Map View without saving. Upon completion of the review and update to the geographies, click the Close button in the Review Change Polygons window to close the tool. Step 8 9.3 Geography Review Tool The Geography Review Tool provides access to the attribute tables of some of the layers displayed in the Table of Contents. It filters the map layers based on field values in the attribute table. This tool provides an overall review of the new or deleted entities, or the entities with boundary changes. The Census Bureau recommends the use of this tool, rather than directly editing the various statistical geographies attribute tables. Part Two, Section 7.4.2.2, introduced this tool. Step Step 1 Step 2 Table 53: Geography Review Tool Button Action and Result Download and review the data as described in Section 6.2, Open GUPS and Start a New Project. Click the Geography Review Tool button on the PSAP toolbar. The Geography Review Tool dialog box opens. U.S. Census Bureau 2020 Census PSAP Tribal GUPS Respondent Guide 145 Step Step 3 Action and Result In the Layer Name: field drop-down menu, select the data layer to view. The geography (e.g., layers) modified during PSAP that need to be reviewed are as follows (listed in alpha order, not priority order):  Census designated places (Census_Designated_Place, if they exist in the counties within which the tribal entity falls).  Tribal block groups (Tribal_Block_Groups)  Tribal census tracts (Tribal_Census_Tract) Once selected, the attribute table for the layer opens, with the individual geographies (each tribal census tract for this example) in separate rows and specific attributes displayed in separate columns. U.S. Census Bureau 2020 Census PSAP Tribal GUPS Respondent Guide 146 Step Action and Result If columns are not visible in the attribute data table, drag the edge of the dialog box outward to widen the view, or move the dialog box to another location by clicking inside the box and dragging it. Step 4 Use the Search feature at the bottom of the dialog box to filter the table layers by specific attributes (e.g., full name, MTFCC, change type, etc.). This example uses CHNG_TYPE. Step 5 U.S. Census Bureau Participants can run this tool with this specific column name selected to identify the changes made during their review. In the drop-down menu next to the Column Name, select the attribute value by which to filter and click the Search button. This example uses E – New Entity / New District as the attribute value. Based on the column name choice and attribute value chosen, the search filters the attribute table to show the rows for the new tribal census tracts. Leaving the attribute value blank would return all records with a value in the CHNG_TYPE field. 2020 Census PSAP Tribal GUPS Respondent Guide 147 Step Step 6 Action and Result Selecting the record from the attribute table activates the Zoom menu and quickly zooms the map view to the selection. To return to the attribute table to see the full (un-filtered) layer, click the Refresh button in the upper right-hand corner of the dialog box. Note: When filtering the table by some attributes (e.g., state and county FIPS code or MTFCC), no drop-down menu appears from which to select. Some attribute codes are too numerous to make scrolling through a list practical. Instead participants receive a blank box in which they may type the search value. For example, if filtering the area landmarks layer by MTFCC and want to see hospitals in the layer, type in the MTFCC for hospitals (K1231), and then click Search. Step 7 Step 8 9.4 Export to Zip Button When creating export .zip files, participants have two options. They may export the file to share with another reviewer or they may export the file for submission to the Census Bureau. In either case, GUPS automatically names the output .zip file, packages all the files required by the Census Bureau (including any documentation uploaded into GUPS) into the .zip file, and saves it in a preset location created on the computer during the installation process. Part Two, Section 7.4.2.6, introduced this tool. This section repeats much of the information presented earlier, but serves as a closure to Chapter 8. 9.4.1 Export to Zip – Share with Another Participant To export a file to share with another participant, follow the steps in Table 54. A participant might find this functionality useful if they split the review work of geographies among staff; i.e., someone reviews the tribal census tracts and tribal block groups, while someone else reviews the CDPs or if a supervisor wishes to review work of their staff. Step Step 1 Step 2 Table 54: Export a File to Share with Another Participant Action and Result Download and review the data as described in Section 6.2, Open GUPS and Start a New Project. Click the Export to Zip button. The Select Output Type dialog box opens. Click the Share with Another Participant radio button. Then click OK. U.S. Census Bureau 2020 Census PSAP Tribal GUPS Respondent Guide 148 Step Step 3 Action and Result The Export to Zip dialog box opens. GUPS generates a .zip file, stores it in the output directory that the GUPS installer placed on the computer during the installation process, and gives it a name that includes “DataDirectory.” Ignore the long path name for the file export. This is the current Census Bureau setup. Step 4 If participants click Yes, as shown in this example, GUPS automatically opens a windows explorer to the output folder location on the computer. If they click No, the Export to Zip dialog box closes. Step 5 Participants may now share the file with others who would then use the Import Project ZIP file button in the Map Management window or the Import County Zip button on the PSAP toolbar to open the shared .zip file as described in Section 7.4.2.5. 9.4.2 Export to Zip – Export for Census To export a file to submit to the Census Bureau as the final submission for any tribal entity, follow the steps in Table 55. IMPORTANT: The Census Bureau accepts complete submissions for each tribal entity and will not accept partial submissions. This means a participant cannot submit a .zip file when they complete their review and update of tribal census tracts, then submit another .zip file to include their review and update of the tribal block groups. A tribal entity must be totally complete in order to be submitted for processing to the Census Bureau. If a participant splits work among reviewers, ensure all the work is complete prior to executing this button and submission of the .zip file to the Census Bureau. Additionally, participants may not mix updates on paper maps and in GUPS. Step Table 55: Export Files for Submission to the Census Bureau Action and Result Step 1 Click the Export to Zip button. The Select Output Type dialog box opens with two options, as shown in Table 54. U.S. Census Bureau 2020 Census PSAP Tribal GUPS Respondent Guide 149 Step Action and Result Step 2 Step 3 Select the Export for Census radio button. Click OK. A GUPS User Contact Information window opens with the Export for Census option. It requests contact information from the participant. All fields denoted with a red star are required for submission. Completion of this information helps the Census Bureau communicate with the participant should any questions or issues arise. Step 4 Following the completion of the GUPS User Contact Information, the Export to Zip dialog box opens. GUPS generates a .zip file, stores it in the output directory that the GUPS installer placed on the computer during the installation process, and gives it a name that includes “return.” Step 5 Step 6 U.S. Census Bureau IMPORTANT: Make note of the location of the file listed in this dialog box because participants must navigate to the directory to submit this file using SWIM. As with the Share with Another Participant example, if participants click Yes, GUPS automatically opens a windows explorer to the output folder location on the computer. This feature is useful for participants ready to use SWIM to submit their file. If they click No, the Export to Zip dialog box closes. With the completion of this step, participants can proceed with uploading the file to the Census Bureau. Refer to the next chapter, Chapter 10, for details on using SWIM. 2020 Census PSAP Tribal GUPS Respondent Guide 150 CHAPTER 10. SECURE WEB INCOMING MODULE (SWIM) If PSAP participants perform updates to their tribal statistical geographies that the geographies in GUPS, they must utilize the Census Bureau’s Secure Web Incoming Module, or SWIM, to submit their updated tribal entity .zip file for processing. Use the steps outlined in this chapter to learn how to use SWIM to make a submission. 10.1 SWIM Background and Requirements The Census Bureau provided one SWIM registration token per PSAP participant with their delineation materials cover letter. We recommend either the primary contact or the technical contact utilize the token to create an account once they determine updates are necessary. Some PSAP participants may have established a SWIM account for other Census geography programs. If so, there is no need to establish a new account just for PSAP. Participants without a SWIM account need to utilize the 12-digit registration token to establish an account. To determine whether an account exists, click “Forgot your password?” on the main SWIM page and enter the email address to check for account existence. If SWIM does not locate an account associated with the email address, it returns the following message, “No account registered for this email. Go to Account Registration.” Choosing the Account Registration link opens a window to establish a SWIM account. Note: The components of the email and password of SWIM system accounts are case-sensitive. Make note of the case-sensitive format used when establishing the SWIM account (e.g., jane@anytown.org or Jane@anytown.org or JANE@ANYTOWN.ORG). The Census Bureau recommends the use of lowercase characters and recommends safe retention of this information in a secure location for future reference. In addition, SWIM allows four attempts to login before it temporarily locks the account for 15 minutes. After the 15-minute lock expires, participants may try to login again or reset their password using the “Forgot your password?” link on the login page. Once selected, follow the prompts to enter the case-sensitive email address and provide the security answer. If the security answer is correct, the SWIM system sends a password reset link to the email account for use in resetting the password. In addition, once logged into SWIM, users can modify their password and security answer by selecting the ‘Change Security’ link at the top, right-hand side of the page. Participants continuing to experience issues logging into SWIM can contact 1-844788-4921 for another SWIM token. IMPORTANT: Do not use email to send the 2020 PSAP submission to the Census Bureau. The following list contains the file requirements for using SWIM:    File to upload must be .zip file format. The .zip file may not include another .zip file as a component. The .zip file must not be larger than 250 megabytes in size. U.S. Census Bureau 2020 Census PSAP Tribal GUPS Respondent Guide 151 10.2 SWIM Submission Example Refer to Error! Reference source not found. for instructions on utilizing the SWIM application to submit PSAP updates. Table 56: SWIM Submission Step Step 1 Step 2 Step 3 U.S. Census Bureau Action and Result Open a new browser window and enter the SWIM URL . The SWIM Please Login screen open For participants with an existing SWIM account, enter the email address and password and then click the Login button. The Welcome screen opens. Go to Step 8. For participants without a SWIM account, have the 12-digit registration token provided by the Census Bureau ready for account registration. Choose the Register Account button after accessing the SWIM URL. The Account Registration screen opens. 2020 Census PSAP Tribal GUPS Respondent Guide 152 Step Action and Result All fields on the Account Registration screen are required. Step 4 Step 5 Enter the registration token, name, phone number, agency or organization, email address in the appropriate fields. Create a password using the following criteria: 1. Must be at least 8-characters in length. 2. Must have at least one uppercase character. 3. Must have at least one lowercase character. 4. Must have at least one number. 5. Must have at least one special character. Valid choices are as follows: #, !, $, *, &,?, and ~. Note: The comma shown in the previous list are for spacing purposes only. The comma is not a valid special character for use in the password. U.S. Census Bureau 2020 Census PSAP Tribal GUPS Respondent Guide 153 Step Step 6 Step 7 Step 8 U.S. Census Bureau Action and Result Establish a security question. Click arrow to the right of the Security Question field and select a question from the drop-down menu. Enter an answer in the Answer field. Click the Submit button when finished. A Success screen opens to confirm the successful creation of a SWIM account. On the Success screen, select Login to return to the SWIM Please Login screen (shown in Step 1) to proceed with the login process. Enter the email and password information and click the green Login button to log into SWIM. The Welcome screen opens. If the account has uploaded other PSAP working counties or other files for different geography programs administered by the Census Bureau, a list of files previously uploaded by the SWIM user displays, as shown in the example below. The list includes the creation date of the file upload, the name of the file, and the corresponding size of the .zip file. 2020 Census PSAP Tribal GUPS Respondent Guide 154 Step Step 9 Action and Result To begin a new upload, click the Start New Upload button at the bottom of the screen. The “What Census program are you reporting data for?” screen opens. Choose the Participant Statistical Areas Program (PSAP) radio button and click the Next button. U.S. Census Bureau 2020 Census PSAP Tribal GUPS Respondent Guide 155 Step Step 10 Action and Result The “What type of statistical area are you reporting for?” screen opens. Click the radio button for the entity type to upload and click the Next button. Tribal statistical geography participants choose Tribal Area. The choice of Tribal Area opens the Select a Tribal Area screen. U.S. Census Bureau 2020 Census PSAP Tribal GUPS Respondent Guide 156 Step Action and Result Step 11 Following the selection of the statistical area to upload, the Select a .ZIP file to upload screen opens. Click the +Add File button to launch the Choose File to Upload window and navigate to the directory where the .zip file resides. Refer to Table 55 to identify the location of the .zip file to upload. The .zip file resides in the “GUPSGIS\gupsdata\tsr20\output” folder on the default drive selected during installation. This is likely the “C:” drive. U.S. Census Bureau 2020 Census PSAP Tribal GUPS Respondent Guide 157 Step Step 12 Step 13 Step 14 U.S. Census Bureau Action and Result Once the file upload completes, the Status field shows “Success.” The name of the file appears in the File(s) field. Participants can add comments to the Comment section if they choose. Click the Next button to proceed with the upload. The Thank You screen appears. It thanks the participant and indicates a forthcoming email once transfer completes. If complete with the upload process, choose Log Out. 2020 Census PSAP Tribal GUPS Respondent Guide 158 Step Action and Result It is important to mention that SWIM sessions deactivate after 15 minutes of inactivity. Participants taking longer than 15 minutes to upload a file must log back into the system and start again. They receive a message noting the period of inactivity on the Login screen. When they reach the Welcome screen, a record listed with a Status of “In progress, Continue?” appears with that day’s date in the Created On field. Participants can choose the “Continue?” link to continue uploading or they can delete the item by choosing the Delete button to the far right of the row. U.S. Census Bureau 2020 Census PSAP Tribal GUPS Respondent Guide 159 PART FOUR: NEXT STEPS FOR 2020 CENSUS PSAP Congratulations on the completion of the delineation phase of 2020 Census PSAP. While this is a major step, it does not conclude participation in 2020 Census PSAP. The final part to this document describes the next steps for 2020 Census PSAP. These steps include a high-level description of the processing of participants’ submissions conducted by the Census Bureau that must occur prior to the verification phase. The document concludes by highlighting the plans for the verification and closeout phases of 2020 Census PSAP. Once received through the SWIM process, the Census Bureau begins its review. This process includes running the same validation checks in GUPS described in Part Three: and conducting basic quality assessments to ensure the specific criteria for each tribal statistical geography is enforced. After completing the review of the updated delineation materials, the Census Bureau uses the newly suggested geographies to generate the final version of the proposed plan, reviewed by participants in the verification phase. The verification phase begins January 2020 with participants having 90 days to review the verification materials for accuracy of the updates they provided during the delineation phase and respond with suggested corrections. Participants receive a prepaid, verification phase postcard asking them to verify, accept, or reject the final version of the proposed plan. The Census Bureau plans to conduct follow-up with nonresponding participants in order to ensure receipt of a response from each that participated during the delineation phase. Once the Census Bureau receives the verification phase postcard with the approval or acceptance of the verification plan or after they receive the suggested corrections, they can finalize the 2020 Census statistical boundaries. In October 2020, the Census Bureau begins the closeout phase of the 2020 Census PSAP to ensure there are no outstanding changes submitted by participants or to communicate the reasoning for not making participant suggested changes. The timing of this phase begins after allowing time for processing any updates from the verification phase. More details on both the verification and closeout phases will appear on the PSAP website as they become available. In addition, further communication occurs in advance of each of the last two phases. This concludes the instructional content for the delineation phase for 2020 Census PSAP. U.S. Census Bureau 2020 Census PSAP Tribal GUPS Respondent Guide 160 APPENDICES U.S. Census Bureau 2020 Census PSAP Tribal GUPS Respondent Guide 161 APPENDIX A. GLOSSARY Alaska Native Claims Settlement Act (ANCSA) – Federal legislation (Pub. L. 92-203, 85 Stat. 688 (1971); 43 U.S.C. 1602 et seq. (2000)) enacted in 1971 that recognized Native villages and Native groups, and established ANRCs and their regional boundaries Alaska Native Regional Corporation (ANRC) – A corporate geographic area established under the Alaska Native Claims Settlement Act (Pub. L. 92–203, 85 Stat. 688 (1971)) to conduct both the business and nonprofit affairs of Alaska Natives. Twelve ANRCs cover the entire State of Alaska except for the Annette Island Reserve. Alaska Native – For purposes of PSAP, Alaska Native refers to anyone who self-identifies as an American Indian and/or an Alaska Native (AIAN) alone or in combination with one or more other races and resides in Alaska. Alaska Native village (ANV) – A local governmental unit in Alaska that constitutes an association, band, clan, community, group, tribe, or village recognized by and eligible to receive services from the BIA and/or in accordance with the ANCSA as a Native village or Native group. Alaska Native Village Corporation (ANVC) – A corporation created pursuant to the ANCSA and organized under the laws of the state of Alaska as a for-profit or non-profit business to hold, invest, manage, and/or distribute lands, property, funds, and assets for or on behalf of a Native village. Alaska Native village statistical area (ANVSA) – A statistical geographic entity that represents the residences, permanent and/or seasonal, for Alaska Natives who are members of or receiving government services from the defining ANV that are located within the region and vicinity of the ANV’s historic and/or traditional location. ANVSAs are intended to represent the relatively densely settled portion of each ANV and should include only an area where Alaska Natives, especially members of the defining ANV, represent a significant proportion of the population during at least one season of the year (at least three consecutive months). American Community Survey (ACS) – A survey conducted by the Census Bureau that uses a series of monthly samples to produce annually updated data for the same small areas (census tract and block groups) as the decennial census long-form sample previously surveyed. The Census Bureau last utilized the long-form during Census 2000. American Indian Area (AIA) – A Census Bureau term that refers to any or all of the following entities: American Indian reservation, American Indian off-reservation trust land, Oklahoma tribal statistical area, joint use area, American Indian tribal subdivision, tribal designated statistical area, and state designated American Indian statistical area. American Indian off-reservation trust land (ORTL) – An area of land located outside the boundaries of an AIR, whose boundaries are established by deed, and which are held in trust by the U.S. federal government for a federally recognized American Indian tribe or members of that tribe. American Indian reservation (AIR) – An area of land with boundaries established by final treaty, statute, executive order, and/or court order and over which a federally recognized, U.S. Census Bureau 2020 Census PSAP Tribal GUPS Respondent Guide A-1 American Indian tribal government has governmental authority. Along with ‘‘reservation’’ primary governmental or administrative division of a county in 28 states and the ‘‘reservation’’ designations such as colonies, communities, pueblos, rancherias, and reserves apply to AIRs. American Indian tribal subdivision – A legal subdivision of a federally recognized American Indian reservation, off-reservation trust land, or a statistical subdivision of Oklahoma tribal statistical areas. These entities are internal units of self-government or administration that serve social, cultural, and/or economic purposes for American Indians. Borough – A legal geographic entity within the state of Alaska. For purposes of PSAP, the Census Bureau treats boroughs equivalent to county in other states for data collection, tabulation, and presentation purposes. Boundary – A line, either invisible or coincident with a visible feature that identifies the extent of a geographic entity, such as a census tract, city, county, state, or reservation. A boundary marks the limits of an area. Boundary and Annexation Survey (BAS) – An annual survey to collect information about selected legally defined geographic areas. The Census Bureau uses BAS as a means to update information about the legal boundaries and names of all governmental units in the United States. Bureau of Indian Affairs (BIA) – The primary agency of the federal government, located within the U.S. Department of the Interior (DOI), charged with the trust and responsibility between the federal government and federally recognized AIAN tribal governments and communities, including BIA-recognized ANVs. Bureau of Land Management (BLM) – The primary agency of the federal government, located within the DOI, charged with carrying out the ANCSA. Census block – A census block is an area bounded by visible and/or invisible features shown on Census Bureau maps. A census block is the smallest geographic area created by the Census Bureau for which it collects and tabulates decennial census data. Census blocks are numbered within block groups and are uniquely numbered within census tracts. Census block group – Block groups are statistical geographic divisions of a census tract, defined for the tabulation and dissemination of census data from the decennial censuses, the ACS, and other select surveys. Census block number – Census block numbers contain a 4-digit number. Census blocks are numbered uniquely within each census tract. Census Bureau – An agency within the U.S. Department of Commerce. The Census Bureau is the country's preeminent statistical collection and dissemination agency. It publishes a wide variety of statistical data about people and the economy of the nation. The Census Bureau conducts approximately 200 annual surveys and conducts the decennial census of the United States population. Census Bureau map – Any map produced by the Census Bureau. A Census Bureau map displays geographic entities used in a Census Bureau sponsored census or survey for which the Census U.S. Census Bureau 2020 Census PSAP Tribal GUPS Respondent Guide A-2 Bureau tabulates data. Census county division (CCD) – Statistical geographic entities in 21 states where minor civil divisions either do not exist or have been unsatisfactory for reporting statistical data. The Census Bureau, in cooperation with state, tribal, and local officials, delineate these areas solely for statistical purposes. CCDs have no legal function and are not legal governmental units. The primary goal of CCDs is to establish and maintain a set of sub-county geographies with stable boundaries and recognizable names. Naming of each CCD is based on a place, county, or wellknown local name that identifies its location. In most cases, census tracts nest within CCDs, but in less populated counties CCDs nest within census tracts. Census designated place (CDP) – Statistical geographic entities representing closely settled, unincorporated communities that are locally recognized and identified by name. CDPs are the statistical equivalent of incorporated places, with the primary differences being the lack of both a legally defined boundary and an active, functioning governmental structure chartered by the state and administered by elected official. Census tract – A small, relatively permanent statistical subdivision of a county or statistically equivalent entity delineated for data presentation. Designed to be relatively homogeneous units with respect to population characteristics, economic status, and living conditions at the time of establishment, census tracts generally contain between 1,000 and 8,000 people, with an optimum size of 4,000 people. Delineated with the intention of being stable over many decades, census tract boundaries generally follow relatively permanent visible features. However, they may follow governmental unit boundaries and other invisible features in some instances; the boundary of a state or county (or statistically equivalent entity) is always a census tract boundary. Census tract number – Unique numbers to identify census tracts within a county or statistically equivalent entity. Census tract numbers contain up to a 4-digit number followed by a decimal point and a 2-digit number for suffixed tracts, e.g., 1234.01. For census tracts without a suffix, the number will contain a period with zero fill, e.g., 4567.00. Leading zeros for census tracts, e.g., 0001.00, are not shown on Census Bureau maps. This tract would appear as “1” on maps. City-style address – The Census Bureau’s definition of a city style address is an address consisting of a house number and street or road name. For example, 201 Main Street is a city style address. The address may or may not be used for the delivery of mail and may include apartment numbers/designations or similar identifiers. Coextensive – The Census Bureau defines coextensive as two or more geographic entities that cover exactly the same area, with all boundaries shared. Conjoint – The Census Bureau defines conjoint as a boundary line shared by two adjacent geographic entities. Contiguous – The Census Bureau defines contiguous as areas sharing common boundary lines, more than a single point, such that the areas, when combined, form a single piece of territory. Non-contiguous areas form disjoint pieces. County – The primary legal division of most states. Most are governmental units with powers defined by state law. U.S. Census Bureau 2020 Census PSAP Tribal GUPS Respondent Guide A-3 Edges – All linear features contained in the MAF/TIGER database. Edges shapefile – All linear features in the MAF/TIGER database are contained in the edges shapefile. Participants use the edges shapefile to add, delete, or change linear feature attributes. Faces – Topological areas in the MAF/TIGER database formed by edges. Feature – Any part of the landscape, whether natural (a stream or ridge) or artificial (a road or power line). In a geographic context, features are any part of the landscape portrayed on a map, including nonvisible boundaries of legal entities, such as, city limits or county lines. Federal Information Processing Series (FIPS)—These are codes formerly known as Federal Information Processing Standards codes, until the National Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST) announced its decision in 2005 to remove geographic entity codes from its oversight. The Census Bureau continues to maintain and issue codes for geographic entities covered under FIPS oversight, albeit with a revised meaning for the FIPS acronym. Geographic entities covered under FIPS include states, counties, congressional districts, core based statistical areas, places, county subdivisions, sub-minor civil divisions, consolidated cities, and all types of American Indian, Alaska Native, and Native Hawaiian areas. FIPS codes are assigned alphabetically according to the name of the geographic entity and may change to maintain alphabetic sort when new entities are created or names change. FIPS codes for specific geographic entity types are usually unique within the next highest level of geographic entity with which a nesting relationship exists. For example, FIPS state, congressional district, and core based statistical area codes are unique within nation; FIPS county, place, county subdivision, and sub-minor civil division codes are unique within state. The codes for American Indian, Alaska Native, and Native Hawaiian areas also are unique within state; those areas in multiple states will have different codes for each state. Geocodes – Codes that place an individual address in its correct geographic location, which includes the correct state, county, census tract, and census block codes. Because the Census Bureau counts people where they live, geocodes provide information to Census enumerators for locating an address. Accurate geocoding also ensures the Census Bureau counts housing units, and the people associated with them, in the correct census geography. Geographic Information System (GIS) – A computer system for the storage, retrieval, and maintenance of information about the points, lines, and areas that represent the streets and roads, rivers, railroads, geographic entities, and other features on the surface of the Earthinformation that previously was available only on paper maps. Geographic Update Partnership Software (GUPS) – A self-contained GIS update and processing package provided by the Census Bureau for participation in a variety of Census geography programs, including 2020 Census PSAP. Pre-packaged to include all of the components for 2020 PSAP, the GUPS contains the Census Bureau’s TIGER partnership shapefiles necessary to participate. GUPS allows the participant to add external geospatial data (shapefiles, geodatabases, and imagery) for comparison and update purposes. Group quarters – The Census Bureau defines group quarters as a location where people live or stay in a group living arrangement that is owned or managed by an entity or organization U.S. Census Bureau 2020 Census PSAP Tribal GUPS Respondent Guide A-4 providing housing and/or services for the residents. This is not a typical household-type living arrangement. These services may include custodial or medical care as well as other types of assistance, and residency is commonly restricted to those receiving these services. People living in group quarters are usually not related to each other. Group quarters include such places as college residence halls, residential treatment centers, skilled nursing facilities, group homes, military barracks, correctional facilities, and workers’ dormitories. Housing unit – The Census Bureau defines a housing unit as a house, an apartment, a mobile home or trailer, or a group of rooms or a single room occupied as a separate living quarter or, if vacant, intended for occupancy as a separate living quarter. Separate living quarters are those in which the occupants live and eat separately from any other residents of the building and which have direct access from outside the building or through a common hall. Incorporated place —A type of governmental unit, incorporated under state law as a city, town (except in New England, New York, and Wisconsin), borough (except in Alaska and New York), or village, generally to provide governmental services for a concentration of people within legally prescribed boundaries. Legal boundary – The legally defined boundary of a governmental unit, usually referring to a county, minor civil division, or incorporated place. The legal boundary identifies the area within a tribal government's jurisdiction, and thus bounds the area of PSAP responsibility. Master Address File (MAF) – The Census Bureau’s nationwide database of all addresses and physical/location descriptions known to the Census Bureau used to support many of the Census Bureau’s operations. Besides containing mailing addresses and ZIP Codes, a MAF record also contains geographic information about the location of addresses. The Census Bureau’s Geography Division regularly updates the MAF/TIGER Database from various sources, including the United States Postal Service (USPS) Delivery Sequence File (DSF) and other sources of updates such as current surveys and locally provided sources. MAF/TIGER database (MTDB) – The Census Bureau’s nationwide geographic database, which integrates the Master Address File (MAF) and Topologically Integrated Geographic Encoding and Referencing (TIGER) files. MAF/TIGER Feature Classification Code (MTFCC) – A 5-digit code assigned by the Census Bureau to classify and describe geographic objects or features in the MAF/TIGER database and its output products. Metadata – describes the data content, coordinate system/projection, author, source, and other characteristics of GIS files. Minor civil division (MCD) – The primary governmental or administrative division of a county in 29 states and the Island Areas having legal boundaries, names, and descriptions. The MCDs represent many different types of legal entities with a wide variety of characteristics, powers, and functions depending on the state and type of MCD. In some states, some or all of the incorporated places also constitute MCDs. MCDs are identified by a variety of terms, such as town (in eight states), township, and/or district. They include both functioning and nonfunctioning government entities. U.S. Census Bureau 2020 Census PSAP Tribal GUPS Respondent Guide A-5 Municipio —A type of governmental unit that is the primary legal subdivision of Puerto Rico. The Census Bureau treats the municipio as the statistical equivalent of a county. Non-city style address – The Census Bureau’s definition of a non-city style address is one that does not have a house number and/or street name or may not include a complete house number and street name address. This includes rural route and box number address and highway contract route addresses, etc., which may include a box number, post office boxes and drawers, and general delivery. Nonvisible feature – The Census Bureau defines a nonvisible feature as one that is not visible on the ground and/or in imagery such as a city or county boundary through space, a property line, or line-of-sight extension of a road. Off-Reservation Trust Land (ORTL) – A type of legal geographic entity that is a recognized American Indian land area for which the United States federal government holds fee title in trust for the benefit of a tribe (tribal trust land) or for an individual American Indian (individual trust land). Trust lands can be alienated or encumbered only by the owner with the approval of the Secretary of the Interior or his/her authorized representative. Trust lands may be located on or off an AIR. The Census Bureau recognizes and tabulates data for AIRS and ORTLs because the tribe has governmental authority over these lands. Primary tribal governmental authority generally is not attached to tribal lands located off the AIR until the lands are placed in trust. In Census Bureau data tabulations, ORTLs are always associated with a specific federal AIR and/or tribal government. Participant Statistical Areas Program (PSAP) – A Census Bureau program offered every 10 years that allows identified participants, following established criteria and guidelines, to review and update existing statistical geographies and delineate new statistical geographies as appropriate. The standard statistical geographies include census tracts, block groups, census designated places, and census county divisions. Place – A concentration of population either legally bound as an incorporated place or identified by the Census Bureau as a census designated place. PSAP official liaison – A person at the PSAP participating government or organization identified to serve as the primary point of contact for PSAP. PSAP technical contact – A person serving as the technical point of contact for a PSAP participant that likely conducts the actual program work using the Census Bureau’s Geographic Update Partnership Software (GUPS) or paper maps (for tribal participants). Regional Census Center (RCC) – Temporary offices set up approximately two years prior to the decennial census. The geographic staff from the Regional Offices are assigned to their respective RCC and assist with the execution of various geographic operations as well as provide support for the field operations conducted during the decennial. Regional Office (RO) – One of the permanent Census Bureau offices responsible for the Census Bureau’s office and field operations within its region. Retracting – The Census Bureau defines retracting as substantially changing the boundaries of a census tract so that comparability over decades is lost. U.S. Census Bureau 2020 Census PSAP Tribal GUPS Respondent Guide A-6 Shapefile – Digital representations of geographic features, such as roads and boundaries used to create maps. A shapefile stores non-topological geometry and attribute information for the spatial features in a dataset. The Census Bureau provides county-based shapefiles in Esri shapefile format. Special use census tract/block group – A type of census tract or block group designated as a specific use type (e.g., state park or large lake) and has an official name (e.g. Cleburne State Park or Lake Minnetonka). Special use geographies should contain no (or very little) population or housing, and must not create a noncontiguous census tract/block group. Standard statistical geographic entity (standard statistical geographies) – A geographic entity specifically defined and delineated (census tract, block group, census designated place, census county division) so that the Census Bureau may tabulate data for it. Designation as a statistical entity neither conveys nor confers legal ownership, entitlement, or jurisdictional authority. Street segment – The portion of a street or road between two features that intersect that street or road, such as, other streets or roads, railroad tracks, streams, and governmental unit boundaries. The Census Bureau records the known address ranges for every street segment with city-style addresses. Topologically Integrated Geographic Encoding and Referencing (TIGER)—The Census Bureau’s digital map, including the geographic coordinates and names of streets, water features, other linear features, and boundaries for all jurisdictions and statistical areas that provide the geospatial framework for collecting and tabulating census data. TIGER also contains the structure coordinates of address records in the Master Address File (MAF) and address ranges along street features used for geocoding MAF records to census geography. Visible feature – The Census Bureau defines a visible feature as one that can be seen on the ground and/or in imagery. Visible features include a street, railroad tract, major above ground transmission line or pipeline, stream, shoreline, fence, distinctly defined mountain ridge, or cliff. A non-standard visible feature is a visible feature that may not be clearly defined on the ground (such as a ridgeline), may be seasonal (such as an intermittent stream), or may be relatively impermanent (such as a fence). The Census Bureau generally requests verification that nonstandard visible features used for statistical geographies pose no problem during fieldwork necessary to conduct a census or survey. U.S. Census Bureau 2020 Census PSAP Tribal GUPS Respondent Guide A-7 APPENDIX B. 2020 CENSUS PSAP CRITERIA In Part One: of the Respondent Guide, individual tables reflect each of the geographies separately. This table shows the three statistical geographies eligible for update by federally recognized tribal entities along with their associated population and housing criteria. Table 57: Tribal Statistical Geographies and their Population and Housing Criteria Tribal statistical Nests Within Population Criteria Housing Unit Criteria geography Tribal census tracts AIR and/or Optimum 4,000 Optimum 1,600 ORTL Minimum 1,200 Minimum 480 Maximum Tribal block groups Tribal census tract Census designated places (CDPs) State U.S. Census Bureau 8,000 Optimum 1,500 Minimum 600 Maximum 3,000 A CDP cannot have zero population and zero housing units. 2020 Census PSAP Tribal GUPS Respondent Guide Maximum 3,200 Optimum None Minimum 240 Maximum 1,200 A CDP cannot have zero population and zero housing units. B-1 APPENDIX C. PSAP HISTORICAL BACKGROUND History of Census Tracts In 1905, Dr. Walter Laidlaw originated the concept of permanent, small geographic areas as a framework for studying change from one decennial census to another in neighborhoods within New York City. For the 1910 Census, eight cities—New York, Baltimore, Boston, Chicago, Cleveland, Philadelphia, Pittsburgh, and St. Louis—delineated census tracts (then termed “districts”) for the first time. No additional jurisdictions delineated census tracts until just prior to the 1930 Census, when an additional ten cities chose to do so. The increased interest in census tracts for the 1930 Census is attributed to the promotional efforts of Howard Whipple Green, who was a statistician in Cleveland, Ohio, and later the chairman of the American Statistical Association's Committee on Census Enumeration Areas. For more than twenty-five years, Mr. Green strongly encouraged local citizens, via committees, to establish census tracts and other census statistical geographic areas. The committees created by local citizens were known as Census Tract Committees, later called Census Statistical Areas Committees. After 1930, the Census Bureau saw the need to standardize the delineation, review, and updating of census tracts and published the first set of census tract criteria in 1934. The goal of the criteria has remained unchanged; that is, to assure comparability and data reliability through the standardization of the population thresholds for census tracts, as well as requiring that their boundaries follow specific types of geographic features that do not change frequently. The Census Bureau began publishing census tract data as part of its standard tabulations beginning with the 1940 Census. Prior to that time, census tract data were published as special tabulations. For the 1940 Census, the Census Bureau began publishing census block data for all cities with 50,000 or more people. Census block numbers were assigned, where possible, by census tract, but for those cities that had not yet delineated census tracts, “block areas” (called “block numbering areas” [BNAs] in later censuses) were created to assign census block numbers. Starting with the 1960 Census, the Census Bureau assumed a greater role in promoting and coordinating the delineation, review, and update of census tracts. For the 1980 Census, criteria for BNAs were changed to make them more comparable in size and shape to census tracts. For the 1990 Census, all counties contained either census tracts or BNAs. Census 2000 was the first decade in which census tracts were defined in all counties. In addition, the Census Bureau increased the number of geographic areas whose boundaries could be used as census tract boundaries. It also allowed tribal governments of federally recognized American Indian tribes with a reservation and/or off-reservation trust lands to delineate tracts without regard to state and/or county boundaries, provided the tribe had a 1990 Census population of at least 1,000. For the 2010 Census, the Census Bureau adopted changes to census tract criteria that recognized their utility as a framework of small geographic areas for presenting and analyzing statistical and other data for a variety of communities, settlement patterns, and landscapes. The Census Bureau augmented its minimum, maximum, and optimum population threshold with housing unit thresholds for use in defining census tracts for seasonal communities that have no or low population on census day (April 1). In addition, the Census Bureau formalized U.S. Census Bureau 2020 Census PSAP Tribal GUPS Respondent Guide C-1 criteria for census tracts defined for employment centers, airports, parks, large water bodies, and other special land uses that had been permitted in previous decades, but never specified within the criteria. The Census Bureau also established tribal census tracts as a geographic framework defined within federally recognized American Indian reservations and offreservation trust lands that is fully separate from the standard census tracts defined within counties. History of Block Groups The Census Bureau first delineated block groups as statistical geographic divisions of census tracts for the 1970 Census, comprising contiguous combinations of census blocks for data presentation purposes. At that time, census block groups only existed in urbanized areas in with census blocks. Defined without regard to political and administrative boundaries, block groups contained an average population of 1,000, and were approximately equal in area. As use of census block, block group, and census tract data increased among data users, the Census Bureau expanded these programs to cover additional geographic areas while redefining the population threshold criteria to more adequately suit data users’ needs. The 1990 Census was the first decennial census in which census blocks and block groups were defined throughout the entirety of the United States, Puerto Rico, and the Island Areas. For the 2000 Census, the Census Bureau increased the number of geographic areas whose boundaries could be used as block group boundaries, and allowed tribal governments of federally recognized American Indian tribes with a reservation and/or off-reservation trust lands to delineate tribal block groups without regard to state and/or county boundaries, provided the tribe had a 1990 Census population of at least 1,000. For the 2010 Census, the Census Bureau adopted changes to block group criteria that recognized their utility as a framework of small geographic areas for presenting and analyzing statistical and other data for a variety of communities, settlement patterns, and landscapes. The Census Bureau augmented its minimum and maximum population threshold with housing unit thresholds for use in defining block groups for seasonal communities that have no or low population on census day (April 1). In addition, the Census Bureau formalized criteria for block groups defined for employment centers, airports, parks, large water bodies, and other special land uses permitted in previous decades, but never specified within the criteria. The Census Bureau also established tribal block groups as a geographic framework defined within federally recognized American Indian reservations and off-reservation trust lands that is fully separate from the standard block groups defined within counties. History of Census Designated Places (CDPs) In response to data user needs for place-level data, the CDP concept and delineation criteria have evolved over the past seven decades. This evolution has taken into account differences in the way in which places were perceived, and the propensity for places to incorporate in various states. Over time, the result has been an increase in the number and types of unincorporated communities identified as CDPs, as well as an increasing consistency in the relationship between the CDP concept and the kinds of places encompassed by the incorporated place category, or a compromise between localized perceptions of place and a concept that would be familiar to data users throughout the United States, Puerto Rico, and the Island Areas. U.S. Census Bureau 2020 Census PSAP Tribal GUPS Respondent Guide C-2 Although not as numerous as incorporated places, CDPs have been important geographic entities since their introduction for the 1950 Census (CDPs were referred to as “unincorporated places” from 1950 through the 1970 decennial censuses). For the 1950 Census, CDPs were defined only outside urbanized areas and were required to have at least 1,000 residents. For the 1960 Census, CDPs could also be identified inside urbanized areas outside of New England, but these were required to have at least 10,000 residents. The Census Bureau modified the population threshold within urbanized areas to 5,000 residents in 1970, allowed for CDPs in urbanized areas in New England in 1980, and lowered the threshold for CDPs within urbanized areas to 2,500 in 1990. In time, other population thresholds were adopted for identification of CDPs in Alaska, Puerto Rico, the Island Areas, and on American Indian reservations (AIRs). The Census Bureau eliminated all population threshold requirements for Census 2000, achieving consistency between CDPs and incorporated places, for which the Census Bureau historically has published data without regard to population size. According to the 2010 Census, more than 38.7 million people in the United States, Puerto Rico, and the Island Areas lived in CDPs. The relative importance of CDPs varies from state to state depending on laws governing municipal incorporation and annexation, but also depending on local preferences and attitudes regarding the identification of places. History of Census County Divisions (CCDs) When CCDs were introduced prior to the 1950 Census, few alternatives were available for the provision of statistical data related to relatively stable, subcounty geographic units. Census tracts were defined in only a subset of metropolitan area counties. MCDs existed in all counties, but in some states, MCD boundaries changed frequently enough that they were not useful for comparing statistical data from one decade to another. For much of the period from the 1950 Census through the 1980 Census, county subdivisions (MCDs and CCDs) provided the only subcounty unit of geography at which data users could obtain statistical data for complete coverage of counties nationwide. The introduction of block numbering areas (BNAs) in counties without census tracts for the 1990 Census offered an alternate subcounty entity for which data could be tabulated. For Census 2000, the Census Bureau introduced census tracts nationwide (in many counties, BNAs were simply relabeled as “census tracts”), increasing the dissemination of, and ability to analyze, data at the census tract level, and providing an alternative set of subcounty statistical geographic areas in each county in addition to MCDs and CCDs. Nevertheless, CCDs and MCDs remain useful for presenting subcounty statistics and, in less populous counties containing only one or two census tracts, can provide greater spatial resolution when analyzing the distribution of population and characteristics. U.S. Census Bureau 2020 Census PSAP Tribal GUPS Respondent Guide C-3 APPENDIX D. HISTORY OF AMERICAN INDIAN AREAS IN THE DECENNIAL CENSUS The first constitutionally mandated population census in the United States was conducted in 1790. During the period 1790 through 1850, American Indians were enumerated during the decennial censuses only if living among the general population. It was not until 1860 that American Indians living on tribal lands in the western half of the United States were enumerated as a unique population group, but tabulations were not made available for tribal territories or geographic entities. An effort was made for the 1880 Census to enumerate and present data for American Indians living on specific, federally recognized AIRs, but this effort was not completed, and data were available only for tribes in the state of California, as well as parts of Dakota Territory and Washington Territory. The 1890 Census was the first in which American Indian data were collected and presented for individual AIRs, including the nowformer AIRs in Indian Territory (now part of Oklahoma); this practice continued through the 1910 Census. American Indian geographic entities were not recognized for the 1920 through 1960 censuses; thus, while American Indians were identified and enumerated, data were not available for the AIRs in which many lived. This decision was reversed with the 1970 Census for which the Census Bureau presented data for 115 AIRs. Still, there was no systematic program for the collection and reporting of all AIR boundaries. The Census Bureau began to report data systematically for a variety of AIAs starting with the 1980 Census, when it identified and presented data for a more complete inventory of AIRs. The Census Bureau worked with the Bureau of Indian Affairs (BIA) within the U.S. Department of the Interior (DOI) to identify boundaries for AIRs for federally recognized tribes, and with state government officials to identify boundaries for AIRs for state-recognized tribes, by obtaining maps depicting their legally established boundaries. Tribal ORTLs and American Indian subreservation areas (the latter now called tribal subdivisions) were both identified for the first time as geographic entities for the decennial census. To provide data for federally recognized tribes in Oklahoma that formerly had AIRs, the Census Bureau identified a single geographic entity called the Historic Areas of Oklahoma. The American Indian geographic programs implemented for the 1980 Census were continued with some improvements and additions for the 1990 Census. The Census Bureau began collecting boundaries and reporting data for individual ORTLs (i.e., allotments) in addition to tribal ORTLs, as long as the lands were under a tribe or tribes’ governmental authority, or were clearly identified with a particular tribe, tribal government, and/or AIR. The Census Bureau introduced the Tribal Review Program prior to the 1990 Census, which gave the affected federally recognized tribes the opportunity to review, and update if needed, the boundaries of their AIRs and/or ORTLs. The Census Bureau also replaced the single entity Historic Areas of Oklahoma with tribal jurisdiction statistical areas (TJSAs—now called OTSAs) whose boundaries were intended to correspond with those of the individual former AIRs in Oklahoma. In addition, as part of the continuing effort to improve the presentation of data for American Indians, the Census Bureau adopted the TDSA concept to identify lands associated with federally or state recognized tribes that did not have an AIR or ORTL. American Indian subreservation areas (now called tribal subdivisions) were not defined for the 1990 Census. The Census Bureau also offered tribal officials with an AIR and/ or ORTL the opportunity to provide suggestions for 1990 U.S. Census Bureau 2020 Census PSAP Tribal GUPS Respondent Guide D-1 Census tabulation block boundaries on their AIR and ORTL through the Block Definition Project (BDP), similar to the Block Boundary Suggestion Project portion of the Redistricting Data Program. In preparation for Census 2000, the Census Bureau continued to work with tribal governments and federal and state agencies, as well as the Census Race and Ethnic Advisory Committee (REAC) of the American Indian and Alaska Native (AIAN) populations (referred to hereafter as AIAN REAC), to improve the identification of AIAs. For federally recognized tribes, the Census Bureau offered programs to collect updated AIR and ORTL boundaries directly from the tribal governments using the 1990 Census boundaries as a baseline. The Tribal Review Program was offered a second time in 1997 and again enabled officials of all federally recognized American Indian tribes with an AIR or ORTL to review and, if necessary, update the Census Bureau’s maps of their AIRs and/or ORTLs before Census 2000. The Tribal Review Program also included updating and correcting the roads and other geographic features shown on the Census Bureau’s maps, and providing suggestions for Census 2000 block boundaries in the BDP. The Tribal Review Program, prior to Census 2000, also gave tribes in Oklahoma the opportunity to review the delineation of their 1990 Census TJSAs. Census 2000 was the first decennial census for which census tracts were defined throughout the United States. American Indian tribes benefited from this change as the Census Bureau allowed tribal governments of federally recognized American Indian tribes with an AIR or ORTL to delineate census tracts without regard to state or county boundaries, provided the AIR/ORTL had a 1990 Census population of at least 1,000. Beginning in 1998, the Census Bureau included federally recognized American Indian tribes with an AIR and/or ORTL in its annual BAS, thus replacing the once a decade Tribal Review Program. All AIRs and ORTLs included in the 2000 BAS were also included in the Census 2000 Boundary Validation Program (BVP). The BVP offered a final opportunity for tribal leaders to review the Census Bureau’s depiction of their AIR/ORTL boundaries prior to Census 2000 and provide any updates to ensure those boundaries were shown correctly as of January 1, 2000 (the reference date of the boundaries used for Census 2000 data tabulations). To support tribal requests for data by administrative subdivisions, the Census Bureau again offered tribal officials the opportunity to delineate American Indian tribal subdivisions (similar to the 1980 Census subreservation areas). For Census 2000, on the recommendation of the AIAN REAC, the Census Bureau adopted the state-designated American Indian statistical area (SDAISA) to represent geographic areas for state-designated tribes that lacked AIRs and ORTLs, thus distinguishing these areas from TDSAs, which continued to represent geographic areas associated with federally recognized tribes that lacked AIRs and ORTLs. The designation TJSA was changed to OTSA to more accurately reflect that these entities were defined solely to present statistical information, and did not represent areas in which legal jurisdiction was conferred or inferred by the federal government. The 2010 Census provided an opportunity to enhance the Census Bureau’s ability to provide meaningful, statistically relevant data about federal and state-recognized tribes. Two statistical entities, tribal tracts and tribal block groups, were redefined to provide federally recognized tribes with AIRs greater control and flexibility in delineating such areas. The final criteria and guidelines for TDSAs and SDTSAs (formerly known as SDAISAs) encouraged tribes without an U.S. Census Bureau 2020 Census PSAP Tribal GUPS Respondent Guide D-2 AIR and/or ORTL to delineate geographic areas that more effectively present the important data for their populations. SDAISAs were renamed to SDTSAs to create a more consistent naming convention for Census Bureau tribal entities. SDTSAs, TDSAs, OTSAs, tribal subdivisions defined within OTSAs, tribal block groups, and tribal tracts were referred to collectively as ‘‘tribal statistical areas’’ as they are not legally defined geographic entities. These entities were included in the new TSAP, a more inclusive term to refer to the delineation process for all the tribal statistical areas for the decennial census. This program facilitated the definition and delineation of tribal statistical areas, and enhanced the ability of tribes to acquire meaningful data about their tribal members. For the 2020 Census, the TSAP program integrates back into PSAP. The same criteria established in 2010 are in effect for 2020 Census PSAP. U.S. Census Bureau 2020 Census PSAP Tribal GUPS Respondent Guide D-3 APPENDIX E. SUPPLEMENTAL SOURCES FOR PSAP REVIEW This section describes four supplemental sources to consider using while performing PSAP review: paper maps and Adobe .pdf files, TIGERweb, American Indian Areas layer, and parcel boundaries. Not all of these sources may be available or applicable to each participant. Paper maps and Adobe .pdf files The Census Bureau determined it beneficial to all PSAP tribal participants to provide a set of large format paper maps depicting the entirety of the tribal entity and associated tribal statistical geographies, regardless of the product preference selected during the invitation phase. By providing the paper maps, if a participant determines they cannot use GUPS, they do not have to wait for the Census Bureau to change the product preference and ship the paper map materials. This eliminates any delay that would affect their 120-day review timeframe. The paper maps provide an additional resource, outside of the GUPS environment, for participants to use while conducting their review. Refer to the Tribal Paper Respondent Guide enclosed with the delineation materials for instructions on updating the paper map materials. In addition to the paper maps, the Census Bureau is providing the Adobe .pdf files of the paper maps on the “Data disc.” Participants use Adobe Reader software to view these files on their computer, outside of GUPS. These files are for reference only and are not editable. Participants do not use the Adobe .pdf files for update. TIGERweb The Census Bureau’s TIGERweb online map viewer, located at , allows participants to view the Census Bureau's 2010 census geographies layers outside of the GUPS environment. TIGERweb allows viewing, at street level detail, features such as roads, waterways, and county, place/city, CDP, tribal census tracts and tribal block groups, census tracts and block groups, and satellite imagery. Participants may find this additional tool beneficial to visualize the 2010 tribal census tracts and tribal block groups. Because it resides outside of GUPS, participants can open TIGERweb in a separate window or on a second, dual monitor for a side-by-side visual comparison. Follow the steps in Table 58 for instructions on accessing and using TIGERweb. Table 58: Display the TIGERweb Online Map Viewer Step Action and Result Step 1 Navigate to the TIGERweb web site located at: . TIGERweb currently supports Microsoft Internet Explorer, Mozilla Firefox, Opera, and Google Chrome internet browsers. Step 2 Click the TIGERweb Applications tab. U.S. Census Bureau 2020 Census PSAP Tribal GUPS Respondent Guide E-1 Step Action and Result Step 3 Click the TIGERweb link under the orange TIGERweb Applications tab on the left side of the screen. Do not click the TIGERweb Decennial link. The built-in user guide is located by clicking the “Help/About” icon in the upper right corner of the TIGERweb window. Step 4 After opening TIGERweb the map display, navigation tools, the Layers panel, a legend, and map vintage becomes visible. The Layers panel shows the list of available features and geographic areas. Several display upon startup organized into separate groups, called map services. The geographic type forms the basis of the groupings. Expand each map service by clicking on the ‘+’ symbol to see all of the available layers that include physical features such as roads and water features, as well as legal and statistical boundaries, census blocks and incorporated places. Limit the amount of data on the map by selecting only the applicable types of linear features and geographic entities. Click on the ‘+’ sign to expand a map layer and view the ‘Slider’ tool to make the layer more or less transparent. U.S. Census Bureau 2020 Census PSAP Tribal GUPS Respondent Guide E-2 Step Step 5 Action and Result The Select Vintage from the drop-down menu in the Layers panel shows the vintages of TIGERweb geographies that are available for display in the application. Select Census 2010 to view the 2010 geographies. Click on the ‘+’ sign next to each map service in the Layers panel to expand the map service and view the layers within it. This example shows the selection of the Transportation, Tribal Census Tracts and Block Groups, American India, Alaska Native, and Native Hawaiian Areas, and Hydrography map layers. The features and geographic areas contained in the map services do not immediately appear because each layer has a range of zoom levels at which it will display. In other words, visibility of layers is scale dependent. More details appear when zooming in on the map. Table 59 Error! Reference source not found.provides a summary of many of TIGERweb tools and functionality. U.S. Census Bureau 2020 Census PSAP Tribal GUPS Respondent Guide E-3 Table 59: TIGERweb Tools and Functions Step Action and Result Step 1 The vertical Zoom In Scale Bar, shown on the left. Click on the ‘+’ to zoom in for more detail or click on the ‘-’ to zoom out for less detail. By rolling the wheel on the computer’s mouse, participants can zoom in or zoom out from the current scale. Note: At Zoom level 6, counties appear; at zoom level 9, Census Tracts and Places appear, at zoom level 10, Roads and Railroads appear, and at zoom level 13, Block Groups appear. Step 2 Click the Legend tool at the top of the screen to view the Detailed Legend and layers symbology. Step 3 Click the Detailed Legend to see at what zoom level the layer and labels appear. U.S. Census Bureau 2020 Census PSAP Tribal GUPS Respondent Guide E-4 Step Action and Result Step 4 Click off the Legend and back in the Layers panel to turn them on or off to display boundaries for only active layers. The example shows the Census Block Groups and Census Blocks unchecked. Step 5 One of the easiest ways to determine the Census Code for each tribal entity (needed for the next step) is to use the Identify button along the top right of the TIGERweb window. After zooming into the area of interest, click the Identify button and then click anywhere inside of the tribal entity displayed on the screen. The Task Results window populates with Identify Results with all of the information about the exact area clicked. Click the name listed beneath the Federal American Indian Reservations link to open a separate window of detailed information. Tohono O’odham Nation has an AIANNH Census Code of 4200. Use this information in the next step. U.S. Census Bureau 2020 Census PSAP Tribal GUPS Respondent Guide E-5 Step Action and Result Step 6 TIGERweb allows PSAP participants to quickly locate an entity visually using the Zoom In tool or by using the Query button to search for a tribal census tract or tribal block group by the geographic ID, also known as GEOID of the tribal entity and geography. To locate a 2010 Tribal Census Tract: Select the Query button along the top right of the TIGERweb window. From the Select Map drop-down menu, select Tribal Census Tracts and Block Groups. Select to highlight the Tribal Census Tracts from the Select Layer(s) list. Enter the tribal entity’s four-digit GEOID number (4200 for tribal entity Tohono O’odham Nation) and enter the tribal census tract code beneath the AND/OR section (T001). Locate the four-digit tribal entity code from the earlier Identify action in Step 5. Locate the tribal census tract code from the 2010 population and housing unit list or from the Identify Results window shown in Step 5. Click Submit. U.S. Census Bureau 2020 Census PSAP Tribal GUPS Respondent Guide E-6 Step Action and Result To locate a 2010 Tribal Block Group, execute the same steps described above, except from the Tribal Census Tracts and Block Groups menu select the Tribal Block Groups from the Select Layer(s) list. Enter the tribal entity’s four digit GEOID number (4200 for tribal entity Tohono O’odham Nation) and enter the tribal block group code beneath the AND/OR section (A). Click Submit. This returns all of the “A” tribal block groups in the tribal entity. Step 6 Similar to the Identify Results action, the Task Results serves up the Query Results. Click the Query Results tab within the Task Results menu. TIGERweb displays the result(s) of the query. Step 7 Click the value within the Query Result section, TIGERweb displays the Info panel containing attribute data for the queried entity. Step 8 U.S. Census Bureau Minimize or close the Info panel by clicking on the ‘-‘ or ‘x’ symbols in the top right of the Info panel, respectively. Clicking on the Query Result makes TIGERweb display the selected entity (tribal census tract T001) highlighted in the center of the map. Change the transparency of each layer within the Layers panel by moving the sliding bar below the layer name to the left or right. 2020 Census PSAP Tribal GUPS Respondent Guide E-7 Step Action and Result Step 9 TIGERweb allows users to select landmass, satellite imagery, or terrain as a background of the map display from the upper right corner of the map view. The Landmass displays by default when opening TIGERweb. To change options click the button to toggle through all three choices. Select the Satellite button to display satellite imagery. Step10 Click the Print button when using TIGERweb to print and save a map. The PRINT window displays. From the PRINT window, select a Map Title, Map Layout, Map Format, then Click the Generate Map to create a map and print. This functionality allows participants to generate their own hardcopy of any area of interest. With the tools and functionality described above, participants can navigate their PSAP tribal entity outside of GUPS and may find this easier for comparison sake. American Indian Area Layer The American Indian Area layer within GUPS provides a supplemental source for understanding what entities cause regular census tracts to code in the 94XX range and can serve as a very strong legal feature for establishing and correcting census tract and block group boundaries. U.S. Census Bureau 2020 Census PSAP Tribal GUPS Respondent Guide E-8 Note: This layer will not exist within GUPS for counties without an American Indian Area. The Census Bureau reserves the 94XX code series for standard census tracts that are delineated within, or primarily to cover, an American Indian Reservation or off-reservation trust land while also adhering to the standard census tract criteria. Some areas of the country, primarily in the Southwest, have counties with the majority of tracts coded to the 94XX range. Major changes to reservation areas happen infrequently, so the Census Bureau does not anticipate that PSAP will produce any new 94XX coded tracts. Parcel Boundaries In some situations, non-visible, legal, linear features can be preferred as boundaries for tribal census tracts and tribal block groups. At the smallest scale, participants can use parcel boundaries for reference to developments or contiguous personal plots if no other solution for splitting an area is present. Parcel boundaries are particularly useful when working tribal census tracts that contain neighborhoods characterized by cul-de-sacs that form ‘dangling’ edges in the database, meaning that there is frequently not a closed circuit of visible features available to connect all of the housing units associated with the development. Participants with access to digital map data for parcels can utilize the Manage Layers toolbar to add external data. Review Section 7.4.3 for details on using the specific buttons with respect to the local data type. U.S. Census Bureau 2020 Census PSAP Tribal GUPS Respondent Guide E-9 APPENDIX F. MAF/TIGER FEATURE CLASSIFICATION CODES The MAF/TIGER Feature Classification Code (MTFCC) is a 5-digit code assigned by the Census Bureau to classify and describe geographic objects or features in Census Bureau MAF/TIGER products. Participants may need these codes if they edit existing or add new linear features for creating new statistical boundaries. An electronic list is located within the technical documentation for the TIGER/Line Shapefiles on the Census Bureau’s website . Within that specific documentation, it is Appendix E. MTFCC C3022 C3023 C3024 C3026 C3027 C3061 C3062 C3066 C3067 C3071 C3074 C3075 C3076 C3077 C3078 C3079 C3080 U.S. Census Bureau Table 60: MTFCC and Descriptions Feature Class Description Mountain Peak or A prominent elevation rising above the surrounding level of the Summit Earth’s surface. Island An area of dry or relatively dry land surrounded by water or low wetland [including archipelago, atoll, cay, hammock, hummock, isla, isle, key, moku and rock]. Levee An embankment flanking a stream or other flowing water feature to prevent overflow. Quarry (not water-filled), An area from which commercial minerals are or were removed from Open Pit Mine or Mine the Earth; not including an oilfield or gas field. Dam A barrier built across the course of a stream to impound water and/or control water flow. Cul-de-sac An expanded paved area at the end of a street used by vehicles for turning around. For mapping purposes, the Census Bureau maps it only as a point feature. Traffic Circle A circular intersection allowing for continuous movement of traffic at the meeting of roadways. Gate A movable barrier across a road. Toll Booth A structure or barrier where a fee is collected for using a road. Lookout Tower A manmade structure, higher than its diameter, used for observation. Lighthouse Beacon A manmade structure, higher than its diameter, used for transmission of light and possibly sound generally to aid in navigation. Tank/Tank Farm One or more manmade structures, each higher than its diameter, used for liquid (other than water) or gas storage or for distribution activities. Windmill Farm One or more manmade structures used to generate power from the wind. Solar Farm One or more manmade structures used to generate power from the sun. Monument or Memorial A manmade structure to educate, commemorate, or memorialize an event, person, or feature. Boundary Monument A material object placed on or near a boundary line to preserve and Point identify the location of the boundary line on the ground. Survey Control Point A point on the ground whose position (horizontal or vertical) is known and can be used as a base for additional survey work. 2020 Census PSAP Tribal GUPS Respondent Guide F-1 MTFCC C3081 Feature Class Locality Point C3085 Alaska Native Village Official Point American Indian Area G2100 G2120 G2130 Hawaiian Home Land Alaska Native Village Statistical Area G2140 Oklahoma Tribal Statistical Area G2150 State-designated Tribal Statistical Area G2160 Tribal Designated Statistical Area G2170 American Indian Joint Use Area Alaska Native Regional Corporation G2200 G2300 Tribal Subdivision G2400 Tribal Census Tract G2410 Tribal Block Group G3100 Combined Statistical Area G3110 Metropolitan and U.S. Census Bureau Description A point that identifies the location and name of an unbounded locality (e.g., crossroad, community, populated place or locale). A point that serves as the core of an Alaska Native village and is used in defining Alaska Native village statistical areas. A legally defined state- or federally recognized reservation and/or off-reservation trust land (excludes statistical American Indian Areas). A legal area held in trust for the benefit of Native Hawaiians. A statistical geographic entity that represents the residences, permanent and/or seasonal, for Alaska Natives who are members of or receiving governmental services from the defining legal Alaska Native Village corporation. A statistical entity identified and delineated by the Census Bureau in consultation with federally recognized American Indian tribes that have no current reservation, but had a former reservation in Oklahoma. A statistical geographic entity identified and delineated for the Census Bureau by a state-appointed liaison for a state-recognized American Indian tribe that does not currently have a reservation and/or lands in trust. A statistical geographic entity identified and delineated for the Census Bureau by a federally recognized American Indian tribe that does not currently have a reservation and/or off-reservation trust land. An area administered jointly and/or claimed by two or more American Indian tribes. Corporate entities established to conduct both business and nonprofit affairs of Alaska Natives pursuant to the Alaska Native Claims Settlement Act of 1972 (Public Law 92-203). There are twelve geographically defined ANRCs and they are all within and cover most of the State of Alaska (the Annette Island Reserve-an American Indian reservation-is excluded from any ANRC). The boundaries of ANRCs have been legally established. Administrative subdivisions of federally recognized American Indian reservations, off-reservation trust lands, or Oklahoma tribal statistical areas (OTSAs). These entities are internal units of selfgovernment or administration that serve social, cultural, and/or economic purposes for the American Indians on the reservations, off-reservation trust lands, or OTSAs. A relatively small and permanent statistical subdivision of a federally recognized American Indian reservation and/or off-reservation trust land, delineated by American Indian tribal participants or the Census Bureau for the purpose of presenting demographic data. A cluster of census blocks within a single tribal census tract delineated by American Indian tribal participants or the Census Bureau for presenting demographic data. A grouping of adjacent metropolitan and/or micropolitan statistical areas that have a degree of economic and social integration, as measured by commuting. An area containing a substantial population nucleus together with 2020 Census PSAP Tribal GUPS Respondent Guide F-2 MTFCC Feature Class Micropolitan Statistical Area G3120 Metropolitan Division G3200 Combined New England City and Town Area G3210 New England City and Town Metropolitan and Micropolitan Statistical Area New England City and Town Division G3220 G3500 Urban Area G4000 State or Equivalent Feature G4020 County or Equivalent Feature G4040 County Subdivision G4050 Estate G4060 G4110 Subbarrio (Subminor Civil Division) Incorporated Place G4120 Consolidated City G4210 Census Designated Place G4300 Economic Census Place U.S. Census Bureau Description adjacent communities having a high degree of economic and social integration with that core, as measured by commuting. Defined using whole counties and equivalents. A county or grouping of counties that is a subdivision of a Metropolitan Statistical Area containing an urbanized area with a population of 2.5 million or more. A grouping of adjacent New England city and town areas that have a degree of economic and social integration, as measured by commuting. An area containing a substantial population nucleus together with adjacent communities having a high degree of economic and social integration with that core, as measured by commuting. Defined using Minor Civil Divisions (MCDs) in New England. A grouping of cities and towns in New England that is a subdivision of a New England City and Town Area containing an urbanized area with a population of 2.5 million or more. Densely settled territory that contains at least 2,500 people. The subtypes of this feature are Urbanized Area (UA), which consists of 50,000 + people and Urban Cluster, which ranges between 2,500 and 49,999 people. The primary governmental divisions of the United States. The District of Columbia is treated as a statistical equivalent of a state for census purposes, as is Puerto Rico. The primary division of a state or state equivalent area. The primary divisions of 48 states are termed County, but other terms are used such as Borough in Alaska, Parish in Louisiana, and Municipio in Puerto Rico. This feature includes independent cities, which are incorporated places that are not part of any county. The primary divisions of counties and equivalent features for the reporting of Census Bureau data. The subtypes of this feature are Minor Civil Division, Census County Division/Census Subarea, and Unorganized Territory. This feature includes independent places, which are incorporated places that are not part of any county subdivision. Estates are subdivisions of the three major islands in the United States Virgin Islands (USVI). Legally defined divisions (subbarrios) of minor civil divisions (barriospueblo and barrios) in Puerto Rico. A legal entity incorporated under state law to provide generalpurpose governmental services to a concentration of population. Incorporated places are generally designated as a city, borough, municipality, town, village, or, in a few instances, have no legal description. An incorporated place that has merged governmentally with a county or minor civil division, but one or more of the incorporated places continues to function within the consolidation. It is a place that contains additional separately incorporated places. A statistical area defined for a named concentration of population and the statistical counterpart of an incorporated place. The lowest level of geographic area for presentation of some types 2020 Census PSAP Tribal GUPS Respondent Guide F-3 MTFCC Feature Class G5020 Census Tract G5030 Block Group G5035 Block Area Grouping G5040 Tabulation Block G5200 Congressional District G5210 State Legislative District (Upper Chamber G5220 State Legislative District (Lower Chamber) G5240 Voting District G5400 G5410 Elementary School District Secondary School District G5420 Unified School District G6120 Public-Use Microdata Area U.S. Census Bureau Description of Economic Census data. It includes incorporated places, consolidated cities, census designated places (CDPs), minor civil divisions (MCDs) in selected states, and balances of MCDs or counties. An incorporated place, CDP, MCD, or balance of MCD qualifies as an economic census place if it contains 5,000 or more residents, or 5,000 or more jobs, according to the most current data available. Relatively permanent statistical subdivisions of a County or equivalent feature delineated by local participants as part of the Census Bureau’s Participant Statistical Areas Program. A cluster of census blocks having the same first digit of their fourdigit identifying numbers within a Census Tract. For example, block group 3 (BG 3) within a Census Tract includes all blocks numbered from 3000 to 3999. A user-defined group of islands forming a single census tabulation block. A BAG must: (1) consist of two or more islands, (2) have a perimeter entirely over water, (3) not overlap, and (4) not cross the boundary of other tabulation geographies, such as county or incorporated place boundaries. The lowest-order census defined statistical area. It is an area, such as a city block, bounded primarily by physical features but sometimes by invisible city or property boundaries. A tabulation block boundary does not cross the boundary of any other geographic area for which the Census Bureau tabulates data. The subtypes of this feature are Count Question Resolution (CQR), current, and census. The 435 areas from which people are elected to the U.S. House of Representatives. Additional equivalent features exist for state equivalents with nonvoting delegates or no representative. The subtypes of this feature are 106th, 107th, 108th, 109th, and 111th Congressional Districts, plus subsequent Congresses. Areas established by a state or equivalent government from which members are elected to the upper or unicameral chamber of a state governing body. The upper chamber is the senate in a bicameral legislature, and the unicameral case is a single house legislature (Nebraska). Areas established by a state or equivalent government from which members are elected to the lower chamber of a state governing body. The lower chamber is the House of Representatives in a bicameral legislature. The generic name for the geographic features, such as precincts, wards, and election districts, established by state, local, and tribal governments for the purpose of conducting elections. A geographic area within which officials provide public elementary grade-level educational services for residents. A geographic area within which officials provide public secondary grade-level educational services for residents. A geographic area within which officials provide public educational services for all grade levels for residents. A decennial census area with a population of at least 100,000 or more persons for which the Census Bureau provides selected extracts of household-level data that are screened to protect 2020 Census PSAP Tribal GUPS Respondent Guide F-4 MTFCC Feature Class Description confidentiality. G6300 Traffic Analysis District G6320 Traffic Analysis Zone G6330 Urban Growth Area G6350 G6400 ZIP Code Tabulation Area (Five-Digit) Commercial Region H1100 Connector H2025 Swamp/Marsh H2030 H2040 H2041 H2051 Lake/Pond Reservoir Treatment Pond Bay/Estuary/Gulf/Sound H2053 H2060 H2081 Ocean/Sea Gravel Pit/Quarry filled with water Glacier H3010 Stream/River H3013 Braided Stream H3020 Canal, Ditch or Aqueduct K1225 Crew-of-Vessel Location K1231 Hospital/Hospice/Urgent Care Facility Juvenile Institution An area delineated by Metropolitan Planning Organizations (MPOs) and state Departments of Transportation (DOTs) for tabulating journey-to-work and place-of-work data. A Traffic Analysis District (TAD) consists of one or more Traffic Analysis Zones (TAZs). An area delineated by Metropolitan Planning Organizations (MPOs) and state Departments of Transportation (DOTs) for tabulating journey-to-work and place-of-work data. An area defined under state authority to manage urbanization that the Census Bureau includes in the MAF/TIGER® System in agreement with the state. An approximate statistical-area representation of a U.S. Postal Service (USPS) 5-digit ZIP Code service area. For presenting economic statistical data, municipios in Puerto Rico are grouped into commercial regions. A known, but nonspecific, hydrographic connection between two nonadjacent water features. A poorly drained wetland, fresh or saltwater, wooded or grassy, possibly covered with open water [includes bog, cienega, marais and pocosin]. A standing body of water that is surrounded by land. An artificially impounded body of water. An artificial body of water built to treat fouled water. A body of water partly surrounded by land [includes arm, bight, cove and inlet]. The great body of salt water that covers much of the earth. A body of water in a place or area from which commercial minerals were removed from the Earth. A body of ice moving outward and down slope from an area of accumulation. An area of relatively permanent snow or ice on the top or side of a mountain or mountainous area [includes ice field and ice patch]. A natural flowing waterway [includes anabranch, awawa, branch, brook, creek, distributary, fork, kill, pup, rio, and run]. A natural flowing waterway with an intricate network of interlacing channels. An artificial waterway constructed to transport water, to irrigate or drain land, to connect two or more bodies of water, or to serve as a waterway for watercraft [includes lateral]. A point or area in which the population of military or merchant marine vessels at sea are assigned, usually being at or near the home port pier. One or more structures where the sick or injured may receive medical or surgical attention [including infirmary]. A facility (correctional and non-correctional) where groups of juveniles reside; this includes training schools, detention centers, residential treatment centers and orphanages. One or more structures that serve as a place for the confinement of adult persons in lawful detention, administered by a local (county, K1235 K1236 U.S. Census Bureau Local Jail or Detention Center 2020 Census PSAP Tribal GUPS Respondent Guide F-5 MTFCC Feature Class K1237 Federal Penitentiary, State Prison, or Prison Farm Other Correctional Institution K1238 K1239 K1246 K2110 Convent, Monastery, Rectory, Other Religious Group Quarters Community Center Military Installation K2165 Government Center K2167 Convention Center K2180 Park K2181 National Park Service Land National Forest or Other Federal Land K2182 K2183 Tribal Park, Forest, or Recreation Area K2184 State Park, Forest, or Recreation Area K2185 Regional Park, Forest, or Recreation Area K2186 County Park, Forest, or Recreation Area K2187 County Subdivision Park, Forest, or Recreation Area Incorporated Place Park, Forest, or Recreation Area Private Park, Forest, or Recreation Area Other Park, Forest, or Recreation Area (quasipublic, independent park, K2188 K2189 K2190 U.S. Census Bureau Description municipal, etc.) government. An institution that serves as a place for the confinement of adult persons in lawful detention, administered by the federal government or a state government. One or more structures that serve as a place for the confinement of adult persons in lawful detention, not elsewhere classified or administered by a government of unknown jurisdiction. One or more structures intended for use as a residence for those having a religious vocation. Community Center. An area owned and/or occupied by the Department of Defense for use by a branch of the armed forces (such as the Army, Navy, Air Force, Marines, or Coast Guard), or a state owned area for the use of the National Guard. A place used by members of government (either federal, state, local, or tribal) for administration and public business. An exhibition hall or conference center with enough open space to host public and private business and social events. Parkland defined and administered by federal, state, and local governments. Area—National parks, National Monuments, and so forth—under the jurisdiction of the National Park Service. Land under the management and jurisdiction of the federal government, specifically including areas designated as National Forest, and excluding areas under the jurisdiction of the National Park Service. A place or area set aside for recreation or preservation of a cultural or natural resource and under the administration of an American Indian tribe. A place or area set aside for recreation or preservation of a cultural or natural resource and under the administration of a state government. A place or area set aside for recreation or preservation of a cultural or natural resource and under the administration of a regional government. A place or area set aside for recreation or preservation of a cultural or natural resource and under the administration of a county government. A place or area set aside for recreation or preservation of a cultural or natural resource and under the administration of a minor civil division (town/township) government. A place or area set aside for recreation or preservation of a cultural or natural resource and under the administration of a municipal government. A privately owned place or area set aside for recreation or preservation of a cultural or natural resource. A place or area set aside for recreation or preservation of a cultural or natural resource and under the administration of some other type of government or agency such as an independent park authority or 2020 Census PSAP Tribal GUPS Respondent Guide F-6 MTFCC K2191 Feature Class commission, etc.) Post Office K2193 K2194 K2195 K2196 K2400 Fire Department Police Station Library City/Town Hall Transportation Terminal K2424 K2432 Marina Pier/Dock K2451 Airport or Airfield K2452 K2453 Train Station, Trolley or Mass Transit Rail Station Bus Terminal K2454 Marine Terminal K2455 Seaplane Anchorage K2456 K2459 Airport—Intermodal Transportation Hub/Terminal Airport—Statistical Representation Park and Ride Facility/Parking Lot Runway/Taxiway K2460 Helicopter Landing Pad K2540 University or College K2543 School or Academy K2545 Museum, Visitor Center, Cultural Center, or Tourist Attraction Golf Course Cemetery K2457 K2458 K2561 K2582 U.S. Census Bureau Description commission. An official facility of the U.S. Postal Service used for processing and distributing mail and other postal material. Fire Department. Police Station. Library. City/Town Hall. A facility where one or more modes of transportation can be accessed by people or for the shipment of goods; examples of such a facility include marine terminal, bus station, train station, airport and truck warehouse. A place where privately owned, light-craft are moored. A platform built out from the shore into the water and supported by piles. This platform may provide access to ships and boats, or it may be used for recreational purposes. A manmade facility maintained for the use of aircraft [including airstrip, landing field and landing strip]. A place where travelers can board and exit rail transit lines, including associated ticketing, freight, and other commercial offices. A place where travelers can board and exit mass motor vehicle transit, including associated ticketing, freight, and other commercial offices. A place where travelers can board and exit water transit or where cargo is handled, including associated ticketing, freight, and other commercial offices. A place where an airplane equipped with floats for landing on or taking off from a body of water can debark and load. A major air transportation facility where travelers can board and exit airplanes and connect with other (i.e. non-air) modes of transportation. The area of an airport adjusted to include whole 2000 census blocks used for the delineation of urban areas A place where motorists can park their cars and transfer to other modes of transportation. A fairly level and usually paved expanse used by airplanes for taking off and landing at an airport. A fairly level and usually paved expanse used by helicopters for taking off and landing. A building or group of buildings used as an institution for postsecondary study, teaching, and learning [including seminary]. A building or group of buildings used as an institution for preschool, elementary or secondary study, teaching, and learning [including elementary school and high school]. An attraction of historical, cultural, educational or other interest that provides information or displays artifacts. A place designed for playing golf. A place or area for burying the dead [including burying ground and 2020 Census PSAP Tribal GUPS Respondent Guide F-7 MTFCC Feature Class K2586 Zoo K3544 Place of Worship L4010 Pipeline L4020 Powerline L4031 Aerial Tramway/Ski Lift L4110 Fence Line L4121 L4125 Ridge Line Cliff/Escarpment L4130 Point-to-Point Line L4140 Property/Parcel Line (Including PLSS) L4150 Coastline L4165 Ferry Crossing P0001 P0002 Nonvisible Linear Legal/Statistical Boundary Perennial Shoreline P0003 Intermittent Shoreline P0004 Other non-visible bounding Edge (e.g., Census water boundary, boundary of an aerial feature) Railroad Feature (Main, Spur, or Yard) Carline, Streetcar Track, Monorail, Other Mass Transit R1011 R1051 U.S. Census Bureau Description memorial garden]. A facility in which terrestrial and/or marine animals are confined within enclosures and displayed to the public for educational, preservation, and research purposes. A sanctified place or structure where people gather for religious worship; examples include church, synagogue, temple, and mosque. A long tubular conduit or series of pipes, often underground, with pumps and valves for flow control, used to transport fluid (e.g., crude oil, natural gas), especially over great distances. One or more wires, often on elevated towers, used for conducting high-voltage electric power. A conveyance that transports passengers or freight in carriers suspended from cables and supported by a series of towers. A manmade barrier enclosing or bordering a field, yard, etc., usually made of posts and wire or wood, used to prevent entrance, to confine, or to mark a boundary. The line of highest elevation along a ridge. A very steep or vertical slope [including bluff, crag, head, headland, nose, palisades, precipice, promontory, rim and rimrock]. A line defined as beginning at one location point and ending at another, both of which are in sight. This feature class may denote a nonvisible boundary of either public or private lands (e.g., a park boundary) or it may denote a Public Land Survey System or equivalent survey line. The line that separates either land or Inland water from Coastal, Territorial or Great Lakes water. Where land directly borders Coastal, Territorial or Great Lakes water, the shoreline represents the Coastline. Where Inland water (such as a river) flows into Coastal, Territorial or Great Lakes water, the closure line separating the Inland water from the other class of water represents the Coastline. The route used to carry or convey people or cargo back and forth over a waterbody in a boat. A legal/statistical boundary line that does not correspond to a shoreline or other visible feature on the ground. The more-or-less permanent boundary between land and water for a water feature that exists year-round. The boundary between land and water (when water is present) for a water feature that does not exist year-round. A bounding Edge that does not represent a legal/statistical boundary, and does not correspond to a shoreline or other visible feature on the ground. Many such Edges bound area landmarks, while many others separate water features from each other (e.g., where a bay meets the ocean). A line of fixed rails or tracks that carries mainstream railroad traffic. Such a rail line can be a main line or spur line, or part of a rail yard. Mass transit rail lines (including lines for rapid transit, monorails, streetcars, light rail, etc.) that are typically inaccessible to mainstream railroad traffic and whose tracks are not part of a road right-of-way. 2020 Census PSAP Tribal GUPS Respondent Guide F-8 MTFCC R1052 Feature Class Cog Rail Line, Incline Rail Line, Tram S1100 Primary Road S1200 Secondary Road S1400 Local Neighborhood Road, Rural Road, City Street S1500 Vehicular Trail (4WD) S1630 Ramp S1640 S1710 Service Drive usually along a limited access highway Walkway/Pedestrian Trail S1720 Stairway S1730 Alley S1740 S1780 S1820 Private Road for service vehicles (logging, oil fields, ranches, etc.) Internal U.S. Census Bureau use Parking Lot Road Bike Path or Trail S1830 Bridle Path S2000 Road Median S1750 U.S. Census Bureau Description A special purpose rail line for climbing steep grades that is typically inaccessible to mainstream railroad traffic. Note that aerial tramways and streetcars (which may also be called “trams”) are accounted for by other MTFCCs and do not belong in R1052. Primary roads are generally divided, limited-access highways within the interstate highway system or under state management, and are distinguished by the presence of interchanges. These highways are accessible by ramps and may include some toll highways. Secondary roads are main arteries, usually in the U.S. Highway, State Highway or County Highway system. These roads have one or more lanes of traffic in each direction, may or may not be divided, and usually have at-grade intersections with many other roads and driveways. They often have both a local name and a route number. Generally, a paved non-arterial street, road, or byway that usually has a single lane of traffic in each direction. Roads in this feature class may be privately or publicly maintained. Scenic park roads would be included in this feature class, as would (depending on the region of the country) some unpaved roads. An unpaved dirt trail where a four-wheel drive vehicle is required. These vehicular trails are found almost exclusively in very rural areas. Minor, unpaved roads usable by ordinary cars and trucks belong in the S1400 category. A road that allows controlled access from adjacent roads onto a limited access highway, often in the form of a cloverleaf interchange. These roads are unaddressable and do not carry a name in the MAF/TIGER System. A road, usually paralleling a limited access highway, which provides access to structures along the highway. These roads can be named and may intersect with other roads. A path that is used for walking, being either too narrow for or legally restricted from vehicular traffic. A pedestrian passageway from one level to another by a series of steps. A service road that does not generally have associated addressed structures and is usually unnamed. It is located at the rear of buildings and properties and is used for deliveries. A road within private property that is privately maintained for service, extractive, or other purposes. These roads are often unnamed. Internal U.S. Census Bureau use. The main travel route for vehicles through a paved parking area. A path that is used for manual or small, motorized bicycles, being either too narrow for or legally restricted from vehicular traffic. A path that is used for horses, being either too narrow for or legally restricted from vehicular traffic. The unpaved area or barrier between the carriageways of a divided road. 2020 Census PSAP Tribal GUPS Respondent Guide F-9 APPENDIX G. ACCEPTABLE LINEAR FEATURES FOR STATISTICAL BOUNDARIES Below is a list of linear features that make acceptable or questionable statistical geography boundaries. Refer to this list while reviewing existing boundaries, but also when creating new geographies or modifying existing boundaries. Except in instances described in Table 5 for nonvisible boundaries, this appendix is the source for the Census Bureau during their review of participant submissions. A complete list of MAF/TIGER Classification Codes (MTFCCs) is located on the Census Bureau’s geography reference website: . Table 61: Acceptable Linear Features for Statistical Boundaries Feature Name MTFCC Acceptable Questionable Aerial Tramway/Ski Lift L4031 X Alley S1730 X Bike Path or Trail S1820 X Braided Stream H3013 X Bridle Path/Horse Trail S1830 X Canal, Ditch, or Aqueduct H3020 X (intermittent) Canal, Ditch, or Aqueduct H3020 X (perennial) Carline, Streetcar Track, R1051 X Monorail, Other Mass Transit Rail Cliff/Escarpment L4125 X Cog Rail Line, Incline Rail Line, R1052 X Tram Dam C3027 X Fence Line L4110 X Ferry Crossing L4165 X Intermittent Shoreline P0003 X Interstate Highway or Primary S1100 X Road with limited access Levee C3024 X Local Neighborhood Road, Rural S1400 X Road, City Street Parking Lot Road S1780 X Perennial Shoreline P0002 X Pier/Dock K2432 X Pipeline (above ground) L4010 X Point-to-Point Line L4130 X Power line (above ground, high L4020 X tension) Primary Road without limited S1200 X access, US Highway, State Highway, or County Highway, Secondary and connecting roads U.S. Census Bureau 2020 Census PSAP Tribal GUPS Respondent Guide G-1 Feature Name Private Driveway Private Road for service vehicles (logging, oil fields, ranches, etc.) Property/Parcel Line (PLSS, airport, airfield, military installation or other) Railroad Feature (Main, Spur, or Yard) Ridge Line Runway/Taxiway Service Drive/Service Road (usually along limited access highway) Stairway Stream/River (intermittent) Stream/River (perennial) Vehicular Trail (4WD) Walkway/Pedestrian Trail U.S. Census Bureau MTFCC S1750 S1740 Acceptable L4140 X R1011 X L4121 K2459 S1640 X X X S1720 H3010 H3010 S1500 S1710 2020 Census PSAP Tribal GUPS Respondent Guide Questionable X X X X X X X G-2 APPENDIX H. STANDARD STREET TYPE ABBREVIATIONS The street name types and their abbreviations shown below provide background to PSAP participants that may need to add linear features in order to split statistical geographies. Use the standard street type abbreviations to assign the street type to any newly added linear features that are streets. Table 62: Standard Street Type Abbreviations Street Type Standard Abbreviation ALLEY ANEX ARCADE AVENUE BAYOU BEACH BEND BLUFF BLUFFS BOTTOM BOULEVARD BRANCH BRIDGE BROOK BROOKS BURG BURGS BYPASS CAMP CANYON CAPE CAUSEWAY CENTER CENTERS CIRCLE CIRCLES CLIFF CLIFFS CLUB COMMON COMMONS CORNER CORNERS COURSE COURT COURTS COVE COVES CREEK CRESCENT CREST CROSSING U.S. Census Bureau ALY ANX ARC AVE BYU BCH BND BLF BLFS BTM BLVD BR BRG BRK BRKS BG BGS BYP CP CYN CPE CSWY CTR CTRS CIR CIRS CLF CLFS CLB CMN CMNS COR CORS CRSE CT CTS CV CVS CRK CRES CRST XING 2020 Census PSAP Tribal GUPS Respondent Guide H-1 U.S. Census Bureau Street Type Standard Abbreviation CROSSROAD CROSSROADS CURVE DALE DAM DIVIDE DRIVE DRIVES ESTATE ESTATES EXPRESSWAY EXTENSION EXTENSIONS FALL FALLS FERRY FIELD FIELDS FLAT FLATS FORD FORDS FOREST FORGE FORGES FORK FORKS FORT FREEWAY GARDEN GARDENS GATEWAY GLEN GLENS GREEN GREENS GROVE GROVES HARBOR HARBORS HAVEN HEIGHTS HIGHWAY HILL HILLS HOLLOW INLET ISLAND ISLANDS ISLE JUNCTION XRD XRDS CURV DL DM DV DR DRS EST ESTS EXPY EXT EXTS FALL FLS FRY FLD FLDS FLT FLTS FRD FRDS FRST FRG FRGS FRK FRKS FT FWY GDN GDNS GTWY GLN GLNS GRN GRNS GRV GRVS HBR HBRS HVN HTS HWY HL HLS HOLW INLT IS ISS ISLE JCT 2020 Census PSAP Tribal GUPS Respondent Guide H-2 U.S. Census Bureau Street Type Standard Abbreviation JUNCTIONS KEY KEYS KNOLL KNOLLS LAKE LAKES LAND LANDING LANE LIGHT LIGHTS LOAF LOCK LOCKS LODGE LOOP MALL MANOR MANORS MEADOW MEADOWS MEWS MILL MILLS MISSION MOTORWAY MOUNT MOUNTAIN MOUNTAINS NECK ORCHARD OVAL OVERPASS PARK PARKS PARKWAY PARKWAYS PASS PASSAGE PATH PIKE PINE PINES PLACE PLAIN PLAINS PLAZA POINT POINTS PORT JCTS KY KYS KNL KNLS LK LKS LAND LNDG LN LGT LGTS LF LCK LCKS LDG LOOP MALL MNR MNRS MDW MDWS MEWS ML MLS MSN MTWY MT MTN MTNS NCK ORCH OVAL OPAS PARK PARK PKWY PKWY PASS PSGE PATH PIKE PNE PNES PL PLN PLNS PLZ PT PTS PRT 2020 Census PSAP Tribal GUPS Respondent Guide H-3 U.S. Census Bureau Street Type Standard Abbreviation PORTS PRAIRIE RADIAL RAMP RANCH RAPID RAPIDS REST RIDGE RIDGES RIVER ROAD ROADS ROUTE ROW RUE RUN SHOAL SHOALS SHORE SHORES SKYWAY SPRING SPRINGS SPUR SPURS SQUARE SQUARES STATION STRAVENUE STREAM STREET STREETS SUMMIT TERRACE THROUGHWAY TRACE TRACK TRAFFICWAY TRAIL TRAILER TUNNEL TURNPIKE UNDERPASS UNION UNIONS VALLEY VALLEYS VIADUCT VIEW VIEWS PRTS PR RADL RAMP RNCH RPD RPDS RST RDG RDGS RIV RD RDS RTE ROW RUE RUN SHL SHLS SHR SHRS SKWY SPG SPGS SPUR SPUR SQ SQS STA STRA STRM ST STS SMT TER TRWY TRCE TRAK TRFY TRL TRLR TUNL TPKE UPAS UN UNS VLY VLYS VIA VW VWS 2020 Census PSAP Tribal GUPS Respondent Guide H-4 U.S. Census Bureau Street Type Standard Abbreviation VILLAGE VILLAGES VILLE VISTA WALK WALKS WALL WAY WAYS WELL WELLS VLG VLGS VL VIS WALK WALK WALL WAY WAYS WL WLS 2020 Census PSAP Tribal GUPS Respondent Guide H-5 APPENDIX I. SHAPEFILE NAMES State-based shapefiles exist for use within GUPS. Participants need not worry about opening these files independently from GUPS. The information in this section serves as basic metadata about the files used by GUPS. PVS_18_v2__.shp, where is the number corresponding FIPS number for the state, (e.g., “24” corresponds to Maryland) and is the abbreviation for the shapefile layer, describe in detail below. For example, PVS_18_v2_tbg_24.shp is the tribal block group shapefile layer for Maryland. Table 63: State Shapefiles Names Shapefile Layer American Indian Areas (AIA) – Legal 2010 American Indian Areas (AIA) – Legal American Indian Areas (AIA) – Statistical American Indian Tribal Subdivisions (AITS) - Legal American Indian Tribal Subdivisions (AITS) - Statistical Alaska Native Regional Corporations (ANRC) – State 02 only Block Area Group Metropolitan Statistical Area/Metropolitan Statistical Area Congressional Districts Census Designated Place Counties and Equivalent Areas 2010 Counties and Equivalent Areas Elementary School Districts Hawaiian Home Lands (HHL) – State 15 only County Subdivisions - Legal New England City and Town Areas Incorporated Places 2010 Public Use Microdata Areas Secondary School Districts State Legislative Districts Lower State Legislative District Upper Chambers State Tribal Block Groups Tribal Census Tracts 2010 Census Tracts Urban Area Unified School District State-Based aial aial2010 aias aitsl aitss anrc bag cbsa cd cdp county county2010 elsd hhl mcd necta place puma2010 scsd sldl sldu state tbg tct tracts2010 uac unsd County-based shapefiles exist for use within GUPS. Participants need not worry about opening these files independently from GUPS. The information in this section serves as basic metadata about the files used by GUPS. PVS_18_v2__.shp, where is the number corresponding FIPS number for the state and county, (e.g. “24001” corresponds to Allegany County, Maryland) and is the abbreviation for the shapefile layer, describe in detail below. For example, PVS_18_v2_curtracts_24001.shp is the current census tract shapefile layer for Allegany County, U.S. Census Bureau 2020 Census PSAP Tribal GUPS Respondent Guide I-1 Maryland. The source of the census tracts is still the 2010 geography, but if spatial updates occurred to the 2010 census tracts, they are reflected in this layer, not the tract2010 layer. Table 64: County Shapefiles Names Shapefile Layer American Indian Areas (AIA) – Legal American Indian Areas (AIA) – Statistical American Indian Tribal Subdivisions (AITS) - Legal American Indian Tribal Subdivisions (AITS) - Statistical Alaska Native Regional Corporations (ANRC) – State 02 only Area Landmark Block Area Group Block Groups Metropolitan Statistical Area/Metropolitan Statistical Area Census County Division Congressional Districts Census Designated Place Consolidated Cities Counties and Equivalent Areas Census Tracts - Current All Lines Elementary School Districts Topological Faces (2-cells with all geocodes) Hawaiian Home Lands (HHL) – State 15 only County Subdivisions - Legal New England City and Town Areas Offsets Incorporated Places Point Landmarks 2010 Public Use Microdata Areas Secondary School Districts State Legislative Districts Lower State Legislative Districts Upper Subbarrios – State 72 only Census Blocks - Current 2010 Census Blocks 2010 Traffic Analysis Delineation 2010 Traffic Analysis Zones Tribal Block Groups Tribal Census Tracts 2010 Census Tracts Census Urban Areas Urban Growth Area Unified School Districts Voting Tabulation Districts Hydrography - Area Relationship Tables Address Ranges Topological Faces - Area Landmark Relationship Topological Faces - Area Hydrography Relationship Linear Feature Names - Fielded U.S. Census Bureau 2020 Census PSAP Tribal GUPS Respondent Guide aial aias aitsl aitss anrc arealm bag bg cbsa ccd cd cdp concity county curtracts edges elsd faces hhl mcd necta offset place pointlm puma2010 scsd sldl sldu submcd tabblock tabblock2010 tad2010 taz2010 tbg tct tracts2010 uac uga unsd vtd water addr areafaces hydrofaces allnames I-2 APPENDIX J. SHAPEFILE LAYOUTS This appendix includes several tables with the most common shapefiles used in 2020 Census PSAP and their file layout. Attribute Field FID Shape STATEFP COUNTYFP TLID TFIDL TFIDR MTFCC FIDELITY FULLNAME SMID SMIDTYPE BBSPFLG CBBFLG BBSP_2020 CHNG_TYPE JUSTIFY LTOADD RTOADD LFROMADD RFROMADD ZIPL ZIPR EXTTYP MTUPDATE RTTYP GUPS U.S. Census Bureau Table 65: Edges Shapefile (PVS_18_v2_edges) Length Type Description 10 Integer Feature ID 8 String Type of shape (Polyline) 2 String FIPS state code 3 String FIPS county code 10 Integer TIGER/Line Permanent Edge ID 10 Integer TIGER/Line Permanent Face ID (left) 10 Integer TIGER/Line Permanent Face ID (right) 5 String MAF/TIGER Feature Classification Code Indication to a respondent when their entity boundary 1 String has changed through spatial enhancement Decoded feature name with abbreviated qualifier, 40 String direction, and feature type 22 Double Spatial Tmeta ID 1 String Spatial type Redistricting data project participant’s submitted 1 String request of an EDGE for selection as a block boundary Indicates the status of an EDGE for a selection as a 1 String block boundary 1 String New BBSP flag 4 String Type of linear feature update 150 String Justification of change 10 String Left To address 10 String Right To address 10 String Left From address 10 String Right From address 5 String Left 5-digit ZIP Code 5 String Right 5-digit ZIP Code 1 String Extension type 10 Date Date of last MAF/TIGER update to the edge 1 String Route type 80 String Used internally by GUPS during digitizing 2020 Census PSAP Tribal GUPS Respondent Guide J-1 Table 66: Address Ranges Attribute File (PVS_18_v2_addr) Attribute Field Length Type Description OID 8 String Object ID TLID 10 Integer TIGER/Line Permanent Edge ID STATEFP 2 String FIPS state code COUNTYFP 3 String FIPS county code FROMHN 12 String From house number TOHN 12 String To house number SIDE 1 String Side of feature indicator flag (L or R) ZIP 5 String 5-digit ZIP Code PLUS4 4 String ZIP+4 Code LFROMADD 10 String Left From address LTOADD 10 String Left To address RFROMADD 10 String Right From address RTOADD 10 String Right To address ZIPL 5 String Left 5-digit ZIP Code ZIPR 5 String Right 5-digit ZIP Code ZIP4L 4 String Left ZIP+4 Code ZIP4R 4 String Right ZIP+4 Code Attribute Field FID Shape STATEFP TTRACTCE TBLKGRPCE TBLKGRPID AIANNHCE PARTFLG CHNG_TYPE EDITED HOUSING10 JSTFY_CNTG JSTFY_SLU JUSTIFY POP10 TBTRACTID U.S. Census Bureau Table 67: Tribal Block Group Shapefile (PVS_18_v2_tbg) Length Type Description 10 Integer Feature ID 7 String Type of shape (Polygon) 2 String FIPS state code (56) 6 String Tribal census tract code (T00101) 1 String Tribal block group code (A) 12 String AIANHCE, TTRACTCE, and TBLKGRPCE (4610T00101A) 4 String Census AI/AN/NH area code (4610) 1 String Indicates if only part of a feature is represented (Y or N) 2 String Code for type of area update (M, B, E, and G) 1 String GUPS updates to indicate an edit by the participant 10 Integer 2010 housing unit count 150 String Justification entered by participant to retain noncontiguous statistical geography 150 String Justification entered by participant for a special use measurement threshold 150 String Justification of change to attribute of tribal block group 10 Integer 2010 population count 11 String AIANHCE and TTRACTCE (4610T00101) 2020 Census PSAP Tribal GUPS Respondent Guide J-2 Table 68: Tribal Census Tract Shapefile (PVS_18_v2_tct) Attribute Field Length Type Description FID 10 Integer Feature ID Shape 7 String Type of shape (Polygon) STATEFP 2 String FIPS state code (56) TTRACTCE 6 String Tribal census tract code (T00101) NAME 100 String Tribal census tract code with decimal if applicable (T001.01) used as label TTRACTTYP 1 String Tribal census tract characteristic flag AIANNHCE 4 String Census AI/AN/NH area code (4610) TBTRACTID 11 String Census AI/AN/NH area code and TTRACTCE (4610T00101) PARTFLG 1 String Partial flag indicator CHNG_TYPE 2 String Code for type of area update (M, B, E, and G) EDITED 1 String GUPS updates to indicate an edit by the participant HOUSING10 10 Integer 2010 housing unit count JSTFY_CNTG 150 String Justification entered by participant to retain noncontiguous statistical geography JSTFY_NAME 150 String Justification entered by participant when the name is changed JSTFY_SLU 150 String Justification entered by participant for a special use measurement threshold JUSTIFY 150 String Justification of change to attribute of tribal census tract POP10 10 Integer 2010 population count RELATE 120 String Relationship description U.S. Census Bureau 2020 Census PSAP Tribal GUPS Respondent Guide J-3 Table 69: Census Designated Place Shapefile (PVS_18_v2_cdp) Attribute Field Length Type Description FID 10 Integer Feature ID Shape 7 String Type of shape (Polygon) STATEFP 2 String FIPS State code COUNTYFP 3 String FIPS County code PLACEFP 5 String FIPS 55 Place code PLACENS 8 String ANSI feature code for the place NAMELSAD 100 String Name with translated LSAD LSAD 2 String Legal / Statistical Area description FUNCSTAT 1 String Functional status CLASSFP 2 String FIPS 55 class code describing and entity PARTFLG 1 String Indicates if only part of a feature is represented (Y or N) CHNG_TYPE 2 String Code for type of area update (E, B, G, and X) EFF_DATE 8 Date Effective date or vintage RELATE 120 String Relationship description JUSTIFY 150 String Justification of change NAME 100 String Entity name VINTAGE 2 String Vintage updated with returned data POP10 10 Integer 2010 population count HOUSING10 10 Integer 2010 housing unit count JSTFY_NAME 150 String Justification entered by participant when the name is changed U.S. Census Bureau 2020 Census PSAP Tribal GUPS Respondent Guide J-4 Table 70: American Indian Areas – Legal Shapefile (PVS_18_v2_aial) Attribute Field Length Type Description FID 10 Integer Feature ID Shape 7 String Type of shape (Polygon) STATEFP 2 String FIPS state code (56) AIANNHCE 4 String Census AIANNH code (4610) Indicates if Reservation, Trust Land, or both are present COMPTYP 1 String (R, T, or B) AIANNHFSR 1 String Flag Indicating level of recognition of an AIA, AN, or NH NAMELSAD 100 String Name with translated LSAD (Wind River Reservation) AIANNHNS 8 String ANSI numeric identifier for AIA, AN, or NH areas LSAD 2 String Legal / Statistical Area description FUNCSTAT 1 String Functional status (A for active) CLASSFP 2 String FIPS 55 class code describing an entity PARTFLG 1 String Partial flag indicator (Y or N) CHNG_TYPE 2 String Code for type of area update EFF_DATE 8 Date Effective date Authorization Type (O – Ordinance, R – Resolution, L – AUTHTYPE 1 String Local Law, S – State Level Action, X – Other) DOCU 120 String Supporting documentation FORM_ID 4 String Record ID (GUPS only) AREA 10 Double Acreage of area update RELATE 120 String Relationship description JUSTIFY 150 Char Justification of change to attribute of AIA NAME 100 String AIA name (Wind River) VINTAGE 2 String Vintage updated with returned data JSTFY_NAME 150 String Justification entered by participant when the name is changed U.S. Census Bureau 2020 Census PSAP Tribal GUPS Respondent Guide J-5 Table 71: American Indian Areas – Statistical Shapefile (PVS_18_v2_aias) Attribute Field Length Type Description FID 10 Integer Feature ID Shape 7 String Type of shape (Polygon) STATEFP 2 String FIPS state code (22) AIANNHCE 4 String Census AIANNH code (9515) 1 Indicates if Reservation, Trust Land, or both are present COMPTYP String (R, T, or B) AIANNHFSR 1 String Flag Indicating level of recognition of an AIA, AN, or NH NAMELSAD 100 String Name with translated LSAD (Apache Choctaw SDTSA) 8 ANSI numeric identifier for AIA, AN, or NH areas AIANNHNS String (02418775) LSAD 2 String Legal / Statistical Area description FUNCSTAT 1 String Functional status (S for statistical) CLASSFP 2 String FIPS 55 class code describing an entity PARTFLG 1 String Indicates if only part of a feature is represented (Y or N) CHNG_TYPE 2 String Code for type of area update EFF_DATE 8 Date Effective date RELATE 120 String Relationship description JUSTIFY 150 Char Justification of change to attribute of AIA NAME 100 String AIA name (Apache Choctaw) VINTAGE 2 String Vintage updated with returned data JSTFY_NAME 150 String Justification entered by participant when the name is changed U.S. Census Bureau 2020 Census PSAP Tribal GUPS Respondent Guide J-6 Table 72: County and Equivalent Areas Shapefile (PVS_18_v2_county) Attribute Field Length Type Description FID 1 Integer Feature ID Shape 7 String Type of shape (Polygon) STATEFP 2 String FIPS state code COUNTYFP 3 String FIPS county code COUNTYNS 8 String ANSI feature code for the county or equivalent feature NAMELSAD 100 String Name with translated LSAD code LSAD 2 String Legal/Statistical Area description code FUNCSTAT 1 String Functional status CLASSFP 2 String FIPS 55 class code describing an entity CHNG_TYPE 2 String Code for type of area update EFF_DATE 8 Date Effective date or vintage Authorization type (O – Ordinance, R – Resolution, L – AUTHTYPE 1 String Local Law, S – State Level Action, X – Other) DOCU 120 String Supporting documentation FORM_ID 4 String Record ID (GUPS only) AREA 10 Double Acreage of area update RELATE 120 String Relationship description Justification of change to attribute of the county or JUSTIFY 150 String equivalent area NAME 100 String Entity name VINTAGE 2 String Vintage updated with returned data U.S. Census Bureau 2020 Census PSAP Tribal GUPS Respondent Guide J-7 2020 Census Participant Statistical Areas Program (PSAP) Tribal Respondent Guide Instructions for Using Paper Maps This Page Intentionally left blank U.S. Census Bureau 2020 Census PSAP Tribal Paper Respondent Guide i TABLE OF CONTENTS Introduction ......................................................................................................................... vi A. B. C. D. E. F. General Information .................................................................................................................... vi The 2020 Census Participant Statistical Areas Program (PSAP) .................................................. vi The Boundary and Annexation Survey (BAS) ............................................................................. viii 2020 Census PSAP Schedule ........................................................................................................ ix Training and Support ................................................................................................................... ix Respondent Guide Organization .................................................................................................. x Part One: Overview of the 2020 Census PSAP Materials and Tribal Statistical Geographies 11 Chapter 1. Delineation Phase Materials for 2020 Census PSAP ............................................ 12 1.1 1.2 Informational and Instructional Materials ................................................................................. 12 Map Materials ............................................................................................................................ 13 1.2.1 Paper Maps .........................................................................................................................................13 1.2.2 Adobe Portable Document Format (.pdf) Files ...................................................................................14 1.3 Other Materials .......................................................................................................................... 15 Chapter 2. Tribal Census Tracts ........................................................................................... 17 2.1 2.2 2.3 Tribal Census Tract Threshold Requirements ............................................................................. 18 Tribal Census Tract Codes and Numeric Identification............................................................... 19 Tribal Census Tract Boundary Requirements ............................................................................. 19 Chapter 3. Tribal Block Groups ........................................................................................... 22 3.1 3.2 3.3 Tribal Block Group Threshold Requirements.............................................................................. 23 Tribal Block Group Codes and Identification .............................................................................. 23 Tribal Block Group Boundary Requirements .............................................................................. 24 Chapter 4. Census Designated Places (CDPs) ....................................................................... 25 Chapter 5. Alaska Native Village Statistical Areas (ANVSAs) ................................................ 26 5.1 5.2 5.3 ANVSA Criteria ............................................................................................................................ 27 ANVSA Guidelines ....................................................................................................................... 27 ANVSA Relationship to Incorporated Places and CDPs .............................................................. 28 Chapter 6. Alaska Native Regional Corporation (ANRC) ....................................................... 29 Chapter 7. Oklahoma Tribal Statistical Areas (OTSAs) and OTSA tribal subdivisions ............. 31 7.1 7.2 OTSA Criteria............................................................................................................................... 32 OTSA Guidelines ......................................................................................................................... 33 Chapter 8. Tribal Designated Statistical Areas (TDSAs) ........................................................ 34 8.1 8.2 8.3 TDSA Criteria ............................................................................................................................... 35 TDSA Guidelines.......................................................................................................................... 35 Considerations for Delineating TDSAs ........................................................................................ 36 U.S. Census Bureau 2020 Census PSAP Tribal Paper Respondent Guide ii Chapter 9. State Designated Tribal Statistical Areas (SDTSAs).............................................. 37 9.1 9.2 9.3 SDTSA Criteria ............................................................................................................................. 38 SDTSA Guidelines ........................................................................................................................ 38 Considerations for Delineating SDTSAs ...................................................................................... 39 Chapter 10. State American Indian Reservations (SAIRs) ....................................................... 40 10.1 SAIR Criteria and Guidelines ....................................................................................................... 40 Part Two: Reviewing, Updating, and Submitting 2020 Census PSAP Maps .......................... 42 Chapter 11. Reviewing 2020 Census PSAP Maps ................................................................... 43 11.1 General Information on Boundary Features .............................................................................. 43 11.2 General Guidelines for Feature Updates .................................................................................... 44 Chapter 12. Updating 2020 Census PSAP Maps ..................................................................... 45 12.1 12.2 12.3 12.4 12.5 12.6 12.7 12.8 Tribal Block Group Update Example ........................................................................................... 45 CDP Update Example .................................................................................................................. 47 ANVSA Update Example ............................................................................................................. 48 ANRC Update Example ............................................................................................................... 49 OTSA Update Example ................................................................................................................ 49 TDSA Update Example ................................................................................................................ 50 SDTSA Update Example .............................................................................................................. 50 SAIR Update Example ................................................................................................................. 51 Chapter 13. Submitting Updated 2020 Census PSAP Maps .................................................... 52 Part Three: Next Steps in 2020 Census PSAP ........................................................................ 53 Appendix A. Glossary...................................................................................................... A-1 Appendix B. 2020 Census PSAP Criteria........................................................................... B-1 Appendix C. PSAP Historical Background ........................................................................ C-1 Appendix D. History of American Indian Areas in the Decennial Census........................... D-1 Appendix E. History of Alaska Native Areas in the Decennial Census ............................... E-1 Appendix F. TIGERweb Online Map Viewer .................................................................... F-1 Appendix G. Large Format Map Legend ........................................................................... G-1 Appendix H. Standard Street Type Abbreviations ............................................................ H-1 Appendix I. Acceptable Linear Features for Statistical Boundaries ................................... I-1 Appendix J. MAF/TIGER Feature Classification Codes ...................................................... J-1 U.S. Census Bureau 2020 Census PSAP Tribal Paper Respondent Guide iii LIST OF TABLES Table 1: 2020 Census PSAP Schedule ............................................................................................. ix Table 2: Tribal Statistical Areas Delineation Eligibility .................................................................. 11 Table 3: Quick Reference and Respondent Guide Materials for Tribal Participants .................... 12 Table 4: Entity Type and Entity Codes for Large Format Maps .................................................... 15 Table 5: Color Pencil, Types of Update, and Tribal Entities .......................................................... 16 Table 6: Tribal Census Tract Thresholds ....................................................................................... 18 Table 7: Acceptable Minor Civil Division (MCD) and Incorporated Place Boundaries ................. 20 Table 8: Tribal Block Group Thresholds ........................................................................................ 23 Table 9: Alaska Native Regional Corporation Names with ANRCs and ANRAs ............................. 29 Table 10: Tribal Statistical Geographies and their Population and Housing Criteria .................. B-1 Table 11: Display the TIGERweb Online Map Viewer .................................................................. F-1 Table 12: TIGERweb Tools and Functions .................................................................................... F-4 Table 13: Standard Street Type Abbreviations ............................................................................H-1 Table 14: Acceptable Linear Features for Statistical Boundaries ................................................. I-1 Table 15: MTFCC and Descriptions ............................................................................................... J-1 U.S. Census Bureau 2020 Census PSAP Tribal Paper Respondent Guide iv LIST OF FIGURES Figure 1. Standard Hierarchy of Census Geographic Entities ........................................................ vii Figure 2. Hierarchy of American Indian, Alaska Native, and Native Hawaiian Areas ................... viii Figure 3. Illustration of Index, Parent, and Inset Map Relationships ........................................... 14 Figure 4. Tribal Block Group Boundary Change (Fictitious Example) ........................................... 46 Figure 5. Adding a New CDP (Fictitious Example) ......................................................................... 47 Figure 6. ANVSA Boundary Correction (Fictitious Example) ......................................................... 48 Figure 7. ANRC Name Correction (Fictitious Example) ................................................................. 49 Figure 8. OTSA Boundary Change (Fictitious Example) ................................................................ 49 Figure 9. TDSA Boundary Change with Additional Information (Fictitious Example) .................. 50 Figure 10. SDTSA Boundary Changes and Name Change (Fictitious Example) ............................ 50 Figure 11. SAIR Boundary Correction (Fictitious Example) ........................................................... 51 Figure 12. Large Format Map Legend ..........................................................................................G-1 U.S. Census Bureau 2020 Census PSAP Tribal Paper Respondent Guide v INTRODUCTION A. General Information The 2020 Census Participant Statistical Areas Program (PSAP) provides designated participants the opportunity to review and suggest changes to the boundaries and names for statistical geographic areas, based on U.S. Census Bureau criteria and guidelines. Tribal governments and data users often need data by smaller, statistical geographies for planning purposes. The Census Bureau uses these statistical geographies, in addition to the legal geographies, to tabulate and disseminate data for the Decennial Census, Economic Census, and American Community Survey (ACS). The Census Bureau establishes and maintains both standard and tribal statistical geographies solely for statistical purposes and does not take into account or attempt to anticipate any nonstatistical uses that may be made of their definitions. The Census Bureau will not modify the criteria for, or boundaries of, statistical areas to meet the requirements of any non-statistical program. Subsequent sections of this Respondent Guide detail each statistical geography’s criteria, standards, and thresholds. In addition, the Federal Register notices also provide a formal resource for the criteria, standards, and thresholds. The Census Bureau intends for the PSAP to be a process open to all interested parties and strongly recommends that primary participants seek input from other tribal census data users and stakeholders. Tribal participants bring an important wealth of knowledge necessary to delineate statistical areas that best meet tribal needs and development patterns. The census data disseminated by the tribal geographies help tribal leaders and decision makers understand what their communities need. Many tribal communities use census information to attract new business, plan for growth, plan new facilities, and new programs for the communities they serve. B. The 2020 Census Participant Statistical Areas Program (PSAP) For 2020, there are two categories of statistical geographies eligible for review and update during PSAP: standard statistical geography and tribal statistical geography. Tribal statistical geographies were part of the Tribal Statistical Areas Program (TSAP) for 2010, but are part of PSAP for 2020. Part One: of this respondent guide details the criteria for the tribal statistical geographies. Standard statistical geography includes the following:     Census tracts. Block groups. Census designated places (CDPs). Census county divisions (CCDs), in 21 states. Tribal statistical geography includes the following:      Tribal census tracts. Tribal block groups. Census designated places (CDPs). Alaska Native village statistical areas (ANVSAs). Oklahoma tribal statistical areas (OTSAs) and OTSA tribal subdivisions. U.S. Census Bureau 2020 Census PSAP Tribal Paper Respondent Guide vi    Tribal Designated Statistical Areas (TDSAs). State Designated Tribal Statistical Areas (SDTSAs). Alaska Native Regional Corporations (ANRCs) and State American Indian Reservations (SAIRs).1 All tribal statistical participants receive paper maps for 2020 Census PSAP. Federally recognized American Indian Areas (AIA) with a reservation and/or off-reservation trust land can use the Census Bureau’s Geographic Update Partnership Software (GUPS) instead of paper maps to make updates to tribal census tracts, tribal block groups, and census designated places. The details on the use of GUPS to update those three geographies are in the Tribal GUPS Respondent Guide located on the PSAP website. IMPORTANT: AIA participants must use either paper maps or GUPS, but not both to complete their 2020 Census PSAP work. The Census Bureau only accepts one method of update per tribal participant. To gain a better understanding of how PSAP geographies relate to one another and to other geographies, refer to Figure 1 and Figure 2. Figure 1. Standard Hierarchy of Census Geographic Entities 1 ANRCs and SAIRs are not statistical areas, but they are included in 2020 Census PSAP for administrative reasons. U.S. Census Bureau 2020 Census PSAP Tribal Paper Respondent Guide vii Figure 2. Hierarchy of American Indian, Alaska Native, and Native Hawaiian Areas C. The Boundary and Annexation Survey (BAS) The Boundary and Annexation Survey (BAS) is the annual Census Bureau survey of legal geographic entities that includes federal American Indian reservations (AIRs), off-reservation trust lands (ORTLs), and any associated tribal subdivisions. Whereas the PSAP provides the process for reviewing and updating the AIAs that are statistical geographic entities, the BAS provides the process for reviewing and updating AIAs that are legal federal geographic entities, such as the reservation itself, legal tribal subdivisions and ORTLs. Its purpose is to determine, solely for data collection and tabulation by the Census Bureau, the complete and current inventory and the correct names, legal descriptions, official status, and official, legal boundaries of the legal geographic entities with governmental authority over certain areas within the United States, as of January 1 of the survey year. The BAS also collects specific information to document the legal actions that established a boundary or imposed a boundary change. In support of the government-to-government relationship with federally recognized American Indian tribes, the Census Bureau works directly with tribal officials on the BAS. Through the BAS, the Census Bureau also accepts updates to features such as roads or rivers, and address range break information at the boundaries. To update the legal boundaries for a reservation, off-reservation trust lands or legal tribal subdivisions, please participate in the BAS. For information regarding the BAS, consult the Census Bureau’s BAS website at . For questions, email geo.bas@census.gov or call 1-800-972-5651. U.S. Census Bureau 2020 Census PSAP Tribal Paper Respondent Guide viii D. 2020 Census PSAP Schedule Table 1 provides the PSAP program schedule and timeframe for completion of the various tasks. Understanding the 2020 Census PSAP schedule is important for participants to prepare for the delineation and verification phases. Table 1: 2020 Census PSAP Schedule Date March-May 2018 July 2018 January 2019 January 2019 July 2019 January 2020 October 2020 Event Census Bureau contacted 2010 Census TSAP participants to inquire about 2020 Census PSAP participation. Census Bureau began sending 2020 Census PSAP invitation materials to participants. PSAP delineation phase begins. Participants have 120 calendar days to submit updates. PSAP webinar trainings begin. Census Bureau sends official communication notifying closeout of PSAP delineation phase. PSAP verification phase begins. Participants have 90 calendar days to review updates. Census Bureau conducts closeout of the 2020 Census PSAP. Participants have a maximum of 120 days from the receipt of materials to complete and submit any statistical geography updates to the Census Bureau. The closeout of the delineation phase begins in the summer of 2019 prior to the start of the verification phase in January 2020. A final closeout occurs after the conclusion of the verification phase in October 2020. In March 2018, the Census Bureau began contacting previous participants from the 2010 program, regional multi-county organizations, local governments, state data centers, and other interested individuals to solicit participation in the 2020 Census PSAP.2 The Census Bureau began formally inviting the interested participants in July 2018. E. Training and Support The Census Bureau provides assistance by answering questions; clarifying criteria, guidelines, and procedures; and providing information concerning specific situations that participants encounter when reviewing, delineating, and submitting their statistical area plans. The Census Bureau plans to conduct training webinars to provide instruction on participating in PSAP. The webinar schedule and this respondent guide are available at . For questions concerning specific programmatic questions, support is available via telephone at 1844-788-4921 and email at geo.psap@census.gov. For Census Bureau purposes, the term “county” includes parishes in Louisiana; boroughs, city and boroughs, municipalities, and census areas in Alaska; independent cities in Maryland, Missouri, Nevada, and Virginia; districts and islands in American Samoa, and districts in the U.S. Virgin Islands; municipalities in the Commonwealth of the Northern Mariana Islands; municipios in the Commonwealth of Puerto Rico; and the areas constituting the District of Columbia and Guam. Henceforth in this document, the term “counties” will refer to all of these entities. 2 U.S. Census Bureau 2020 Census PSAP Tribal Paper Respondent Guide ix F. Respondent Guide Organization In addition to providing the criteria and programmatic guidelines necessary to define and update tribal statistical geographies, this guide provides 2020 Census PSAP participants with instructions for updating the tribal statistical geographies using paper maps. By using this guide and adhering to the PSAP guidelines and criteria, participants learn to utilize the paper maps to review and update a variety of tribal statistical geographies and submit their final updates to the Census Bureau. They also learn about the next steps for PSAP. This guide contains three parts. Part One: Overview of the 2020 Census PSAP Materials and Tribal Statistical Geographies3 This section provides an overview of the 2020 Census PSAP delineation materials and summarizes the criteria and guidelines for each of the tribal statistical geographies mentioned in Part B of the Introduction. Participants use the content within this section to familiarize themselves with the materials provided by the Census Bureau and with the background of the tribal statistical geographies within their tribal entity. Note: In order to eliminate duplication of instruction, use the chapters within this section in conjunction with the information presented in Part Two:. Part Two: Reviewing, Updating, and Submitting 2020 Census PSAP Maps This section provides the procedures for updating the paper map products and provides examples of performing the most common updates on the paper maps. It describes preparing the updated paper maps for submission to the Census Bureau and provides shipping instructions to ensure receipt of the updated materials by the Census Bureau’s National Processing Center. Part Three: Next Steps in 2020 Census PSAP This section provides information on the next steps for 2020 Census PSAP. It includes information for participants on the Census Bureau’s processing of submissions, the upcoming verification phase, and the final closeout phase after verification. IMPORTANT: Due to operational updates, some minor discrepancies may occur between the appearance of examples in this documentation and the actual materials. Within the document, bold, blue colored font denotes the presence of a cross-referenced hyperlink to other sections, figures, tables, or appendices. Use the Ctrl key and click of left mouse button while hovering over these bold, blue words to skip directly to the linked item. The “Part One” above is the first cross-reference hyperlink in this document. 3 U.S. Census Bureau 2020 Census PSAP Tribal Paper Respondent Guide x PART ONE: OVERVIEW OF THE 2020 CENSUS PSAP MATERIALS AND TRIBAL STATISTICAL GEOGRAPHIES This portion of the Respondent Guide lays the programmatic foundation for the remainder of the document and provides a reference for Part Two:. It provides an overview of the 2020 Census PSAP delineation materials and an overview of each of the tribal statistical geographies. The goal of PSAP is to produce meaningful statistical geographies for data users while maintaining consistent statistical geography nationwide. It is the Census Bureau’s responsibility to ensure nationwide uniformity in applying the statistical area criteria and guidelines. As a result, we may require some changes in the boundaries or delineation of some statistical areas to meet the national standard. Tribal participants refer to Table 2 to determine what level of tribal statistical geographies they are eligible to review and update. Refer to Appendix F. for details on the TIGERweb online mapping tool that can assist participants during 2020 Census PSAP. Table 2: Tribal Statistical Areas Delineation Eligibility Tribal Participant Tribal Statistical Areas Eligible for Delineation Federally recognized tribe with an American Indian reservation (AIR) and/or off-reservation trust land (ORTL) with population >= 2,400 or housing units (HUs) >= 960. Federally recognized tribe with an AIR and/ ORTL with population >= 1,200 and < 2,400 or HUs >= 480 and <960. Federally recognized tribe with an AIR and/ ORTL with population < 1,200 or HUs < 480. Tribal census tracts, tribal block groups, and census designated places (CDPs). Alaska Native village (federally or Alaska Native Claims Settlement Act (ANCSA) recognized). Alaska Native Regional Association (ANRA). Federally recognized tribe in Oklahoma with a former AIR in Oklahoma. Federally recognized tribe without an AIR or ORTL. State recognized tribe without an AIR through the state liaison State recognized tribe with a state recognized AIR through the state liaison. 4 Tribal block groups and census designated places (CDPs). One tribal census tract covering same area as the AIR and/or ORTL. Census designated places (CDPs). One tribal census tract and one tribal block group covering same area as the AIR and/or ORTL. Alaska Native village statistical areas (ANVSAs). Alaska Native Regional Corporation (ANRC) boundaries 4. Census designated places (CDPs), Oklahoma tribal statistical areas (OTSAs), and OTSA tribal subdivisions. 5 Tribal designated statistical areas (TDSAs). State designated tribal statistical areas (SDTSAs). State recognized American Indian Reservations (SAIRs). ANRAs can review current ANVSA boundaries and propose edits to ANVSAs that declined to provide updates. 5 The Census Bureau collects tribal subdivisions for federally recognized tribes with an AIR and/or ORTL during the Census Bureau’s annual Boundary and Annexation Survey (BAS). The Census Bureau does not expect changes to tribal subdivisions, aside from the OTSA tribal subdivisions, during the 2020 Census PSAP. U.S. Census Bureau 2020 Census PSAP Tribal Paper Respondent Guide 11 CHAPTER 1. DELINEATION PHASE MATERIALS FOR 2020 CENSUS PSAP This chapter focuses on identifying the materials participants receive for the delineation phase. The Census Bureau uses FedEx to deliver these materials in order to track the shipment and expedite delivery to participants. 1.1 Informational and Instructional Materials The Census Bureau provides this Respondent Guide with detailed instructions for conducting the 2020 Census PSAP work using paper map materials. To support tribal participants’ review and update of their statistical geographies for the 2020 Census, the Census Bureau created informational materials in the form of individual Quick Reference Guides that summarize each tribal statistical area. The Census Bureau generated lists of 2010 population and housing counts that identify the counts for each tribal census tract and tribal block group. Lists of the 2010 counts exist for each federally recognized tribe with an AIR and/or ORTL. Review Table 3 to identify each piece of informational and instructional material distributed by the Census Bureau for tribal statistical geographies and to identify the tribal participants receiving those materials. Table 3: Quick Reference and Respondent Guide Materials for Tribal Participants Document Name of Material Tribal Participant(s) Receiving Material ID G-600 Quick Reference: Tribal Block Groups Federally recognized tribe with an American Indian reservation (AIR) and/or offreservation trust land (ORTL). G-610 Quick Reference: Tribal Census Tracts G-615 Quick Reference: Census Designated Places G-620 Quick Reference: Tribal Designated Statistical Areas Quick Reference: State Designated Tribal Statistical Areas Quick Reference: Alaska Native Village Statistical Areas G-621 G-622 G-623 G-625 G-700 U.S. Census Bureau Quick Reference: Oklahoma Tribal Statistical Areas and Tribal subdivisions of Oklahoma Tribal Statistical Areas Quick Reference: State American Indian Reservations Tribal Paper Respondent Guide 2020 Census PSAP Tribal Paper Respondent Guide Federally recognized tribe with an American Indian reservation (AIR) and/or offreservation trust land (ORTL). Federally recognized tribe with an American Indian reservation (AIR) and/or offreservation trust land (ORTL) and federally recognized tribe in Oklahoma with a former AIR in Oklahoma. Federally recognized tribe without an AIR or ORTL. State recognized tribe without an AIR through state liaison. Alaska Native village (federally or Alaska Native Claims Settlement Act recognized) and Alaska Native Regional Association (ANRA). Federally recognized tribe in Oklahoma with a former AIR in Oklahoma. State recognized tribe with a state recognized AIR through state liaison. All tribal participants. 12 The 2010 population and housing counts Microsoft Excel file and printed list includes information for every tribal census tract and tribal block group. The naming convention for this file is “AIA_2010_Pop_and_Housing_counts.xlsx,” where AIANNHCE is the fourdigit Census area code for the tribal entity, where AI is American Indian, AN is Alaska Native, and NH is Native Hawaiian. The list includes the following fields of information:          AIA_NAME is the common name of the American Indian Area. AIANNHCE is the four-digit Census AI/AN/NH area code. TTRACTCE is the six-digit tribal census tract code (four-digit tribal census tract with two-digit suffix), without the decimal point character. For the 2010 tribal census tracts, there were no suffixes, so these appear as (T00100) in the list. NAME is the common “name” of the tribal census tract. It is without the suffix information (T001). TBLKGRPCE is the one-character tribal block group code. TTRACTPOP is the population of the tribal census tract. It repeats if there is more than one tribal block group in the tribal census tract. TTRACTHOUSING is the housing count of the tribal census tract. It repeats if there is more than one tribal block group in the tribal census tract. TBGPOP is the population of the tribal block group. TBGHOUSING is the housing county of the tribal block group. Federally recognized tribes with an AIR and/or ORTL can use the information contained in the list to identify tribal census tracts and tribal block groups that fall outside of the population and housing thresholds explained in Table 6 and Table 8, respectively. The tribal geographies falling outside the thresholds need review for potential updates. Refer to Section Chapter 11 for information regarding using the list to review tribal census tracts and tribal block groups. The Census Bureau provides all of these informational and instructional materials in printed and digital formats. Locate the digitally formatted materials on the PSAP website as well as on the “Supplemental disc” described in Section 1.2.2. 1.2 Map Materials For 2020 Census PSAP, the Census Bureau provides all tribal entities with paper map materials and for reference only, Adobe .pdf files of the paper maps. Participants do not update the Adobe .pdf files. If tribal statistical updates are necessary or requested, tribal participants must use the paper maps. 1.2.1 Paper Maps The Census Bureau generates large format (36” x 32”) paper maps for use by tribal entities in the 2020 Census PSAP. The types of paper maps vary depending on the size and mapping complexity of each tribal entity. Tribal entities with small land area may only receive a single, large format map sheet while those with large area may receive an index map, a series of parent maps, and a number of inset maps. Retain the delineation materials shipment packaging (i.e., map tubes, box, or envelope) for use in returning updated materials, as described in Section Chapter 13. U.S. Census Bureau 2020 Census PSAP Tribal Paper Respondent Guide 13 There are three types of large format maps: Index, Parent, and Inset. An index map covers the complete geographic extent of the tribal participants’ legally or statistically defined area divided into numbered grids. These grids correspond to an area covered by a parent map. Index maps exist for tribal participants with more than one parent sheet and are for reference purposes only. A parent map shows a detailed version of section for each of the grids from the index map. They show detail for features and the statistical geographies. Inset maps do not exist for every tribal participant. They show finer details of areas within the parent map where the feature network is too dense to represent clearly at the map scale of the parent map. Think of the inset map as a “blow-up” of a specific area. Make the map updates to the parent or inset sheets, not the index sheet. See Figure 3 for a visual of the relationship between Index, Parent, and Inset maps. Figure 3. Illustration of Index, Parent, and Inset Map Relationships The large format maps contain information within the map border including the map title, corner sheet coordinates, disclaimer information, data source information, projection information, number of total sheets, tribal entity information, key to adjacent areas (if there are multiple map sheets), a barcode, a scale, a north arrow, and the legend. See Appendix G. 0for a detailed view of the large format map legend. The legend includes some of the same information found on a typical road map, such as streets and roads, water features, and legal boundaries. However, the large format maps used for PSAP display information with symbols unique to the Census Bureau. 1.2.2 Adobe Portable Document Format (.pdf) Files The accompanying Adobe .pdf files of the paper maps are reference material only and located on the “Supplemental disc.” These files contain the tribal entity’s index map and all the parent and inset maps bundled into one file. There are a few instances where more than one bundled .pdf file exists for tribal entities. The lower right corner of the map provides information about the total number of map sheets within the set. View these .pdf files using Adobe Reader (or Adobe Acrobat Professional) software. They may display improperly with other software. On the “Supplemental disc,” participants find a “/maps” directory. Within this directory, the following materials exist: U.S. Census Bureau 2020 Census PSAP Tribal Paper Respondent Guide 14   ReadMe.txt – provides instructions to use Adobe software and Adobe Reader download instructions if participants need the software to view the .pdf files. PSAP20.pdf – contains images of the large format paper maps. One or more bundled .pdf files complete the map package for a given tribal area. See Table 4 for explanation of the entity types, entity codes, and file name examples. Table 4: Entity Type and Entity Codes for Large Format Maps is Entity Type is Entity Code FR = Federal AIR BASID SR = State AIR BASID NV = ANVSA (area) BASID NVP = ANVSA (point) BASID RC = ANRC FIPS code OT = OTSA BASID TD = TDSA BASID SD= SDTSA BASID C = County BASID JU = Joint Use Area JUTA 1.3 Example PSAP20FR49900010010.pdf (Map for Acoma Pueblo and ORTL). PSAP20SR49906139400.pdf (Map for Tama Reservation). PSAP20NV49903906015.pdf (Map for Akhiok ANVSA as an area). PSAP20NVP49903906015.pdf (Map for Akhiok ANVSA as a point). PSAP20RC52120.pdf (Map for NANA ANRC). PSAP20OT49903735690.pdf (Map for Kaw OTSA). PSAP20TD49906018750.pdf (Map for Samish TDSA). PSAP20SD49906269815.pdf (Map for Lumbee SDTSA). PSAP20C21000500000.pdf (Map for Sussex County, DE). PSAP20JU4930TA3400.pdf (Map for San Felipe/Santa Ana joint use area with San Felipe Pueblo (TA)). This map type is for reference only, not for annotating. Other Materials There are three other materials of use and interest to 2020 Census PSAP participants: a delineation phase postcard, a postage-paid label/envelope, and colored map pencils. After reviewing the tribal statistical geographies and determining the update status of the materials, please complete the delineation phase postcard indicating whether changes are forthcoming. The return of this postcard assists the Census Bureau with planning for incoming submissions and identifying participants that will not be providing updates. The Census Bureau requests the return of this postcard within a month of receipt of the delineation phase materials. If a participant discovers changes are necessary to their 2020 Census PSAP materials after returning the delineation postcard, please contact the Census Bureau PSAP staff by email at geo.psap@census.gov, or phone them at 1-844-788-4921 to let them know a submission is forthcoming. U.S. Census Bureau 2020 Census PSAP Tribal Paper Respondent Guide 15 The postage-paid label/envelope for submitting the updated paper maps removes the burden of shipment costs from participants. If updates to the paper map materials are necessary, follow the procedures outlined in Section Chapter 13 to submit the updated paper maps. Lastly, the Census Bureau enclosed colored map pencils for use in updating the paper maps. Colors vary by tribal statistical geography. Use the information in Table 5 as the resource to define the colors used for 2020 Census PSAP paper map updates. Table 5: Pencil Color, Tribal Statistical Geographies Using Color, and Tribal Participants Pencil Tribal statistical geographies using Tribal participant(s) making the update(s) color color Orange Tribal census tract boundary and labels for tribal census tract. American Indian Areas with a reservation (AIR) and/or off-reservation trust lands (ORTL). Brown Tribal block group boundary and labels for tribal block group. American Indian Areas with a reservation (AIR) and/or off-reservation trust lands (ORTL) Red Census designated place (CDP) boundary and CDP names. American Indian Areas with a reservation (AIR) and/or off-reservation trust land (ORTL), and federally recognized tribe in Oklahoma with a former AIR in Oklahoma. Purple ANVSA boundary, ANRC boundary, OTSA boundary, OTSA tribal subdivision boundaries and labels for OTSA tribal subdivisions, TDSA boundary, SDTSA boundary, and SAIR boundary. Alaska Native village (federally or Alaska Native Claims Settlement Act recognized), Alaska Native Regional Corporation, federally recognized tribe in Oklahoma with a former AIR in Oklahoma, federally recognized tribe without an AIR or ORTL, state recognized tribe without an AIR or ORTL, and State American Indian Reservation. Blue New or missing feature, and the name of feature, needed for a statistical boundary. All U.S. Census Bureau 2020 Census PSAP Tribal Paper Respondent Guide 16 CHAPTER 2. TRIBAL CENSUS TRACTS IMPORTANT: As stated in Table 2, federally recognized American Indian Areas with a reservation and/or off-reservation trust lands may review and update tribal census tracts. This chapter targets those participants. Tribal census tracts are relatively permanent geographic divisions of an AIR and/or ORTL defined for the tabulation and presentation of statistical data. They are conceptually similar and equivalent to census tracts defined within the standard state-county-tract geographic hierarchy used for tabulating and publishing statistical data. The Census Bureau defines tribal census tracts with tribal officials to provide meaningful, relevant, and reliable data for small geographic areas within the boundaries of federally recognized tribes with reservations or trust lands. As such, they recognize the unique statistical data needs of federally recognized American Indian tribes. The delineation of tribal census tracts allows for an unambiguous presentation of census tract-level data specific to the federally recognized AIR and/or ORTL without the imposition of state or county boundaries, which might artificially separate American Indian populations located within a single AIR and/or ORTL. To this end, the tribal participants may define tribal census tracts that cross county or state boundaries, or both. Tribal census tracts submitted to the Census Bureau are subject to review to ensure compliance with the published criteria. Detailed criteria pertaining to tribal census tracts exists in a separate Federal Register notice pertaining to all American Indian areas, including statistical areas defined through the PSAP. The Federal Register notices for both standard and tribal geographies is available on the PSAP website. Appendix B. provides a summary of the statistical geographies criteria thresholds. IMPORTANT: All tribal census tracts must follow all of the final criteria and guidelines published for standard census tracts, EXCEPT they do not have to nest within states or counties. They must instead nest within an individual AIR and/or ORTL, and must include unique identification to distinguish them from standard census tracts. The following criteria apply to reviewing, updating, and delineating 2020 tribal census tracts:       Tribal census tracts may cross county or state boundaries. Tribal census tracts must not cross AIR and/or ORTL boundaries. Tribal census tracts must cover the entire land and water area of the AIR and/or ORTL. Tribal census tracts utilize the letter “T” and a three-digit code and may have a two-digit suffix. Find more detail on numbering of tribal census tracts in Section 2.2. Tribal census tracts must meet specific population, housing unit thresholds outlined in Table 6: Tribal Census Tract Thresholds. Tribal census tracts must comprise a reasonably compact and contiguous land area, with a few exceptions.6 6 The Census Bureau permits noncontiguous boundaries only where a contiguous area or inaccessible area would not meet population or housing unit count requirements for a separate tribal census tract, in which case the noncontiguous or inaccessible area must be combined with an adjacent or proximate tract. For example, combine an island that does not meet the minimum population threshold for recognition as a separate tribal census tract with other proximate land to form a single, noncontiguous tribal census tract. The Census Bureau reviews each instance of noncontiguous census tracts and uses their discretion to accept or reject. U.S. Census Bureau 2020 Census PSAP Tribal Paper Respondent Guide 17   Tribal census tract boundaries should follow visible and identifiable features. Census tracts have three types for the 2020 Census, standard, tribal, and special use. Refer to Table 6: Tribal Census Tract Thresholds for the definition and associated criteria for tribal census tracts. The other two types do not appear in the table since they are out of scope for this material. The Census Bureau may modify and, if necessary, reject any proposals for tribal census tracts that do not meet the published criteria. In addition, the Census Bureau reserves the right to modify the boundaries and attributes as needed to meet the published criteria and/or maintain geographic relationships before or after the final tabulation geography is set for the 2020 Census. Table 6: Tribal Census Tract Thresholds Population Housing Unit Area Thresholds Thresholds Measurement Thresholds Tribal census tracts Optimum: 4,000 Optimum: 1,600 None are statistical Min: 1,200 Min: 480 subdivisions of AIRs Max: 8,000 Max: 3,200 and/or ORTLs used for tabulating and publishing statistical data. Description Tribal Census Tract 2.1 Employment Threshold N/A Tribal Census Tract Threshold Requirements Tribal census tracts must meet certain population and housing unit thresholds as outlined above in Table 6: Tribal Census Tract Thresholds. This helps ensure a minimal level of reliability in the sample data and minimized potential disclosures of sensitive information. PSAP participants should aim to create tribal census tracts that meet the optimal population of 4,000 or 1,600 housing units and maintain the minimum thresholds with an AIR and/or ORTL with fewer than 1,200 people. The Census Bureau uses a housing unit criterion to accommodate seasonably occupied areas in which the decennial census population count will be lower than the ACS estimates.7 A tribal census tract that exceeds the maximum thresholds should be split into multiple tracts; those that drop below the minimum thresholds should be merged with an adjacent tribal census tract. If a participant chooses not to split or merge tribal census tracts that do not meet approved thresholds, they must provide a justification for retaining the existing geography. Some valid justifications may be related to expected population growth (new housing development under construction) or anticipated decline (following depopulation trends or scheduled housing demolition). Participants can include these justifications on the specific map or on the 2020 Census population and housing counts list. They may choose to compose a formal letter to accompany update map materials or prepare an email to geo.psap@census.gov if no map updates are expected. “Occupied seasonally” refers to seasonal communities in which residential populations are lower on Census Day, April 1, than at other times of the year, and for which estimates may be reflected in the ACS. The ACS is designed to produce local area data for a 12-month period estimate. 7 U.S. Census Bureau 2020 Census PSAP Tribal Paper Respondent Guide 18 Participants should use the 2010 Census population and housing counts for tribal census tract review in most cases. This list is part of the printed materials and located on the “Supplemental disc” discussed in Section 1.1. Locally produced population and housing unit estimates are permissible when reviewing and updating areas experiencing considerable growth since the 2010 Census. The housing unit thresholds use the national average of 2.5 persons per household. Because of local and regional variations to this average, the Census Bureau will consider variation while reviewing all tribal census tract revisions. 2.2 Tribal Census Tract Codes and Numeric Identification Tribal census tract codes begin with the letter “T” followed by three digits. For example, tribal census tract one on an AIR and/or ORTL will have a code of “T001.” Subsequent tribal census tracts increase sequentially (e.g., T002, T003, etc.). This ensures that a tribal census tract code is used only once within the AIR and/or ORTL. If it becomes necessary to split a tribal census tract, retain the tribal census tract number and assign a two-digit suffix to each of the newly created tribal census tracts. A split of tribal census tract T002 would create T002.01 and T002.02. If a merge is necessary, choose the tribal census tract number in sequential order. For a tribal participant with two tribal census tracts, the newly merged tract becomes T003. Note: Standard census tracts coded with a range of 9401 to 9499 have a majority of their population, housing units, and/or area included in AIRs and/or ORTLs. While these do not appear in every tribal entity, their appearance may provide participants with additional insight. 2.3 Tribal Census Tract Boundary Requirements Tribal census tract boundaries generally follow permanent, visible features that are identifiable in the field. The following features are preferred as tribal census tract boundaries:        8 American Indian reservation and off-reservation trust land boundaries must always be tribal census tract boundaries. Visible, perennial natural and cultural features, such as roads, shorelines, rivers, perennial streams and canals, railroad tracks, or aboveground high-tension power lines. Boundaries of legal and administrative entities in selected states. See Table 7 for states with acceptable minor civil division and incorporated place boundaries. Alaska Native Regional Corporation boundaries in Alaska.8 Boundaries of large parks, forests, airports, penitentiaries/prisons, and or military installations if the boundaries are clearly visible. Some nonstandard visible features such as major ridgelines, aboveground pipelines, intermittent streams, or fence lines. Some nonstandard nonvisible features such as parcel boundaries, straight-line extensions and other lines-of-sight between acceptable visible features. Insofar as such boundaries are unambiguous for allocating living quarters as part of 2020 Census activities. U.S. Census Bureau 2020 Census PSAP Tribal Paper Respondent Guide 19 Table 7: Acceptable Minor Civil Division (MCD) and Incorporated Place Boundaries State Alabama Alaska Arizona Arkansas California Colorado Connecticut Delaware Florida Georgia Hawaii Idaho Illinois Indiana Iowa Kansas Kentucky Louisiana Maine Maryland Massachusetts Michigan Minnesota Mississippi Missouri Montana Nebraska Nevada New Hampshire New Jersey New Mexico New York North Carolina North Dakota Ohio Oklahoma Oregon Pennsylvania Rhode Island South Carolina South Dakota Tennessee 9 All MCD Boundaries Boundaries of MCDs Not Coincident with the Boundaries of Incorporated Places that themselves are MCDs All Incorporated Place Boundaries Only Conjoint Incorporated Place Boundaries X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X9 X10 X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X Governmental townships only. 10 Townships only. U.S. Census Bureau 2020 Census PSAP Tribal Paper Respondent Guide 20 State Texas Utah Vermont Virginia Washington West Virginia Wisconsin Wyoming U.S. Census Bureau All MCD Boundaries Boundaries of MCDs Not Coincident with the Boundaries of Incorporated Places that themselves are MCDs All Incorporated Place Boundaries Only Conjoint Incorporated Place Boundaries X X X X X 2020 Census PSAP Tribal Paper Respondent Guide X X X X X 21 CHAPTER 3. TRIBAL BLOCK GROUPS IMPORTANT: As stated in Table 2, federally recognized American Indian Areas with a reservation and/or off-reservation trust lands may review and update tribal block groups. This chapter targets those participants. Tribal block groups are statistical geographic subdivisions of a tribal census tract. The Census Bureau defines tribal block groups in cooperation with tribal officials to provide meaningful, relevant, and reliable data for small geographic areas within the boundaries of federally recognized AIRs and/or ORTLs. As such, they recognize the unique statistical data needs of federally recognized American Indian tribes. The delineation of tribal block groups allows for an unambiguous presentation of statistical data specific to the federally recognized AIR and/or ORTL without the imposition of state or county boundaries, which might artificially separate American Indian populations located within a single AIR and/or ORTL. To this end, the American Indian tribal participant may define tribal block groups that cross county or state boundaries, or both. For federally recognized American Indian tribes with AIRs and/or ORTLs that have fewer than 1,200 residents, the Census Bureau defines one tribal census tract and one tribal block group coextensive with the AIR and/or ORTL. Tribal block groups submitted to the Census Bureau are subject to review to ensure compliance with the published criteria. Detailed criteria pertaining to tribal block groups exists in a separate Federal Register notice pertaining to all American Indian areas, including statistical areas defined through the PSAP. The Federal Register notices for both standard and tribal geographies are available on the PSAP website. Appendix B. provides a summary of the statistical geographies criteria thresholds. IMPORTANT: All tribal block groups must follow all of the final criteria and guidelines published for standard block groups, EXCEPT they do not have to nest within states or counties. They must instead nest within an individual AIR and/or ORTL, and must include unique identification to distinguish them from standard block groups. The following criteria and guidelines apply for use in reviewing, updating, and delineating 2020 tribal block groups:        Tribal block groups must not cross tribal census tract boundaries. Tribal block groups must cover the entire land and water area of the tribal census tract. Tribal block groups utilize capital letters “A” through “K,” with the exception of the letter “I,” and must be unique within tribal census tracts. Find more detail on tribal block group numbering in Section 3.2. Tribal block groups must meet specific population and housing unit thresholds outlined in Table 8: Tribal Block Group Thresholds. Tribal block groups must comprise a reasonably compact and contiguous land area and would only be noncontiguous in situations where the tribal census tract is noncontiguous. Tribal block group boundaries should follow visible and identifiable features. Block groups have three types, standard, tribal, and special use, for the 2020 Census. Refer to Table 8: Tribal Block Group Thresholds for the definition and associated criteria for tribal block groups. The other two types do not appear in the table since they are out of scope for this material. U.S. Census Bureau 2020 Census PSAP Tribal Paper Respondent Guide 22 The Census Bureau may modify and, if necessary, reject any proposals for tribal block groups that do not meet the published criteria. In addition, the Census Bureau reserves the right to modify the boundaries and attributes as needed to meet the published criteria. Modification may also occur to maintain geographic relationships before or after the final tabulation geography is set for the 2020 Census. Table 8: Tribal Block Group Thresholds Distinction from Standard Block Groups Tribal Block Groups 3.1 Tribal block groups are divisions of tribal census tracts used for tabulating and publishing statistical data. Population Thresholds Housing Unit Thresholds Area Measurement Thresholds Min: 600 Min: 240 None Max: 3,000 Max: 1,200 Employment Threshold N/A Tribal Block Group Threshold Requirements Tribal block groups have to meet certain population and housing unit thresholds as outlined above in Table 8: Tribal Block Group Thresholds. This helps ensure a minimum level of reliability in sample data and minimizes potential disclosures of sensitive information. Like tribal census tracts, the Census Bureau uses housing unit criterion to accommodate seasonably occupied areas that may have higher populations at times of the year other than on Census Day, April 1. A tribal block group that exceeds maximum thresholds should be split; those that drop below the minimum thresholds should be merged with an adjacent tribal block group. If a participant chooses not to change threshold errant tribal block groups, they must provide justification for their retention. Tribal block groups may be completely redefined to meet population or housing thresholds; however, in doing so, please consider the impact on analysis of tribal block group level data across time. In most cases, participants should use the 2010 Census population counts for tribal block group review. Locally produced population and housing unit estimates are permissible when reviewing and updating areas experiencing considerable growth since the 2010 Census. The housing unit thresholds use the national average of 2.5 persons per household. Because of local and regional variations to this average, the Census Bureau will consider variation while reviewing all tribal block group revisions. 3.2 Tribal Block Group Codes and Identification Tribal block groups begin with a single capital letter from “A” through “K,” excluding the letter “I.” These identifiers must be unique within each tribal census tract. Should it become necessary to split a tribal block group in an entity with only one tribal block group, participants may choose to retain the original letter “A” and use the next letter “B” for the new tribal block group, or they may choose to assign two new letters, “B” and “C.” For U.S. Census Bureau 2020 Census PSAP Tribal Paper Respondent Guide 23 participants with more than one tribal block group, they if they wish to retain the original letter “A,” they choose the next available letter, for example, “C” or they may choose to assign the next two new letters, “C” and “D.” If a merge becomes necessary, retain the letter of the first tribal block group or choose the next sequential letter. For example, if merging tribal block groups “A” and “B,” retain the letter “A” or assign the newly merged tribal block group the letter “C.” Comparability of tribal block groups is not as important between decennial censuses as the comparability of tribal census tracts; therefore, participants can relabel the tribal block groups removing any gaps in lettering once the edits are complete. The decision to do so remains with the participant. In the examples above the resulting tribal block group lettering, if renumbered, would be “A” and “B” and “A,” “B,” and “C” respectively. Though tribal block group boundaries are census block boundaries, census blocks are numbered within standard, county-based block groups, not tribal block groups. There is no relationship between a tribal block group identifier and the census block numbers. For example, a tribal block group may contain census block numbers in a different “thousand” range (e.g., blocks 1001, 2011, and 3002), whereas all blocks in the 1000 range would be in standard block group 1 while all blocks in the 2000 range would be in standard block group 2. 3.3 Tribal Block Group Boundary Requirements Like tribal census tracts, tribal block group boundaries generally follow permanent, visible features that are identifiable in the field. The following features are preferred as tribal block group boundaries:        Tribal census tract boundaries must always be block group boundaries. This criterion takes precedence over all other criteria or requirements. Visible, perennial natural and cultural features, such as roads, shorelines, rivers, perennial streams and canals, railroad tracks, or aboveground high-tension power lines. Boundaries of legal and administrative entities in selected states. See Table 7 for states with acceptable minor civil division and incorporated place boundaries. Alaska Native Regional Corporation boundaries in Alaska. Boundaries of large parks, forests, airports, penitentiaries/prisons, and or military installations if the boundaries are clearly visible. Some nonstandard visible features such as major ridgelines, aboveground pipelines, intermittent streams, or fence lines. Some nonstandard nonvisible features such as parcel boundaries, straight-line extensions and other lines-of-sight between acceptable visible features. U.S. Census Bureau 2020 Census PSAP Tribal Paper Respondent Guide 24 CHAPTER 4. CENSUS DESIGNATED PLACES (CDPS) IMPORTANT: As stated in Table 2, federally recognized American Indian Areas with a reservation and/or off-reservation trust lands and OTSAs may review and update census designated places. This chapter targets those participants. Census designated places (CDPs) are statistical geographic entities representing closely settled, unincorporated communities that are locally recognized and identified by name. They are the statistical equivalents of incorporated places, with the primary differences being the lack of both a legally defined boundary and an active, functioning governmental structure, chartered by the state and administered by elected officials. CDPs cannot be co-extensive with an entire AIR, ORTL, or any other AIA.11 CDP boundaries may extend beyond the boundaries of AIRs and/or ORTLs. The Census Bureau published the 2020 Census PSAP CDP criteria in the Federal Register. It is available on the PSAP website and in Appendix B. The following criteria apply to reviewing, updating, and delineating census designated places:          CDPs constitute a single, named, closely settled center of population. CDPs generally consist of a contiguous cluster of census blocks comprising a single piece of territory with a mix of uses similar to that of an incorporated place of similar size. CDPs cannot be located, partially or entirely, within an incorporated place or another CDP. CDPs may cross county, AIR and/or ORTL boundaries, but must not cross state boundaries. CDPs have no minimum population or housing unit thresholds, but must contain some population, housing units, or both. CDP boundaries should follow visible features, except in circumstances where the boundary is coincident with the nonvisible boundary of a state, county, minor civil division, or incorporated place. CDP boundaries may follow other nonvisible features in instances where reliance upon visible features would result in over bounding of the CDP in order to include housing units on both sides of a road or street feature. o Such boundaries might include parcel boundaries and Public Land Survey System (PLSS) lines; fence lines; national, state, or local park boundaries; ridgelines; or drainage ditches. CDP names should be recognizable and used in daily communication by the residents of the community it represents.12 CDP names cannot have the same name as an adjacent or nearby incorporated place. In accordance with the final criteria, the Census Bureau may modify and, if necessary, reject any proposals for CDPs that do not meet the established criteria. In addition, the Census Bureau reserves the right to modify the boundaries and attributes of CDPs as needed to maintain geographic relationships before the final tabulation geography is set for the 2020 Census. Due to the historical nature of their creation, the boundaries of some ANVSAs coincide with CDPs. Refer to Section 5.3 and Appendix E. for more information on the relationship of ANVSAs to CDPs and the history of ANAs in the decennial census. 11 There should be features in the landscape that use the name, such that a non-resident would have a general sense of the location or extent of the community; for example, signs indicating when one is entering the community; highway exit signs that use the name; or businesses, schools, or other buildings that make use of the name. 12 U.S. Census Bureau 2020 Census PSAP Tribal Paper Respondent Guide 25 CHAPTER 5. ALASKA NATIVE VILLAGE STATISTICAL AREAS (ANVSAS) IMPORTANT: As stated in Table 2, Alaska Native villages and Alaska Native Regional Associations (ANRAs) may review and update Alaska Native village statistical areas. This chapter targets those participants. The Census Bureau works with Alaska Native villages (ANV) to define ANVSAs in order to produce statistical data for each ANV.13 Where no participant is located, the Census Bureau asks the Alaska Native Regional Association (ANRA) to conduct a review for ANVs within their respective ANRC region. ANVSAs are statistical geographic entities defined so the Census Bureau can produce statistical data for each ANV. They are the geographic representation of permanent and/or seasonal residences of Alaska Natives who are members of or receive governmental services from the defining ANV, and are located within the region and vicinity of the ANV’s historic and/or traditional location. The Census Bureau intends for ANVSAs to represent the relatively densely settled portion of each ANV and should include only an area where Alaska Natives, especially members of the defining ANV, represent a substantial proportion of the population during at least one season of the year (at least three consecutive months). ANVSAs should not contain large areas that are primarily unpopulated or that do not include concentrations of Alaska Natives. The geographic definition of an ANVSA may not necessarily include all tribal members; nor is it intended to depict land ownership, represent an area over which a tribe has any form of governmental authority or jurisdiction, or represent all of the traditional or historical areas associated with the tribe, including areas used for subsistence activities. An ANVSA should represent a geographic area where there is a concentration of tribal population currently living and where the tribe has social, economic, or historical ties to the land evidenced by the existence of tribally owned businesses, buildings, meeting areas, or culturally significant structures. Representation of ANVSA boundaries in Census Bureau products is solely for the purpose of data collection, tabulation, and presentation. As part of the 2020 Census PSAP, ANV officials again have the opportunity to review and confirm the existing ANVSA boundaries or update the boundaries of their existing ANVSAs. If appropriate, they may delineate new ANVSAs. If the ANV official declines or defers participation, or does not respond to the Census Bureau invitation to participate, the Census Bureau will work with the associated ANRA in whose region the ANV is located. See Table 9 for the list of ANRAs and associated ANRCs. If the Census Bureau receives no reply from any of these entities, the Census Bureau may delineate or revise the ANVSA, to meet the criteria outlined in this document. 13 Any ANV recognized by or eligible to receive services from the Bureau of Indian Affairs (BIA) or recognized under ANCSA as a Native village (NV) or Native group (NG) may delineate an ANVSA. BIA recognition is determined by inclusion of an ANV on the BIA’s list of recognized tribes (published annually by January 31st) or by addenda to the list as published by the BIA. ANCSA recognition is determined by inclusion on the Bureau of Land Management’s (BLM’s) list of ANCSA recognized Native villages and Native groups. There are no population requirements for defining an ANVSA. U.S. Census Bureau 2020 Census PSAP Tribal Paper Respondent Guide 26 In some cases, an ANV official may elect not to delineate an ANVSA if it will not provide meaningful, relevant, or reliable statistical data. This would be appropriate if the member population now resides in other places or has been completely subsumed by non-member and/or non-Native populations. The Census Bureau tabulates statistical data for all people living within the boundaries of an ANVSA (including non-tribe members), and for all village members regardless of where they reside in the state or nation. Each household completing the Census questionnaire throughout the nation has the opportunity to identify the race of each person living in the house. Each person who identifies their race as American Indian or Alaska Native, can then list their village as the enrolled or principal tribe. While data tabulated for a well-defined ANVSA provides a rich source of statistical and demographic information about an ANV, it is not necessary for an individual to be living within the boundary of the ANVSA to count as part of the village. Village members living outside of the ANVSA count as tribal members living elsewhere in the state and nation, not as residing within the ANVSA. The following sections on criteria and guidelines help to ensure meaningful data for the respective village, and to enhance the ability for data users to make meaningful comparisons between data for the various types of tribal statistical areas. 5.1 ANVSA Criteria The Census Bureau sets forth the following criteria for use in reviewing, updating existing ANVSAs:        5.2 The ANVSAs must not overlap. An ANVSA must not completely surround the location of another ANV. All portions of an ANVSA must be located within 50 miles of the ANV’s point location. Use the point level maps to assist with determining distance. An ANVSA must not include more water area than land area. Only include large expanses of water to maintain contiguity, to provide a generalized version of the shoreline, or if the water area is completely surrounded by land area included in the ANVSA. Use of nonvisible lines for an ANVSA boundary are only acceptable if a standard acceptable feature is unavailable. ANVSAs must not include military installations or area within a 2010 Census urbanized area. The ANVSA name must match the corresponding ANV name. o The Census Bureau only considers ANVSA name change requests if accompanied by a brief statement describing the reason for the change and signed by the highest elected official of the ANV. ANVSA Guidelines Guidelines are suggestions to improve the relevance and the utility of the tribal statistical areas. The following guidelines apply to ANVSAs.    ANVSA boundaries should not extend beyond the regional boundary of the ANRC region in which the ANV is located. Refer to Table 9 for the list of ANRC regions and the associated ANRAs. An ANVSA should not exceed 325 square miles in area. Housing units occupied by Alaska Natives, even if seasonal, should constitute the majority of the housing units within an ANVSA. U.S. Census Bureau 2020 Census PSAP Tribal Paper Respondent Guide 27       5.3 Population within an ANVSA should be majority Alaska Native, and, of that population, the majority should be members of the population served by the delineating ANV. An ANVSA should not contain large areas without housing or population. The housing unit density for ANVSAs should be at least three housing units per square mile. An ANVSA should be contiguous. That is, an ANVSA should form a single area with all territory located within a continuous boundary. This makes identification of the extent of the ANVSA easier for residents and data users and provides for a clearer representation of the ANVSA’s boundaries on maps. Participants may define an ANVSA with multiple noncontiguous pieces if doing so helps avoid inclusion of population and housing not associated with the ANV. ANVSA boundaries should follow visible, physical features, such as roads, rivers, streams, shorelines, glaciers, trails, and ridgelines. ANVSA boundaries may follow some nonstandard, nonvisible features such as parcel boundaries, local and state park boundaries, cemetery boundaries, short, straight-line extensions, and other lines-of-sight between acceptable visible features ANVSA boundaries may follow the nonvisible, legally defined boundaries of ANRCs, boroughs, or incorporated places. If the ANVSA boundary follows a governmental unit boundary, the Census Bureau will adjust the ANVSA boundary to continue to follow that boundary should it change due to correction, annexation or detachment during the annual Boundary and Annexation Survey (BAS). ANVSA Relationship to Incorporated Places and CDPs There are two place-level geographic entities for which the Census Bureau publishes data: incorporated places (cities in Alaska) and CDPs. Cities are governmental entities sanctioned by the state of Alaska to perform general-purpose functions and whose boundaries are defined without specifically considering ANV member or other Alaska Natives. CDPs are unincorporated places delineated by state and borough officials in Alaska and are intended to encompass all people at a given location, including ANV members. Cities and CDPs are mutually exclusive of each other because, by definition, a CDP represents a named, unincorporated area. Because ANVSAs are defined specifically to represent concentrations of Alaska Natives, they are not constrained by other place-level geographic entities; that is, ANVSAs may overlap cities and CDPs. An ANVSA may be delineated to encompass only a part of a city and/or a CDP; it may encompass multiple cities or CDPs; or it may cover an area that has neither cities nor CDPs. In addition, ANVSAs are used in census data collection activities and are included in the specific American Indian/Alaska Native geographic hierarchy for tabulating and presenting data from the 2020 Census; cities and CDPs do not appear in the American Indian/Alaska Native geographic hierarchy. Cities and CDPs do not clearly identify geographic entities that are specific to Alaska Natives, and therefore, data for cities and CDPs likely will reflect the characteristics of both Alaska Native and non-Native populations. U.S. Census Bureau 2020 Census PSAP Tribal Paper Respondent Guide 28 CHAPTER 6. ALASKA NATIVE REGIONAL CORPORATION (ANRC) IMPORTANT: As stated in Table 2, Alaska Native Regional Associations may review and update the ANRC boundaries and the Alaska Native village statistical areas within their ANRC that are not participating otherwise. This chapter targets those participants. Pursuant to ANCSA (PL 92-203, Sec. 7a), the state of Alaska was divided into 12 geographic regions by the Secretary of the U.S. Department of the Interior. Each region was composed, as far as practicable, of Alaska Natives having a common heritage and sharing common interests and approximated the areas covered by the operations of the existing Alaska Native associations as of December 1971. These regions, now referred to as the 12 non-profit Alaska Native Regional Associations (ANRAs), incorporated under State Law in 1973. Also created pursuant to ANCSA were 13 Alaska Native Regional Corporations (ANRCs). Under the laws of the state of Alaska, they conduct the for-profit affairs of Alaska Natives within the defined twelve geographic regions. The twelve ANRC areas cover the entire state of Alaska except for the area within the Annette Island Reserve (an AIR under the governmental authority of the Metlakatla Indian Community).14 See Table 9 for a list of the 12 ANRCs geographic area names and the ANRCs and ANRAs associated with each. The Census Bureau terms the 12 geographic ANRCs “legal geographic entities” and therefore, must follow their legal boundaries. At the request of the ANRCs, the Census Bureau works with the representatives of the ANRAs to review their ANRC boundaries and to ensure that the name for each region continues to match the name of the ANRC for that region. Though ANRC boundaries are legal boundaries, effective with 2020 Census PSAP, ANRA officials have the opportunity to review and confirm that the boundaries for their respective ANRC are correct on the Census Bureau maps and may make corrections if necessary. For ANVs who are unable or unwilling to review an ANVSA, the Census Bureau requests the assistance of the ANRA in whose region the ANV is located. The Census Bureau uses the boundaries of the ANRCs to tabulate data for the decennial census, and to support the American Community Survey (ACS) after 2020 and potentially other Census Bureau statistical data. Maintaining correct boundaries and boundary-to-feature relationships helps ensure that the Census Bureau assigns the appropriate population to each geographic entity. Table 9: Alaska Native Regional Corporation Names with ANRCs and ANRAs ANRC name 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Ahtna Aleut Arctic Slope Bering Straits Bristol Bay Calista Chugach Alaska Native Regional Corporation (ANRC) Ahtna, Incorporated The Aleut Corporation Arctic Slope Regional Corporation Bering Straits Native Corporation Bristol Bay Native Corporation Calista Corporation Chugach Alaska Corporation Alaska Native Regional Association (ANRA) Copper River Native Association Aleutian-Pribilof Islands Association Arctic Slope Native Association Kawerak Incorporated Bristol Bay Native Association Association of Village Council Presidents Chugachmiut Incorporated 14 A thirteenth ANRC represents Alaska Natives who do not live in Alaska and do not identify with any of the twelve corporations. The Census Bureau does not provide data for this thirteenth ANRC because it has no defined geographic extent. U.S. Census Bureau 2020 Census PSAP Tribal Paper Respondent Guide 29 ANRC name 8 9 10 11 12 Cook Inlet Doyon Koniag NANA Sealaska U.S. Census Bureau Alaska Native Regional Corporation (ANRC) Cook Inlet Region Incorporated Doyon Limited Koniag Incorporated NANA Regional Corporation Sealaska Corporation Alaska Native Regional Association (ANRA) Cook Inlet Tribal Council Tanana Chiefs Conference Kodiak Area Native Association Maniilaq Association Central Council of Tlingit and Haida Indian Tribes 2020 Census PSAP Tribal Paper Respondent Guide 30 CHAPTER 7. OKLAHOMA TRIBAL STATISTICAL AREAS (OTSAS) AND OTSA TRIBAL SUBDIVISIONS IMPORTANT: As stated in Table 2, federally recognized tribes in Oklahoma with a former AIR in Oklahoma may review and update Oklahoma tribal statistical areas and Oklahoma tribal statistical areas tribal subdivisions. This chapter targets those participants. OTSAs are statistical areas identified and delineated by the Census Bureau with federally recognized tribes based in Oklahoma that had a former American Indian Reservation (AIR) in Oklahoma. OTSAs represent the former AIRs that existed in the Indian and Oklahoma territories prior to Oklahoma statehood in 1907. They provide comparable geographic entities for analyzing data over time, and a way to obtain data comparable to that provided to federally recognized tribes that currently have an AIR. The Census Bureau provides the opportunity to review the boundary and name of the 2010 Census OTSA, but does not allow for the creation of new OTSAs. Since OTSAs use the historical former reservation boundary to form the basis of the OTSA boundary, it should not change from the 2010 Census. In addition to reviewing the OTSA boundaries and name, participants may opt to revise tribal subdivisions and census designated places within the 2010 Census OTSA. Refer to Chapter 4 for instructions on reviewing CDPs and Section 0 for a couple of specifics related to CDPs on OTSAs. Tribal subdivisions are units of self-government and/or administration within an AIR and/or ORTL for a federally recognized tribe or within an OTSA, that serve social, cultural, and/or legal purposes for the tribal government. Tribal subdivisions delineated within an AIR or ORTL are “legal geographic entities” and, thus, are specifically termed “legal tribal subdivisions.” The annual BAS serves as the method for updates to the legal tribal subdivisions. Tribal subdivisions delineated within OTSAs are ‘‘statistical geographic entities’’ and are specifically termed ‘‘statistical tribal subdivisions’’ because the larger OTSA is also considered a statistical geographic entity. The 2020 Census PSAP serves as the method for updates to the OTSA tribal subdivisions. The Census Bureau tabulates data for only one level of tribal subdivision within an AIR, ORTL, or OTSA. Tribes that have multiple hierarchical levels of administrative units (for example, water districts that nest within council members’ districts) should submit the unit with the smallest geographic area (the water districts using our example) so that their data can aggregate to the larger geographic area. The Census Bureau identifies each tribal subdivision in its data products with the name and administrative unit type (chapter, district, etc.) submitted by the defining tribal government. The name of each tribal subdivision must reflect its name, as cited in recent tribal legal documentation and/or used by the tribal government for administrative purposes. Prior to the 2010 Census, the Census Bureau allowed the boundaries of OTSAs to deviate somewhat from the corresponding former AIR boundaries when requested by a tribe and supported by available demographic data. Such deviations may affect the delineation and identification of other tribes’ OTSAs, resulting in areas being associated with multiple OTSAs. These areas with multiple relationships were defined as separate geographic entities and identified as ‘‘joint use area OTSAs’’ for Census 2000. In response to comments received from data users, especially with regard to federal laws and programs requiring the use of the former U.S. Census Bureau 2020 Census PSAP Tribal Paper Respondent Guide 31 AIR boundaries rather than OTSA boundaries, the Census Bureau sought to avoid identification of joint use area OTSAs for the 2010 Census. For 2020, the Census Bureau will not create any new joint use area OTSAs and plans to work with the tribes involved to eliminate those that remain from 2010. Lastly, the Census Bureau is aware that federally recognized tribes in Oklahoma have trust lands throughout the state. A tribe may choose to have the Census Bureau tabulate data for its ORTL for the 2020 Census rather than for an OTSA; however, as in 2010, the Census Bureau will not depict trust lands that fall within the boundary of the OTSA for the 2020 Census. During the Tribal Consultation meetings held in 2016, OTSA tribes overwhelmingly indicated they wanted to retain the OTSA geography in favor of documenting the ORTLs. If the ORTL delineation opinion has changed since the 2016 meetings, and a tribe seeks to submit their ORTL during PSAP, contact the Census Bureau for instructions. Be aware that once delineated, the trust lands become part of the universe of legally defined entities updated and maintained through the Census Bureau’s annual Boundary and Annexation Survey (BAS) described in Part C of the Introduction. The following sections on criteria and guidelines help to ensure meaningful data for the respective tribe, and to enhance the ability for data users to make meaningful comparisons between data for the various types of tribal statistical areas. 7.1 OTSA Criteria The Census Bureau sets forth the following criteria and guidelines for use in reviewing, updating existing OTSAs: Note: The first six apply to OTSAs, TDSAs, and SDTSAs criteria and repeat in each of the three chapters.         A statistical AIA must contain some American Indian population and housing. A statistical AIA may not overlap with any other AIA at the same level of the geographic hierarchy. For example, an OTSA may not overlap an AIR; a TDSA may not overlap an AIR; a SDTSA may not overlap a TDSA. A statistical AIA may not completely surround another legal or statistical AIA at the same level of the geographic hierarchy. A statistical AIA may not include more water area than land area. Officials delineating statistical AIAs may only add nonvisible lines as a boundary only if other acceptable boundary features are not available and they aid in a statistical AIA meeting other specific delineation criteria and/or guidelines. The Census Bureau will evaluate the submitted name to ensure that each statistical AIA’s name is clearly distinguishable from the name of any other legal or statistical AIA. The OTSA must be located completely within the current boundaries of the State of Oklahoma. The OTSA name must reflect one or more of the following conditions: o The tribe or tribes associated with the former AIR represented by the OTSA; o Tribes that have historically resided within the area of the OTSA; o Tribes that have significant population currently residing within the OTSA; and/or o The name(s) of the tribe(s) commonly associated with the area encompassed by the OTSA. U.S. Census Bureau 2020 Census PSAP Tribal Paper Respondent Guide 32 7.2 OTSA Guidelines Guidelines are suggestions to improve the relevance and the utility of the tribal statistical areas. The following guidelines apply to OTSAs.     To the extent possible, OTSA boundaries identified for the 2020 Census should be the same as those delineated for Census 2000 and reviewed for the 2010 Census. The OTSA should follow last legal boundaries established for their former AIR. Tribes may delineate tribal subdivisions within their own OTSAs. o OTSA tribal subdivisions should represent units of self-government or administration. o OTSA tribal subdivisions must cover all of the OTSA. o If OTSA consists of multiple, noncontiguous parts, the tribal subdivisions within them are also noncontiguous. o OTSA tribal subdivision names must reflect the names cited in recent tribal legal documentation and/or used by the tribe for administrative purposes. Tribes may delineate CDPs representing unincorporated communities located totally or partially within their own OTSAs. Separate, discrete communities whose boundaries encompass a concentration of population and housing are a CDP rather than a tribal subdivision. Refer to Chapter 4 for details on CDPs, but two additional points about CDPs on OTSAs are as follows: o CDPs cannot be coextensive with an entire OTSA, AIR, or any other AIA. o CDPs may extend off OTSAs. U.S. Census Bureau 2020 Census PSAP Tribal Paper Respondent Guide 33 CHAPTER 8. TRIBAL DESIGNATED STATISTICAL AREAS (TDSAS) IMPORTANT: As stated in Table 2, federally recognized tribes without a reservation or off-reservation trust lands may review and update tribal designated statistical areas. This chapter targets those participants. TDSAs are statistical American Indian Areas (AIAs) identified for federally recognized tribes that do not have an American Indian reservation (AIR) or off-reservation trust lands (ORTLs) and are based outside of Alaska, Hawaii, and Oklahoma. In an effort to improve the presentation of data for federally recognized tribes that did not have a reservation, boundaries for statistical areas associated with these tribes were first introduced for the 1990 Census of Population and Housing. Prior to 1990, the Census Bureau tabulated data only for federal and state recognized reservations and ORTLs, legal tribal subdivisions and the Historic Areas of Oklahoma (now called OTSAs). Census 2000 and the 2010 Census brought revisions to the geography. For 2020 Census PSAP, eligible tribal officials will again have the opportunity to review and update the boundaries of existing TDSAs or delineate new TDSAs. TDSAs are intended to provide comparable geographic entities for analyzing data over time and to provide a way to obtain data comparable to that provided for tribes of a similar size that have reservations or off-reservation trust lands in the same region and/or state. The geographic definition of a TDSA may not necessarily include all tribal members; nor is it intended to depict land ownership, represent an area over which a tribe has any form of governmental authority or jurisdiction, or represent all of the traditional or historical areas associated with the tribe, including areas used for subsistence activities. A TDSA should represent a geographic area where there is a concentration of tribal population currently living and where the tribe has social, economic, or historical ties to the land evidenced by the existence of tribally owned businesses, buildings, meeting areas, or culturally significant structures. Representation of TDSA boundaries in Census Bureau products is solely for the purpose of data collection, tabulation, and presentation. The Census Bureau tabulates statistical data for all people living within the boundaries of a TDSA (including non-tribe members), and for all tribal members regardless of where they reside in the state or nation. Each household completing the Census questionnaire throughout the nation has the opportunity to identify the race of each person living in the house. Each person who identifies their race as American Indian or Alaska Native, can then list their tribe as the enrolled or principle tribe. Tribe members living outside of the TDSA are counted as tribal members living elsewhere in the state and nation, not as residing within the TDSA. The following sections on criteria and guidelines help to ensure meaningful data for the respective tribe, and to enhance the ability for data users to make meaningful comparisons between data for the various types of tribal statistical areas. U.S. Census Bureau 2020 Census PSAP Tribal Paper Respondent Guide 34 8.1 TDSA Criteria The Census Bureau sets forth the following criteria and guidelines for use in reviewing, updating existing TDSAs: Note: The first six apply to OTSAs, TDSAs, and SDTSAs criteria and repeat in each of the three chapters.           8.2 A statistical AIA must contain some American Indian population and housing. A statistical AIA may not overlap with any other AIA at the same level of the geographic hierarchy. For example, an OTSA may not overlap an AIR; a TDSA may not overlap an AIR; a SDTSA may not overlap a TDSA. A statistical AIA may not completely surround another legal or statistical AIA at the same level of the geographic hierarchy. A statistical AIA may not include more water area than land area. Officials delineating statistical AIAs may only add nonvisible lines as a boundary only if other acceptable boundary features are not available and they aid in a statistical AIA meeting other specific delineation criteria and/or guidelines. The Census Bureau will evaluate the submitted name to ensure that each statistical AIA’s name is clearly distinguishable from the name of any other legal or statistical AIA. The TDSA must not include military areas. TDSAs shall not be delineated in Alaska, Hawaii, or Oklahoma. The tribe or tribes (in conjunction with the Census Bureau, and the state liaison for TDSAs) that are responsible for its delineation determine the name of the TDSA. The TDSA name must reflect one or both of the following conditions: o The tribe that has the largest population currently residing within the TDSA and/or o The name of the tribe most commonly associated with the area encompassed by the TDSA. TDSA Guidelines Guidelines are suggestions to improve the relevance and the utility of the tribal statistical areas. The following guidelines apply to TDSAs:          TDSAs should be comparable in area to the AIRs and/or ORTLs of other tribes with similar numbers of members in the same state and/or region. American Indians should constitute a large proportion of the population within a TDSA, and of the American Indian population, the majority should be members of the delineating tribe. The Census Bureau suggests a minimum population of at least 1,200 individuals or 480 housing units to help enhance reliability and availability of sample-based data. TDSAs should include area where there is structured and organized tribal activity, including tribal headquarters, tribal service centers, meeting areas and buildings, ceremonial grounds, tribally owned commercial locations, etc. TDSAs should not contain large areas without housing or population. The Census Bureau suggests a housing unit density of at least three housing units per square mile. TDSAs should be contiguous. Water area should be included only to maintain contiguity, to provide a generalized version of the shoreline, or if the water area is completely surrounded by land area included in the TDSA. TDSA boundaries should follow visible, physical features, such as rivers, streams, shorelines, roads, and ridgelines. TDSA boundaries may follow the nonvisible, legally defined boundaries of AIRs, ORTLs, states, counties, or incorporated places. U.S. Census Bureau 2020 Census PSAP Tribal Paper Respondent Guide 35 8.3 Considerations for Delineating TDSAs Since TDSA boundaries are used to tabulate and present period estimates from the ACS, participants should consider that period estimates of demographic characteristics for geographic entities with small populations would be subject to higher variances than comparable estimates for geographic entities with larger populations. In addition, the Census Bureau’s disclosure rules may have the effect of restricting the availability and amount of data for geographic entities with small populations. The more closely a TDSA’s boundary relates to the distribution of tribal members and American Indians receiving governmental services from the tribe, and does not include large numbers of people and households not affiliated with the tribe, the more likely that data presented for the TDSA will accurately reflect the characteristics of the intended tribal population. Although eligible, a tribe may elect not to delineate a TDSA if it will not provide meaningful, relevant, or reliable statistical data because the member population now resides in numerous other locations or has been completely subsumed by non- member and/or non-American Indian populations. In such instances, defining a TDSA will not improve the presentation of statistical data relating to tribal members. These tribes may still be able to receive meaningful, relevant, and reliable statistical data for their tribal membership at higher levels of census geography through the characteristic of tribal affiliation. U.S. Census Bureau 2020 Census PSAP Tribal Paper Respondent Guide 36 CHAPTER 9. STATE DESIGNATED TRIBAL STATISTICAL AREAS (SDTSAS) IMPORTANT: As stated in Table 2, state recognized tribes without a reservation or off-reservation trust lands may review and update state designated tribal statistical areas. This chapter targets those participants. SDTSAs are statistical American Indian Areas (AIAs) identified for state recognized tribes that are not federally recognized and do not have an American Indian reservation (AIR) or offreservation trust lands (ORTLs). In an effort to improve the presentation of data for state recognized tribes that did not have a reservation, boundaries for statistical areas associated with these tribes were first introduced for the 1990 Census of Population and Housing, and then revised during Census 2000. During Census 2000, these statistical areas carried the name of State Designated American Indian Statistical Areas (SDAISAs). During the 2010 Census, their name changed to State Designated Tribal Statistical Areas (SDTSAs). This name remains for the 2020 Census. As in 2010, governorappointed state liaisons representing state recognized tribes will again have the opportunity for 2020 Census PSAP to review and update the boundaries of existing SDTSAs or delineate new SDTSAs. SDTSAs are intended to provide comparable geographic entities for analyzing data over time and to provide a way to obtain data comparable to that provided for tribes of a similar size that have reservations or off-reservation trust lands in the same region and/or state. The geographic definition of a SDTSA may not necessarily include all tribal members; nor is it intended to depict land ownership, represent an area over which a tribe has any form of governmental authority or jurisdiction, or represent all of the traditional or historical areas associated with the tribe, including areas used for subsistence activities. A SDTSA should represent a geographic area where there is a concentration of tribal population currently living and where the tribe has social, economic, or historical ties to the land evidenced by the existence of tribally owned businesses, buildings, meeting areas, or culturally significant structures. Representation of SDTSA boundaries in Census Bureau products is solely for the purpose of data collection, tabulation, and presentation. The Census Bureau tabulates statistical data for all people living within the boundaries of a SDTSA (including non-tribe members), and for all tribal members regardless of where they reside in the state or nation. Each household completing the Census questionnaire throughout the nation has the opportunity to identify the race of each person living in the house. Each person who identifies their race as American Indian or Alaska Native, can then list their tribe as the enrolled or principal tribe. Tribe members living outside of the SDTSA are counted as tribal members living elsewhere in the state and nation, not as residing within the SDTSA. The following sections on criteria and guidelines help to ensure meaningful data for the respective tribe, and to enhance the ability for data users to make meaningful comparisons between data for the various types of tribal statistical areas. U.S. Census Bureau 2020 Census PSAP Tribal Paper Respondent Guide 37 9.1 SDTSA Criteria The Census Bureau sets forth the following criteria and guidelines for use in reviewing, updating existing SDTSAs: Note: The first six apply to OTSAs, TDSAs, and SDTSAs criteria and repeat in each of the three chapters.           9.2 A statistical AIA must contain some American Indian population and housing. A statistical AIA may not overlap with any other AIA at the same level of the geographic hierarchy. For example, an OTSA may not overlap an AIR; a TDSA may not overlap an AIR; a SDTSA may not overlap a TDSA. A statistical AIA may not completely surround another legal or statistical AIA at the same level of the geographic hierarchy. A statistical AIA may not include more water area than land area. Officials delineating statistical AIAs may only add nonvisible lines as a boundary only if other acceptable boundary features are not available and they aid in a statistical AIA meeting other specific delineation criteria and/or guidelines. The Census Bureau will evaluate the submitted name to ensure that each statistical AIA’s name is clearly distinguishable from the name of any other legal or statistical AIA. The SDTSA must not include military areas. The SDTSA for a specific tribe may be delineated in a state only if the tribe is officially recognized by the state. The tribe or tribes (in conjunction with the Census Bureau, and the state liaison for SDTSAs) that are responsible for its delineation determine the name of the SDTSA. The SDTSA name must reflect one or both of the following conditions: o The tribe that has the largest population currently residing within the SDTSA and/or o The name of the tribe most commonly associated with the area encompassed by the SDTSA. SDTSA Guidelines Guidelines are suggestions to improve the relevance and the utility of the tribal statistical areas. The following guidelines apply to SDTSAs.         SDTSAs should be comparable in area to the AIRs and/or ORTLs of other tribes with similar numbers of members in the same state and/or region. American Indians should constitute a large proportion of the population within a SDTSA, and of the American Indian population, the majority should be members of the delineating tribe. The Census Bureau suggests a minimum population of at least 1,200 individuals or 480 housing units to help enhance reliability and availability of sample-based data. SDTSAs should include area where there is structured and organized tribal activity, including tribal headquarters, tribal service centers, meeting areas and buildings, ceremonial grounds, tribally owned commercial locations, etc. SDTSAs should not contain large areas without housing or population. The Census Bureau suggests a housing unit density of at least three housing units per square mile. SDTSAs should be contiguous. Water area should be included only to maintain contiguity, to provide a generalized version of the shoreline, or if the water area is completely surrounded by land area included in the SDTSA. SDTSA boundaries should follow visible, physical features, such as rivers, streams, shorelines, roads, and ridgelines. U.S. Census Bureau 2020 Census PSAP Tribal Paper Respondent Guide 38  9.3 SDTSA boundaries may follow the nonvisible, legally defined boundaries of AIRs, ORTLs, states, counties, or incorporated places. Considerations for Delineating SDTSAs Since SDTSA boundaries are used to tabulate and present period estimates from the ACS, participants should consider that period estimates of demographic characteristics for geographic entities with small populations would be subject to higher variances than comparable estimates for geographic entities with larger populations. In addition, the Census Bureau’s disclosure rules may have the effect of restricting the availability and amount of data for geographic entities with small populations. The more closely a SDTSA’s boundary relates to the distribution of tribal members and American Indians receiving governmental services from the tribe, and does not include large numbers of people and households not affiliated with the tribe, the more likely that data presented for the SDTSA will accurately reflect the characteristics of the intended tribal population. Although eligible, a tribe may elect not to delineate a SDTSA if it will not provide meaningful, relevant, or reliable statistical data because the member population now resides in numerous other locations or has been completely subsumed by non- member and/or non-American Indian populations. In such instances, defining a SDTSA will not improve the presentation of statistical data relating to tribal members. These tribes may still be able to receive meaningful, relevant, and reliable statistical data for their tribal membership at higher levels of census geography through the characteristic of tribal affiliation. U.S. Census Bureau 2020 Census PSAP Tribal Paper Respondent Guide 39 CHAPTER 10. STATE AMERICAN INDIAN RESERVATIONS (SAIRS) IMPORTANT: As stated in Table 2, state recognized tribes with a state recognized reservation or offreservation trust lands may review and update state recognized American Indian Reservations. This chapter targets those participants. State American Indian Reservations (SAIRs) and their legal boundaries are established pursuant to state law. States with state-recognized tribes, that are not also federally recognized, have their own unique laws that recognize specific tribes or establish a formal process by which tribes apply for state recognition. A subset of states have a process whereby:   State-recognized tribes may obtain a SAIR. State-recognized tribes have established a SAIR, specifically through state legislation or have continued to recognize an American Indian Reservation established through laws. o These laws are often treaties of one of the original thirteen colonial assemblies and/or Great Britain during the Colonial Era. Though SAIR boundaries are legal boundaries, effective with 2020 Census PSAP, state officials have the opportunity to review and update the boundaries of their existing SAIRs and may provide boundaries and other attribute information for newly recognized SAIRs. In 2010, the Census Bureau solicited changes to the boundaries of SAIRs from the state government through the State Reservation Program and changes to the boundaries of state designated tribal statistical areas (SDTSAs) through the 2010 PSAP. For 2020, the review of both SAIRs and SDTSAs occurs during 2020 Census PSAP. There is no separate State Reservation Program. Because the Census Bureau works with a single point of contact to review both the SAIRs and SDTSAs, integrating the SAIRs review into PSAP likely eases the burden for the state official. If the state official declines or defers participation, the Census Bureau will use 2010 SAIR boundaries to tabulate 2020 Census data. IMPORTANT: If changes occur to the boundary of an existing SAIR or if a new SAIR exists, the state official must provide the supporting legal documentation as they would with the BAS to modify the boundary or add the new SAIR. 10.1 SAIR Criteria and Guidelines The Census Bureau sets forth the following criteria and guidelines for use in reviewing, updating existing SAIRs, and delineating new SAIRs:    SAIR boundaries cannot cross state lines unless each state recognizes the AIR and tribe is separately. SAIRs must not include territory within federally recognized AIRs or off-reservation trust lands. Report SAIR boundaries and the SAIR name as they exist in the legislation, treaty or other legal document under which they were established. o The Census Bureau will identify each SAIR with the name submitted by the state liaison providing the boundary for the area. For this reason, the SAIR name should reflect the specific tribal name cited in the legal records establishing the SAIR. Acceptance of boundary changes to existing SAIRs requires clear legal documentation U.S. Census Bureau 2020 Census PSAP Tribal Paper Respondent Guide 40 supporting any, and all, changes involving these boundaries. U.S. Census Bureau 2020 Census PSAP Tribal Paper Respondent Guide 41 PART TWO: REVIEWING, UPDATING, AND SUBMITTING 2020 CENSUS PSAP MAPS Part Two provides instructions for conducting the review of the PSAP materials by discussing general information about boundary features and types of feature updates sought by the Census Bureau. It also includes a summary of map annotation procedures that span all participants and provides examples most common to each of the seven types of tribal participant listed in Table 2. IMPORTANT: The Census Bureau does not expect a submission from tribal entities that do not make updates to the existing 2010 statistical geographies. U.S. Census Bureau 2020 Census PSAP Tribal Paper Respondent Guide 42 CHAPTER 11. REVIEWING 2020 CENSUS PSAP MAPS In order to begin a review of the PSAP materials, participants must assemble their local source material for comparison. For federally recognized American Indian Areas with a reservation and/or off-reservation trust lands, conduct a review of the paper maps by first reviewing the 2010 population and housing counts list provided with the materials. The list includes all of the tribal statistical geographies for each tribal entity, so review it closely to identify the tribal census tracts and tribal block groups falling outside of the recommended thresholds. Review any CDP boundaries if they exist in the tribal entity. Follow the information provided with regards to criteria, guidelines, and boundary requirements within the appropriate chapter in Part One (e.g., chapters 2 – 4) and the general guidance in Section 11.1 to conduct the review. Participants with only one tribal census tract and one tribal block group, and those without threshold failures are encouraged to utilize the paper maps or the Adobe .pdf files to review the existing boundaries of the statistical geographies. After completing a review and confirming no updates are required, complete the delineation phase postcard (P-300) and return it to the Census Bureau denoting no changes are forthcoming. Doing so concludes the delineation phase participation. Participants with a tribal entity large enough to contain more than one tribal census tract and tribal block group must resolve all threshold failures that exist within the tribal entity, or must provide justifications for not correcting the failures. Clearing the threshold failures (above maximum thresholds and below minimum thresholds of each of the statistical geographies) is the minimum required to participate in PSAP. For unresolvable threshold failures, provide written justification on the specific map, on the 2010 pop and housing count list, or in a more formal fashion such as a letter or email, so the Census Bureau knows a review was conducted and the participant does not want to change the boundaries. If time permits, a review of all of the statistical geographies is encouraged as a form of validation of the existing statistical geographies. For all other tribal participants reviewing ANVSA, ANRC, OTSA, TDSA, SDTSA, and SAIR geographies, review the respective tribal statistical geography boundaries to determine if they remain valid and are accurate. Follow the information provided with regards to criteria, guidelines, and special considerations within the appropriate chapter in Part One (e.g., chapters 4 – 10) and the general guidance in Section 11.1 to conduct the review. If the review concludes no updates are required, complete the delineation phase postcard (P-300) and return it to the Census Bureau denoting no changes are forthcoming. Doing so concludes the delineation phase participation. 11.1 General Information on Boundary Features Data user and Census Bureau experience has shown that some features simply make better boundaries than others, and the same type of feature can make an excellent boundary in one place and a poor one in another. Rivers, major canals, lakes, and other bodies of water often make good statistical area boundaries because they generally limit access from one area to another and rarely change relative location. Other features that limit access between areas, U.S. Census Bureau 2020 Census PSAP Tribal Paper Respondent Guide 43 such as interstate and other major highways, railroad tracks, and the ridges of mountain ranges, also make good statistical area boundaries. In some instances, however, such a feature unifies a community, for example, a lake forming the core of a recreational housing development or a through street forming the spine of a subdivision. In these circumstances, the statistical area boundary should include the entire area of the lake or both sides of a unifying street to better encompass similar community patterns. In general, when delineating boundaries in bodies of water represented as polygons and having area (lakes, reservoirs, bays, oceans, and wide rivers), the boundary should follow a line bisecting the water body rather than following a shoreline. Wherever possible, use an existing line in water (for example, a county line in the middle of a river) rather than adding a new line. Officials delineating tribal statistical geographies may only add nonvisible lines as a boundary if other acceptable boundary features such as roads, rivers, streams, shorelines, trails and ridgelines, are not available and they aid in a statistical geography meeting other specific, delineation criteria and/or guidelines. Refer to Appendix I. for a table that lists whether features are acceptable or questionable boundaries. The Census Bureau staff will contact participants if they require more information or have questions about feature updates submitted as part of our 2020 Census PSAP. 11.2 General Guidelines for Feature Updates It is critical that participants understand that the purpose of PSAP is not street feature updates. During PSAP, the Census Bureau accepts updates to features only where a boundary follows a road (or other visible feature such as a stream) and the road is not on the paper maps. For this reason, the Census Bureau cannot accept street (or other feature) updates that do not follow the guidelines below:     Add the feature and provide the name of the feature, if it is missing from the paper maps and forms the boundary for the area needed for delineating a statistical geography. Correct a feature, if the participant cannot delineate the boundary for a statistical geography correctly because the feature on the map is incorrectly located, mislabeled, or distorted. Add missing streets only when necessary to form a statistical geography boundary. Do not use valuable time of the 120-day review period adding streets and other missing features not used for PSAP boundaries. The verification phase products provided to each participant making a submission during the delineation phase allow participants to see the results of later census operations that may have added those missing features. Use straight-line extensions (invisible, short, line-of-sight lines) to form a closed polygon only if they are straight lines, do not intersect a cul-de-sac, and do not exceed 300 feet in length. U.S. Census Bureau 2020 Census PSAP Tribal Paper Respondent Guide 44 CHAPTER 12. UPDATING 2020 CENSUS PSAP MAPS Though this Respondent Guide contains chapters for nine specific tribal statistical geographies, most procedures for annotating the different paper maps are identical. The unique component for the annotation is usually limited to the colored pencil used to make the update. Refer to Table 5: Pencil Color, Tribal Statistical Geographies Using Color, and Tribal for the proper pencil color for each tribal statistical geography. Note: For the sake of illustration within this material, all forthcoming examples utilize real tribal entity maps, but the updates are fictitious. The examples show the updates to symbology, naming, and supporting documentation as computer generated rather than handwritten. Participants handwrite corrections and changes on the paper maps. The common procedures for annotating any of the PSAP paper maps are as follows:      Compare source materials with the Census Bureau maps. If updates are necessary for boundaries of the statistical geography, cross out the old/errant boundary with an “X” and mark the ends of the deletion/update with hash marks “(//).” Follow information outlined in Section 11.2 to draw in the new/revised boundary. Refer to Appendix H. for valuable information on types of features to utilize. If adding new features is necessary to complete an update for statistical geography boundary, add the new feature first and then add the proper symbology to denote it as a boundary for the statistical geography. If updates are necessary for the name or number of the statistical geography, cross out old information and add the new/corrected information within the boundary of the statistical geography in the same color as the revised boundary. 12.1 Tribal Block Group Update Example Figure 4 depicts a boundary update between the tribal block group A (TBG-A) and tribal block group B (TBG-B) in tribal census tract T002 of the L’Anse Reservation. It illustrates the use of proper color (brown) and symbology (X and //). The net result of this change the removal of area from TBG-A and addition of the area to TBG-B. The modification of tribal census tract boundaries uses the same actions as tribal block group modifications, with the exception of color (e.g., orange for tribal census tracts); therefore, no separate example is provided. In addition, many federally recognized American Indian Areas with a reservation and/or off-reservation trust lands have only one tribal census tract so no modification can occur. Still others, with enough population or housing to have more than one tribal census tract, have few options for modification. Should questions arise about updating tribal census tracts that the information in Part Two: and in this example does not resolve, contact the Census Bureau for support and assistance. U.S. Census Bureau 2020 Census PSAP Tribal Paper Respondent Guide 45 Figure 4. Tribal Block Group Boundary Change (Fictitious Example) U.S. Census Bureau 2020 Census PSAP Tribal Paper Respondent Guide 46 12.2 CDP Update Example Census designated places (CDPs) can be added on federally recognized American Indian Areas with a reservation and/or off-reservation trust lands and OTSAs. Figure 5 depicts adding a new CDP for an OTSA tribal participant. Regardless of the participant, CDP boundaries are red. Figure 5. Adding a New CDP (Fictitious Example) U.S. Census Bureau 2020 Census PSAP Tribal Paper Respondent Guide 47 12.3 ANVSA Update Example Figure 6, for the sake of the scale of the map and this Respondent Guide, only shows a portion of the correction necessary. It does not depict the new purple boundary atop the green park boundary in order to maintain a better visual for the Census Bureau. In this example, the entire boundary needs to conjoin with the park boundary. It appears as though the boundary of the park shifted and the ANVSA boundary did not move with it. The opportunity to correct that misalignment occurs in 2020 Census PSAP. When situations like this occur, adding supporting documentation or a note that describes the issue helps the Census Bureau interpret the requested change. Figure 6. ANVSA Boundary Correction (Fictitious Example) U.S. Census Bureau 2020 Census PSAP Tribal Paper Respondent Guide 48 12.4 ANRC Update Example Updates to ANRCs are not likely; however, they may use the ANRC paper map to make corrections to the boundaries or the ANRC name. Provide the explanation for the correction on the map or in separate, supporting documentation. For the sake of this example, Figure 7 shows a name correction and supporting documentation. The legal documentation cited in the map note is required in addition to the note on the map itself. ANRCs are more likely to perform edits to ANVSAs as shown in Section 12.3. Figure 7. ANRC Name Correction (Fictitious Example) 12.5 OTSA Update Example Figure 8 shows the proper way to modify the existing boundary of an OTSA. Though an uncommon update since OTSAs follow former legal boundaries, the image is used to depict the proper use of symbology (X and //) as well as color (purple). The net result of this change is area added to the Miami OTSA. Figure 8. OTSA Boundary Change (Fictitious Example) U.S. Census Bureau 2020 Census PSAP Tribal Paper Respondent Guide 49 12.6 TDSA Update Example Figure 9 shows modification of an existing boundary of a TDSA due to a cartographic error. The image depicts the proper use of symbology (X and //) as well as color (purple) and provides an example of including information related to a boundary error in the Census Bureau. This type of information helps the Census Bureau understand the change suggested. Figure 9. TDSA Boundary Change with Additional Information (Fictitious Example) 12.7 SDTSA Update Example Figure 10 illustrates the addition of new area to the SDTSA and the removal of existing area from the SDTSA. As with all of the previous examples, the image depicts the proper use of symbology (X and //) as well as color (purple), but it shows changing the name of the SDTSA to reflect the new name of the tribe, as discussed in Section 9.2. Figure 10. SDTSA Boundary Changes and Name Change (Fictitious Example) U.S. Census Bureau 2020 Census PSAP Tribal Paper Respondent Guide 50 12.8 SAIR Update Example Figure 11 shows the proper manner to modify the existing boundary of a SAIR. The image depicts the proper use of symbology (X and //) as well as color (purple) and supporting documentation noted on the map. The net result of this change is more area added to the Hassanamisco Reservation. The legal documentation cited in the map note is required in addition to the note on the map itself. Figure 11. SAIR Boundary Correction (Fictitious Example) U.S. Census Bureau 2020 Census PSAP Tribal Paper Respondent Guide 51 CHAPTER 13. SUBMITTING UPDATED 2020 CENSUS PSAP MAPS After completing the review and performing updates to the PSAP paper maps, separate the updated map sheets from the ones without updates. Make a copy of the portion of the map(s) that shows the proposed update(s). Retain the copies for reference during the verification phase scheduled to begin in January 2020. Retain copies of all supporting documentation that reinforces the participant’s position for the retention of a failing geography (below minimum/above maximum tribal census tract or tribal block group) and any other information that may benefit the Census Bureau’s review of the submission. Place the updated maps and all supporting documentation in the original delineation material packaging (i.e., map tubes, box, or envelope). Use the FedEx postage-paid label/envelope to return the updated materials to the Census Bureau. If postage-paid label is misplaced, call the Census Bureau’s PSAP help line at 1-844-788-4921 for instructions on receiving a replacement label/envelope. If participants choose to ship the updated materials on their own, without contacting the PSAP line, the Census Bureau recommends using a service that provides tracking information, such as USPS traceable delivery, FedEx, United Parcel Service (UPS), or similar service. IMPORTANT: Do not send updated materials on a flow basis. Complete all work prior to making a submission. The address to use for shipping without the postage-paid label/envelope is as follows: ATTN: GEOGRAPHY PSAP BLDG 63E National Processing Center 1201 E 10th St Jeffersonville IN 47132 U.S. Census Bureau 2020 Census PSAP Tribal Paper Respondent Guide 52 PART THREE: NEXT STEPS IN 2020 CENSUS PSAP Congratulations on the completion of the delineation phase of 2020 Census PSAP. While this is a major step, it does not conclude participation in 2020 Census PSAP. The final part to this document describes the next steps for 2020 Census PSAP. These steps include a high-level description of the processing of participants’ submissions conducted by the Census Bureau that must occur prior to the verification phase. The document concludes by highlighting the plans for the verification and closeout phases of 2020 Census PSAP. The Census Bureau begins its review of the submitted paper map materials. This process includes performing basic validation checks and conducting basic quality assessments to ensure the enforcement of specific criteria for each tribal statistical geography. After completing the review of the updated delineation materials, the Census Bureau uses the newly suggested geographies to generate the final version of the proposed plan, reviewed by participants during the verification phase. The verification phase begins January 2020 with participants having 90 days to review the verification materials for accuracy of the updates they provided during the delineation phase and respond with suggested corrections. Participants receive a prepaid, verification phase postcard asking them to verify, accept, or reject the final version of the proposed plan. The Census Bureau plans to conduct follow-up with nonresponding participants in order to ensure receipt of a response from each that participated during the delineation phase. Once the Census Bureau receives the verification phase postcard with the approval or acceptance of the verification plan or after they receive the suggested corrections, they can finalize the 2020 Census statistical boundaries. In October 2020, the Census Bureau begins the closeout phase of the 2020 Census PSAP to ensure there are no outstanding changes submitted by participants or to communicate the reasoning for not making participant suggested changes. The timing of this phase begins after allowing time for processing any updates from the verification phase. More details on both the verification and closeout phases will appear on the PSAP website as they become available. In addition, further communication occurs in advance of each of the last two phases. This concludes the instructional content for the delineation phase for 2020 Census PSAP. U.S. Census Bureau 2020 Census PSAP Tribal Paper Respondent Guide 53 APPENDICES U.S. Census Bureau 2020 Census PSAP Tribal Paper Respondent Guide 54 APPENDIX A. GLOSSARY Alaska Native Claims Settlement Act (ANCSA) – Federal legislation (Pub. L. 92-203, 85 Stat. 688 (1971); 43 U.S.C. 1602 et seq. (2000)) enacted in 1971 that recognized Native villages and Native groups, and established ANRCs and their regional boundaries. Alaska Native Regional Corporation (ANRC) – A corporate geographic area established under the Alaska Native Claims Settlement Act (Pub. L. 92–203, 85 Stat. 688 (1971)) to conduct both the business and nonprofit affairs of Alaska Natives. Twelve ANRCs cover the entire State of Alaska except for the Annette Island Reserve. Alaska Native – For purposes of PSAP, Alaska Native refers to anyone who self-identifies as an American Indian and/or an Alaska Native (AIAN) alone or in combination with one or more other races and resides in Alaska. Alaska Native village (ANV) – A local governmental unit in Alaska that constitutes an association, band, clan, community, group, tribe, or village recognized by and eligible to receive services from the BIA and/or in accordance with the ANCSA as a Native village or Native group. Alaska Native Village Corporation (ANVC) – A corporation created pursuant to the ANCSA and organized under the laws of the state of Alaska as a for-profit or non-profit business to hold, invest, manage, and/or distribute lands, property, funds, and assets for or on behalf of a Native village. Alaska Native village statistical area (ANVSA) – A statistical geographic entity that represents the residences, permanent and/or seasonal, for Alaska Natives who are members of or receiving government services from the defining ANV that are located within the region and vicinity of the ANV’s historic and/or traditional location. ANVSAs are intended to represent the relatively densely settled portion of each ANV and should include only an area where Alaska Natives, especially members of the defining ANV, represent a significant proportion of the population during at least one season of the year (at least three consecutive months). American Community Survey (ACS) – A survey conducted by the Census Bureau that uses a series of monthly samples to produce annually updated data for the same small areas (census tract and block groups) as the decennial census long-form sample previously surveyed. The Census Bureau last utilized the long-form during Census 2000. American Indian Area (AIA) – A Census Bureau term that refers to any or all of the following entities: American Indian reservation, American Indian off-reservation trust land, Oklahoma tribal statistical area, joint use area, American Indian tribal subdivision, tribal designated statistical area, and state designated American Indian statistical area. American Indian off-reservation trust land (ORTL) – An area of land located outside the boundaries of an AIR, whose boundaries are established by deed, and which are held in trust by the U.S. federal government for a federally recognized American Indian tribe or members of that tribe. U.S. Census Bureau 2020 Census PSAP Tribal Paper Respondent Guide A-1 American Indian reservation (AIR) – An area of land with boundaries established by final treaty, statute, executive order, and/or court order and over which a federally recognized, American Indian tribal government has governmental authority. Along with ‘‘reservation’’ primary governmental or administrative division of a county in 28 states and the ‘‘reservation’’ designations such as colonies, communities, pueblos, rancherias, and reserves apply to AIRs. American Indian tribal subdivision – A legal subdivision of a federally recognized American Indian reservation, off-reservation trust land, or a statistical subdivision of Oklahoma tribal statistical areas. These entities are internal units of self-government or administration that serve social, cultural, and/or economic purposes for American Indians. Borough – A legal geographic entity within the state of Alaska. For purposes of PSAP, the Census Bureau treats boroughs equivalent to county in other states for data collection, tabulation, and presentation purposes. Boundary – A line, either invisible or coincident with a visible feature that identifies the extent of a geographic entity, such as a census tract, city, county, state, or reservation. A boundary marks the limits of an area. Boundary and Annexation Survey (BAS) – An annual survey to collect information about selected legally defined geographic areas. The Census Bureau uses BAS as a means to update information about the legal boundaries and names of all governmental units in the United States. Bureau of Indian Affairs (BIA) – The primary agency of the federal government, located within the U.S. Department of the Interior (DOI), charged with the trust and responsibility between the federal government and federally recognized AIAN tribal governments and communities, including BIA-recognized ANVs. Bureau of Land Management (BLM) – The primary agency of the federal government, located within the DOI, charged with carrying out the ANCSA. Census block – A census block is an area bounded by visible and/or invisible features shown on Census Bureau maps. A census block is the smallest geographic area created by the Census Bureau for which it collects and tabulates decennial census data. Census blocks are numbered within block groups and are uniquely numbered within census tracts. Census block group – Block groups are statistical geographic divisions of a census tract, defined for the tabulation and dissemination of census data from the decennial censuses, the ACS, and other select surveys. Census block number – Census block numbers contain a 4-digit number. Census blocks are numbered uniquely within each census tract. Census Bureau – An agency within the U.S. Department of Commerce. The Census Bureau is the country's preeminent statistical collection and dissemination agency. It publishes a wide variety of statistical data about people and the economy of the nation. The Census Bureau conducts approximately 200 annual surveys and conducts the decennial census of the United States population. U.S. Census Bureau 2020 Census PSAP Tribal Paper Respondent Guide A-2 Census Bureau map – Any map produced by the Census Bureau. A Census Bureau map displays geographic entities used in a Census Bureau sponsored census or survey for which the Census Bureau tabulates data. Census county division (CCD) – Statistical geographic entities in 21 states where minor civil divisions either do not exist or have been unsatisfactory for reporting statistical data. The Census Bureau, in cooperation with state, tribal, and local officials, delineate these areas solely for statistical purposes. CCDs have no legal function and are not legal governmental units. The primary goal of CCDs is to establish and maintain a set of sub-county geographies with stable boundaries and recognizable names. Naming of each CCD is based on a place, county, or wellknown local name that identifies its location. In most cases, census tracts nest within CCDs, but in less populated counties CCDs nest within census tracts. Census designated place (CDP) – Statistical geographic entities representing closely settled, unincorporated communities that are locally recognized and identified by name. CDPs are the statistical equivalent of incorporated places, with the primary differences being the lack of both a legally defined boundary and an active, functioning governmental structure chartered by the state and administered by elected official. Census tract – A small, relatively permanent statistical subdivision of a county or statistically equivalent entity delineated for data presentation. Designed to be relatively homogeneous units with respect to population characteristics, economic status, and living conditions at the time of establishment, census tracts generally contain between 1,000 and 8,000 people, with an optimum size of 4,000 people. Delineated with the intention of being stable over many decades, census tract boundaries generally follow relatively permanent visible features. However, they may follow governmental unit boundaries and other invisible features in some instances; the boundary of a state or county (or statistically equivalent entity) is always a census tract boundary. Census tract number – Unique numbers to identify census tracts within a county or statistically equivalent entity. Census tract numbers contain up to a 4-digit number followed by a decimal point and a 2-digit number for suffixed tracts, e.g., 1234.01. For census tracts without a suffix, the number will contain a period with zero fill, e.g., 4567.00. Leading zeros for census tracts, e.g., 0001.00, are not shown on Census Bureau maps. This tract would appear as “1” on maps. City-style address – The Census Bureau’s definition of a city style address is an address consisting of a house number and street or road name. For example, 201 Main Street is a city style address. The address may or may not be used for the delivery of mail and may include apartment numbers/designations or similar identifiers. Coextensive – The Census Bureau defines coextensive as two or more geographic entities that cover exactly the same area, with all boundaries shared. Conjoint – The Census Bureau defines conjoint as a boundary line shared by two adjacent geographic entities. Contiguous – The Census Bureau defines contiguous as areas sharing common boundary lines, more than a single point, such that the areas, when combined, form a single piece of territory. Non-contiguous areas form disjoint pieces. U.S. Census Bureau 2020 Census PSAP Tribal Paper Respondent Guide A-3 County – The primary legal division of most states. Most are governmental units with powers defined by state law. Edges – All linear features contained in the MAF/TIGER database. Edges shapefile – All linear features in the MAF/TIGER database are contained in the edges shapefile. Participants use the edges shapefile to add, delete, or change linear feature attributes. Faces – Topological areas in the MAF/TIGER database formed by edges. Feature – Any part of the landscape, whether natural (a stream or ridge) or artificial (a road or power line). In a geographic context, features are any part of the landscape portrayed on a map, including nonvisible boundaries of legal entities, such as, city limits or county lines. Federal Information Processing Series (FIPS)—These are codes formerly known as Federal Information Processing Standards codes, until the National Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST) announced its decision in 2005 to remove geographic entity codes from its oversight. The Census Bureau continues to maintain and issue codes for geographic entities covered under FIPS oversight, albeit with a revised meaning for the FIPS acronym. Geographic entities covered under FIPS include states, counties, congressional districts, core based statistical areas, places, county subdivisions, sub-minor civil divisions, consolidated cities, and all types of American Indian, Alaska Native, and Native Hawaiian areas. FIPS codes are assigned alphabetically according to the name of the geographic entity and may change to maintain alphabetic sort when new entities are created or names change. FIPS codes for specific geographic entity types are usually unique within the next highest level of geographic entity with which a nesting relationship exists. For example, FIPS state, congressional district, and core based statistical area codes are unique within nation; FIPS county, place, county subdivision, and sub-minor civil division codes are unique within state. The codes for American Indian, Alaska Native, and Native Hawaiian areas also are unique within state; those areas in multiple states will have different codes for each state. Geocodes – Codes that place an individual address in its correct geographic location, which includes the correct state, county, census tract, and census block codes. Because the Census Bureau counts people where they live, geocodes provide information to Census enumerators for locating an address. Accurate geocoding also ensures the Census Bureau counts housing units, and the people associated with them, in the correct census geography. Geographic Information System (GIS) – A computer system for the storage, retrieval, and maintenance of information about the points, lines, and areas that represent the streets and roads, rivers, railroads, geographic entities, and other features on the surface of the Earthinformation that previously was available only on paper maps. Geographic Update Partnership Software (GUPS) – A self-contained GIS update and processing package provided by the Census Bureau for participation in a variety of Census geography programs, including 2020 Census PSAP. Pre-packaged to include all of the components for 2020 PSAP, the GUPS contains the Census Bureau’s TIGER partnership shapefiles necessary to participate. GUPS allows the participant to add external geospatial data (shapefiles, geodatabases, and imagery) for comparison and update purposes. U.S. Census Bureau 2020 Census PSAP Tribal Paper Respondent Guide A-4 Group quarters – The Census Bureau defines group quarters as a location where people live or stay in a group living arrangement that is owned or managed by an entity or organization providing housing and/or services for the residents. This is not a typical household-type living arrangement. These services may include custodial or medical care as well as other types of assistance, and residency is commonly restricted to those receiving these services. People living in group quarters are usually not related to each other. Group quarters include such places as college residence halls, residential treatment centers, skilled nursing facilities, group homes, military barracks, correctional facilities, and workers’ dormitories. Housing unit – The Census Bureau defines a housing unit as a house, an apartment, a mobile home or trailer, or a group of rooms or a single room occupied as a separate living quarter or, if vacant, intended for occupancy as a separate living quarter. Separate living quarters are those in which the occupants live and eat separately from any other residents of the building and which have direct access from outside the building or through a common hall. Incorporated place —A type of governmental unit, incorporated under state law as a city, town (except in New England, New York, and Wisconsin), borough (except in Alaska and New York), or village, generally to provide governmental services for a concentration of people within legally prescribed boundaries. Legal boundary – The legally defined boundary of a governmental unit, usually referring to a county, minor civil division, or incorporated place. The legal boundary identifies the area within a tribal government's jurisdiction, and thus bounds the area of PSAP responsibility. Master Address File (MAF) – The Census Bureau’s nationwide database of all addresses and physical/location descriptions known to the Census Bureau used to support many of the Census Bureau’s operations. Besides containing mailing addresses and ZIP Codes, a MAF record also contains geographic information about the location of addresses. The Census Bureau’s Geography Division regularly updates the MAF/TIGER Database from various sources, including the United States Postal Service (USPS) Delivery Sequence File (DSF) and other sources of updates such as current surveys and locally provided sources. MAF/TIGER database (MTDB) – The Census Bureau’s nationwide geographic database, which integrates the Master Address File (MAF) and Topologically Integrated Geographic Encoding and Referencing (TIGER) files. MAF/TIGER Feature Classification Code (MTFCC) – A 5-digit code assigned by the Census Bureau to classify and describe geographic objects or features in the MAF/TIGER database and its output products. Metadata – describes the data content, coordinate system/projection, author, source, and other characteristics of GIS files. Minor civil division (MCD) – The primary governmental or administrative division of a county in 29 states and the Island Areas having legal boundaries, names, and descriptions. The MCDs represent many different types of legal entities with a wide variety of characteristics, powers, and functions depending on the state and type of MCD. In some states, some or all of the incorporated places also constitute MCDs. MCDs are identified by a variety of terms, such as town (in eight states), township, and/or district. They include both functioning and nonfunctioning government entities. U.S. Census Bureau 2020 Census PSAP Tribal Paper Respondent Guide A-5 Native group (NG) – Any tribe, band, clan, group, community, village, or village association of Alaska Natives designated by the Secretary of the Interior composed of less than 25, but more than three, Alaska Natives, who also comprised a majority of the residents of a locality at the time of the 1970 Census. Native village (NV) – Any tribe, band, clan, group, community, village, or village association of Alaska Natives listed in Sections 11 and 16 of the ANCSA (See 43 U.S.C. 1610 and 1615 (2000)) or which the Secretary of the Interior determines was composed of 25 or more Alaska Natives, who also comprised a majority of the residents of a locality at the time of the 1970 Census. Non-city style address – The Census Bureau’s definition of a non-city style address is one that does not have a house number and/or street name or may not include a complete house number and street name address. This includes rural route and box number address and highway contract route addresses, etc., which may include a box number, post office boxes and drawers, and general delivery. Nonvisible feature – The Census Bureau defines a nonvisible feature as one that is not visible on the ground and/or in imagery such as a city or county boundary through space, a property line, or line-of-sight extension of a road. Off-Reservation Trust Land (ORTL) – A type of legal geographic entity that is a recognized American Indian land area for which the United States federal government holds fee title in trust for the benefit of a tribe (tribal trust land) or for an individual American Indian (individual trust land). Trust lands can be alienated or encumbered only by the owner with the approval of the Secretary of the Interior or his/her authorized representative. Trust lands may be located on or off an AIR. The Census Bureau recognizes and tabulates data for AIRS and ORTLs because the tribe has governmental authority over these lands. Primary tribal governmental authority generally is not attached to tribal lands located off the AIR until the lands are placed in trust. In Census Bureau data tabulations, ORTLs are always associated with a specific federal AIR and/or tribal government. Participant Statistical Areas Program (PSAP) – A Census Bureau program offered every 10 years that allows identified participants, following established criteria and guidelines, to review and update existing statistical geographies and delineate new statistical geographies as appropriate. The standard statistical geographies include census tracts, block groups, census designated places, and census county divisions. Place – A concentration of population either legally bound as an incorporated place or identified by the Census Bureau as a census designated place. PSAP official liaison – A person at the PSAP participating government or organization identified to serve as the primary point of contact for PSAP. PSAP technical contact – A person serving as the technical point of contact for a PSAP participant that likely conducts the actual program work using the Census Bureau’s Geographic Update Partnership Software (GUPS) or paper maps (for tribal participants). U.S. Census Bureau 2020 Census PSAP Tribal Paper Respondent Guide A-6 Regional Census Center (RCC) – Temporary offices set up approximately two years prior to the decennial census. The geographic staff from the Regional Offices are assigned to their respective RCC and assist with the execution of various geographic operations as well as provide support for the field operations conducted during the decennial. Regional Office (RO) – One of the permanent Census Bureau offices responsible for the Census Bureau’s office and field operations within its region. Retracting – The Census Bureau defines retracting as substantially changing the boundaries of a census tract so that comparability over decades is lost. Shapefile – Digital representations of geographic features, such as roads and boundaries used to create maps. A shapefile stores non-topological geometry and attribute information for the spatial features in a dataset. The Census Bureau provides county-based shapefiles in Esri shapefile format. Special use census tract/block group – A type of census tract or block group designated as a specific use type (e.g., state park or large lake) and has an official name (e.g. Cleburne State Park or Lake Minnetonka). Special use geographies should contain no (or very little) population or housing, and must not create a non-contiguous census tract/block group. Standard statistical geographic entity (standard statistical geographies) – A geographic entity specifically defined and delineated (census tract, block group, census designated place, census county division) so that the Census Bureau may tabulate data for it. Designation as a statistical entity neither conveys nor confers legal ownership, entitlement, or jurisdictional authority. Street segment – The portion of a street or road between two features that intersect that street or road, such as, other streets or roads, railroad tracks, streams, and governmental unit boundaries. The Census Bureau records the known address ranges for every street segment with city-style addresses. Topologically Integrated Geographic Encoding and Referencing (TIGER)—The Census Bureau’s digital map, including the geographic coordinates and names of streets, water features, other linear features, and boundaries for all jurisdictions and statistical areas that provide the geospatial framework for collecting and tabulating census data. TIGER also contains the structure coordinates of address records in the Master Address File (MAF) and address ranges along street features used for geocoding MAF records to census geography. Visible feature – The Census Bureau defines a visible feature as one that can be seen on the ground and/or in imagery. Visible features include a street, railroad tract, major above ground transmission line or pipeline, stream, shoreline, fence, distinctly defined mountain ridge, or cliff. A non-standard visible feature is a visible feature that may not be clearly defined on the ground (such as a ridgeline), may be seasonal (such as an intermittent stream), or may be relatively impermanent (such as a fence). The Census Bureau generally requests verification that nonstandard visible features used for statistical geographies pose no problem during fieldwork necessary to conduct a census or survey. U.S. Census Bureau 2020 Census PSAP Tribal Paper Respondent Guide A-7 APPENDIX B. 2020 CENSUS PSAP CRITERIA In Part One: of the Respondent Guide, individual tables reflect each of the geographies separately. This table summarizes that information into one table. Table 10: Tribal Statistical Geographies and their Population and Housing Criteria 15 Tribal statistical Nests Within Population Criteria Housing Unit Criteria geography Tribal census tracts AIR and/or Optimum 4,000 Optimum 1,600 ORTL Minimum 1,200 Minimum 480 Maximum Tribal block groups Tribal census tract Census designated places (CDPs) State Tribal designated statistical areas (TDSAs) State designated tribal statistical areas (SDTSAs) 15 8,000 Maximum 3,200 N/A Optimum 1,500 Minimum 600 Maximum 3,000 A CDP cannot have zero population and zero housing units. Minimum 1,200 Optimum None Minimum 240 Maximum 1,200 A CDP cannot have zero population and zero housing units. Minimum 480 State Minimum Minimum 1,200 480 The minimum population and housing unit information listed for TDSAs and SDTSAs is a guideline, not criteria. U.S. Census Bureau 2020 Census PSAP Tribal Respondent Guide B-1 APPENDIX C. PSAP HISTORICAL BACKGROUND History of Census Tracts In 1905, Dr. Walter Laidlaw originated the concept of permanent, small geographic areas as a framework for studying change from one decennial census to another in neighborhoods within New York City. For the 1910 Census, eight cities—New York, Baltimore, Boston, Chicago, Cleveland, Philadelphia, Pittsburgh, and St. Louis—delineated census tracts (then termed “districts”) for the first time. No additional jurisdictions delineated census tracts until just prior to the 1930 Census, when an additional ten cities chose to do so. The increased interest in census tracts for the 1930 Census is attributed to the promotional efforts of Howard Whipple Green, who was a statistician in Cleveland, Ohio, and later the chairman of the American Statistical Association's Committee on Census Enumeration Areas. For more than twenty-five years, Mr. Green strongly encouraged local citizens, via committees, to establish census tracts and other census statistical geographic areas. The committees created by local citizens were known as Census Tract Committees, later called Census Statistical Areas Committees. After 1930, the Census Bureau saw the need to standardize the delineation, review, and updating of census tracts and published the first set of census tract criteria in 1934. The goal of the criteria has remained unchanged; that is, to assure comparability and data reliability through the standardization of the population thresholds for census tracts, as well as requiring that their boundaries follow specific types of geographic features that do not change frequently. The Census Bureau began publishing census tract data as part of its standard tabulations beginning with the 1940 Census. Prior to that time, census tract data were published as special tabulations. For the 1940 Census, the Census Bureau began publishing census block data for all cities with 50,000 or more people. Census block numbers were assigned, where possible, by census tract, but for those cities that had not yet delineated census tracts, “block areas” (called “block numbering areas” [BNAs] in later censuses) were created to assign census block numbers. Starting with the 1960 Census, the Census Bureau assumed a greater role in promoting and coordinating the delineation, review, and update of census tracts. For the 1980 Census, criteria for BNAs were changed to make them more comparable in size and shape to census tracts. For the 1990 Census, all counties contained either census tracts or BNAs. Census 2000 was the first decade in which census tracts were defined in all counties. In addition, the Census Bureau increased the number of geographic areas whose boundaries could be used as census tract boundaries. It also allowed tribal governments of federally recognized American Indian tribes with a reservation and/or off-reservation trust lands to delineate tracts without regard to state and/or county boundaries, provided the tribe had a 1990 Census population of at least 1,000. For the 2010 Census, the Census Bureau adopted changes to census tract criteria that recognized their utility as a framework of small geographic areas for presenting and analyzing statistical and other data for a variety of communities, settlement patterns, and landscapes. The Census Bureau augmented its minimum, maximum, and optimum population threshold with housing unit thresholds for use in defining census tracts for seasonal communities that have no or low population on census day (April 1). In addition, the Census Bureau formalized U.S. Census Bureau 2020 Census PSAP Tribal Respondent Guide C-1 criteria for census tracts defined for employment centers, airports, parks, large water bodies, and other special land uses that had been permitted in previous decades, but never specified within the criteria. The Census Bureau also established tribal census tracts as a geographic framework defined within federally recognized American Indian reservations and offreservation trust lands that is fully separate from the standard census tracts defined within counties. History of Block Groups The Census Bureau first delineated block groups as statistical geographic divisions of census tracts for the 1970 Census, comprising contiguous combinations of census blocks for data presentation purposes. At that time, census block groups only existed in urbanized areas in with census blocks. Defined without regard to political and administrative boundaries, block groups contained an average population of 1,000, and were approximately equal in area. As use of census block, block group, and census tract data increased among data users, the Census Bureau expanded these programs to cover additional geographic areas while redefining the population threshold criteria to more adequately suit data users’ needs. The 1990 Census was the first decennial census in which census blocks and block groups were defined throughout the entirety of the United States, Puerto Rico, and the Island Areas. For the 2000 Census, the Census Bureau increased the number of geographic areas whose boundaries could be used as block group boundaries, and allowed tribal governments of federally recognized American Indian tribes with a reservation and/or off-reservation trust lands to delineate tribal block groups without regard to state and/or county boundaries, provided the tribe had a 1990 Census population of at least 1,000. For the 2010 Census, the Census Bureau adopted changes to block group criteria that recognized their utility as a framework of small geographic areas for presenting and analyzing statistical and other data for a variety of communities, settlement patterns, and landscapes. The Census Bureau augmented its minimum and maximum population threshold with housing unit thresholds for use in defining block groups for seasonal communities that have no or low population on census day (April 1). In addition, the Census Bureau formalized criteria for block groups defined for employment centers, airports, parks, large water bodies, and other special land uses permitted in previous decades, but never specified within the criteria. The Census Bureau also established tribal block groups as a geographic framework defined within federally recognized American Indian reservations and off-reservation trust lands that is fully separate from the standard block groups defined within counties. History of Census Designated Places (CDPs) In response to data user needs for place-level data, the CDP concept and delineation criteria have evolved over the past seven decades. This evolution has taken into account differences in the way in which places were perceived, and the propensity for places to incorporate in various states. Over time, the result has been an increase in the number and types of unincorporated communities identified as CDPs, as well as an increasing consistency in the relationship between the CDP concept and the kinds of places encompassed by the incorporated place category, or a compromise between localized perceptions of place and a concept that would be familiar to data users throughout the United States, Puerto Rico, and the Island Areas. U.S. Census Bureau 2020 Census PSAP Tribal Respondent Guide C-2 Although not as numerous as incorporated places, CDPs have been important geographic entities since their introduction for the 1950 Census (CDPs were referred to as “unincorporated places” from 1950 through the 1970 decennial censuses). For the 1950 Census, CDPs were defined only outside urbanized areas and were required to have at least 1,000 residents. For the 1960 Census, CDPs could also be identified inside urbanized areas outside of New England, but these were required to have at least 10,000 residents. The Census Bureau modified the population threshold within urbanized areas to 5,000 residents in 1970, allowed for CDPs in urbanized areas in New England in 1980, and lowered the threshold for CDPs within urbanized areas to 2,500 in 1990. In time, other population thresholds were adopted for identification of CDPs in Alaska, Puerto Rico, the Island Areas, and on American Indian reservations (AIRs). The Census Bureau eliminated all population threshold requirements for Census 2000, achieving consistency between CDPs and incorporated places, for which the Census Bureau historically has published data without regard to population size. According to the 2010 Census, more than 38.7 million people in the United States, Puerto Rico, and the Island Areas lived in CDPs. The relative importance of CDPs varies from state to state depending on laws governing municipal incorporation and annexation, but also depending on local preferences and attitudes regarding the identification of places. History of Census County Divisions (CCDs) When CCDs were introduced prior to the 1950 Census, few alternatives were available for the provision of statistical data related to relatively stable, subcounty geographic units. Census tracts were defined in only a subset of metropolitan area counties. MCDs existed in all counties, but in some states, MCD boundaries changed frequently enough that they were not useful for comparing statistical data from one decade to another. For much of the period from the 1950 Census through the 1980 Census, county subdivisions (MCDs and CCDs) provided the only subcounty unit of geography at which data users could obtain statistical data for complete coverage of counties nationwide. The introduction of block numbering areas (BNAs) in counties without census tracts for the 1990 Census offered an alternate subcounty entity for which data could be tabulated. For Census 2000, the Census Bureau introduced census tracts nationwide (in many counties, BNAs were simply relabeled as “census tracts”), increasing the dissemination of, and ability to analyze, data at the census tract level, and providing an alternative set of subcounty statistical geographic areas in each county in addition to MCDs and CCDs. Nevertheless, CCDs and MCDs remain useful for presenting subcounty statistics and, in less populous counties containing only one or two census tracts, can provide greater spatial resolution when analyzing the distribution of population and characteristics. U.S. Census Bureau 2020 Census PSAP Tribal Respondent Guide C-3 APPENDIX D. HISTORY OF AMERICAN INDIAN AREAS IN THE DECENNIAL CENSUS The first constitutionally mandated population census in the United States was conducted in 1790. During the period 1790 through 1850, American Indians were enumerated during the decennial censuses only if living among the general population. It was not until 1860 that American Indians living on tribal lands in the western half of the United States were enumerated as a unique population group, but tabulations were not made available for tribal territories or geographic entities. An effort was made for the 1880 Census to enumerate and present data for American Indians living on specific, federally recognized AIRs, but this effort was not completed, and data were available only for tribes in the state of California, as well as parts of Dakota Territory and Washington Territory. The 1890 Census was the first in which American Indian data were collected and presented for individual AIRs, including the nowformer AIRs in Indian Territory (now part of Oklahoma); this practice continued through the 1910 Census. American Indian geographic entities were not recognized for the 1920 through 1960 censuses; thus, while American Indians were identified and enumerated, data were not available for the AIRs in which many lived. This decision was reversed with the 1970 Census for which the Census Bureau presented data for 115 AIRs. Still, there was no systematic program for the collection and reporting of all AIR boundaries. The Census Bureau began to report data systematically for a variety of AIAs starting with the 1980 Census, when it identified and presented data for a more complete inventory of AIRs. The Census Bureau worked with the Bureau of Indian Affairs (BIA) within the U.S. Department of the Interior (DOI) to identify boundaries for AIRs for federally recognized tribes, and with state government officials to identify boundaries for AIRs for state-recognized tribes, by obtaining maps depicting their legally established boundaries. Tribal ORTLs and American Indian subreservation areas (the latter now called tribal subdivisions) were both identified for the first time as geographic entities for the decennial census. To provide data for federally recognized tribes in Oklahoma that formerly had AIRs, the Census Bureau identified a single geographic entity called the Historic Areas of Oklahoma. The American Indian geographic programs implemented for the 1980 Census were continued with some improvements and additions for the 1990 Census. The Census Bureau began collecting boundaries and reporting data for individual ORTLs (i.e., allotments) in addition to tribal ORTLs, as long as the lands were under a tribe or tribes’ governmental authority, or were clearly identified with a particular tribe, tribal government, and/or AIR. The Census Bureau introduced the Tribal Review Program prior to the 1990 Census, which gave the affected federally recognized tribes the opportunity to review, and update if needed, the boundaries of their AIRs and/or ORTLs. The Census Bureau also replaced the single entity Historic Areas of Oklahoma with tribal jurisdiction statistical areas (TJSAs—now called OTSAs) whose boundaries were intended to correspond with those of the individual former AIRs in Oklahoma. In addition, as part of the continuing effort to improve the presentation of data for American Indians, the Census Bureau adopted the TDSA concept to identify lands associated with federally or state recognized tribes that did not have an AIR or ORTL. American Indian subreservation areas (now called tribal subdivisions) were not defined for the 1990 Census. The Census Bureau also offered tribal officials with an AIR and/ or ORTL the opportunity to provide suggestions for 1990 U.S. Census Bureau 2020 Census PSAP Tribal Respondent Guide D-1 Census tabulation block boundaries on their AIR and ORTL through the Block Definition Project (BDP), similar to the Block Boundary Suggestion Project portion of the Redistricting Data Program. In preparation for Census 2000, the Census Bureau continued to work with tribal governments and federal and state agencies, as well as the Census Race and Ethnic Advisory Committee (REAC) of the American Indian and Alaska Native (AIAN) populations (referred to hereafter as AIAN REAC), to improve the identification of AIAs. For federally recognized tribes, the Census Bureau offered programs to collect updated AIR and ORTL boundaries directly from the tribal governments using the 1990 Census boundaries as a baseline. The Tribal Review Program was offered a second time in 1997 and again enabled officials of all federally recognized American Indian tribes with an AIR or ORTL to review and, if necessary, update the Census Bureau’s maps of their AIRs and/or ORTLs before Census 2000. The Tribal Review Program also included updating and correcting the roads and other geographic features shown on the Census Bureau’s maps, and providing suggestions for Census 2000 block boundaries in the BDP. The Tribal Review Program, prior to Census 2000, also gave tribes in Oklahoma the opportunity to review the delineation of their 1990 Census TJSAs. Census 2000 was the first decennial census for which census tracts were defined throughout the United States. American Indian tribes benefited from this change as the Census Bureau allowed tribal governments of federally recognized American Indian tribes with an AIR or ORTL to delineate census tracts without regard to state or county boundaries, provided the AIR/ORTL had a 1990 Census population of at least 1,000. Beginning in 1998, the Census Bureau included federally recognized American Indian tribes with an AIR and/or ORTL in its annual BAS, thus replacing the once a decade Tribal Review Program. All AIRs and ORTLs included in the 2000 BAS were also included in the Census 2000 Boundary Validation Program (BVP). The BVP offered a final opportunity for tribal leaders to review the Census Bureau’s depiction of their AIR/ORTL boundaries prior to Census 2000 and provide any updates to ensure those boundaries were shown correctly as of January 1, 2000 (the reference date of the boundaries used for Census 2000 data tabulations). To support tribal requests for data by administrative subdivisions, the Census Bureau again offered tribal officials the opportunity to delineate American Indian tribal subdivisions (similar to the 1980 Census subreservation areas). For Census 2000, on the recommendation of the AIAN REAC, the Census Bureau adopted the state designated American Indian statistical area (SDAISA) to represent geographic areas for state-designated tribes that lacked AIRs and ORTLs, thus distinguishing these areas from TDSAs, which continued to represent geographic areas associated with federally recognized tribes that lacked AIRs and ORTLs. The designation TJSA was changed to OTSA to more accurately reflect that these entities were defined solely to present statistical information, and did not represent areas in which legal jurisdiction was conferred or inferred by the federal government. The 2010 Census provided an opportunity to enhance the Census Bureau’s ability to provide meaningful, statistically relevant data about federal and state-recognized tribes. Two statistical entities, tribal tracts and tribal block groups, were redefined to provide federally recognized tribes with AIRs greater control and flexibility in delineating such areas. The final criteria and guidelines for TDSAs and SDTSAs (formerly known as SDAISAs) encouraged tribes without an U.S. Census Bureau 2020 Census PSAP Tribal Respondent Guide D-2 AIR and/or ORTL to delineate geographic areas that more effectively present the important data for their populations. SDAISAs were renamed to SDTSAs to create a more consistent naming convention for Census Bureau tribal entities. SDTSAs, TDSAs, OTSAs, tribal subdivisions defined within OTSAs, tribal block groups, and tribal tracts were referred to collectively as ‘‘tribal statistical areas’’ as they are not legally defined geographic entities. These entities were included in the new TSAP, a more inclusive term to refer to the delineation process for all the tribal statistical areas for the decennial census. This program facilitated the definition and delineation of tribal statistical areas, and enhanced the ability of tribes to acquire meaningful data about their tribal members. For the 2020 Census, the TSAP program integrates back into PSAP. The same criteria established in 2010 are in effect for 2020 Census PSAP. U.S. Census Bureau 2020 Census PSAP Tribal Respondent Guide D-3 APPENDIX E. HISTORY OF ALASKA NATIVE AREAS IN THE DECENNIAL CENSUS Prior to the 1980 Census, the Census Bureau had no program specifically designed to recognize or tabulate data for Alaska Native Areas (ANAs). Data were published for most of the Alaska Native Villages (ANVs) as either incorporated places or ‘‘unincorporated places’’ (referred to as census designated places (CDPs) in later censuses). Congress used data tabulated from the 1970 Census for these places, in conjunction with other information, to determine if they qualified as a ‘‘Native village’’ or a ‘‘Native group’’ in accordance with the Alaska Native Claims Settlement Act (ANCSA). Upon enactment of the ANCSA, the Census Bureau began to report data specifically for ANAs beginning with the 1980 Census. The types of ANAs included in the 1980 Census were based on recommendations of an ad hoc interagency committee established by Office of Management and Budget (OMB) to examine how the federal government could provide improved data for Alaska Natives. In addition to input from OMB, the Census Bureau also consulted directly with Alaska Native tribal governments and associations, as well as Alaska State officials. The Census Bureau used approximate boundaries for the ANRCs to tabulate data from the 1980 Census. Data for ANRCs were not published as part of the standard decennial census tabulations, but were included in a supplementary report. In sparsely populated areas, the ANRC boundaries were generalized to follow visible features and the boundaries of other census geographic entities. For the 1980 Census, the Census Bureau worked with Alaska State officials to identify the names and locations of ANVs recognized in accordance with the ANCSA, and to delineate their boundaries. The boundaries of most ANVs coincided with the boundaries of other census geographic entities, in particular incorporated places and CDPs. For the few remaining ANVs whose boundaries did not coincide with incorporated place or CDP boundaries, the Census Bureau delineated boundaries that corresponded to one or more enumeration districts (similar to the block groups of later censuses). For the 1980 Census, the Census Bureau identified 209 ANVs. After reviewing these data from the 1980 Census, the Census Bureau discovered that the territory encompassing housing units and population associated with an ANV did not necessarily correspond with the territory of an incorporated place or CDP of the same name. In addition, ANV and ANRC officials commented that the ANV boundaries for the 1980 Census were not their historical or traditional boundaries. The ANV boundaries also did not represent the land withdrawals, selections, or conveyances for the Alaska Native Village Corporations (ANVCs) made pursuant to the ANCSA or the lands historically or traditionally used for subsistence activities, including hunting and fishing. In response to these concerns and to emphasize that these points were all valid, the Census Bureau changed the term for these statistical geographic entities from ANVs to ANVSAs to indicate that while they still were based on the historical or traditional location of the ANV, they did not necessarily represent the ANV’s historical or traditional boundary. U.S. Census Bureau 2020 Census PSAP Tribal Respondent Guide E-1 To improve the accuracy of ANRC boundaries for the 1990 Census, the Census Bureau transferred the ANRC boundaries from a source map provided by the U.S. Bureau of Land Management (BLM) onto a series of U.S. Geological Survey (USGS) 1:250,000-scale topographic maps. The Census Bureau implemented a review process, which included the participation of each ANRC, to verify that the ANRC regional boundary was updated correctly. At the request of ANRCs, the Census Bureau worked directly with the ANRC’s non- profit associations, whose purpose is to conduct the sociocultural outreach and support for members and other Alaska Natives within their region, in reviewing each regional boundary. ANV government officials and ANRA officials were encouraged to delineate ANVSA boundaries for the 1990 Census to facilitate enumeration of Alaska Natives, especially in remote Alaska. To meet the need for collecting, tabulating, and presenting data for the ANV housing and population, it was important to be able to allocate the housing units correctly and thus population. To correctly allocate the housing units ANVSA boundaries ANVSA boundaries were required to follow physical features that would likely be visible to census enumerators, such as roads, trails, shorelines, rivers, streams, and ridgelines, or locally known boundaries of other legal geographic entities, such as boroughs, ANRCs, etc. For the 1990 Census, the Census Bureau identified 217 ANVSAs. There were no changes to the types of ANAs identified for Census 2000. Similar to the 1990 Census, ANRC boundaries were reviewed by officials of the ANRAs. A few small boundary corrections were made for some of the ANRCs. The new development seen in the Census 2000 was the introduction of tribal- designated statistical areas (TDSAs) in Alaska. TDSAs had existed in some of the forty-eight conterminous states for the 1990 Census, but they had purposely been excluded from Alaska because ANVSAs were thought to cover all the ANVs in Alaska. Some data users stated that there was a difference between those ANVs that participated in the ANCSA and those that did not, but were recognized by the U.S. Bureau of Indian Affairs (BIA) as tribes and eligible to receive services from the BIA. In an attempt to remedy this, the Census Bureau introduced TDSAs in Alaska. For Census 2000, the Census Bureau identified 205 ANVSAs and two TDSAs in Alaska (Tetlin TDSA and Kamatak TDSA). Fewer ANVSAs were delineated for Census 2000 primarily because some of the ANVs identified in previous censuses were not recognized in accordance with the ANCSA or recognized by the BIA. For the 2010 Census, the Census Bureau introduced two changes. The review of the boundaries for the ANRCs were included in the materials for the Boundary and Annexation Survey (BAS). Each ANRA was invited to review their regional boundary, especially in relation to the boundaries of the Public Land Survey System (PLSS) townships and sections, to confirm that it is the correct legal boundary for that region as developed under the ANCSA. Each ANRC was also reviewed to determine if the correct ANVSAs were depicted within its regional boundary. At the request of the ANRCs, the Census Bureau continued to work with representatives of the twelve ANRAs to review the regional boundaries and to ensure that the name for each region continued to closely match the name of the ANRC for that region. The goal for the 2010 Census was to improve the delineation of ANVSA boundaries to result in more consistent and comparable ANVSAs and more meaningful, relevant, and reliable statistical data for Alaska Natives and their ANVs. The majority of ANVSAs from the 2000 Census met this goal, along with a few additional ANVs not delineated as ANVSAs in the 2000 Census. U.S. Census Bureau 2020 Census PSAP Tribal Respondent Guide E-2 Additionally, in an effort to delineate ANVSAs that met this goal, the Census Bureau decided to discontinue the delineation of TDSAs in Alaska. Instead, all ANVs eligible to delineate TDSAs for the 2000 Census were eligible to delineate ANVSAs for the 2010 Census if the resulting ANVSA met all the program’s criteria. For the 2010 Census, the Census Bureau identified 218 ANVSAs. Including former Tetlin TDSA. The Kamatak TDSA did not meet the eligibility criteria. For the 2020 Census, the TSAP program integrates back into PSAP. The same criteria established in 2010 are in effect for 2020 Census PSAP. No new types of ANAs are proposed for the 2020 Census; however, to ensure the quality of the ANRC boundaries, the ANRC boundary review is being conducted in tandem with the ANVSA boundary review through the PSAP instead of separately in BAS. U.S. Census Bureau 2020 Census PSAP Tribal Respondent Guide E-3 APPENDIX F. TIGERWEB ONLINE MAP VIEWER The Census Bureau’s TIGERweb online map viewer, located at , allows participants to view the Census Bureau's 2010 census geographies layers in addition to the paper maps. TIGERweb allows viewing, at street level detail, features such as roads, waterways, and county, place/city, CDP, tribal census tracts and tribal block groups, census tracts and block groups, and satellite imagery. Participants may find this additional tool beneficial to visualize the 2010 tribal census tracts and tribal block groups. Follow the steps in Table 11 for instructions on accessing and using TIGERweb. Table 11: Display the TIGERweb Online Map Viewer Step Action and Result Step 1 Navigate to the TIGERweb web site located at: . TIGERweb currently supports Microsoft Internet Explorer, Mozilla Firefox, Opera, and Google Chrome internet browsers. Step 2 Click the TIGERweb Applications tab. Step 3 Click the TIGERweb link under the orange TIGERweb Applications tab on the left side of the screen. Do not click the TIGERweb Decennial link. The built-in user guide is located by clicking the “Help/About” icon in the upper right corner of the TIGERweb window. U.S. Census Bureau 2020 Census PSAP Tribal Respondent Guide F-1 Step Step 4 Action and Result After opening TIGERweb the map display, navigation tools, the Layers panel, a legend, and map vintage becomes visible. The Layers panel shows the list of available features and geographic areas. Several display upon startup organized into separate groups, called map services. The geographic type forms the basis of the groupings. Expand each map service by clicking on the ‘+’ symbol to see all of the available layers that include physical features such as roads and water features, as well as legal and statistical boundaries, census blocks and incorporated places. Limit the amount of data on the map by selecting only the applicable types of linear features and geographic entities. Click on the ‘+’ sign to expand a map layer and view the ‘Slider’ tool to make the layer more or less transparent. Step 5 U.S. Census Bureau The Select Vintage from the drop-down menu in the Layers panel shows the vintages of TIGERweb geographies that are available for display in the application. Select Census 2010 to view the 2010 geographies. Click on the ‘+’ sign next to each map service in the Layers panel to expand the map service and view the layers within it. This example shows the selection of the Transportation, Tribal Census Tracts and Block Groups, American India, Alaska Native, and Native Hawaiian Areas, and Hydrography map layers. 2020 Census PSAP Tribal Respondent Guide F-2 Step Action and Result The features and geographic areas contained in the map services do not immediately appear because each layer has a range of zoom levels at which it will display. In other words, visibility of layers is scale dependent. More details appear when zooming in on the map. Table 12 Error! Reference source not found.provides a summary of many of TIGERweb tools and functionality. U.S. Census Bureau 2020 Census PSAP Tribal Respondent Guide F-3 Table 12: TIGERweb Tools and Functions Step Action and Result Step 1 The vertical Zoom In Scale Bar, shown on the left. Click on the ‘+’ to zoom in for more detail or click on the ‘-’ to zoom out for less detail. By rolling the wheel on the computer’s mouse, participants can zoom in or zoom out from the current scale. Note: At Zoom level 6, counties appear; at zoom level 9, Census Tracts and Places appear, at zoom level 10, Roads and Railroads appear, and at zoom level 13, Block Groups appear. Step 2 Click the Legend tool at the top of the screen to view the Detailed Legend and layers symbology. Step 3 Click the Detailed Legend to see at what zoom level the layer and labels appear. U.S. Census Bureau 2020 Census PSAP Tribal Respondent Guide F-4 Step Action and Result Step 4 Click off the Legend and back in the Layers panel to turn them on or off to display boundaries for only active layers. The example shows the Census Block Groups and Census Blocks unchecked. Step 5 One of the easiest ways to determine the Census Code for each tribal entity (needed for the next step) is to use the Identify button along the top right of the TIGERweb window. After zooming into the area of interest, click the Identify button and then click anywhere inside of the tribal entity displayed on the screen. The Task Results window populates with Identify Results with all of the information about the exact area clicked. Click the name listed beneath the Federal American Indian Reservations link to open a separate window of detailed information. Tohono O’odham Nation has an AIANNH Census Code of 4200. Use this information in the next step. U.S. Census Bureau 2020 Census PSAP Tribal Respondent Guide F-5 Step Action and Result Step 6 TIGERweb allows PSAP participants to quickly locate an entity visually using the Zoom In tool or by using the Query button to search for a tribal census tract or tribal block group by the geographic ID, also known as GEOID of the tribal entity and geography. To locate a 2010 Tribal Census Tract: Select the Query button along the top right of the TIGERweb window. From the Select Map drop-down menu, select Tribal Census Tracts and Block Groups. Select to highlight the Tribal Census Tracts from the Select Layer(s) list. Enter the tribal entity’s four-digit GEOID number (4200 for tribal entity Tohono O’odham Nation) and enter the tribal census tract code beneath the AND/OR section (T001). Locate the four-digit tribal entity code from the earlier Identify action in Step 5. Locate the tribal census tract code from the 2010 population and housing unit list or from the Identify Results window shown in Step 5. Click Submit. U.S. Census Bureau 2020 Census PSAP Tribal Respondent Guide F-6 Step Action and Result To locate a 2010 Tribal Block Group, execute the same steps described above, except from the Tribal Census Tracts and Block Groups menu select the Tribal Block Groups from the Select Layer(s) list. Enter the tribal entity’s four-digit GEOID number (4200 for tribal entity Tohono O’odham Nation) and enter the tribal block group code beneath the AND/OR section (A). Click Submit. This returns all of the “A” tribal block groups in the tribal entity. Step 6 Similar to the Identify Results action, the Task Results serves up the Query Results. Click the Query Results tab within the Task Results menu. TIGERweb displays the result(s) of the query. Step 7 Click the value within the Query Result section, TIGERweb displays the Info panel containing attribute data for the queried entity. Step 8 U.S. Census Bureau Minimize or close the Info panel by clicking on the ‘-‘or ‘x’ symbols in the top right of the Info panel, respectively. Clicking on the Query Result makes TIGERweb display the selected entity (tribal census tract T001) highlighted in the center of the map. Change the transparency of each layer within the Layers panel by moving the sliding bar below the layer name to the left or right. 2020 Census PSAP Tribal Respondent Guide F-7 Step Action and Result Step 9 TIGERweb allows users to select landmass, satellite imagery, or terrain as a background of the map display from the upper right corner of the map view. The Landmass displays by default when opening TIGERweb. To change options, click the button to toggle through all three choices. Select the Satellite button to display satellite imagery. Step10 Click the Print button when using TIGERweb to print and save a map. The PRINT window displays. From the PRINT window, select a Map Title, Map Layout, Map Format, then Click the Generate Map to create a map and print. This functionality allows participants to generate their own hardcopy of any area of interest. U.S. Census Bureau 2020 Census PSAP Tribal Respondent Guide F-8 APPENDIX G. LARGE FORMAT MAP LEGEND The map legend describes the various symbols and colors used on the paper maps. The legend includes three columns: Symbol Description, Symbol, and Label Style. 1. The Symbol Description column includes the type of features, boundaries, and geography shown on the map. 2. The Symbol column shows the symbols representing the feature in the symbol description. 3. The Label Style column shows an example of the name of a particular feature such as a road, waterway, or geographic area displayed on the map. Within the legend, there are five groupings: Figure 12. Large Format Map Legend U.S. Census Bureau 2020 Census PSAP Tribal Respondent Guide 1. The boundaries grouping refers to different boundary types or geographic areas shown in the map. Each with its own distinct color or symbol. 2. The transportation grouping represents the various types of transportation features. Thicker lines identify major roadways such as interstate and U.S. highways while thinner lines represent secondary roads and city streets. Also identified are cul-de-sacs and circles, jeep trails, walkways, stairways, and ferries. Each represented by distinctive symbology. 3. The other features grouping includes features such as pipelines, streams, and nonvisible boundaries. Streams and shorelines are blue and geographic offsets and corridors are speckled red. 4. The last grouping of symbols represents various landmarks on the map such as rivers, lakes, glaciers, airports, cemeteries, golf courses, jails, military installations, parks, and mountain peaks. The area outside of the subject area is speckled gray. 5. The footnote and notes grouping provides additional information and details on geographic relationships, boundaries, and symbols. G-1 APPENDIX H. STANDARD STREET TYPE ABBREVIATIONS The street name types and their abbreviations shown below provide background to PSAP participants that may need to add linear features in order to split statistical geographies. Use the standard street type abbreviations to assign the street type to any newly added linear features that are streets. Table 13: Standard Street Type Abbreviations Street Type Standard Abbreviation ALLEY ALY ANEX ANX ARCADE ARC AVENUE AVE BAYOU BYU BEACH BCH BEND BND BLUFF BLF BLUFFS BLFS BOTTOM BTM BOULEVARD BLVD BRANCH BR BRIDGE BRG BROOK BRK BROOKS BRKS BURG BG BURGS BGS BYPASS BYP CAMP CP CANYON CYN CAPE CPE CAUSEWAY CSWY CENTER CTR CENTERS CTRS CIRCLE CIR CIRCLES CIRS CLIFF CLF CLIFFS CLFS CLUB CLB COMMON CMN COMMONS CMNS CORNER COR CORNERS CORS COURSE CRSE COURT CT COURTS CTS COVE CV COVES CVS CREEK CRK CRESCENT CRES CREST CRST CROSSING XING U.S. Census Bureau 2020 Census PSAP Tribal Respondent Guide H-1 Street Type CROSSROAD CROSSROADS CURVE DALE DAM DIVIDE DRIVE DRIVES ESTATE ESTATES EXPRESSWAY EXTENSION EXTENSIONS FALL FALLS FERRY FIELD FIELDS FLAT FLATS FORD FORDS FOREST FORGE FORGES FORK FORKS FORT FREEWAY GARDEN GARDENS GATEWAY GLEN GLENS GREEN GREENS GROVE GROVES HARBOR HARBORS HAVEN HEIGHTS HIGHWAY HILL HILLS HOLLOW INLET ISLAND ISLANDS ISLE JUNCTION U.S. Census Bureau Standard Abbreviation XRD XRDS CURV DL DM DV DR DRS EST ESTS EXPY EXT EXTS FALL FLS FRY FLD FLDS FLT FLTS FRD FRDS FRST FRG FRGS FRK FRKS FT FWY GDN GDNS GTWY GLN GLNS GRN GRNS GRV GRVS HBR HBRS HVN HTS HWY HL HLS HOLW INLT IS ISS ISLE JCT 2020 Census PSAP Tribal Respondent Guide H-2 Street Type JUNCTIONS KEY KEYS KNOLL KNOLLS LAKE LAKES LAND LANDING LANE LIGHT LIGHTS LOAF LOCK LOCKS LODGE LOOP MALL MANOR MANORS MEADOW MEADOWS MEWS MILL MILLS MISSION MOTORWAY MOUNT MOUNTAIN MOUNTAINS NECK ORCHARD OVAL OVERPASS PARK PARKS PARKWAY PARKWAYS PASS PASSAGE PATH PIKE PINE PINES PLACE PLAIN PLAINS PLAZA POINT POINTS PORT U.S. Census Bureau Standard Abbreviation JCTS KY KYS KNL KNLS LK LKS LAND LNDG LN LGT LGTS LF LCK LCKS LDG LOOP MALL MNR MNRS MDW MDWS MEWS ML MLS MSN MTWY MT MTN MTNS NCK ORCH OVAL OPAS PARK PARK PKWY PKWY PASS PSGE PATH PIKE PNE PNES PL PLN PLNS PLZ PT PTS PRT 2020 Census PSAP Tribal Respondent Guide H-3 Street Type PORTS PRAIRIE RADIAL RAMP RANCH RAPID RAPIDS REST RIDGE RIDGES RIVER ROAD ROADS ROUTE ROW RUE RUN SHOAL SHOALS SHORE SHORES SKYWAY SPRING SPRINGS SPUR SPURS SQUARE SQUARES STATION STRAVENUE STREAM STREET STREETS SUMMIT TERRACE THROUGHWAY TRACE TRACK TRAFFICWAY TRAIL TRAILER TUNNEL TURNPIKE UNDERPASS UNION UNIONS VALLEY VALLEYS VIADUCT VIEW VIEWS U.S. Census Bureau Standard Abbreviation PRTS PR RADL RAMP RNCH RPD RPDS RST RDG RDGS RIV RD RDS RTE ROW RUE RUN SHL SHLS SHR SHRS SKWY SPG SPGS SPUR SPUR SQ SQS STA STRA STRM ST STS SMT TER TRWY TRCE TRAK TRFY TRL TRLR TUNL TPKE UPAS UN UNS VLY VLYS VIA VW VWS 2020 Census PSAP Tribal Respondent Guide H-4 Street Type VILLAGE VILLAGES VILLE VISTA WALK WALKS WALL WAY WAYS WELL WELLS U.S. Census Bureau Standard Abbreviation VLG VLGS VL VIS WALK WALK WALL WAY WAYS WL WLS 2020 Census PSAP Tribal Respondent Guide H-5 APPENDIX I. ACCEPTABLE LINEAR FEATURES FOR STATISTICAL BOUNDARIES Below is a list of linear features that make acceptable or questionable statistical geography boundaries. Refer to this list while reviewing existing boundaries, but also when creating new geographies or modifying existing boundaries. Except in instances described in Table 7 for nonvisible boundaries, this appendix is the source for the Census Bureau during their review of participant submissions. Table 14: Acceptable Linear Features for Statistical Boundaries Feature Name Description Acceptable Questionable Aerial Tramway/Ski Lift A conveyance that transports X passengers or freight in carriers suspended from cables and supported by a series of towers. Alley A service road that does not X generally have associated addressed structures and is usually unnamed. It is located at the rear of buildings and properties and is used for deliveries. Bike Path or Trail A path that is used for manual or X small, motorized bicycles, being either too narrow for or legally restricted from vehicular traffic. Braided Stream A natural flowing waterway with an X intricate network of interlacing channels. Bridle Path/Horse Trail A path that is used for horses, being X either too narrow for or legally restricted from vehicular traffic. Canal, Ditch, or Aqueduct An artificial waterway constructed X (intermittent) to transport water, to irrigate or drain land, to connect two or more bodies of water, or to serve as a waterway for watercraft [includes lateral] that does not exist yearround. Canal, Ditch, or Aqueduct An artificial waterway constructed X (perennial) to transport water, to irrigate or drain land, to connect two or more bodies of water, or to serve as a waterway for watercraft [includes lateral]. Carline, Streetcar Track, Mass transit rail lines (including X Monorail, Other Mass lines for rapid transit, monorails, Transit Rail streetcars, light rail, etc.) that are typically inaccessible to mainstream railroad traffic and whose tracks are not part of a road right-of-way. Cliff/Escarpment A very steep or vertical slope X [including bluff, crag, head, U.S. Census Bureau 2020 Census PSAP Tribal Paper Respondent Guide I-1 Feature Name Cog Rail Line, Incline Rail Line, Tram Dam Fence Line Ferry Crossing Intermittent Shoreline Interstate Highway or Primary Road with limited access Levee Local Neighborhood Road, Rural Road, City Street Parking Lot Road Perennial Shoreline U.S. Census Bureau Description headland, nose, palisades, precipice, promontory, rim and rimrock]. A special purpose rail line for climbing steep grades that is typically inaccessible to mainstream railroad traffic. Note that aerial tramways and streetcars (which may also be called “trams”) are accounted for by other MTFCCs and do not belong in R1052. A barrier built across the course of a stream to impound water and/or control water flow. A manmade barrier enclosing or bordering a field, yard, etc., usually made of posts and wire or wood, used to prevent entrance, to confine, or to mark a boundary. The route used to carry or convey people or cargo back and forth over a waterbody in a boat. The boundary between land and water (when water is present) for a water feature that does not exist year-round. Generally divided, primary roads with limited-access highways within the interstate highway system or under state management, and distinguished by the presence of interchanges. These highways are accessible by ramps and may include some toll highways. An embankment flanking a stream or other flowing water feature to prevent overflow. Generally, a paved non-arterial street, road, or byway that usually has a single lane of traffic in each direction. Roads in this feature class may be privately or publicly maintained. Scenic park roads would be included in this feature class, as would (depending on the region of the country) some unpaved roads. The main travel route for vehicles through a paved parking area. The more-or-less permanent boundary between land and water for a water feature that exists yearround. 2020 Census PSAP Tribal Paper Respondent Guide Acceptable Questionable X X X X X X X X X X I-2 Feature Name Pier/Dock Pipeline (above ground) Point-to-Point Line Power line (above ground, high tension) Primary Road without limited access, US Highway, State Highway, or County Highway, Secondary and connecting roads Private Driveway Private Road for service vehicles (logging, oil fields, ranches, etc.) Property/Parcel Line (PLSS, airport, airfield, military installation or other) Railroad Feature (Main, Spur, or Yard) Ridge Line Runway/Taxiway Service Drive/Service U.S. Census Bureau Description A platform built out from the shore into the water and supported by piles. This platform may provide access to ships and boats, or it may be used for recreational purposes. A long tubular conduit or series of pipes, often underground, with pumps and valves for flow control, used to transport fluid (e.g., crude oil, natural gas), especially over great distances. A line defined as beginning at one location point and ending at another, both of which are in sight. One or more wires, often on elevated towers, used for conducting high-voltage electric power. Secondary roads are main arteries, usually in the U.S. Highway, State Highway or County Highway system. These roads have one or more lanes of traffic in each direction, may or may not be divided, and usually have at-grade intersections with many other roads and driveways. They often have both a local name and a route number. A road within private property used to access a residence or business. Similar in nature to a private road for service vehicles. A road within private property that is privately maintained for service, extractive, or other purposes. These roads are often unnamed. This feature class may denote a nonvisible boundary of either public or private lands (e.g., a park boundary) or it may denote a Public Land Survey System or equivalent survey line. A line of fixed rails or tracks that carries mainstream railroad traffic. Such a rail line can be a main line or spur line, or part of a rail yard. The line of highest elevation along a ridge. A fairly level and usually paved expanse used by airplanes for taking off and landing at an airport. A road, usually paralleling a limited 2020 Census PSAP Tribal Paper Respondent Guide Acceptable X Questionable X X X X X X X X X X X I-3 Feature Name Road (usually along limited access highway) Stairway Stream/River (intermittent) Stream/River (perennial) Vehicular Trail (4WD) Walkway/Pedestrian Trail U.S. Census Bureau Description access highway, that provides access to structures along the highway. These roads can be named and may intersect with other roads. A pedestrian passageway from one level to another by a series of steps. A natural flowing waterway [includes anabranch, awawa, branch, brook, creek, distributary, fork, kill, pup, rio, and run] that does not exist year-round. A natural flowing waterway [includes anabranch, awawa, branch, brook, creek, distributary, fork, kill, pup, rio, and run]. An unpaved dirt trail where a fourwheel drive vehicle is required. These vehicular trails are found almost exclusively in very rural areas. Minor, unpaved roads usable by ordinary cars and trucks belong in the S1400 category. A path that is used for walking, being either too narrow for or legally restricted from vehicular traffic. 2020 Census PSAP Tribal Paper Respondent Guide Acceptable Questionable X X X X X I-4 APPENDIX J. MAF/TIGER FEATURE CLASSIFICATION CODES The MAF/TIGER Feature Classification Code (MTFCC) is a 5-digit code assigned by the Census Bureau to classify and describe geographic objects or features in Census Bureau MAF/TIGER products. This information below serves as a resource for descriptions of various feature types. GUPS participants need MTFCCs for their 2020 Census PSAP work, but paper map participants do not. An electronic list of MTFCCs is located within the technical documentation for the TIGER/Line Shapefiles on the Census Bureau’s website . Within that specific documentation, it is Appendix E. MTFCC C3022 C3023 C3024 C3026 C3027 C3061 C3062 C3066 C3067 C3071 C3074 C3075 C3076 C3077 C3078 C3079 C3080 U.S. Census Bureau Table 15: MTFCC and Descriptions Description A prominent elevation rising above the surrounding level of the Earth’s surface. An area of dry or relatively dry land surrounded by water or low wetland [including archipelago, atoll, cay, hammock, hummock, isla, isle, key, moku and rock]. Levee An embankment flanking a stream or other flowing water feature to prevent overflow. Quarry (not water-filled), An area from which commercial minerals are or were Open Pit Mine or Mine removed from the Earth; not including an oilfield or gas field. Dam A barrier built across the course of a stream to impound water and/or control water flow. Cul-de-sac An expanded paved area at the end of a street used by vehicles for turning around. For mapping purposes, the Census Bureau maps it only as a point feature. Traffic Circle A circular intersection allowing for continuous movement of traffic at the meeting of roadways. Gate A movable barrier across a road. Toll Booth A structure or barrier where a fee is collected for using a road. Lookout Tower A manmade structure, higher than its diameter, used for observation. Lighthouse Beacon A manmade structure, higher than its diameter, used for transmission of light and possibly sound generally to aid in navigation. Tank/Tank Farm One or more manmade structures, each higher than its diameter, used for liquid (other than water) or gas storage or for distribution activities. Windmill Farm One or more manmade structures used to generate power from the wind. Solar Farm One or more manmade structures used to generate power from the sun. Monument or Memorial A manmade structure to educate, commemorate, or memorialize an event, person, or feature. Boundary Monument A material object placed on or near a boundary line to Point preserve and identify the location of the boundary line on the ground. Survey Control Point A point on the ground whose position (horizontal or Feature Class Mountain Peak or Summit Island 2020 Census PSAP Tribal Respondent Guide J-1 MTFCC Feature Class C3081 Locality Point C3085 Alaska Native Village Official Point G2100 American Indian Area G2120 Hawaiian Home Land G2130 Alaska Native Village Statistical Area G2140 Oklahoma Tribal Statistical Area G2150 State-designated Tribal Statistical Area G2160 Tribal Designated Statistical Area G2170 American Indian Joint Use Area Alaska Native Regional Corporation G2200 G2300 Tribal Subdivision G2400 Tribal Census Tract G2410 Tribal Block Group U.S. Census Bureau Description vertical) is known and can be used as a base for additional survey work. A point that identifies the location and name of an unbounded locality (e.g., crossroad, community, populated place or locale). A point that serves as the core of an Alaska Native village and is used in defining Alaska Native village statistical areas. A legally defined state- or federally recognized reservation and/or off-reservation trust land (excludes statistical American Indian Areas). A legal area held in trust for the benefit of Native Hawaiians. A statistical geographic entity that represents the residences, permanent and/or seasonal, for Alaska Natives who are members of or receiving governmental services from the defining legal Alaska Native Village corporation. A statistical entity identified and delineated by the Census Bureau in consultation with federally recognized American Indian tribes that have no current reservation, but had a former reservation in Oklahoma. A statistical geographic entity identified and delineated for the Census Bureau by a state-appointed liaison for a staterecognized American Indian tribe that does not currently have a reservation and/or lands in trust. A statistical geographic entity identified and delineated for the Census Bureau by a federally recognized American Indian tribe that does not currently have a reservation and/or off-reservation trust land. An area administered jointly and/or claimed by two or more American Indian tribes. Corporate entities established to conduct both business and nonprofit affairs of Alaska Natives pursuant to the Alaska Native Claims Settlement Act of 1972 (Public Law 92-203). There are twelve geographically defined ANRCs and they are all within and cover most of the State of Alaska (the Annette Island Reserve-an American Indian reservation-is excluded from any ANRC). The boundaries of ANRCs have been legally established. Administrative subdivisions of federally recognized American Indian reservations, off-reservation trust lands, or Oklahoma tribal statistical areas (OTSAs). These entities are internal units of self-government or administration that serve social, cultural, and/or economic purposes for the American Indians on the reservations, off-reservation trust lands, or OTSAs. A relatively small and permanent statistical subdivision of a federally recognized American Indian reservation and/or off-reservation trust land, delineated by American Indian tribal participants or the Census Bureau for the purpose of presenting demographic data. A cluster of census blocks within a single tribal census tract delineated by American Indian tribal participants or the 2020 Census PSAP Tribal Respondent Guide J-2 MTFCC Feature Class G3100 Combined Statistical Area G3110 Metropolitan and Micropolitan Statistical Area G3120 Metropolitan Division G3200 Combined New England City and Town Area G3210 New England City and Town Metropolitan and Micropolitan Statistical Area G3220 New England City and Town Division G3500 Urban Area G4000 State or Equivalent Feature G4020 County or Equivalent Feature G4040 County Subdivision G4050 Estate G4060 Subbarrio (Subminor Civil Division) Incorporated Place G4110 U.S. Census Bureau Description Census Bureau for the purpose of presenting demographic data. A grouping of adjacent metropolitan and/or micropolitan statistical areas that have a degree of economic and social integration, as measured by commuting. An area containing a substantial population nucleus together with adjacent communities having a high degree of economic and social integration with that core, as measured by commuting. Defined using whole counties and equivalents. A county or grouping of counties that is a subdivision of a Metropolitan Statistical Area containing an urbanized area with a population of 2.5 million or more. A grouping of adjacent New England city and town areas that have a degree of economic and social integration, as measured by commuting. An area containing a substantial population nucleus together with adjacent communities having a high degree of economic and social integration with that core, as measured by commuting. Defined using Minor Civil Divisions (MCDs) in New England. A grouping of cities and towns in New England that is a subdivision of a New England City and Town Area containing an urbanized area with a population of 2.5 million or more. Densely settled territory that contains at least 2,500 people. The subtypes of this feature are Urbanized Area (UA), which consists of 50,000 + people and Urban Cluster, which ranges between 2,500 and 49,999 people. The primary governmental divisions of the United States. The District of Columbia is treated as a statistical equivalent of a state for census purposes, as is Puerto Rico. The primary division of a state or state equivalent area. The primary divisions of 48 states are termed County, but other terms are used such as Borough in Alaska, Parish in Louisiana, and Municipio in Puerto Rico. This feature includes independent cities, which are incorporated places that are not part of any county. The primary divisions of counties and equivalent features for the reporting of Census Bureau data. The subtypes of this feature are Minor Civil Division, Census County Division/Census Subarea, and Unorganized Territory. This feature includes independent places, which are incorporated places that are not part of any county subdivision. Estates are subdivisions of the three major islands in the United States Virgin Islands (USVI). Legally defined divisions (subbarrios) of minor civil divisions (barrios-pueblo and barrios) in Puerto Rico. A legal entity incorporated under state law to provide general-purpose governmental services to a concentration of population. Incorporated places are generally designated as a city, borough, municipality, town, village, 2020 Census PSAP Tribal Respondent Guide J-3 MTFCC Feature Class G4120 Consolidated City G4210 Census Designated Place G4300 Economic Census Place G5020 Census Tract G5030 Block Group G5035 Block Area Grouping G5040 Tabulation Block G5200 Congressional District G5210 State Legislative District (Upper Chamber G5220 State Legislative District (Lower Chamber) U.S. Census Bureau Description or, in a few instances, have no legal description. An incorporated place that has merged governmentally with a county or minor civil division, but one or more of the incorporated places continues to function within the consolidation. It is a place that contains additional separately incorporated places. A statistical area defined for a named concentration of population and the statistical counterpart of an incorporated place. The lowest level of geographic area for presentation of some types of Economic Census data. It includes incorporated places, consolidated cities, census designated places (CDPs), minor civil divisions (MCDs) in selected states, and balances of MCDs or counties. An incorporated place, CDP, MCD, or balance of MCD qualifies as an economic census place if it contains 5,000 or more residents, or 5,000 or more jobs, according to the most current data available. Relatively permanent statistical subdivisions of a County or equivalent feature delineated by local participants as part of the Census Bureau’s Participant Statistical Areas Program. A cluster of census blocks having the same first digit of their four-digit identifying numbers within a Census Tract. For example, block group 3 (BG 3) within a Census Tract includes all blocks numbered from 3000 to 3999. A user-defined group of islands forming a single census tabulation block. A BAG must: (1) consist of two or more islands, (2) have a perimeter entirely over water, (3) not overlap, and (4) not cross the boundary of other tabulation geographies, such as county or incorporated place boundaries. The lowest-order census defined statistical area. It is an area, such as a city block, bounded primarily by physical features but sometimes by invisible city or property boundaries. A tabulation block boundary does not cross the boundary of any other geographic area for which the Census Bureau tabulates data. The subtypes of this feature are Count Question Resolution (CQR), current, and census. The 435 areas from which people are elected to the U.S. House of Representatives. Additional equivalent features exist for state equivalents with nonvoting delegates or no representative. The subtypes of this feature are 106th, 107th, 108th, 109th, and 111th Congressional Districts, plus subsequent Congresses. Areas established by a state or equivalent government from which members are elected to the upper or unicameral chamber of a state governing body. The upper chamber is the senate in a bicameral legislature, and the unicameral case is a single house legislature (Nebraska). Areas established by a state or equivalent government from which members are elected to the lower chamber of a state governing body. The lower chamber is the House of 2020 Census PSAP Tribal Respondent Guide J-4 MTFCC Feature Class G5240 Voting District G5400 G5410 Elementary School District Secondary School District G5420 Unified School District G6120 Public-Use Microdata Area G6300 Traffic Analysis District G6320 Traffic Analysis Zone G6330 Urban Growth Area G6350 G6400 ZIP Code Tabulation Area (Five-Digit) Commercial Region H1100 Connector H2025 Swamp/Marsh H2030 H2040 H2041 H2051 Lake/Pond Reservoir Treatment Pond Bay/Estuary/Gulf/Sound H2053 H2060 H2081 Ocean/Sea Gravel Pit/Quarry filled with water Glacier H3010 Stream/River H3013 Braided Stream U.S. Census Bureau Description Representatives in a bicameral legislature. The generic name for the geographic features, such as precincts, wards, and election districts, established by state, local, and tribal governments for the purpose of conducting elections. A geographic area within which officials provide public elementary grade-level educational services for residents. A geographic area within which officials provide public secondary grade-level educational services for residents. A geographic area within which officials provide public educational services for all grade levels for residents. A decennial census area with a population of at least 100,000 or more persons for which the Census Bureau provides selected extracts of household-level data that are screened to protect confidentiality. An area delineated by Metropolitan Planning Organizations (MPOs) and state Departments of Transportation (DOTs) for tabulating journey-to-work and place-of-work data. A Traffic Analysis District (TAD) consists of one or more Traffic Analysis Zones (TAZs). An area delineated by Metropolitan Planning Organizations (MPOs) and state Departments of Transportation (DOTs) for tabulating journey-to-work and place-of-work data. An area defined under state authority to manage urbanization that the Census Bureau includes in the MAF/TIGER® System in agreement with the state. An approximate statistical-area representation of a U.S. Postal Service (USPS) 5-digit ZIP Code service area. For the purpose of presenting economic statistical data, municipios in Puerto Rico are grouped into commercial regions. A known, but nonspecific, hydrographic connection between two nonadjacent water features. A poorly drained wetland, fresh or saltwater, wooded or grassy, possibly covered with open water [includes bog, cienega, marais and pocosin]. A standing body of water that is surrounded by land. An artificially impounded body of water. An artificial body of water built to treat fouled water. A body of water partly surrounded by land [includes arm, bight, cove and inlet]. The great body of salt water that covers much of the earth. A body of water in a place or area from which commercial minerals were removed from the Earth. A body of ice moving outward and down slope from an area of accumulation; an area of relatively permanent snow or ice on the top or side of a mountain or mountainous area [includes ice field and ice patch]. A natural flowing waterway [includes anabranch, awawa, branch, brook, creek, distributary, fork, kill, pup, rio, and run]. A natural flowing waterway with an intricate network of 2020 Census PSAP Tribal Respondent Guide J-5 MTFCC Feature Class H3020 Canal, Ditch or Aqueduct K1225 Crew-of-Vessel Location K1231 Hospital/Hospice/Urgent Care Facility Juvenile Institution K1235 K1236 Local Jail or Detention Center K1237 Federal Penitentiary, State Prison, or Prison Farm Other Correctional Institution K1238 K1239 K1246 K2110 Convent, Monastery, Rectory, Other Religious Group Quarters Community Center Military Installation K2165 Government Center K2167 Convention Center K2180 Park K2181 National Park Service Land National Forest or Other Federal Land K2182 K2183 Tribal Park, Forest, or Recreation Area K2184 State Park, Forest, or Recreation Area K2185 Regional Park, Forest, or U.S. Census Bureau Description interlacing channels. An artificial waterway constructed to transport water, to irrigate or drain land, to connect two or more bodies of water, or to serve as a waterway for watercraft [includes lateral]. A point or area in which the population of military or merchant marine vessels at sea are assigned, usually being at or near the home port pier. One or more structures where the sick or injured may receive medical or surgical attention [including infirmary]. A facility (correctional and non-correctional) where groups of juveniles reside; this includes training schools, detention centers, residential treatment centers and orphanages. One or more structures that serve as a place for the confinement of adult persons in lawful detention, administered by a local (county, municipal, etc.) government. An institution that serves as a place for the confinement of adult persons in lawful detention, administered by the federal government or a state government. One or more structures that serve as a place for the confinement of adult persons in lawful detention, not elsewhere classified or administered by a government of unknown jurisdiction. One or more structures intended for use as a residence for those having a religious vocation. Community Center. An area owned and/or occupied by the Department of Defense for use by a branch of the armed forces (such as the Army, Navy, Air Force, Marines, or Coast Guard), or a state owned area for the use of the National Guard. A place used by members of government (either federal, state, local, or tribal) for administration and public business. An exhibition hall or conference center with enough open space to host public and private business and social events. Parkland defined and administered by federal, state, and local governments. Area—National parks, National Monuments, and so forth—under the jurisdiction of the National Park Service. Land under the management and jurisdiction of the federal government, specifically including areas designated as National Forest, and excluding areas under the jurisdiction of the National Park Service. A place or area set aside for recreation or preservation of a cultural or natural resource and under the administration of an American Indian tribe. A place or area set aside for recreation or preservation of a cultural or natural resource and under the administration of a state government. A place or area set aside for recreation or preservation of a 2020 Census PSAP Tribal Respondent Guide J-6 MTFCC Feature Class Recreation Area K2186 County Park, Forest, or Recreation Area K2187 K2191 County Subdivision Park, Forest, or Recreation Area Incorporated Place Park, Forest, or Recreation Area Private Park, Forest, or Recreation Area Other Park, Forest, or Recreation Area (quasipublic, independent park, commission, etc.) Post Office K2193 K2194 K2195 K2196 K2400 Fire Department Police Station Library City/Town Hall Transportation Terminal K2424 K2432 Marina Pier/Dock K2451 Airport or Airfield K2452 Train Station, Trolley or Mass Transit Rail Station K2453 Bus Terminal K2454 Marine Terminal K2455 Seaplane Anchorage K2456 Airport—Intermodal Transportation Hub/Terminal Airport—Statistical Representation Park and Ride Facility/Parking Lot K2188 K2189 K2190 K2457 K2458 U.S. Census Bureau Description cultural or natural resource and under the administration of a regional government. A place or area set aside for recreation or preservation of a cultural or natural resource and under the administration of a county government. A place or area set aside for recreation or preservation of a cultural or natural resource and under the administration of a minor civil division (town/township) government. A place or area set aside for recreation or preservation of a cultural or natural resource and under the administration of a municipal government. A privately owned place or area set aside for recreation or preservation of a cultural or natural resource. A place or area set aside for recreation or preservation of a cultural or natural resource and under the administration of some other type of government or agency such as an independent park authority or commission. An official facility of the U.S. Postal Service used for processing and distributing mail and other postal material. Fire Department. Police Station. Library. City/Town Hall. A facility where one or more modes of transportation can be accessed by people or for the shipment of goods; examples of such a facility include marine terminal, bus station, train station, airport and truck warehouse. A place where privately owned, light-craft are moored. A platform built out from the shore into the water and supported by piles. This platform may provide access to ships and boats, or it may be used for recreational purposes. A manmade facility maintained for the use of aircraft [including airstrip, landing field and landing strip]. A place where travelers can board and exit rail transit lines, including associated ticketing, freight, and other commercial offices. A place where travelers can board and exit mass motor vehicle transit, including associated ticketing, freight, and other commercial offices. A place where travelers can board and exit water transit or where cargo is handled, including associated ticketing, freight, and other commercial offices. A place where an airplane equipped with floats for landing on or taking off from a body of water can debark and load. A major air transportation facility where travelers can board and exit airplanes and connect with other (i.e. nonair) modes of transportation. The area of an airport adjusted to include whole 2000 census blocks used for the delineation of urban areas A place where motorists can park their cars and transfer to other modes of transportation. 2020 Census PSAP Tribal Respondent Guide J-7 MTFCC K2459 Feature Class Runway/Taxiway K2460 Helicopter Landing Pad K2540 University or College K2543 School or Academy K2545 K2561 K2582 Museum, Visitor Center, Cultural Center, or Tourist Attraction Golf Course Cemetery K2586 Zoo K3544 Place of Worship L4010 Pipeline L4020 Power line L4031 Aerial Tramway/Ski Lift L4110 Fence Line L4121 L4125 Ridge Line Cliff/Escarpment L4130 Point-to-Point Line L4140 Property/Parcel Line (Including PLSS) L4150 Coastline L4165 Ferry Crossing U.S. Census Bureau Description A fairly level and usually paved expanse used by airplanes for taking off and landing at an airport. A fairly level and usually paved expanse used by helicopters for taking off and landing. A building or group of buildings used as an institution for post-secondary study, teaching, and learning [including seminary]. A building or group of buildings used as an institution for preschool, elementary or secondary study, teaching, and learning [including elementary school and high school]. An attraction of historical, cultural, educational or other interest that provides information or displays artifacts. A place designed for playing golf. A place or area for burying the dead [including burying ground and memorial garden]. A facility in which terrestrial and/or marine animals are confined within enclosures and displayed to the public for educational, preservation, and research purposes. A sanctified place or structure where people gather for religious worship; examples include church, synagogue, temple, and mosque. A long tubular conduit or series of pipes, often underground, with pumps and valves for flow control, used to transport fluid (e.g., crude oil, natural gas), especially over great distances. One or more wires, often on elevated towers, used for conducting high-voltage electric power. A conveyance that transports passengers or freight in carriers suspended from cables and supported by a series of towers. A manmade barrier enclosing or bordering a field, yard, etc., usually made of posts and wire or wood, used to prevent entrance, to confine, or to mark a boundary. The line of highest elevation along a ridge. A very steep or vertical slope [including bluff, crag, head, headland, nose, palisades, precipice, promontory, rim and rimrock]. A line defined as beginning at one location point and ending at another, both of which are in sight. This feature class may denote a nonvisible boundary of either public or private lands (e.g., a park boundary) or it may denote a Public Land Survey System or equivalent survey line. The line that separates either land or Inland water from Coastal, Territorial or Great Lakes water. Where land directly borders Coastal, Territorial or Great Lakes water, the shoreline represents the Coastline. Where Inland water (such as a river) flows into Coastal, Territorial or Great Lakes water, the closure line separating the Inland water from the other class of water represents the Coastline. The route used to carry or convey people or cargo back 2020 Census PSAP Tribal Respondent Guide J-8 MTFCC Feature Class P0001 P0002 Nonvisible Linear Legal/Statistical Boundary Perennial Shoreline P0003 Intermittent Shoreline P0004 Other non-visible bounding Edge (e.g., Census water boundary, boundary of an aerial feature) R1011 Railroad Feature (Main, Spur, or Yard) R1051 Carline, Streetcar Track, Monorail, Other Mass Transit R1052 Cog Rail Line, Incline Rail Line, Tram S1100 Primary Road S1200 Secondary Road S1400 Local Neighborhood Road, Rural Road, City Street S1500 Vehicular Trail (4WD) S1630 Ramp S1640 Service Drive usually U.S. Census Bureau Description and forth over a waterbody in a boat. A legal/statistical boundary line that does not correspond to a shoreline or other visible feature on the ground. The more-or-less permanent boundary between land and water for a water feature that exists year-round. The boundary between land and water (when water is present) for a water feature that does not exist yearround. A bounding Edge that does not represent a legal/statistical boundary, and does not correspond to a shoreline or other visible feature on the ground. Many such Edges bound area landmarks, while many others separate water features from each other (e.g., where a bay meets the ocean). A line of fixed rails or tracks that carries mainstream railroad traffic. Such a rail line can be a main line or spur line, or part of a rail yard. Mass transit rail lines (including lines for rapid transit, monorails, streetcars, light rail, etc.) that are typically inaccessible to mainstream railroad traffic and whose tracks are not part of a road right-of-way. A special purpose rail line for climbing steep grades that is typically inaccessible to mainstream railroad traffic. Note that aerial tramways and streetcars (which may also be called “trams”) are accounted for by other MTFCCs and do not belong in R1052. Primary roads are generally divided, limited-access highways within the interstate highway system or under state management, and are distinguished by the presence of interchanges. These highways are accessible by ramps and may include some toll highways. Secondary roads are main arteries, usually in the U.S. Highway, State Highway or County Highway system. These roads have one or more lanes of traffic in each direction, may or may not be divided, and usually have at-grade intersections with many other roads and driveways. They often have both a local name and a route number. Generally, a paved non-arterial street, road, or byway that usually has a single lane of traffic in each direction. Roads in this feature class may be privately or publicly maintained. Scenic park roads would be included in this feature class, as would (depending on the region of the country) some unpaved roads. An unpaved dirt trail where a four-wheel drive vehicle is required. These vehicular trails are found almost exclusively in very rural areas. Minor, unpaved roads usable by ordinary cars and trucks belong in the S1400 category. A road that allows controlled access from adjacent roads onto a limited access highway, often in the form of a cloverleaf interchange. These roads are unaddressable and do not carry a name in the MAF/TIGER System. A road, usually paralleling a limited access highway, that 2020 Census PSAP Tribal Respondent Guide J-9 MTFCC S1710 Feature Class along a limited access highway Walkway/Pedestrian Trail S1720 Stairway S1730 Alley S1740 S1780 Private Road for service vehicles (logging, oil fields, ranches, etc.) Internal U.S. Census Bureau use Parking Lot Road S1820 Bike Path or Trail S1830 Bridle Path S2000 Road Median S1750 U.S. Census Bureau Description provides access to structures along the highway. These roads can be named and may intersect with other roads. A path that is used for walking, being either too narrow for or legally restricted from vehicular traffic. A pedestrian passageway from one level to another by a series of steps. A service road that does not generally have associated addressed structures and is usually unnamed. It is located at the rear of buildings and properties and is used for deliveries. A road within private property that is privately maintained for service, extractive, or other purposes. These roads are often unnamed. Internal U.S. Census Bureau use. The main travel route for vehicles through a paved parking area. A path that is used for manual or small, motorized bicycles, being either too narrow for or legally restricted from vehicular traffic. A path that is used for horses, being either too narrow for or legally restricted from vehicular traffic. The unpaved area or barrier between the carriageways of a divided road. 2020 Census PSAP Tribal Respondent Guide J-10 2020 Census Participant Statistical Areas Program (PSAP) Standard Respondent Guide Instructions for Using the Geographic Update Partnership Software (GUPS) This Page Intentionally left blank U.S. Census Bureau 2020 Census PSAP Standard GUPS Respondent Guide i TABLE OF CONTENTS Introduction ........................................................................................................................viii A. B. C. D. E. F. General Information .................................................................................................................. viii The 2020 Census Participant Statistical Areas Program (PSAP) ................................................ viii The Boundary and Annexation Survey (BAS) ............................................................................... xi 2020 Census PSAP Schedule ........................................................................................................ xi Training and Support .................................................................................................................. xii Respondent Guide Organization ................................................................................................ xii Part One: Overview of the 2020 Census PSAP Materials and the Standard Statistical Geographies ...................................................................................................... 14 Chapter 1. Delineation Phase Materials for 2020 Census PSAP ............................................ 15 1.1 1.2 1.3 Informational and Instructional Materials ................................................................................. 15 DVD Materials ............................................................................................................................. 16 Delineation Phase Postcard ........................................................................................................ 17 Chapter 2. Census Tracts .................................................................................................... 18 2.1 2.2 2.3 Census Tract Threshold Requirements ....................................................................................... 19 Census Tract Codes and Numeric Identification......................................................................... 20 Census Tract Boundary Requirements ....................................................................................... 20 Chapter 3. Block Groups ..................................................................................................... 23 3.1 3.2 3.3 Block Group Threshold Requirements........................................................................................ 24 Block Group Codes and Numeric Identification ......................................................................... 24 Block Group Boundary Requirements ........................................................................................ 25 Chapter 4. Census Designated Places (CDPs) ....................................................................... 26 Chapter 5. Census County Divisions (CCDs) ......................................................................... 27 5.1 Census County Division Name Identification.............................................................................. 28 Part Two: Introducing GUPS for 2020 Census PSAP ............................................................ 29 Chapter 6. System Requirements and Installation ............................................................... 30 6.1 6.2 System Requirements ................................................................................................................. 30 GUPS Installation ........................................................................................................................ 30 Chapter 7. Getting Started with GUPS................................................................................. 35 7.1 7.2 7.3 7.4 Accessing the Shapefiles for 2020 Census PSAP ......................................................................... 35 Open GUPS and Start a New Project .......................................................................................... 35 Save a Project in GUPS................................................................................................................ 42 Open a Previous Project in GUPS................................................................................................ 43 Chapter 8. GUPS Menus and Toolbars................................................................................. 45 8.1 8.2 8.3 GUPS Page Layout....................................................................................................................... 45 Menu Bar .................................................................................................................................... 47 Map View and Table of Contents ............................................................................................... 50 8.3.1 Table of Contents Toolbar ..................................................................................................................50 U.S. Census Bureau 2020 Census PSAP Standard GUPS Respondent Guide ii 8.3.2 Managing the Map View from the Table of Contents ........................................................................51 8.3.2.1 Manage Layer Visibility ................................................................................................................51 8.3.2.2 Reorder Data Layers.....................................................................................................................53 8.3.2.3 Expand/Condense Layers or Layer Groups ..................................................................................53 8.3.2.4 Add Labels to Layers ....................................................................................................................53 8.3.2.5 Change Layer Scale Visibility ........................................................................................................55 8.4 Toolbars ...................................................................................................................................... 56 8.4.1 Standard Toolbar ................................................................................................................................56 8.4.2 PSAP Toolbar ......................................................................................................................................67 8.4.2.1 Modify Area Feature Button ........................................................................................................73 8.4.2.2 Geography Review Tool Button ...................................................................................................81 8.4.2.3 Review Change Polygons Button .................................................................................................85 8.4.2.4 PSAP Criteria Review Button ........................................................................................................88 8.4.2.5 Import County Zip Button ............................................................................................................91 8.4.2.6 Export to Zip Button .....................................................................................................................93 8.4.2.7 Print Map to File Button ..............................................................................................................94 8.4.2.8 Add Imagery Button .....................................................................................................................95 8.4.3 Manage Layers Toolbar ......................................................................................................................96 8.4.3.1 Add Vector Layer Button ..............................................................................................................97 8.4.3.2 Add WMS/WTMS Layer Button ...................................................................................................98 8.4.3.3 Add Raster Layer Button ..............................................................................................................99 Part Three: Using GUPS for 2020 Census PSAP ................................................................... 100 Chapter 9. Review and Update of PSAP Geographies ........................................................ 101 9.1 Review of PSAP Geographies .................................................................................................... 101 9.1.1 Review from the 2020 Proposed Plan ..............................................................................................102 9.1.2 Review from the 2010 Geographies .................................................................................................104 9.2 Update of PSAP Geographies ................................................................................................... 104 9.2.1 Modify Area Feature Tool .................................................................................................................105 9.3 Census Tract Update Instructions............................................................................................. 106 9.3.1 Select Census Tracts .........................................................................................................................106 9.3.2 Split Census Tracts by Block Group ...................................................................................................109 9.3.3 Split Census Tract by Face ................................................................................................................114 9.3.4 Creating a Special Use Census Tract .................................................................................................118 9.3.5 Merge Census Tracts ........................................................................................................................121 9.3.6 Change Census Tract Boundaries .....................................................................................................127 9.3.6.1 Add Linear Feature .....................................................................................................................131 9.3.6.2 Modify Linear Feature Attributes ..............................................................................................135 9.3.6.3 Delete/Restore Linear Feature ..................................................................................................136 9.4 Block Group Update Instructions ............................................................................................. 138 9.4.1 9.4.2 9.4.3 9.4.4 9.5 Select Block Group ............................................................................................................................139 Split a Block Group............................................................................................................................139 Merge Block Groups .........................................................................................................................144 Change Block Group Boundaries ......................................................................................................148 Census Designated Places (CDPs) Update Instructions ............................................................ 152 9.5.1 9.5.2 9.5.3 9.5.4 9.5.5 9.5.6 U.S. Census Bureau Select Census Designated Place (CDP) ..............................................................................................152 Boundary Change – Add Area (CDP) .................................................................................................153 Boundary Change – Remove Area (CDP) ..........................................................................................156 New District – Add Entity (Add a New CDP) .....................................................................................160 Boundary Change – Delete Area Feature (Delete an Existing CDP) ..................................................164 Boundary Change – Change Attributes (CDP)...................................................................................167 2020 Census PSAP Standard GUPS Respondent Guide iii Census County Division Update Instructions ............................................................................ 169 9.6 9.6.1 9.6.2 9.6.3 9.6.4 9.6.5 Select Census County Division (CCD) ................................................................................................170 Merge Census County Divisions (CCDs) ............................................................................................170 Boundary Change – Add Area (CCD) .................................................................................................174 New District – Add Entity (Add a New CCD) .....................................................................................179 Boundary Change – Change Attributes (CCD) ..................................................................................182 Chapter 10. Validate Data and Prepare Files for Submission ............................................... 185 10.1 10.2 10.3 10.4 PSAP Criteria Review Tool ........................................................................................................ 185 Review Change Polygons Tool .................................................................................................. 187 Geography Review Tool ............................................................................................................ 190 Export to Zip Button ................................................................................................................. 193 10.4.1 Export to Zip – Share with Another Participant ................................................................................193 10.4.2 Export to Zip – Export for Census .....................................................................................................194 Chapter 11. Secure Web Incoming Module (SWIM)............................................................. 197 11.1 SWIM Background and Requirements...................................................................................... 197 11.2 SWIM Submission Example ...................................................................................................... 198 Part Four: Next Steps for 2020 Census PSAP ..................................................................... 204 Appendix A. Glossary...................................................................................................... A-1 Appendix B. 2020 Census PSAP Criteria........................................................................... B-1 Appendix C. PSAP Historical Background ........................................................................ C-1 Appendix D. County Subdivisions Map ............................................................................ D-1 Appendix E. Supplemental Sources for PSAP Review ...................................................... E-1 Appendix F. MAF/TIGER Feature Classification Codes ..................................................... F-1 Appendix G. Acceptable Linear Features for Statistical Boundaries .................................. G-1 Appendix H. Standard Street Type Abbreviations ............................................................ H-1 Appendix I. Shapefile Names .......................................................................................... I-1 Appendix J. Shapefile Layouts ......................................................................................... J-1 U.S. Census Bureau 2020 Census PSAP Standard GUPS Respondent Guide iv LIST OF TABLES Table 1: 2020 Census PSAP Schedule ............................................................................................. xi Table 2: Quick Reference, Quick Program, and Respondent Guide Materials ............................. 15 Table 3: Census Tract Types and Thresholds ................................................................................ 19 Table 4: Acceptable Minor Civil Division (MCD) and Incorporated Place Boundaries ................. 21 Table 5: Block Group Types and Thresholds ................................................................................. 24 Table 6: GUPS Hardware and Software Requirements ................................................................ 30 Table 7: Installation of the GUPS Application ............................................................................... 31 Table 8: Open GUPS and Start a New Project ............................................................................... 36 Table 9: Save a GUPS Project ........................................................................................................ 42 Table 10: Open a Previous Project in GUPS .................................................................................. 43 Table 11: GUPS Main Page Elements ............................................................................................ 45 Table 12: Menu Bar Tabs, Drop-down Menus, and Function/Description................................... 47 Table 13: Table of Contents Toolbar Buttons ............................................................................... 50 Table 14: Standard Toolbar Buttons ............................................................................................. 57 Table 15: Select Features Using an Expression Button ................................................................. 61 Table 16: Measure Button ............................................................................................................ 64 Table 17: PSAP Toolbar Buttons, Names and Functions/Descriptions ......................................... 67 Table 18: Modify Area Feature Button ......................................................................................... 73 Table 19: Modify Area Feature Buttons Detail ............................................................................. 79 Table 20: Geography Review Tool Button .................................................................................... 81 Table 21: Review Change Polygons Button .................................................................................. 86 Table 22: PSAP Criteria Review Button ......................................................................................... 88 Table 23: Import County Zip Button ............................................................................................. 91 Table 24: Export to Zip Button ...................................................................................................... 93 Table 25: Print Map to File Button................................................................................................ 94 Table 26: Add Imagery Button ...................................................................................................... 96 Table 27: Manage Layers Toolbar Buttons ................................................................................... 97 Table 28: Add Vector Layer Button ............................................................................................... 98 Table 29: Add WMS/WTMS Layer Button .................................................................................... 98 Table 30: Add Raster Layer Button ............................................................................................... 99 Table 31: Modify Area Feature Actions by Statistical Geography .............................................. 105 Table 32: Select Census Tracts .................................................................................................... 106 Table 33: Split Census Tracts by Block Group ............................................................................. 110 Table 34: Split Census Tract by Face ........................................................................................... 114 Table 35: Creating a Special Use Census Tract ........................................................................... 118 Table 36: Merge Census Tracts ................................................................................................... 122 Table 37: Change Census Tract Boundaries ................................................................................ 127 Table 38: Add Linear Feature ...................................................................................................... 132 Table 39: Modify Linear Feature Attributes ............................................................................... 135 Table 40: Delete/Restore Linear Feature.................................................................................... 136 Table 41: Select Block Group ...................................................................................................... 139 U.S. Census Bureau 2020 Census PSAP Standard GUPS Respondent Guide v Table 42: Split Block Group ......................................................................................................... 140 Table 43: Merge Block Group ..................................................................................................... 144 Table 44: Change Block Group Boundaries................................................................................. 149 Table 45: Select Census Designated Place .................................................................................. 152 Table 46: Boundary Change – Add Area (CDP) ........................................................................... 153 Table 47: Boundary Change – Remove Area (CDP) .................................................................... 156 Table 48: Add a New Census Designated Place (CDP) ................................................................ 161 Table 49: Boundary Change – Delete Area Feature (Delete an Existing CDP) ............................ 164 Table 50: Boundary Change – Change Attributes (CDP) ............................................................. 168 Table 51: Select Census County Division (CCD) .......................................................................... 170 Table 52: Merge CCDs ................................................................................................................. 170 Table 53: Boundary Change – Add Area (CCD) ........................................................................... 174 Table 54: Add a New Census County Division (CCD) .................................................................. 179 Table 55: Boundary Change – Change Attributes (CCD) ............................................................. 182 Table 56: PSAP Criteria Review Tool Button ............................................................................... 185 Table 57: Review Change Polygon Tool Button .......................................................................... 187 Table 58: Geography Review Tool Button .................................................................................. 190 Table 59: Export a File to Share with Another Participant ......................................................... 193 Table 60: Export Files for Submission to the Census Bureau ..................................................... 195 Table 61: SWIM Submission........................................................................................................ 198 Table 62: Standard Statistical Geographies and their Population and Housing Criteria ............. B-1 Table 63: Steps to Display the TIGERweb Online Map Viewer .................................................... E-1 Table 64: TIGERweb Tools and Functions .................................................................................. E-4 Table 65: MTFCC and Descriptions .............................................................................................. F-1 Table 66: Acceptable Linear Features for Statistical Boundaries ................................................G-1 Table 67: Standard Street Type Abbreviations ............................................................................H-1 Table 68: County Shapefiles Names (PVS_18_v2_) ...................................................................... I-1 Table 69: County Shapefile Names (PVS_18_v3_) ........................................................................ I-2 Table 70: Edges Shapefile (PVS_18_v2_edges) ............................................................................ J-1 Table 71: Address Ranges Attribute File (PVS_18_v2_addr) ........................................................ J-2 Table 72: Block Groups Shapefile (PVS_18_v2_bg) ...................................................................... J-2 Table 73: Census Tracts - Current Shapefile (PVS_18_v2_curtracts) ........................................... J-3 Table 74: Census County Divisions Shapefile (PVS_18_v2_ccd) ................................................... J-4 Table 75: Census Designated Place Shapefile (PVS_18_v2_cdp) ................................................. J-4 U.S. Census Bureau 2020 Census PSAP Standard GUPS Respondent Guide vi LIST OF FIGURES Figure 1. Standard Hierarchy of Census Geographic Entities ......................................................... ix Figure 2. Hierarchy of American Indian, Alaska Native, and Native Hawaiian Areas ......................x Figure 3. Types of Special Use Geographies ................................................................................. 16 Figure 4. GUPS Page Layout .......................................................................................................... 45 Figure 5. Table of Contents Toolbar ............................................................................................. 50 Figure 6. Check a Checkbox to Add a Layer .................................................................................. 52 Figure 7. Uncheck a Checkbox to Remove a Layer ....................................................................... 52 Figure 8. Highlight Layer and Right Click to Remove .................................................................... 53 Figure 9. Layer Properties Menu .................................................................................................. 54 Figure 10. Layer Properties Window – Labels Menu .................................................................... 54 Figure 11. Layer Properties Window – Style Menu ...................................................................... 55 Figure 12. GUPS Toolbars.............................................................................................................. 56 Figure 13. GUPS PSAP Standard Toolbar Buttons ......................................................................... 56 Figure 14. Sub-Toolbar Markers ................................................................................................... 56 Figure 15. PSAP Toolbar ................................................................................................................ 67 Figure 16. Modify Area Feature Buttons: Census Tract – Boundary Change ............................... 79 Figure 17. Manage Layers Toolbar ................................................................................................ 97 Figure 18. 2010 Geographies in the Table of Contents .............................................................. 103 Figure 19. Splitting a Census Tract by Block Group Example ..................................................... 109 Figure 20. Splitting a Census Tract by Face Example .................................................................. 114 Figure 21. Merging Census Tracts within Same Code Series Visual ........................................... 122 Figure 22. Dividing a Block Group into Geometrically Equal Parts Example .............................. 140 Figure 23. Dividing a Block Group According to Land Use Areas Example ................................. 140 Figure 24. Windows Explorer Example of County Shapefiles (v2 and v3) .................................... I-3 U.S. Census Bureau 2020 Census PSAP Standard GUPS Respondent Guide vii INTRODUCTION A. General Information The 2020 Census Participant Statistical Areas Program (PSAP) provides designated participants the opportunity to review and suggest changes to the boundaries and names for statistical geographic areas, based on U.S. Census Bureau criteria and guidelines. Local governments and data users often need data for planning by smaller, statistical geographic areas. The Census Bureau uses these statistical geographies to tabulate and disseminate data for the Decennial Census, Economic Census, and the American Community Survey (ACS). The Census Bureau establishes and maintains both standard and tribal statistical geographies solely for statistical purposes and does not take into account or attempt to anticipate any nonstatistical uses that may be made of their definitions. The Census Bureau will not modify the criteria for, or boundaries of, statistical areas to meet the requirements of any non-statistical program. Subsequent sections of this Respondent Guide detail each statistical geography’s criteria, standards, and thresholds. In addition, the Federal Register Notices also provide a formal resource for the criteria, standards, and thresholds. The Census Bureau intends for the PSAP to be a process open to all interested parties and strongly recommends that primary participants seek input from other census data users and stakeholders. Local participants bring an important wealth of knowledge necessary to delineate statistical areas that best meet local needs and development patterns. The primary participant should publicize the process by making the proposed statistical areas available for review by interested data users, or by inviting individuals and agencies to a meeting to discuss the statistical areas proposal. At the time of its submission, the statistical areas must represent the best collective judgment of the local organizations and data users. The Census Bureau is aware that at times there are conflicting needs or requirements and that it is not always possible to reach a clear consensus. To assist in situations where a data user alleges the process was not open or objects to the final proposed PSAP submission for their area, the Census Bureau suggests that the primary participant maintain documentation that proves they conducted an open review process. Maintaining documentation demonstrates that the delineation of statistical geographies was an open process and provides background on particular outcomes. Such documentation could include names of agencies invited to meetings, meeting attendance, discussion topics and outcomes, copies of newspapers, emails, and other means of communication used to publicize the review process. B. The 2020 Census Participant Statistical Areas Program (PSAP) There are two categories of statistical geographies eligible for review and update during PSAP: standard statistical areas and tribal statistical areas. Standard statistical geography includes the following:     Census tracts. Block groups. Census designated places (CDPs). Census county divisions (CCDs), in 21 states. U.S. Census Bureau 2020 Census PSAP Standard GUPS Respondent Guide viii Tribal statistical geography includes the following:         Tribal census tracts. Tribal block groups. Census designated places (CDPs). Alaska Native village statistical areas (ANVSAs). Oklahoma tribal statistical areas (OTSAs) and OTSA tribal subdivisions. Tribal Designated Statistical Areas (TDSAs). State Designated Tribal Statistical Areas (SDTSAs). Alaska Native Regional Corporations (ANRCs) and State American Indian Reservations (SAIRs).1 To gain a better understanding of how PSAP geographies relate to one another and to other geographies, refer to Figure 1 and Figure 2. Figure 1. Standard Hierarchy of Census Geographic Entities 1 ANRCs and SAIRs are not statistical areas, but they are included in 2020 Census PSAP for administrative reasons. U.S. Census Bureau 2020 Census PSAP Standard GUPS Respondent Guide ix Figure 2. Hierarchy of American Indian, Alaska Native, and Native Hawaiian Areas For 2020, the Census Bureau integrated the Tribal Statistical Areas Program (TSAP) that covered the tribal geographies in 2010 into the PSAP. The Census Bureau prepared separate documentation for the tribal statistical geography component of PSAP. Those tribal details are not included in this material. In addition to the integration of TSAP into PSAP, the Census Bureau reviewed census tracts and block groups in nearly all counties, identifying suggested changes and adjustments to help streamline the review and update on the part of primary participants.2 The Census Bureau terms this early review and the associated updates an “internal review” and its output as the “2020 Proposed Plan.” Participants choose either the “2020 Proposed Plan” or “2010 Geographies” when using the Modify Area Feature button in the Geographic Update Partnership Software (GUPS). Refer to Table 18 for a visual showing both choices. This internal review ensures a consistent review of the census tract and block group statistical geographies prior to any external review conducted by 2020 Census PSAP participants. The Census Bureau believes the internal review reduces the burden of participation; however, participants can opt to conduct their own review and update the 2010 statistical geographies or they can review and update the 2020 proposed plan. Because of decreased processing timeframes, the Census Bureau is unable to provide the internal review updates made to the census designated place geographies during the delineation phase; however, those updates will appear during verification phase of PSAP in January 2020. The verification phase allows participants to see the updates made by the Census Bureau as well as those made by the participant during the delineation phase. The Census Bureau did not conduct this internal review for seven large counties with active PSAP participants that we anticipate already had plans for updating statistical areas for 2020. The Census Bureau contacted these participants to inform them of the absence of a 2020 proposed plan. 2 U.S. Census Bureau 2020 Census PSAP Standard GUPS Respondent Guide x C. The Boundary and Annexation Survey (BAS) The Boundary and Annexation Survey (BAS) is the annual Census Bureau survey of legal geographic entities. Whereas the PSAP provides the process for reviewing and updating the statistical geographic entities, the BAS provides the process for reviewing and updating legal geographic entities. Its purpose is to determine, solely for data collection and tabulation by the Census Bureau, the complete and current inventory and the correct names, legal descriptions, official status, and official, legal boundaries of the legal geographic entities with governmental authority over certain areas within the United States, as of January 1 of the survey year. The BAS also collects specific information to document the legal actions that established a boundary or imposed a boundary change. Through the BAS, the Census Bureau also accepts updates to features such as roads or rivers, and address range break information at the boundaries. To update the boundaries for legal boundaries, participate in the BAS. For information regarding the BAS, consult the Census Bureau’s BAS website at . For questions, email geo.bas@census.gov or call 1-800-972-5651. D. 2020 Census PSAP Schedule Table 1 provides the PSAP program schedule and timeframe for completion of the various tasks. Understanding the 2020 Census PSAP schedule is important for participants to prepare for the delineation and verification phases. Table 1: 2020 Census PSAP Schedule Date February 2017-October 2018 March-May 2018 July 2018 January 2019 January 2019 July 2019 January 2020 October 2020 Event Census Bureau conducted PSAP internal review to generate 2020 proposed plans. Census Bureau contacted 2010 Census PSAP participants to inquire about 2020 Census PSAP participation. Census Bureau began sending 2020 Census PSAP invitation materials to participants. PSAP delineation phase begins. Participants have 120 calendar days to submit updates. PSAP webinar trainings begin. Census Bureau sends official communication notifying closeout of PSAP delineation phase. PSAP verification phase begins. Participants have 90 calendar days to review updates. Census Bureau conducts closeout of the 2020 Census PSAP. The PSAP delineation phase begins in January 2019 with the delivery of delineation materials. Participants have a maximum of 120 days from the receipt of materials to complete and submit any statistical geography updates to the Census Bureau. The closeout of the delineation phase begins in the summer of 2019 prior to the start of the verification phase in January 2020. A final closeout occurs after the conclusion of the verification phase in October 2020. In March 2018, the Census Bureau began contacting previous participants from the 2010 program, regional multi-county organizations, local governments, state data centers, and other U.S. Census Bureau 2020 Census PSAP Standard GUPS Respondent Guide xi interested individuals to solicit participation in the 2020 Census PSAP.3 The Census Bureau began formally inviting the interested participants in July 2018. E. Training and Support The Census Bureau provides assistance by answering questions; clarifying criteria, guidelines, and procedures; and providing information concerning specific situations that participants encounter when reviewing, delineating, and submitting their statistical area plans. The Census Bureau plans to conduct training webinars to provide instruction on participating in PSAP and the use of the GUPS. The webinar schedule is available at . In addition, an electronic version of this guide is available on that website. For questions concerning technical problems with the GUPS application or specific programmatic questions, support is available via telephone at 1-844-7884921 and email at . F. Respondent Guide Organization Participants reviewing standard statistical area geographies are required to use the Geographic Update Partnership Software, or GUPS, to make updates. In addition to providing the criteria and programmatic guidelines necessary to define and update standard statistical geographies, this guide provides participants with systematic instructions of GUPS for use in PSAP. It also introduces the fundamental concepts of the software as well as the major functionalities developed and contained in the software and services. By using this guide and adhering to the PSAP guidelines and criteria, participants learn to utilize GUPS to review (and potentially update) a variety of statistical geographies and submit their final updates to the Census Bureau. They also learn about the next steps for PSAP. This guide contains four parts. Part One: Overview of the 2020 Census PSAP Materials and the Standard Statistical Geographies4 This section provides an overview of the 2020 Census PSAP delineation materials and summarizes the statistical geography criteria and guidelines for census tracts, block groups, CDPs, and CCDs. Participants use the content within this section to familiarize themselves with the materials provided by the Census Bureau and with the background of the four standard statistical geographies. For Census Bureau purposes, the term “county” includes parishes in Louisiana; boroughs, city and boroughs, municipalities, and census areas in Alaska; independent cities in Maryland, Missouri, Nevada, and Virginia; districts and islands in American Samoa, and districts in the U.S. Virgin Islands; municipalities in the Commonwealth of the Northern Mariana Islands; municipios in the Commonwealth of Puerto Rico; and the areas constituting the District of Columbia and Guam. Henceforth in this document, the term “counties” will refer to all of these entities. 3 Within the document, bold, blue colored font denotes the presence of a cross-referenced hyperlink to other sections, figures, tables, or appendices. Use the Ctrl key and click of left mouse button while hovering over these bold blue words to skip directly to the linked item. The “Part One:” above is the first cross-reference hyperlink in this document. 4 U.S. Census Bureau 2020 Census PSAP Standard GUPS Respondent Guide xii Part Two: Introducing GUPS for 2020 Census PSAP This section introduces GUPS and the basics of the software. Participants refer to this section for the technical instructions to install GUPS, to learn how to get started, and to familiarize themselves with menus, buttons, and tools within the software. Part Three: Using GUPS for 2020 Census PSAP This section describes the use of GUPS for 2020 Census PSAP. It discusses the review and update of PSAP geographies. It provides instruction to validate a submission and to prepare it for delivery to the Census Bureau using the Secure Web Incoming Module (SWIM). Participants find information and detailed steps to review and modify the statistical geographies. Note: The examples in this section highlight the function of the menu, the button, the tool, or the process. They are not specific to the vintage of geography (i.e., the 2010 statistical geography or the 2020 proposed plan). The function of the menus, buttons, and tools applies regardless of the vintage of the geography. Part Four: Next Steps for 2020 Census PSAP This section provides information on the next steps for 2020 Census PSAP. It includes information for participants on the Census Bureau’s processing of submissions, the upcoming verification phase, and the final closeout phase after verification. IMPORTANT: Due to operational updates, some minor discrepancies may occur between the appearance of individual screens within GUPS, especially concerning polygon colors and symbology in the Map View and the appearance of specific buttons and warning messages. Other small variations may also appear. U.S. Census Bureau 2020 Census PSAP Standard GUPS Respondent Guide xiii PART ONE: OVERVIEW OF THE 2020 CENSUS PSAP MATERIALS AND THE STANDARD STATISTICAL GEOGRAPHIES This portion of the Respondent Guide lays the programmatic foundation for the remainder of the document and provides a reference for upcoming sections. It provides an overview of the delineation materials and 2020 Census PSAP standard statistical geographies. It summarizes the statistical geography criteria, guidelines, and specifications for each of the four standard statistical geographies. The goal of PSAP is to produce meaningful statistical geographies for data users while maintaining consistent statistical geography nationwide. It is the Census Bureau’s responsibility to ensure nationwide uniformity in applying the statistical area criteria and guidelines. As a result, we may require some changes in the boundaries or delineation of some statistical areas to meet the national standard. By creating one, streamlined method of participation for standard statistical geographies (i.e., the Geographic Update Partnership Software, or GUPS), the Census Bureau provides an efficient and intuitive system to review and update statistical boundaries and edit data layers while maintaining flexibility to retrieve and review selected information. Participants must use the Census Bureau supplied GUPS and shapefiles to participate in PSAP. The Census Bureau will not accept any submission delineated outside of the GUPS or based on non-Census Bureau provided shapefiles. Part B of the Introduction mentions that 2020 proposed plans for census tracts and block groups exists for most counties in the nation. The Census Bureau recommends participants review the 2020 proposed plan. Participants may review and agree with the proposed plan or they may make adjustments to that plan. Taking this approach may streamline the review and update process, if any updates are required. Use of the 2020 proposed plan ensures the aforementioned consistency of review mentioned in the previous section. If participants choose to begin their review from the 2010 statistical geographies, they must conduct the necessary updates to ensure the statistical areas meet the published criteria and guidelines, coding and naming conventions, and ensure the features used for the boundaries are valid. This approach is likely to be lengthier than a review of the 2020 proposed plan, but some participants may find it the best approach for their situation. IMPORTANT: If participants begin conducting their review and wish to change to the other vintage of geography, they must delete their GUPS project. Table 14 includes a section that describes the process of deleting a project in GUPS and starting over by choosing the GUPS Data Settings button. U.S. Census Bureau 2020 Census PSAP Standard GUPS Respondent Guide 14 CHAPTER 1. DELINEATION PHASE MATERIALS FOR 2020 CENSUS PSAP This chapter focuses on identifying the materials participants receive for the delineation phase. 1.1 Informational and Instructional Materials The Census Bureau provides this Respondent Guide for conducting the 2020 Census PSAP work using GUPS. To support participants’ review and update of their statistical geographies for the 2020 Census, the Census Bureau created Quick Reference and Quick Program Guides that summarize each standard statistical geography and digital delivery methods, as well as Microsoft Excel files of 2020 proposed changes for census tracts and block groups. These files exist for all but the seven stateside counties not worked through the Census Bureau’s internal review. The Census Bureau provides all informational and instructional materials in in digital format. Locate the digitally formatted materials on the PSAP website as well as on the “Data disc” provided to participants that requested DVDs during the invitation phase of 2020 Census PSAP. Review Table 2 to identify each piece of informational and instructional material distributed by the Census Bureau in support of 2020 Census PSAP for standard geographies and to identify the participants receiving those materials. Table 2: Quick Reference, Quick Program, and Respondent Guide Materials Document Name of Material Participant(s) Receiving Material ID G-640 Quick Reference: Block Groups Stateside, non-tribal participants. G-650 Quick Reference: Census Tracts Stateside, non-tribal participants. G-615 Quick Reference: Census Designated Places Stateside, non-tribal participants. G-660 Quick Reference: Census County Divisions Stateside, non-tribal participants. G-615PR Quick Reference: Census Designated Places Puerto Rico participants. G-640PR Quick Reference: Block Groups Puerto Rico participants. G-650PR Quick Reference: Census Tracts Puerto Rico participants. Q-900 Quick Program Guide for Digital Download Stateside, non-tribal participants that of GUPS requested to download their materials online. Q-905 Quick Program Guide for DVD delivery of Stateside, non-tribal participants and GUPS Puerto Rico participants that requested DVDs for delivery of materials. G-730 Standard GUPS Respondent Guide Stateside, non-tribal participants and Puerto Rico participants. The Census Bureau supplies the list of changed statistical entities in the form of a Microsoft Excel file (e.g., psap20_proposed_changes_.xlsx), where SS is the two-digit state FIPS code and CCC is the three-digit county FIPS code. This file is the output from Census Bureau’s internal review. It appears on the previously mentioned “Data disc” and is available online for download. The Excel file contains census tracts that have been split or merged, or have had code/type changes and census tracts with modified block groups. The following seven fields of information comprise the file: U.S. Census Bureau 2020 Census PSAP Standard GUPS Respondent Guide 15       STATEFP is the two-digit state FIPS code. COUNTYFP is the three-digit county FIPS code. TRACTCE is the six-digit census tract code (with leading and trailing zeros and no decimal point). BLKGRPCE is the one-digit block group number. It will be blank if the entity is a tract, and will have an integer from 1-9 if it pertains to a block group. BLKGRPID is the 12-digit block group code that concatenates the STATEFP, COUNTYFP, TRACTCE, and BLKGRPCE information into one field if the record represents a block group, otherwise it will be blank. Participants use this field, along with the TRACTCE field, to review the Census Bureau changes performed to the 2010 geographies within the 2020 proposed plan. TRACTTYP and BGTYP are blank unless the entity is a special use entity, in which case it will contain a single letter pertaining to the special use categories within GUPS (A, B, C, H, I, J, M, O, P, T, and W). These single character codes represent the information shown in Figure 3 in both special use census tracts and special use block groups. Figure 3. Types of Special Use Geographies 1.2 DVD Materials The Census Bureau supplies two DVDs to stateside, non-tribal participants that asked to receive their delineation material by that digital medium during the invitation phase, as well as to all Puerto Rico participants. One DVD contains the GUPS software to install on the participant’s computers. The second DVD is the “Data disc.” It contains the partnership shapefiles to conduct the 2020 Census PSAP work using the GUPS software. The “Data disc” also contains digital copies of the Quick Reference Guides, the appropriate Quick Program Guide, and the Microsoft Excel file(s) 2020 proposed changes list for each county the participant agreed to review. All informational and instructional materials provided on DVD are available on the PSAP website for online download. Instructions for using these DVDs for 2020 Census PSAP are in Part Two:. U.S. Census Bureau 2020 Census PSAP Standard GUPS Respondent Guide 16 1.3 Delineation Phase Postcard One important item enclosed with the delineation materials is the delineation phase postcard (e.g., Document ID P-300 and P-300PR for Puerto Rico). After reviewing the standard statistical geographies and determining the update status of the materials, please complete the postcard indicating whether changes are forthcoming. The return of this postcard assists the Census Bureau with planning for incoming submissions and identifying participants that will not be providing updates. The Census Bureau requests the return of this postcard within a month of receipt of the delineation phase materials. If a participant discovers changes are necessary to their 2020 Census PSAP materials after returning the delineation postcard, please contact the Census Bureau PSAP staff by email at geo.psap@census.gov, or phone them at 1-844-788-4921 to let them know a submission is forthcoming. U.S. Census Bureau 2020 Census PSAP Standard GUPS Respondent Guide 17 CHAPTER 2. CENSUS TRACTS Census tracts are small, relatively permanent geographic divisions of a county or statistically equivalent entity defined for the tabulation and presentation of data from the decennial census, the ACS, and selected other statistical programs. Census tracts nest within, and completely cover, counties nationwide. Ideally, their boundaries remain the same between censuses making it possible to compare statistics from decade to decade. The Census Bureau published the 2020 Census PSAP census tract criteria in the Federal Register, available on the PSAP website. Appendix B. provides a summary of the statistical geographies criteria thresholds. The following criteria apply to the United States, including federally recognized American Indian reservations (AIRs) and off-reservation trust lands (ORTLs), Puerto Rico, and the Island Areas5:        Census tracts must not cross county or state boundaries. Census tracts must cover the entire land and water area of a county. Census tracts must comprise a reasonably compact and contiguous land area, with a few exceptions.6 Census tract boundaries should follow visible and identifiable features. Census tracts must meet specific population and housing unit thresholds outlined in Table 3: Census Tract Types and Thresholds. Census tracts must have a basic numeric identifier composed of no more than four digits and may have a two-digit decimal suffix. Find more detail on numbering in Section 2.2, Census Tract Codes and Numeric Identification. Census tracts have three types for the 2020 Census, standard, tribal, and special use. Refer to Table 3: Census Tract Types and Thresholds for the definition and associated criteria for standard and special use census tracts. Tribal census tracts do not appear in the table since they are out of scope for this material. The Census Bureau may modify and, if necessary, reject any proposals for census tracts that do not meet the published criteria. In addition, the Census Bureau reserves the right to modify the boundaries and attributes of census tracts as needed to meet the published criteria and/or maintain geographic relationships before or after the final tabulation geography is set for the 2020 Census. For Census Bureau purposes, the United States typically refers to only the fifty states and the District of Columbia, and does not include the U.S. territories (Puerto Rico, the Island Areas, and the U.S. Minor Outlying Islands). The Island Areas includes American Samoa, the Commonwealth of the Northern Mariana Islands, Guam, and the U.S. Virgin Islands. The U.S. Minor Outlying Islands are an aggregation of nine U.S. territories: Baker Island, Howland Island, Jarvis Island, Johnston Atoll, Kingman Reef, Midway Islands, Navassa Island, Palmyra Atoll, and Wake Island. 5 6 The Census Bureau permits noncontiguous boundaries only where a contiguous area or inaccessible area would not meet population or housing unit count requirements for a separate census tract, in which case the noncontiguous or inaccessible area must be combined with an adjacent or proximate tract. For example, combine an island that does not meet the minimum population threshold for recognition as a separate census tract with other proximate land to form a single, noncontiguous census tract. The Census Bureau reviews each instance of noncontiguous census tracts and uses their discretion to accept or reject. U.S. Census Bureau 2020 Census PSAP Standard GUPS Respondent Guide 18 Census Tract Types Standard Census Tract Special Use Census Tract 2.1 Table 3: Census Tract Types and Thresholds Description Population Housing Unit Area Thresholds Thresholds Measurement Thresholds Small statistical Optimum: 4,000 Optimum: 1,600 None subdivisions of Min: 1,200 Min: 480 counties; emphasis Max: 8,000 Max: 3,200 on comparability over time to facilitate longitudinal analysis. A census tract None (or very None (or very At least encompassing an little) or within little) or within comparable in employment the standard the standard size to center, large census tract census tract surrounding airport, public threshold threshold standard park, public forest, census tracts or large water body with no (or very little) population or housing units. Employment Threshold NA Suggested minimum of 1,200 workers or jobs when encompassing employment centers. Census Tract Threshold Requirements Census tracts, with the exception of special use tracts, must meet specified population or housing unit thresholds as outlined above in Table 3: Census Tract Types and Thresholds. This helps ensure a minimal level of reliability in the sample data and minimized potential disclosures of sensitive information. PSAP participants should aim to create census tracts that meet the optimal population of 4,000 or 1,600 housing units and maintain the minimum thresholds unless it is flagged as a special use tract (discussed above), or is coextensive with a county with fewer than 1,200 people. The Census Bureau uses a housing unit criterion to accommodate seasonably occupied areas in which the decennial census population count will be lower than the ACS estimates.7 A census tract that exceeds the maximum thresholds should be split into multiple tracts; those that drop below the minimum thresholds should be merged with an adjacent tract. If a participant chooses not to split or merge tracts that do not meet approved thresholds, they must provide a justification for retaining the existing geography. GUPS allows participants to add remarks or justifications to statistical geographies that are not changed in the event that population growth (new housing development, typically) or decline (following depopulation trends or scheduled housing demolition) is anticipated. Participants should use the 2010 Census population and housing counts for census tract review in most cases. Locally produced population and housing unit estimates are permissible when reviewing and updating areas experiencing considerable growth since the 2010 Census. “Occupied seasonally” refers to seasonal communities in which residential populations are lower on Census Day, April 1, than at other times of the year, and for which estimates may be reflected in the ACS. The ACS is designed to produce local area data for a 12-month period estimate. 7 U.S. Census Bureau 2020 Census PSAP Standard GUPS Respondent Guide 19 The housing unit thresholds use the national average of 2.5 persons per household. Because of local and regional variations to this average, the Census Bureau will consider variation while reviewing all census tract revisions. 2.2 Census Tract Codes and Numeric Identification The census tract codes consist of six digits with an implied decimal between the fourth and fifth digit, with leading and trailing zeroes for census tracts without a full six digits; e.g. 140102 and 002300, respectively. Census tract numbers (sometimes described as census tract names) are the same digits but expressed without the full digit range of the code (1401.02 or 23, for the examples above). A permanent numbering system is desirable since it helps data users make comparisons of information by census tract from one decade to the next. The Census Bureau uses suffixes (the final two digits of the tract code, populated with ‘00’ if none exists) to help identify census tract changes for comparison purposes. Census tract suffixes may range from .01 to .98. When a census tract splits, the resulting tracts retain the basic four-digit base code and receive different suffixes. For example, if census tract 0014.00 splits, the new tract codes are 0014.01 and 0014.02. If census tract 0014.02 splits, the “02” suffix is “retired” and the resulting tracts suffix becomes “03” and “04” (or the next available suffixes). Data users expect the four-digit basic census tract codes to remain unchanged from one decade to another. The Census Bureau allows renumbering of census tracts only in limited circumstances, such as when there are more anticipated census tract splits than available suffixes. Some ranges of census tract numbers identify distinctive types of census tracts. The code range 9400 identifies census tracts with a majority of population, housing, or land area associated with an American Indian Area. The 9800 code range was established for the 2010 Census and used to specifically identify special land-use census tracts; that is, census tracts defined to encompass a large area with little or no residential population and/or with special characteristics, such as large parks, special land use, or employment areas. For 2020, this range also includes areas not characterized by residential population (i.e., National Parks or large water bodies). It morphed into special use census tracts, removing reference to land since they may be water. Refer to Table 3: Census Tract Types and Thresholds for details on the thresholds for special use census tracts. These types of tracts are optional in PSAP. 2.3 Census Tract Boundary Requirements Census tract boundaries generally follow permanent, visible features that are identifiable in the field. The following features are preferred as census tract boundaries:      State and county boundaries must always be census tract boundaries. This criterion takes precedence over all other criteria or requirements. American Indian reservation and off-reservation trust land boundaries. Visible, perennial natural and cultural features, such as roads, shorelines, rivers, perennial streams and canals, railroad tracks, or aboveground high-tension power lines. Boundaries of legal and administrative entities in selected states. See Table 4 for states with acceptable minor civil division and incorporated place boundaries. Additional legally defined administrative boundaries for barrio, barrio-pueblo, and subbarrio boundaries in Puerto Rico; census subdistrict and estate boundaries in the U.S. Virgin Islands; U.S. Census Bureau 2020 Census PSAP Standard GUPS Respondent Guide 20    county and island boundaries in American Samoa; election district boundaries in Guam; municipal district boundaries in the Northern Mariana Islands; and Alaska Native Regional Corporation boundaries in Alaska.8 Boundaries of large parks, forests, airports, penitentiaries/prisons, and or military installations if the boundaries are clearly visible. Some nonstandard visible features such as major ridgelines, aboveground pipelines, intermittent streams, or fence lines. Some nonstandard nonvisible features such as parcel boundaries, straight-line extensions and other lines-of-sight between acceptable visible features. Table 4: Acceptable Minor Civil Division (MCD) and Incorporated Place Boundaries State Alabama Alaska Arizona Arkansas California Colorado Connecticut Delaware Florida Georgia Hawaii Idaho Illinois Indiana Iowa Kansas Kentucky Louisiana Maine Maryland Massachusetts Michigan Minnesota Mississippi Missouri Montana Nebraska Nevada New Hampshire All MCD Boundaries Boundaries of MCDs Not Coincident with the Boundaries of Incorporated Places that themselves are MCDs All Incorporated Place Boundaries X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X9 X10 X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X 8 Insofar as such boundaries are unambiguous for allocating living quarters as part of 2020 Census activities. 9 Governmental townships only. 10 Only Conjoint Incorporated Place Boundaries Townships only. U.S. Census Bureau 2020 Census PSAP Standard GUPS Respondent Guide 21 State New Jersey New Mexico New York North Carolina North Dakota Ohio Oklahoma Oregon Pennsylvania Rhode Island South Carolina South Dakota Tennessee Texas Utah Vermont Virginia Washington West Virginia Wisconsin Wyoming U.S. Census Bureau All MCD Boundaries Boundaries of MCDs Not Coincident with the Boundaries of Incorporated Places that themselves are MCDs All Incorporated Place Boundaries X X X X Only Conjoint Incorporated Place Boundaries X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X X 2020 Census PSAP Standard GUPS Respondent Guide X X X X X 22 CHAPTER 3. BLOCK GROUPS Block groups are statistical geographic subdivisions of a census tract defined for the tabulation and presentation of data from the decennial census and select other statistical programs. They are the smallest geographies for which the Census Bureau provides sample data, primarily from the ACS 5-year period estimates. Block groups nest within, and completely cover, census tracts nationwide. They form the geographic framework within which the Census Bureau defines and numbers census blocks. The block group number becomes the first digit of the four-digit census blocks. Each block group comprises a reasonably compact and contiguous cluster of census blocks. Census tracts may contain no more than 10 block groups (nine standard and one comprised of water). The Census Bureau published the 2020 Census PSAP block group criteria in the Federal Register notice available on the PSAP website. Appendix B. provides a summary of the statistical geographies criteria thresholds. The following criteria apply to the United States, including federally recognized American Indian reservations (AIRs) and off-reservation trust lands (ORTLs), Puerto Rico, and the Island Areas:       Block groups must not cross census tract boundaries. Block groups must cover the entire land and water area of each census tract. Block groups must meet specific population and housing unit thresholds and suggested area and employment thresholds outlined below in Table 5: Block Group Types and Thresholds. Block groups must comprise a reasonably compact and contiguous land area. Block group boundaries should follow visible and identifiable features. Block groups have three types, standard, tribal, and special use for the 2020 Census. For the definition and associated criteria for standard and special use block groups, refer again to Table 5: Block Group Types and Thresholds. Tribal block groups do not appear in the table since they are out of scope for this material. The Census Bureau may modify and, if necessary, reject any proposals for block groups that do not meet the published criteria. In addition, the Census Bureau reserves the right to modify the boundaries and attributes of block groups as needed to meet the published criteria. Modification may also occur to maintain geographic relationships before or after the final tabulation geography is set for the 2020 Census. As with census tracts, the Census Bureau recognizes there are significant, or special, geographic areas characterized by unique populations or not characterized by residential populations that local data users may wish to exclude from populated block groups. PSAP participants may designate special use block groups to distinguish them from standard block groups. Special use block groups are optional, and if delineated, they must follow specific details outlined in Table 5. Special use census tracts must contain at least one special use block group and it must be coextensive with the special use tract boundary. If the area is not large enough to sustain a special use census tract, participants may identify special use block groups within standard census tracts. U.S. Census Bureau 2020 Census PSAP Standard GUPS Respondent Guide 23 Table 5: Block Group Types and Thresholds Block Group Types Standard Block Groups Special Use Block Groups 3.1 Description Population Thresholds Subdivisions of census tracts; smallest geographic area for which ACS data are tabulated and disseminated. A block group, usually coextensive with a special use census tract, encompassing an employment center, large airport, public park, public forest, or large water body with no (or very little) population or housing units. Housing Unit Thresholds Min: 600 Max: 3,000 Min: 240 Max: 1,200 None (or very little) or within the standard block group thresholds None (or very little) or within the standard block group thresholds Area Measurement Thresholds None At least comparable in size to surrounding standard block groups Employment Threshold NA Suggested minimum of 600 workers or jobs. Block Group Threshold Requirements Block groups must meet specified population and housing unit thresholds as outlined above in Table 5. This helps ensure a minimum level of reliability in sample data and minimizes potential disclosures of sensitive information. Like census tracts, the Census Bureau uses housing unit criterion to accommodate seasonably occupied areas that may have higher populations at times of the year other than on Census Day, April 1. Like census tracts, a block group that exceeds maximum thresholds should be split; those that drop below the minimum thresholds should be merged with an adjacent block group. If a participant chooses not to change threshold errant block groups, they must provide justification for their retention. Unlike census tracts, block groups may be completely redefined to meet population or housing thresholds; however, in doing so, please consider the impact on analysis of block group level data across time. In most cases, participants should use the 2010 Census population counts for block group review. Locally produced population and housing unit estimates are permissible when reviewing and updating areas experiencing considerable growth since the 2010 Census. The housing unit thresholds use the national average of 2.5 persons per household. Because of local and regional variations to this average, the Census Bureau will consider variation while reviewing all block group revisions. 3.2 Block Group Codes and Numeric Identification Block groups are identified by a single digit integer code from “1” through “9.” Codes with “0” designate a water only block group that does not contain population or housing units. If a census tract needs more than nine block groups to organize the population and housing units, split the tract. The block group number provides the first digit for the 2020 tabulation blocks. For example, block group 3 includes all 2020 tabulation blocks numbered in the 3000 range U.S. Census Bureau 2020 Census PSAP Standard GUPS Respondent Guide 24 within a single census tract. Block group numbers can repeat within a county, but must be unique within individual census tracts. Find details on the thresholds for special use block groups in Table 5: Block Group Types and Thresholds. 3.3 Block Group Boundary Requirements Like census tracts, block group boundaries generally follow permanent, visible features that are identifiable in the field. The following features are preferred as block group boundaries:         State, county, and census tract boundaries must always be block group boundaries. This criterion takes precedence over all other criteria or requirements. American Indian reservation and off-reservation trust land boundaries. Visible, perennial natural and cultural features, such as roads, shorelines, rivers, perennial streams and canals, railroad tracks, or aboveground high-tension power lines. Boundaries of legal and administrative entities in selected states. See Table 4 for states with acceptable minor civil division and incorporated place boundaries. Additional legally defined administrative boundaries for barrio, barrio-pueblo, and subbarrio boundaries in Puerto Rico; census subdistrict and estate boundaries in the U.S. Virgin Islands; county and island boundaries in American Samoa; election district boundaries in Guam; municipal district boundaries in the Northern Mariana Islands; and Alaska Native Regional Corporation boundaries in Alaska. Boundaries of large parks, forests, airports, penitentiaries/prisons, and or military installations if the boundaries are clearly visible. Some nonstandard visible features such as major ridgelines, aboveground pipelines, intermittent streams, or fence lines. Some nonstandard nonvisible features such as parcel boundaries, straight-line extensions and other lines-of-sight between acceptable visible features. U.S. Census Bureau 2020 Census PSAP Standard GUPS Respondent Guide 25 CHAPTER 4. CENSUS DESIGNATED PLACES (CDPS) Census designated places (CDPs) are statistical geographic entities representing closely settled, unincorporated communities that are locally recognized and identified by name. They are the statistical equivalents of incorporated places, with the primary differences being the lack of both a legally defined boundary and an active, functioning governmental structure, chartered by the state and administered by elected officials. CDPs include comunidades and zona urbanas in Puerto Rico. The Census Bureau published the 2020 Census PSAP CDP criteria in the Federal Register. It is available on the PSAP website and in Appendix B. . The following criteria apply to the United States, including federally recognized American Indian reservations (AIRs) and off-reservation trust lands (ORTLs), Puerto Rico, and the Island Areas:          CDPs constitute a single, named, closely settled center of population. CDPs generally consist of a contiguous cluster of census blocks comprising a single piece of territory with a mix of uses similar to that of an incorporated place of similar size. CDPs cannot be located, partially or entirely, within an incorporated place or another CDP. CDPs may cross county boundaries, but must not cross state boundaries. CDPs have no minimum population or housing unit thresholds, but must contain some population, housing units, or both. CDP boundaries should follow visible features, except in circumstances where the boundary is coincident with the nonvisible boundary of a state, county, minor civil division, or incorporated place. CDP boundaries may follow other nonvisible features in instances where reliance upon visible features would result in over bounding of the CDP in order to include housing units on both sides of a road or street feature. o Such boundaries might include parcel boundaries and Public Land Survey System (PLSS) lines; fence lines; national, state, or local park boundaries; ridgelines; or drainage ditches. CDP names should be recognizable and used in daily communication by the residents of the community it represents.11 CDP names cannot have the same name as an adjacent or nearby incorporated place. In accordance with the final criteria, the Census Bureau may modify and, if necessary, reject any proposals for CDPs that do not meet the established criteria. In addition, the Census Bureau reserves the right to modify the boundaries and attributes of CDPs as needed to maintain geographic relationships before the final tabulation geography is set for the 2020 Census. There should be features in the landscape that use the name, such that a non-resident would have a general sense of the location or extent of the community; for example, signs indicating when one is entering the community; highway exit signs that use the name; or businesses, schools, or other buildings that make use of the name. 11 U.S. Census Bureau 2020 Census PSAP Standard GUPS Respondent Guide 26 CHAPTER 5. CENSUS COUNTY DIVISIONS (CCDS) Census county divisions (CCDs) and equivalent entities are statistical geographic entities established cooperatively by the Census Bureau and officials of state and local governments in 21 states where minor civil divisions (MCDs) either do not exist or have been unsatisfactory for reporting statistical data.12 The 21 states are as follows: Alabama, Alaska, Arizona, California, Colorado, Delaware, Florida, Georgia, Hawaii, Idaho, Kentucky, Montana, Nevada, New Mexico, Oklahoma, Oregon, South Carolina, Texas, Utah, Washington, and Wyoming. Appendix D. depicts the CCD states in green. The Census Bureau discourages major revisions to CCDs since the primary goal of the CCD program has been to establish and maintain a set of sub-county units that have stable boundaries and recognizable names. However, updates and revisions may be necessary in some instances, where there have been revisions to census tract boundaries and the CCD boundaries follows those boundaries, or to resolve discrepancies where the census tract and CCD boundaries were supposed to be conjoint but were not. Revisions to CCD names may be necessary due to population changes within CCDs. Changes to CCD names must follow the guidance outlined in Section 5.1. The Census Bureau published detailed 2020 Census PSAP CCD criteria in the Federal Register, available on the PSAP website. Appendix B. provides a summary of CCD criteria. The following criteria apply to the 21 states that contain CCDs:         CCDs must have community orientation, i.e., center on place(s) that form a cohesive community area. CCDs must have visible and/or stable boundaries. CCD boundaries must follow state and county boundaries and conform to census tract boundaries.13 CCD boundaries may follow the boundaries of federally recognized AIRs, and federal, state, or locally managed land.14 CCD boundaries may follow conjoint city limits (where change to the boundary is infrequent). CCD boundaries may follow some nonstandard visible features such as major ridgelines, aboveground pipelines, intermittent streams, or fence lines. CCD boundaries may follow some nonstandard nonvisible features such as parcel boundaries, straight-line extensions and other lines-of-sight between acceptable visible features. CCDs must have recognizable names (see the next section for detail on name identification). 12 In Alaska, census subareas are county subdivisions equivalent to CCDs. For purposes of this notice, the term CCD also refers to census subareas in Alaska. Whenever possible, a CCD should encompass one or more contiguous census tracts or multiple CCDs should constitute a single census tract. Therefore, CCD boundaries should be consistent with census tract boundaries. Population size is not as important a consideration with CCDs as it is with census tracts 13 Managed land includes National Parks, National Monuments, National Forests, other types of large parks or forest, airports, marine ports, prisons, military installations, or other large facilities. 14 U.S. Census Bureau 2020 Census PSAP Standard GUPS Respondent Guide 27 5.1 Census County Division Name Identification Though CCDs do not include numeric identification, there are criteria for naming CCDs:       Names of existing CCDs shall not be changed unless a compelling reason is provided, such as when the name from which the CCD was derived has changed, as in the case of Bainbridge Island, Washington, when the name of the city (Winslow) changed. Name new CCDs after the largest population center or historically central place within it (e.g., Taos, or Zuni Pueblo, New Mexico). CCDs with multiple centers of equal importance may represent two or three centers (e.g., Mount Pleasant-Moroni, Utah). CCDs may be named after the AIR (e.g., Hualapai, Arizona or Nez Perce, Idaho) or a prominent land use area (e.g., Federal Reservation, Washington or Yellowstone National Park, Wyoming) in which it is significantly or wholly located. CCDs may be named after a prominent physical feature (e.g., Mount Rainier, Washington) or a distinctive region within the county (e.g., Death Valley, California; Everglades or Lower Keys, Florida). If there is no clear cultural focus or topographic name that can be applied, a CCD name shall consist of the county name and a compass direction to indicate the portion of the county in the CCD or a place name and a compass direction to give the CCD location relative to the place. The directional indicator precedes a county name (e.g., Northeast Cobb, Georgia). If an incorporated place name is used, the directional indicator follows it (e.g., Del Rio Northwest, Texas). In all cases, the objective is to identify the extent of the CCD by means of an area name since CCD names should always be meaningful to data users. Any name used as a CCD name must also be recognized by the Board on Geographic Names for federal use and appear in the Geographic Names Information System maintained by the U.S. Geological Survey. This includes any individual names combined to make a hyphenated CCD name. With the overview of and high-level information on the statistical geographies provided in this portion and the general information from the Introduction of the Respondent Guide, the focus now shifts to introducing the GUPS for 2020 Census PSAP in the next portion, Part Two:. U.S. Census Bureau 2020 Census PSAP Standard GUPS Respondent Guide 28 PART TWO: INTRODUCING GUPS FOR 2020 CENSUS PSAP This portion of the Respondent Guide includes detailed system requirement information necessary to use GUPS. It offers an introduction to GUPS and its menus, and toolbars. It provides specific instructions, through "Step - Action and Result" tables. In these tables, the Action is usually a command or action to perform and the Result(s) of the action are in italics. For example, if participants click the QGIS icon on the desktop, the software should begin to run automatically. GUPS allows participants to review and modify the statistical geographies in a more efficient manner than previous decades. GUPS integrates the standardized PSAP requirements and thresholds that define statistical geographies to eliminate the guesswork for participants. GUPS runs in both a desktop PC and a network environment. It runs in QGIS, an open source Geographic Information System (GIS), and contains all functionality required to make updates, executes automated checks for program criteria compliance, and creates standardized data output files for Census Bureau processing. Many of the menus and functionality are solely part of QGIS functionality and not applicable to GUPS. For information on the QGIS open-source platform, go to: . GUPS is available on DVD or available for download from the PSAP website at during the delineation phase. If participants chose the "DVD GUPS and SHAPEFILES" selection, there are two DVDs enclosed with their PSAP delineation materials. One includes the GUPS software and the second is the “Data disc.” If participants chose the "DOWNLOAD GUPS and SHAPEFILES" selection, they must navigate to the following website to download GUPS: . Once installed, the Census Bureau recommends using the "Census Web" choice within GUPS for accessing and loading the necessary shapefiles into GUPS. Use of this functionality eases participant burden of installing directly from the DVD or from copying the data from the DVD to the local computer. The next three chapters cover the following topics: Chapter 6. System Requirements and Installation   GUPS system requirements. GUPS installation instructions. Chapter 7. Getting Started with GUPS     Accessing the shapefiles for 2020 Census PSAP. Open GUPS and start a new project. Save a project. Open a previous project. Chapter 8. GUPS Menus and Toolbars    GUPS Page Layout. GUPS interface, including the Menu bar, various toolbars, Table of Contents, and the Map View. Instructions for using the tools available through the menu and toolbars. U.S. Census Bureau 2020 Census PSAP Standard GUPS Respondent Guide 29 CHAPTER 6. 6.1 SYSTEM REQUIREMENTS AND INSTALLATION System Requirements Before beginning the installation, check the computer to verify it has the capabilities needed to run GUPS. Table 6 lists the hardware and software requirements to install and run GUPS and the software requirements to submit files through the SWIM website. Table 6: GUPS Hardware and Software Requirements Hardware Operating System Browser Disk Space Needed to Run GUPS: 3.3 GB Windows: To run GUPS, Windows users need one of the following operating systems:  Windows 7  Windows 8  Windows 10 Minimum Browser Versions to Use SWIM: SWIM supports the two most recent version of each of the major browsers (Internet Explorer, Google Chrome, Mozilla Firefox, and Apple Safari. Disk Space Needed to Store Shapefiles: Shapefile sizes vary. To view the size of the shapefiles, rightclick, and choose Properties in the drop-down menu. The Files Properties box opens and displays the folder size. Select multiple files/folders in the list to view their properties via the same method. RAM: 4 GB minimum, 8 GB or more recommended for optimal performance. Apple Mac OS X: Mac OS X users must secure a license for Microsoft Windows and use a Windows bridge. The suggested bridge software is Boot Camp, which comes pre-installed on all Mac computers. Locate instructions for using Boot Camp at: . IMPORTANT: Since Boot Camp requires a restart of the computer to set up the bridge, be sure to print the instructions provided at the URL above before beginning installation. Depending on the Windows or OS version, the GUPS dialog boxes may have a different appearance than the screenshots contained in the respondent guide, although the content is the same. 6.2 GUPS Installation This section provides instructions for both methods, download and DVD, of GUPS installation. Administrator privileges may be required to install GUPS. Please ensure use of the version supplied for 2020 Census PSAP to conduct the review and update of statistical geographies. To complete the installation, follow the steps in Table 7. Note: To check for the latest version, navigate to the GUPS tab and click the About GUPS option in the drop-down menu to find the GUPS version number. If not running the latest version, download and follow the setup instructions that will automatically uninstall the old version before it installs the latest GUPS version. U.S. Census Bureau 2020 Census PSAP Standard GUPS Respondent Guide 30 Table 7: Installation of the GUPS Application Step Action and Result Step 1 Click the direct download link or place the installation DVD (GUPS disc) into the computer’s DVD drive. For some participants, a Windows protected your PC warning may appear. Step 2 Step 3 U.S. Census Bureau To continue, click More info, and then select Run anyway? Other participants may receive an account control warning that asks, “Do you want to run this file?”, “Do you want to allow the following program from an unknown publisher to make changes to this computer?”, or a similar query. See an example below. If received, click Run, Yes, Allow, or an option that allows GUPS to proceed. The software should begin to run automatically. Be aware some participants may experience issues with installation because of administrative rights and privileges on their local computer systems. Work with the local Information Technology (IT) support staff to understand the settings that prevent the installation of external software prior to contacting the Census Bureau for assistance. If the software does not run automatically, open Windows Explorer, navigate to the CD/DVD drive where the GUPS disc is located, and double click on the file named Setup-9.0.x.bat. Please be aware, the name of this file may vary slightly, but it will be the only setup .bat file available. If the software still does not run properly, contact the local System Administrator for assistance locally. If they cannot resolve the installation problem, contact the GUPS help desk at 1-844-788-4921 or by email at geo.psap@census.gov. 2020 Census PSAP Standard GUPS Respondent Guide 31 Step Action and Result Step 4 When the installer opens, the Welcome to the QGIS Setup Wizard screen appears. Step 5 Note: The version needed for PSAP is QGIS 2.18.15 Las Palmas. If another version of QGIS exists on the computer, an instruction to uninstall appears prior to installing the Las Palmas version. Allow the uninstall process to complete or problems with GUPS may occur. Before proceeding, close all other open programs or applications. Once other programs and applications are closed, click the Next button. The License Agreement screen appears. Read the License Agreement and click the I Agree button to continue. U.S. Census Bureau 2020 Census PSAP Standard GUPS Respondent Guide 32 Step Action and Result Step 6 The Choose Install Location screen opens. To prevent potential installation errors, allow the software to install at the default location (usually C:\Program files\QGISGUPS). Step 7 To begin the installation, click Next to continue. The Choose Components screen opens. ‘QGIS’ in the Select components to install field is grayed out since it is the default. Click Install to continue. To review a previous screen or reread the license agreement, click the Back button (each screen contains this button). U.S. Census Bureau 2020 Census PSAP Standard GUPS Respondent Guide 33 Step Action and Result Step 8 The software should take between 5 and 10 minutes to install. When it finishes, the Completing the QGIS GUPS Setup Wizard screen opens. Step 9 Step 10 U.S. Census Bureau Click the Finish button. After choosing Finish button from the previous menu, the GUPS Install Setup: Completed screen appears after showing the status of the installation. To complete the installation, click the Close button at the bottom of the GUPS Install Setup: Completed Setup Wizard screen. Once the application installs, a QGIS icon appears on the desktop. In addition, the All Programs menu list within the Start Menu includes a folder for QGIS. 2020 Census PSAP Standard GUPS Respondent Guide 34 CHAPTER 7. GETTING STARTED WITH GUPS After successfully installing GUPS, there are three ways to retrieve shapefiles when starting a new project:    Census Web (Recommended. Loads directly into GUPS). CD/DVD (i.e., the “Data disc”). My Computer (If downloaded contents of “Data disc” onto local hard drive). Note: The next chapter, Chapter 8. GUPS Menus and Toolbars, describes the menus, buttons, and toolbars referenced throughout this chapter. 7.1 Accessing the Shapefiles for 2020 Census PSAP Regardless of the product preference selected during the invitation phase, the shapefiles necessary to conduct PSAP are available directly within the GUPS application. By choosing the “Census Web” option when selecting the geography initially in GUPS, participants with internet connectivity can load files as needed, or load multiple county files at once. Note: The “Census Web” option is the recommended method for accessing the shapefiles for use in 2020 Census PSAP. Use of this option ensures the proper placement of the required files for the application to access. Participants that do not have internet connectivity, or those that have slow, unreliable internet connectivity, can load the shapefiles directly into GUPS from the “Data disc” or from a location on their computer where they saved the “Data disc” contents. Instructions on how to load shapefiles are contained in Table 8. The GUPS application unzips the files and places them into a pre-established folder created on the computer’s home directory during the installation process (e.g., H:\GUPSGIS\gupsdata\...). It then displays them in the application. GUPS manages the files for the participant. No further action is necessary. Because of this GUPS functionality, participants must not make any changes to the shapefile or folder names. The files and folders must have the exact names as provided on the “Data disc” for GUPS to recognize and load them. IMPORTANT: Census Bureau testing of the GUPS used for PSAP has shown that large counties may take from 15 – 35 minutes for GUPS to create and build the PSAP project. Please be patient while GUPS gathers all of the necessary files and calculates the population and housing unit information. 7.2 Open GUPS and Start a New Project To open GUPS and begin the PSAP review, follow the steps in Table 8 below. Before beginning, GUPS needs at least 3.3 gigabytes of free space on the hard drive to begin.  To practice using GUPS without committing the changes, simply exit the system without saving. Before the system closes, it will provide the option to discard the changes. U.S. Census Bureau 2020 Census PSAP Standard GUPS Respondent Guide 35  If comfortable with the GUPS, but completion of review and changes are not possible in one session, simply save the changes and close the system. Participants can reopen saved projects and continue working open GUPS later. Table 8: Open GUPS and Start a New Project Step Step 1 Step 2 Action and Result Double click the QGIS icon on the desktop or navigate to QGIS from the Start Menu, All Programs choice and select the QQIS Desktop 2.18.15. The QGIS splash screen appears. Wait until the application loads (An older computer may require a few minutes). When the GUPS application has successfully loaded, the main page opens, and the QGIS Tips! window appears. Since QGIS provided the open-source platform for building GUPS, participants may see references to QGIS in several locations within the GUPS application. To view QGIS system tips, click the Next button to read the first tip. Use the Previous and Next buttons to navigate within tips. To skip the tips, click the checkbox in the bottom left-hand corner that states, “I’ve had enough tips, don’t show this on start up any more!” U.S. Census Bureau 2020 Census PSAP Standard GUPS Respondent Guide 36 Step Step 3 Action and Result To begin a GUPS project, close the QGIS Tips! window by clicking the OK button. The tip box closes and the Map Management dialog box opens, as shown below.  Choose Participant Statistical Areas Program from the Program menu.  Choose County Based User from the User Type menu.  Choose the state of the Working County from the State menu.  Choose the county to update from the Working County menu. At this point, the participant has not selected how to open these files, so the window populates with all of the counties within the state. The highlighted counties are the counties adjacent to the working county. Note: Only participants opening data using Census Web can load adjacent county into the Map View along with the working county. This adjacent county functionality will not work for participants using the “Data disc” DVD. They do not have access to the universe of counties for the entire state. Participants can only update the working county. It is not required to display the adjacent counties, but sometimes helpful in reviewing legal boundaries and CDP boundaries of those that cross county boundaries. For this review, participants do not need to load the adjacent counties and doing so likely causes GUPS performance to decrease. Click the Open button. U.S. Census Bureau 2020 Census PSAP Standard GUPS Respondent Guide 37 Step Step 4 Action and Result After selecting the working county or adjacent counties, GUPS asks to specify the location from which to pull the county’s (or county equivalent’s) shapefile. The Select Data Folder, Directory or Location dialog box opens. In the Select Data Folder, Directory or Location dialog box drop-down menu, select the location to pull the working county file. This example assumes the participant is pulling the data from the CD/DVD in the drop-down menu. To download data directly into GUPS from the Census Bureau, choose Census Web (recommended) or directly from the local hard drive, choose My Computer (least recommended option). GUPS only asks to specify a location of the data the first time a participant opens a county’s shapefile. When returning to work on the same county, the shapefile automatically loads, even if there were no changes in the first session. Step 5 From the Select directory window, navigate to the location of the CD/DVD and then click the shape folder to populate the Directory field. Then click Select. IMPORTANT: Participants must select the shape folder and not specific files within the folder. U.S. Census Bureau 2020 Census PSAP Standard GUPS Respondent Guide 38 Step Step 6 Action and Result GUPS downloads all the shapefiles necessary for PSAP off the DVD and opens the requested working county project. GUPS displays a Map Management window that shows the progress of building the working county project and calculates the population and housing units. Progress displays by a blue status bar with the percentage of download completed shown to the right of the status bar. Please be patient. Based on the size of the working county, it might take some time to download the data and appear on the screen. Once downloaded, the working county appears in the Map View and layers are visible within the Table of Contents. If the shapefiles are missing from the directory location chosen in the Select Data Folder, Directory or Location window drop-down menu, or the files are corrupted and cannot be loaded, the following error message appears. Close GUPS and start the process again. U.S. Census Bureau 2020 Census PSAP Standard GUPS Respondent Guide 39 Step Step 7 Action and Result As mentioned in Step 3 of this table, participants using the Census Web option can add the adjacent counties of the working county by clicking the Map Management button in the Standard toolbar. The Map Management window displays the working county selected from the previous steps. Adjacent counties highlight in yellow in the Map Management window. Click the boxes to the left of the highlighted counties list to select adjacent counties to download. All counties with a checkmark will download and display in the Map View. Unchecking a county excludes that county from the project. Note: Loading adjacent counties likely slows GUPS performance. U.S. Census Bureau 2020 Census PSAP Standard GUPS Respondent Guide 40 Step Step 8 Action and Result Click Open. From the subsequent Map Management window, choose Census Web. GUPS downloads all the selected adjacent counties layers and places them in the Table of Contents, labeled as “fringe_.” To view the layers, check the boxes to the left of the fringe layer name to activate and display the chosen layer in the Map View. For this example, several fringe layers for the two previously selected adjacent counties (Clinton and Fayette) appear with working county (Bond). U.S. Census Bureau 2020 Census PSAP Standard GUPS Respondent Guide 41 Step Action and Result The limit for loading counties at once is 11 (the working county plus 10 other counties). To load shapefiles for additional counties, after the first 10 are loaded: 1. Leave the same working county selected in the Working County field. 2. Uncheck the already loaded counties in the Map Management dialog box list. 3. Check the checkboxes for the additional counties (up to 10) to add. 4. Click the Open button and after the Select Data Folder, Directory or Location box opens, use the drop-down menu to select the source of the files. Repeat this process as many times as needed. 7.3 Save a Project in GUPS To save any PSAP updates, follow the steps in Table 9. Make sure to save the project prior to exiting GUPS. Note: The Census Bureau recommends saving often, but only after ensuring the changes are accurate. Participants cannot perform the Undo action discussed in Table 12 and in Table 17 on a change after performing a save action. Table 9: Save a GUPS Project Step Step 1 Action and Result After working on a project, be sure to Save before exiting. Otherwise, edits will be lost. To save, participants select Project from the main menu and Save from the drop-down menu or click the Save button on the Standard toolbar (as shown below). Both choices result in the prompting of the Current edits confirmation dialog box. Click OK to save or Cancel to return to the Map View without saving. To exclude changes, close the application (click the red X in the upper right-hand corner of the main GUPS page). A Save? dialog box asking to save, discard, or cancel appears. Click Discard to close the application without saving the project. U.S. Census Bureau 2020 Census PSAP Standard GUPS Respondent Guide 42 7.4 Open a Previous Project in GUPS To open a previously saved PSAP project, follow the steps in Table 10 below. Table 10: Open a Previous Project in GUPS Step Step 1 Action and Result To open a previously saved project, in the Map Management dialog box, click the down arrow next to the Open Recent button. The drop-down menu opens with one or more project(s) listed. If the dialog box does not appear after opening GUPS, click the Map Management button in the Standard toolbar to open the dialog box shown below. Note: If participants share the computer, then the potential exists for multiple projects to appear in the Open Recent list. To identify the proper project file, review the number string. This string comprises the state FIPS and county FIPS. Each state / county FIPS is 5 digits. The first two digits indicates the state FIPS code and the following three digits are the county FIPS code for the working county. Step 2 Select the correct project file from the Open Recent list. The map for the project automatically loads and the layers show in the Table of Contents. Census Bureau-defined default layers and view settings are loaded with each new project in GUPS. Changing and saving these settings for a project saves any new settings. When reopening the project, the Table of Contents and Map View display the layers and the map according to the settings last used rather than returning to the default settings. To restore the default settings for a layer, right-click the layer in the Table of Contents. A drop-down menu opens. In the drop-down menu, select GUPS Layer. A sub-menu opens. In the sub-menu, select Load default style (see illustration below). To reset the default settings for all layers, select the second choice Load all default style. U.S. Census Bureau 2020 Census PSAP Standard GUPS Respondent Guide 43 Step Step 3 Action and Result When reopening a previously saved project, note that any previously selected counties highlight in cyan blue and remain checked. Adjacent counties, not previously selected, highlight in yellow. Participants may check and load additional adjacent counties at this point if they use Census Web. Participants working from DVD are not able to load adjacent counties. U.S. Census Bureau 2020 Census PSAP Standard GUPS Respondent Guide 44 CHAPTER 8. GUPS MENUS AND TOOLBARS With the basics of GUPS outlined in Chapter 7. Getting Started with GUPS, this chapter serves to introduce and provide specific details of the various GUPS menus and toolbars available for use during PSAP. 8.1 GUPS Page Layout The image below illustrates the GUPS page layout. The yellow text boxes provide labels for the page components including the Menu and Toolbars, the Map View, the Table of Contents (labeled in GUPS as “Layers Panel”), and the Status Bar. Figure 4. GUPS Page Layout Table 11 explains the purpose for each element on the main GUPS page. Section 8.2 details the individual components and specific functions of each element. Table 11: GUPS Main Page Elements Page Element Map View U.S. Census Bureau General Function The Map View displays the default data layers for the PSAP. GUPS automatically loads the layers based on the program selected in Map Management. The Map View reflects symbology updates (i.e. turn layers on/off, zoom or pan) as participants make those adjustments. 2020 Census PSAP Standard GUPS Respondent Guide 45 Page Element Menu bar Standard toolbar PSAP toolbar Manage Layers toolbar General Function The Menu bar allows access to QGIS and some GUPS features using a standard hierarchical menu. It offers basic features such as Settings and Help; tools to manage the Map View and import userprovided data; important calculation, measurement, and geoprocessing tools; and tools needed to make shapefile updates. Almost all of the functions available from the Menu bar are also available in the application’s conveniently located toolbars. The Standard toolbar provides navigation tools and other tools needed to interact with the Map View and layers’ attribute tables, and data query and editing tools. The PSAP toolbar provides software functions and the specific tools needed to make PSAP updates, view linear feature attributes, review and validate changes, import and export zipped files and print in support of PSAP. The Manage Layers toolbar offers tools to import participants own data. They may superimpose map layers in GUPS to compare the features on their own maps with those on the Census shapefiles. QGIS is the source of these tools, not GUPS. Refer to the QGIS documentation for detailed definitions on their use. Although shown horizontally here, this toolbar may appear aligned vertically to the left of the Table of Contents in the GUPS application. Reposition it accordingly. Table of Contents toolbar Status bar U.S. Census Bureau The Table of Contents shows the layers on the map for the working county selected. The Table of Contents toolbar, positioned at the top of the Table of Contents, beneath the Layer Panel, allows participants to add or remove layers (or groups), manage layer visibility, and filter the legend by map content. The Status bar displays information on the coordinates, map scale, magnification, rotation, and projection and allows for the adjustment of the display. 2020 Census PSAP Standard GUPS Respondent Guide 46 8.2 Menu Bar The Menu bar includes top-level, drop-down menus and allows navigation through GUPS using a standard hierarchical menu. Most relate to QGIS functionality and not GUPS functionality. Refer to the QGIS documentation cited in Part Two: for details on the menu and sub-menu functionality. Table 12 provides a glimpse into the menu bar and its sub-menus. Table 12: Menu Bar Tabs, Drop-down Menus, and Function/Description Tab Project Edit Drop-down Menu Function/Description The Project tab allows participants to save changes to the project layers, create image files, import AutoCAD files, display project properties, and exit the GUPS application. The Edit tab allows participants to undo or redo vector-editing operations. The Undo and Redo actions are dockable widgets. They activate in the Edit menu and display with orange or green icons on the Advanced Digitizing toolbar when a split, merge, and boundary change action occurs. IMPORTANT: Click on the edited layer (e.g., curtracts_STCOU) to make it active before performing undo or redo action. Click the Undo button to cancel an action or the Redo button to redo a recently canceled action. Use these tools before saving the change to the layer; otherwise, if the participant saves the changes after an action then the Undo and Redo functionality deactivates and the associated icons gray-out. Note: There is no PSAP use for the Add Circular String or Add Circular String Radius functions. These icons remain inactive in this menu. U.S. Census Bureau 2020 Census PSAP Standard GUPS Respondent Guide 47 Tab View Layer Drop-down Menu Function/Description The View tab duplicates several actions available on the Standard toolbar. Included are options for navigating the map, identifying feature attributes, measuring distance, and creating spatial bookmarks to return to the same Map View later. Refresh restores the map to its original map extent. Panels changes the layer order, browses to a location on the computer to add additional layers, opens the processing toolbox, and more. If not visible or closed earlier, click Panels in the drop-down menu, then click the right arrow, and click Layers in the Layers drop-down-menu to restore the Table of Contents. The Toggle Full Screen Mode expands GUPS to fill the entire screen. Selecting it again, removes the full screen mode. The Layer tab adds and removes layers from the map, opens the layer attribute table, sets the map projection or Coordinate Reference System (CRS), displays or hides layers. Note: Many of these same functions are located on the Manage Layers toolbar and the small toolbar at the top of the Table of Contents. Some of these actions are available from the Table of Contents toolbar. Settings The Settings tab allows participants to customize the CRS and map display options and set snapping tolerances (see instructions below this table). Note: Snapping tolerances in GUPS are pre-defined by layer (e.g., the default tolerance for edges is set to 15 pixels). When making corrections, participants may want to adjust the snapping tolerances for a layer or layers within this same menu. Locate the definition of edges in Appendix A. . U.S. Census Bureau 2020 Census PSAP Standard GUPS Respondent Guide 48 Tab Vector Raster Web Processing Help U.S. Census Bureau Drop-down Menu Function/Description The Vector tab provides access to several tools that aid in the creation of buffers around features; overlay areas to create an intersection, union, or symmetrical difference; merge features; and perform other common geoprocessing actions. The Raster tab provides access to a Raster Calculator that allows for the calculation of existing raster pixel values. The results of which are written to a new raster layer with a GDALsupported format. The Align Rasters tool is able to ingest several rasters as input and align them perfectly by performing several actions including reprojection, resampling, clipping, and rescaling. It saves all rasters to a separate file. These tools are QGIS based and not used for PSAP work in GUPS. The Web tab provides access to MetaSearch, an easy and intuitive approach and userfriendly interface to searching metadata catalogues within QGIS. The Processing tab includes several tools; however, these are not required for Census Bureau geographic program participation. The sub-menus pertain to algorithms, creating models, viewing the results of algorithms executed, and history. The Help tab provides tools for understanding QGIS (the open-source platform on which GUPS was developed), the GUPS application itself and allows participants to report an issue with the software. The GUPS Help sub-menu, routes participants to the PSAP website. 2020 Census PSAP Standard GUPS Respondent Guide 49 Tab Drop-down Menu Function/Description GUPS The GUPS tab provides quick access to the key tools also available on the Standard toolbar and PSAP toolbar, including those needed to manage maps. Click the About GUPS option in the drop-down menu to find the GUPS version number. Callers to technical support need to provide this number. 8.3 Map View and Table of Contents GUPS automatically loads a set of default data layers (and default layer groups) defined by the Census Bureau for the program and geography selected in the Map Management dialog box. As the map opens in the Map View, the list of the preset layers (already grouped) appears in the Table of Contents. Note: Participants may also see the Table of Contents labeled as the Layer Panel within GUPS. The two are synonymous and reflect what others often call a Legend. Participants use the Table of Contents and the Table of Contents toolbar to manage the Map View. These two windows are interdependent. Selections made in the Table of Contents reflect immediately in the Map View. To close the Table of Contents, click the small ‘x’ in the upper right corner of the Layer Panel. To restore the Table of Contents, click the View tab on the Menu bar, select Panels in the dropdown menu, click the arrow next to Panel to open the sub-menu, and click Layers Panel. Toggling the Layer Panel on and off may be helpful for providing a larger Map View window. 8.3.1 Table of Contents Toolbar Using the buttons on the toolbar located at the top of the Table of Contents, participants can add and remove layers or groups, manage layer visibility, filter the legend by map content, expand or condense all sections of the Table of Contents list at once, and group layers. Figure 5. Table of Contents Toolbar The Table of Contents toolbar contains the items shown above in Figure 5 with descriptions provided below in Table 13. Table 13: Table of Contents Toolbar Buttons Button Name Function/Description Open the Layer Styling Dock U.S. Census Bureau Click the Open the Layer Styling Dock button to toggle the layer styling panel on and off. 2020 Census PSAP Standard GUPS Respondent Guide 50 Button Name Function/Description Add Group Click the Add Group button to organize layers in the Table of Contents into groups. Manage Layer Visibility Click the Manage Layer Visibility button to preset views in the Table of Contents. Filter Legend by Map Content Click the Filter Legend by Map Content button to remove layers from the Table of Contents that are not currently in the Map View extent. This feature ensures that the Table of Contents does not contain entries for items not currently in the Map View. Filter Legend by Expression Click the Filter Legend by Expression button to remove features from the selected layer tree style that have no features satisfying the condition. Used to highlight features within a given area/feature of another layer. Drop-down list allows participants to edit or clear the expression set. Expand All Click the Expand All button to expand the Table of Contents menus (+) to display all layers under each group’s menu. Collapse All Click the Collapse All button to collapses the Table of Contents menus (-) to show only groups. Remove Layer/Group Click the Remove Layer/Groups button to remove a layer or group from the Table of Contents. 8.3.2 Managing the Map View from the Table of Contents Within the Table of Contents, participants can manage layer visibility (i.e., determine what layers display on the map), reorder data layers, expand and condense the layer’s/layer groups, add labels to layers, and change the layer scale visibility. The following five sub-sections explain these topics. Though not recommended for the pre-loaded layers, participants can also set new layer symbology within the Layer Properties, Style menu. This section does not detail this process, but Figure 11 depicts the menu. 8.3.2.1 Manage Layer Visibility To add or remove layers from the Map View, click the checkbox next to a layer to add it to the Map View as shown in Figure 6. Uncheck the checkbox next to a layer to remove it from the Map View as shown in Figure 7. Both illustrate the manipulation of the “edges” layer. U.S. Census Bureau 2020 Census PSAP Standard GUPS Respondent Guide 51 Figure 6. Check a Checkbox to Add a Layer Figure 7. Uncheck a Checkbox to Remove a Layer Participants can also right-click the name of the layer and select Remove in the drop-down menu, as shown in Figure 8, to remove the entire layer from the project. Though shown for this example to illustrate the presence of the button, the GUPS PSAP project includes all layers necessary to conduct a review and update. Please use the checkbox to manage the visibility of any preloaded layers rather than removing them from the project. The Remove action may be helpful for removing external data added by the PSAP participant. U.S. Census Bureau 2020 Census PSAP Standard GUPS Respondent Guide 52 Figure 8. Highlight Layer and Right Click to Remove 8.3.2.2 Reorder Data Layers In the Table of Contents, the layer order determines how the layers display on the map. The top layers display on top of those below them. This is very important for conducting a review of the 2020 proposed plan in comparison to the 2010 statistical geographies. To change the display order:    Left-click on the layer name. Hold down the mouse button and drag the layer to the desired position in the list. Release the mouse button to place the layer in its new position. The map display reflects the new layer order in the Table of Contents. 8.3.2.3 Expand/Condense Layers or Layer Groups To expand or contract the menu for a layer or layer group, click on the ‘+’ sign to expand the group and, once expanded, click the ‘-’ sign to condense the group. These individual functions allow for a more specific management of layers than the Expand All/Collapse All buttons on the Table of Contents toolbar. 8.3.2.4 Add Labels to Layers Participants may notice that many of the standard geographies layers (e.g., census tracts and block groups specifically) are labeled as part of the creating the project in GUPS. Other layers do not automatically label. This section informs participants how to label the edges layer. From the Table of Contents, right-click the name of the layer and select Properties in the dropdown menu, as shown in Figure 9 and left-click to open the layer properties window. This opens the Layer Properties window shown in Figure 10. U.S. Census Bureau 2020 Census PSAP Standard GUPS Respondent Guide 53 Figure 9. Layer Properties Menu Figure 10. Layer Properties Window – Labels Menu U.S. Census Bureau 2020 Census PSAP Standard GUPS Respondent Guide 54 Click the Labels menu on the left side of the window. Choose Show labels for this layer from the drop-down menu along the top of the window. From the Label with section, select the field to use for labeling the layer’s features. In this example, choose FULLNAME. Participants can customize the labels Font, Style, Size, Color, Transparency level, Type case, Spacing, Blend mode, etc. and set formatting, buffers, backgrounds, shadows, placement, and rendering options. Click Apply and then OK to exit the window. 8.3.2.5 Change Layer Scale Visibility From the Table of Contents, right-click the name of the layer and select Properties in the dropdown menu, as shown in Figure 9 and left-click to open the layer properties window. This opens the Layer Properties window shown in Figure 11. Figure 11. Layer Properties Window – Style Menu Click the Style menu on the left side of the window. Choose each row, or all rows, to change the Min. Scale field to an appropriate scale. At the bottom left of the window, within the Style drop-down, choose Set as Default. Click Apply and then OK to exit the window. Setting the layer visibility means the layer will not display until reaching a scale below the set Min. Scale. Note: Participants can also set the scale dependent visibility in the General menu within the Layer Properties window by setting the Minimum (exclusive) value. U.S. Census Bureau 2020 Census PSAP Standard GUPS Respondent Guide 55 8.4 Toolbars There are two toolbars for GUPS, as shown below. The Standard toolbar and PSAP toolbar are located at the top of the GUPS page. These toolbars offer general GIS and system tools and allow participants to make specific program updates. The top toolbar is the Standard toolbar, which provides map navigation, data query and manipulation tools. The PSAP toolbar provides the functionality needed for the PSAP. Figure 12. GUPS Toolbars Note: Participants may move the toolbars and re-dock them to their own preference. For example, if a participant prefers that the Manage Layers toolbar, discussed in a later section, to appear at the top of the page, they can drag it there. This allows for the expansion of the area available for the Table of Contents and the Map View. Hover the mouse over any toolbar button to see the name of the tool it represents. The next section describes the Standard toolbar. 8.4.1 Standard Toolbar The Standard toolbar, shown in Figure 13, provides the necessary tools to interact with the map and layers. It includes three separate sub-toolbars, identified by the grouping bars or marker on the toolbar, shown in Figure 14. The first sub-toolbar contains the buttons for saving projects, changing map projects and conducting searches. This sub-toolbar is the Project toolbar. The second sub-toolbar contains the buttons for navigation. This sub-toolbar is the Map Navigation toolbar. The third sub-toolbar provides tools for selecting features, making measurements, creating special bookmarks, and working with the layer’s attribute tables. It is the Attributes toolbar. Figure 13. GUPS PSAP Standard Toolbar Buttons To rearrange the toolbars, left-click and hold the sub-toolbar marker (shown with blue below) then drag it to the desired location. Release the mouse button to set the toolbar in the new location. Figure 14. Sub-Toolbar Markers U.S. Census Bureau 2020 Census PSAP Standard GUPS Respondent Guide 56 Table 14 defines the purpose of each button on the Standard toolbar. A few of the buttons listed in the table include examples or links to additional tables for further explanation of the button. Table 14: Standard Toolbar Buttons Button Name Function/Description Project Toolbar Grouping Save Click the Save button to save the current project, including any change to the layer properties, projection, view extent, and layers. Map Management Click the Map Management button to choose the participant program in GUPS and the county to update. GUPS automatically loads a set of default data layers for the chosen program. GUPS Data Settings Warning! This tool deletes files and folders permanently! Click the GUPS Data Settings button to open the GUPS Data Settings window. Click the Options drop-down menu and select Clean by Project. From the list that returns, check the box to the left of the project name to select it for deletion. Click OK to continue. GUPS displays a warning message to confirm the action removes files and folders permanently. Clean-ups of the current session (highlighted in red in the choices list) cause GUPS to close. Note: This list could include more than one project if a participant has multiple counties in their workload. Click OK to proceed with deletion. U.S. Census Bureau 2020 Census PSAP Standard GUPS Respondent Guide 57 Button Name Function/Description Search and Zoom Click the Search and Zoom button to search the map by census tract, block group, census designated place, census county division (if applicable), or street name. After selecting the Search by choice, a subsequent selection field appears for the participant to choose the specific value to search for in the working county (e.g., Census Tract). Once selected, click the Find or Find and Close button to zoom and center the Map View on the selection. Map Navigation Toolbar Grouping U.S. Census Bureau Touch Zoom and Pan Click the Touch and Zoom button to zoom and pan using finger gestures on a touchscreen computer. This functionality also works with the roller ball on the mouse. Pan Map Click the Pan button to re-center the map in the Map View at the location clicked in the map while preserving the map scale. Pan Map to Selection Click the Pan to Selection button after selecting a feature on the map (or in the attribute table) to re-center the map based on the selected feature(s). Zoom In Click the Zoom In button to increase the map scale after clicking on the map and to display the map in Map View at a larger scale. Zoom Out Click the Zoom Out button to decrease the map scale after clicking on the map and to display the map in Map View at a smaller scale. Zoom Full Click the Zoom Full button to display the map at the full extent of the county. Zoom to Selection Click the Zoom to Selection button after selecting a feature on the map (or in the attribute table) to view the feature at the scale of the selected feature. Zoom to Layer Click the Zoom to Layer button after selecting a layer in the Table of Contents to display the map at the extent of the selected layer. Zoom Last Click the Zoom Last button to return to the previous zoom extent. Zoom Next Click the Zoom Next button to move forward to the next zoom extent. 2020 Census PSAP Standard GUPS Respondent Guide 58 Button Name Function/Description New Bookmark Click the New Bookmark button to create, name, and save geographic locations in the Map View for future reference. To create and save a geographic location, first zoom to the location to bookmark and then select New Bookmark. The Geospatial Bookmarks window opens. Click on a row named New bookmark, backspace over the name “New bookmark” to delete the name, and enter a descriptive name for the bookmark (255-character limit). Click the Close button to add the new bookmark. Show Bookmarks Click the Show Bookmarks button to view and manage the bookmarks. The bookmark name or coordinates are not editable. To zoom to a bookmark, click on a bookmark name in the Geospatial Bookmarks dialog box and then click the Zoom to button. The Map View zooms to the bookmark. To delete a bookmark, click a bookmark name and click the Delete button. Refresh U.S. Census Bureau Click the Refresh button to refresh the screen at its current extent. 2020 Census PSAP Standard GUPS Respondent Guide 59 Button Name Function/Description Attributes Toolbar Grouping Identify Features Click the Identify Features button, followed by a click on a feature on the map, to identify the feature. The selected feature appears in red in the Map View and the results appear in the Identify Results window. Select Feature(s) by Area or Single Click Click the Select Feature(s) by Area or Single Click button to select layer features in the map window with a single click, dragging a box, or drawing graphics on the screen. To select a single feature, click the Select Features button, choose Select Feature(s) from the drop-down menu, and click the feature on the map. To select multiple features, hold down the Ctrl key while selecting more than one feature. To remove one or more features from a selection of multiple features, hold down the Ctrl key and click the feature(s) again. Participants can also use Select Features by Polygon, Select Features by Freehand, and Select Features by Radius tools to select multiple features using graphics they draw on the screen. Select Features Using an Expression U.S. Census Bureau Click the Select Features Using an Expression button to select features by querying the attribute table based on table fields and/or values in the fields. See Table 15 for an example of using the Select Features Using an Expression tool to view the features in the edges layer that have an MTFCC code of P0001. 2020 Census PSAP Standard GUPS Respondent Guide 60 Button Name Function/Description Deselect Features from All Layers Click the Deselect Features from all Layers button to deselect the selected features in all layers in a single action. Measure Click the Measure button to measure the distance between two or more points, an area, or an angle on a map. See Table 16 for examples of using the Measure tool. Table 15: Select Features Using an Expression Button Step Step 1 Step 2 Action and Result With the edges layer selected in the Table of Contents, click the Select Features by Expression button on the Standard toolbar. The Select by Expression dialog box opens. Click on the ‘+’ next to Fields and Values to expand it. U.S. Census Bureau 2020 Census PSAP Standard GUPS Respondent Guide 61 Step Step 3 Step 4 Action and Result Double click on a field name to add it to the Expression window. This example depicts the selection of the MAF/TIGER Feature Classification Code (MTFCC) field and its field name appearance in the Expression window. Single click on an operator button to add it to the Expression window. In this example, the “=” was chosen. Note: There are more operators available than those shown above the Expression window. Click the Operators menu in the center window of the dialog box to see additional options, including commonly used expressions such as <, >, <=, >=. For this screenshot, notice the Output preview: message below the window indicates the expression is invalid because the value for the expression is missing. U.S. Census Bureau 2020 Census PSAP Standard GUPS Respondent Guide 62 Step Step 5 Step 6 Action and Result Reselect MTFCC. Click the Load values - all unique button, which shows all of the values for the chosen field name. Double click a value to add it to the Expression window. For more information about MTFCC codes, please refer to Appendix F. fAppendix F. or the following webpage: . For this example, double click the value “P0001” (Nonvisible Linear Legal/Statistical Boundary) in the values window to add it to the Expression window. To execute the expression, click the U.S. Census Bureau Select button. 2020 Census PSAP Standard GUPS Respondent Guide 63 Step Action and Result Step 7 The features meeting the expression, “MTFCC” = ‘P0001’, are highlighted on the map. Table 16: Measure Button Step Step 1 Action and Result To measure the distance between two points on the map, select the Measure button and then Measure Line choice. The Measure (OTF en) dialog box opens. U.S. Census Bureau 2020 Census PSAP Standard GUPS Respondent Guide 64 Step Step 2 Action and Result Zoom to the desired map location to take the measurement. Left-click the beginning point on the map and continue clicking points until reaching the final point. Right-click to show completion of point selection. The length of each segment of the line, as well as the total length of the line between the beginning point and the ending point, appear in the Measure box. Click New to start another measurement or click Close to close the Measure tool. Step 3 To measure the area on the map, select the Measure tool and then Measure Area choice. The Measure (OTF en) dialog box opens. U.S. Census Bureau 2020 Census PSAP Standard GUPS Respondent Guide 65 Step Step 4 Action and Result Zoom to the desired map location to take the measurement. Left-click on the map to begin drawing a polygon around the area to measure. Left-click at each vertex of the polygon. Right-click to show completion of the polygon. The polygon’s area appears in the Total field. Use the drop-down to the right to see the area in other units of measure. Meters, kilometers, feet, yards, miles, degrees, and nautical miles are the unit of measure choices. Click New to start another measurement or click Close to close the Measure tool. Step 5 Step 6 To measure an angle on the map, select the Measure tool and then Measure Angle choice. Zoom to the desired map location to take the measurement. Left-click on the map to begin drawing the angle. Drag the mouse to create the first side of the angle, then left-click, and drag the mouse again to draw the second leg. The Angle box opens showing the angle measurement. Click Close to close the Measure tool. U.S. Census Bureau 2020 Census PSAP Standard GUPS Respondent Guide 66 8.4.2 PSAP Toolbar The PSAP toolbar, shown Figure 15, provides the software functionality to complete PSAP review and update activities. It includes four separate sub-toolbars, identified by the grouping bars described earlier in the Standard toolbar section. Figure 15. PSAP Toolbar The first sub-toolbar contains the buttons for adding and deleting linear features, modifying linear feature attributes and areal features, displaying names and the legend, and renumbering block groups. The second sub-toolbar contains buttons for conducting geography and PSAP criteria reviews. The third sub-toolbar contains buttons for importing shapefiles, exporting the map to a zip file, and exporting a map to print. The fourth sub-toolbar contains buttons for adding an internet map service and adding imagery. An additional toolbar, the Manage Layers toolbar, allows participants to add vector and raster data layers and import data tables. Table 17 and Table 27 describe the PSAP toolbar and the Manage Layers toolbar respectively. Table 17: PSAP Toolbar Buttons, Names and Functions/Descriptions Button Name Function/Description Add Linear Feature Click the Add Linear Feature button to digitize a new linear feature. To add a linear feature, click the mouse to begin the line and continue to click at each vertex point of the line. Right-click the mouse to complete the new line, shown in pink in the image below. Upon completion of digitization, the Add Linear Feature dialog box opens. Click the MTFCC drop-down menu to choose the appropriate feature classification code. If named, type the name of the feature in the Name field. U.S. Census Bureau 2020 Census PSAP Standard GUPS Respondent Guide 67 Button Name Function/Description Note: To locate information on the MAF/TIGER Feature Classification Codes (MTFCC) codes, refer to Appendix F. . Refer to Appendix H. for a list of standardized street type abbreviations since the street type (i.e. St., Rd., Ave., Cir., etc.) is required to upload the feature correctly. Delete/Restore Linear Feature Click the Delete/Restore Linear Feature button to delete a linear feature. Participants can restore linear features if deleted in error. To delete a linear feature, click the mouse on the feature to delete. The Delete/Restore Linear Feature confirmation dialog box opens with a question about certainty of the delete. Click OK to mark the feature for deletion. The deleted feature appears on the map with a gray X’s on top of the linear feature. U.S. Census Bureau 2020 Census PSAP Standard GUPS Respondent Guide 68 Button Name Function/Description Note: When a feature is marked for deletion, GUPS assigns a delete flag to the feature in the attribute table. The deletion occurs later if it remains marked as such. Assigning a flag rather than immediately deleting the feature allows for the restoration of the feature if deleted in error. To restore a deleted linear feature, click on the Delete/Restore Linear Feature button. Click the feature on the map previously marked for deletion (highlights in light yellow). The Delete/Restore Linear Feature confirmation dialog box opens with question restore the line. Click the OK button to remove the delete line flag from the attribute table and restore the feature. U.S. Census Bureau 2020 Census PSAP Standard GUPS Respondent Guide 69 Button Name Display All Names Function/Description Click the Display All Names button to display the primary and alternate names for a street. It also shows the MTFCC for other linear features such as streams, railroads, non-visible features. To check for the name of a street feature, click the Display All Names button and then click on the street on the map. The selected feature highlights in light blue and the Display All Names dialog box opens showing the primary name in the Prim. Name field and the alternate name, if one exists, in the Alt. Name field. To see all alternate names, click the drop-down arrow to the right of the Alt. Name field. If no alternate name exists, ‘NULL’ appears in the Alt. Name field. U.S. Census Bureau 2020 Census PSAP Standard GUPS Respondent Guide 70 Button Name Function/Description Modify Linear Feature Attributes Click the Modify Linear Feature Attributes button to edit attribute fields for a selected linear feature. To edit the attribution of a linear feature, click the Modify Linear Feature Attributes button and then click the linear feature to edit. The Modify Linear Feature Attributes dialog box opens with the TIGER/Line Feature ID (TLID) of the feature selected. The MTFCC field displays the assigned MTFCC. If the feature is unnamed, the FULLNAME field is blank. The TLID field is not eligible for modification. To update the MTFCC field, click the down-drop box and select the correct MTFCC code. This field is required for all linear features. To update the FULLNAME field, enter the name if the field is blank. If the field contains an incorrect name, highlight the existing name and press the Delete key from the keyboard or backspace over the existing name to clear the field prior to entering the current/correct name. Modify Area Feature Show/Hide Legend U.S. Census Bureau Click the Modify Area Feature button to choose the geography, filter, and action for the statistical geographies in the given entity (county or tribal). Applying a search filter to each geography helps locate the statistical geographies that do not meet specified criteria. Refer to Table 18 for several detailed examples of its use. This button is a major component used for updating statistical geographies. Click the Show/Hide Legend button to hide the layer list. Click it again to show the layer list. 2020 Census PSAP Standard GUPS Respondent Guide 71 Button Name Renumbering Tool Geography Review Tool Review Change Polygons PSAP Criteria Review Function/Description Click the Renumbering Tool button to renumber newly created or modified block groups resulting from merges or splits. Renumbering is not required. Participants choosing to renumber should execute this tool after all block group work concludes. Save the project to make the changes permanent. Click the Geography Review Tool button to filter a layer based on field values in the attribute table. The Geography Review Tool does not allow for changes. Refer to Table 20 for details on its use. Click the Review Change Polygons button to view the review the updated polygons created from the edits made to census tracts, block groups, CDPs, and CCDs where applicable. The Review Change Polygons button allows for changes to previous updates. Refer to Table 21 for details on its use. Click the PSAP Criteria Review button to generate a list of threshold failures and to correct the failures or provide a justification for the failures. This mandatory check is required before creating a data output file. Refer to Section 10.1 and Table 22 for details on its use. Note: If reviewing the 2020 Proposed Plan, no threshold failures will register until the participant performs edits. Import County Zip Click the Import County Zip button to import a participant’s “DataDirectory” output .zip file into GUPS for further review and update. Refer to Table 23 for details on its use. Note: GUPS generates this “DataDirectory” .zip file as part of the Export to Zip  Share with Another Participant function described in Table 24. Export to Zip Print Map to File Internet Map Service Click the Export to Zip button to create the .zip file containing all required data and shapefiles for submission to the Census Bureau or to share with another participant. Refer to Table 24 for details on its use. Click the Print Map to File button export a printable map in .pdf, png, .tif, or jpeg format. Refer to Table 25 for details on its use. Click the Internet Map Service button to load a GIS map service from the internet into GUPS to assist with overlaying external source visuals/data. Note: An internet connection is required for this button to function. Add Imagery Undo Click the Add Imagery button to add either USGS or Esri imagery to overlay the working county shapefiles. Remove imagery using the same button. Refer to Table 26 for details on its use. Click the Undo button to revert the last change made by the participant. After making the layer where the change occurred active in the Table of Contents, this button activates on the Advanced Digitizing toolbar and in the Edit menu if the Undo action is permissible. Note: This button (and action) is very important for a participant to utilize prior to saving any changes. Participants should be confident with the change they have made prior to saving. If not, they should perform the Undo action. Redo U.S. Census Bureau Click the Redo button to restores the last change made by the participant. This button activates on the Advanced Digitizing toolbar if a redo action is permissible. 2020 Census PSAP Standard GUPS Respondent Guide 72 8.4.2.1 Modify Area Feature Button The Modify Area Feature button allows participants to review and update census tracts, block groups, census designated places (CDPs), and census county divisions (CCDs) in applicable states. Please refer to Chapter 9 for detailed review and update instructions of each statistical area. The following section discusses the mechanics of the tool itself, not the criteria for which to use the tool. Table 18: Modify Area Feature Button Step Step 1 Action and Result Click the Modify Area Feature button. IMPORTANT: The first time use of this button in the working county launches the Select Editable Layer window. The window shows two editable layer choices (2020 Proposed Plan and 2010 Geographies). This window only appears with the initial launch of the button in any given working county. Once selected, GUPS remembers the geography chosen in this window. If a participant wants to start over, they must initiate the GUPS Data Settings button to delete the current project. See Table 14 for details on deleting a project and starting again. Step 2 After selection of the editable layers, the Modify Area Feature dialog box opens. Click the Geography drop-down menu to select the geography to review and update. Geographies that appear in the Geography drop-down menu are editable with the tools located above the information window; however, those tools change based upon the geography selected. Note: For the 21 states with CCDs, the Census County Division (CCD) choice appears in the Geography drop-down menu. U.S. Census Bureau 2020 Census PSAP Standard GUPS Respondent Guide 73 Step Step 3 Step 4 U.S. Census Bureau Action and Result Choose Census Tract from the Geography drop-down menu. The default filter, No filter, displays all census tracts in the information window. Double click on a row in the list to select a census tract. The map zooms to the selected tract. 2020 Census PSAP Standard GUPS Respondent Guide 74 Step Step 5 Step 6 Action and Result The Action drop-down menu activates four separate types of updates, Merge, Boundary Change, Split by Block Group, or Split by Face. With Census Tract selected, click the Filter drop-down menu to view census tracts that do not meet the population and housing unit criteria - (below minimum – numbers are below the minimum population and housing thresholds and above maximum – numbers are above the maximum population and housing thresholds). Refer to Table 3: Census Tract Types and Thresholds for the 2020 population and housing unit criteria for tracts. If present in the working county, participants can also select and view, water tracts (assigned tract codes in the 9900 series) and special land use tracts (assigned tract codes in the 9800 series). U.S. Census Bureau 2020 Census PSAP Standard GUPS Respondent Guide 75 Step Step 7 Step 8 U.S. Census Bureau Action and Result Selection of Block Group from the Geography drop-down menu enables three actions in the Action drop-down menu, Merge, Boundary Change, and Split. As described above for census tracts, with Block Group selected, click the Filter drop-down menu to view the block groups that do not meet the population and housing unit criteria - (below minimum – numbers are below the minimum population and housing thresholds and above maximum – numbers are above the maximum population and housing thresholds). Refer to Table 5 for the 2020 population and housing unit criteria for block groups. 2020 Census PSAP Standard GUPS Respondent Guide 76 Step Step 9 Step 10 U.S. Census Bureau Action and Result Selection of Census Designated Place (CDP) from the Geography drop-down menu enables two actions in the Action drop-down menu, Boundary Change and New District. With Census Designated Place (CDP) selected, leave the Filter drop-down menu set to No Filter to view all of the CDPs in the working county with their population and housing unit information. Recall there are no minimum population and housing thresholds, but a CDP cannot have zero population and zero housing units. Refer to Appendix B. for a summary of threshold criteria. 2020 Census PSAP Standard GUPS Respondent Guide 77 Step Step 11 Action and Result With Census County Division (CCD) selected, click the Action drop-down menu to see the three actions available, Merge, Boundary Change, and New District. There is no Filter menu visible for CCDs since no threshold requirements exist. Note: The 21 states with CCDs may review and update those statistical geographies using the Modify Area Feature tool. States without CCDs will not see this choice in the Geography drop-down menu. As shown in Appendix B. , there are no population or housing criteria for CCDs. As a result, edits to them are rare. The intentions of the CCD menu functionality are primarily to align the CCD boundaries to census tract boundaries (using the Boundary Change action). Use local knowledge to make modifications to ensure the sub-county level of geography remains sound and accurate. Do not eliminate CCDs, but ensure their boundaries are valid. If a census tract boundary changed that is also a CCD boundary, review the CCD boundary to determine if it should change as well. Though rare, the Census Bureau permits the creation of new CCDs (using the New District action) for high-level planning purposes. Refer to Chapter 5 for guidance. Within the Modify Area Feature dialog box is a section of additional buttons used to implement changes to the various statistical geographies. Figure 16 highlights the section of additional buttons while Table 19 describes these buttons and their functionality in detail. Note: The buttons that appear in this toolbar change depending on the geography and action chosen by the participant; therefore, Figure 16 does not depict all of the potential buttons, but only those that appear with Census Tract and Boundary Change selections. Table 19 discusses all the buttons that appear at any point during a participant’s PSAP review. U.S. Census Bureau 2020 Census PSAP Standard GUPS Respondent Guide 78 Figure 16. Modify Area Feature Buttons: Census Tract – Boundary Change Table 19: Modify Area Feature Buttons Detail Button Name Select Target Area Select Features Merge Function Allows the participant to select the geographic area (selected from the Geography drop-down menu) by clicking on the map. Allows the participant to select/deselect layer features in the map window with a single click, dragging the cursor, or drawing graphics on the screen. Select Merge from the Action drop-down menu to activate this button. The Merge button combines multiple geographic entities. Note: Be aware this button is very similar in appearance to the Add Area button activated by the Boundary Change Action selection. U.S. Census Bureau 2020 Census PSAP Standard GUPS Respondent Guide 79 Button Name Add Area Function Select Boundary Change from the Action dropdown menu to activate this button. The Add Area button adds smaller geographic entities (faces or block groups) to the geographic area selected on the map. To add more than one face, click on the first face, hold down the Ctrl key, and continue clicking on the other faces until complete. Note: Be aware this button is very similar in appearance to the Merge button activated by the Merge Action selection. Locate the definition of faces in Appendix A. . Split by Block Group or Split by Face (Census Tract) and Split (Block Group) Remove Area Previous Noncontiguous Area Next Noncontiguous Area Show / Hide Boundary Eligibility Theme Add Entity U.S. Census Bureau Once selected, the selected geographic entity is split by the entire block group or individual faces of the geographic area selected on the map. Note: Be aware this button activates in both the Census Tract and Block Group geography dropdown menus. With Census Tract geography chosen, select Split by Block Group or Split by Face from the Action drop-down menu to activate this button. From Block Group geography, select Split from the Action drop-down menu. Select Boundary Change from the Action dropdown menu. Remove smaller geographic entities (Face and Block Group) from the geographic entity selected on the map by using this button. This button only activates for CDPs. Button activates if the selected statistical geographic area is not contiguous and provides a means to pan back to each noncontiguous piece. Button activates if the selected statistical geographic area is not contiguous and provides a means to pan forward to each noncontiguous piece. Displays the features on the map that have questionable boundaries (dashed yellow line) and not acceptable boundaries (dashed red line). Select New District from the Action drop-down menu of either CDP or CCD Geography drop-down menu. Add select faces to create a new geographic entity. 2020 Census PSAP Standard GUPS Respondent Guide 80 Button Name Change Attributes Function Edits the attributes of a selected feature. For census tracts, a participant may edit Tract Code (TRACTCE), Tract Type (TRACTTYP) and Tract Name (SITE_NAME) fields. These fields activate depending on selections and change made in the Change Attribute window. TRACTTYP and SITE_NAME exist for special use census tracts. Similar to census tracts, for block groups, a participant can edit Block Group Code (BLKGRPCE), Block Group Type (BGTYP), and Block Group Name (SITE_NAME). Delete Area Feature Select Boundary Change from the Action dropdown menu. The Delete Area Feature button deletes an area feature. This is used only for CDPs. 8.4.2.2 Geography Review Tool Button The Geography Review Tool button provides access to the attribute tables of some of the layers displayed in the Table of Contents. The layers of interest for PSAP are the curtracts, blockgroups, ccd, and cdp layers. It filters map layers based on field values in the attribute table. This tool provides an overall review of the new or deleted entities, or the entities with boundary changes. Participants choosing to conduct their review from the 2020 proposed plan utilize this tool to locate the changes made to census tracts and block groups during the Census Bureau’s internal review. Section 9.1.1 discusses that process while Table 20 includes information for executing this button. Section 10.3 provides detailed information and examples. Table 20: Geography Review Tool Button Step Step 1 Action and Result Click the Geography Review Tool button. The Geography Review Tool window opens. U.S. Census Bureau 2020 Census PSAP Standard GUPS Respondent Guide 81 Step Step 2 Step 3 U.S. Census Bureau Action and Result Select the layer to review from the Layer Name drop-down menu. After making layer selection, the attribute table for the layer opens, with the attributes for each of the current census tracts. 2020 Census PSAP Standard GUPS Respondent Guide 82 Step Step 4 Step 5 U.S. Census Bureau Action and Result To see a census tract on the map, click its row in the attribute table list and then click Zoom or double click the row. The map automatically zooms to the selected census tract. To view other tracts, use the Previous Zoom and Next Zoom buttons. The previous or next row highlights and GUPS zooms to the map for that row. 2020 Census PSAP Standard GUPS Respondent Guide 83 Step Step 6 U.S. Census Bureau Action and Result Use the Column Name drop-down menu at the bottom of the dialog box to filter the table layers by specific attributes ( i.e., TRACTCE, CHNG_TYPE, etc.). In this example, select TRACTCE. 2020 Census PSAP Standard GUPS Respondent Guide 84 Step Step 7 Action and Result Once TRACTCE displays in the Column Name field, type in the census tract code in the Search box and then click on the Search button. This filters the attribute table to display just the one tract. Step 8 Selecting the one tract from the attribute table activates the Zoom menu that allows for quick zoom to the selected tract. Clicking the Refresh button restores the attribute table to display all records for the chosen layer name. 8.4.2.3 Review Change Polygons Button The Review Change Polygons button reviews transaction, or change polygons, for census tracts, block groups, CDPs, and CCDs. This tool may be helpful for participants to use as part of their quality check of the work they performed to modify the statistical geographies. The execution of this tool is not required to make a submission to the Census Bureau. Information for executing this button are in Table 21, while Section 10.2 provides detailed information and examples. U.S. Census Bureau 2020 Census PSAP Standard GUPS Respondent Guide 85 Table 21: Review Change Polygons Button Step Step 1 Step 2 Step 3 Action and Result Click the Review Change Polygons button. The Review Change Polygons window appears. Choose the statistical geography to review from the Geography drop-down menu, in this example Census Tract. The Review Change Polygons window populates with the geographies to review. U.S. Census Bureau 2020 Census PSAP Standard GUPS Respondent Guide 86 Step Step 4 Step 5 Action and Result Click on a row in the list. The Map View zooms to the selected entity. To correct a change, activate the Modify Area Feature tool and click on the Select Target Area button to highlight the geography to edit. Dependent on the type of geography selected, the Action menus; and therefore the update update potential, vary. Note: These edits modify the entity selected, not the specific change polygon. The change polygon simply provides a record of the action(s) taken on each entity and is not editable. U.S. Census Bureau 2020 Census PSAP Standard GUPS Respondent Guide 87 8.4.2.4 PSAP Criteria Review Button Click the PSAP Criteria Review button to generate a list of threshold failures and correct the failures or provide a justification for the failure. Participants must run this required check before creating a data output file for submission to the Census Bureau. Table 22 includes information for executing this button. Section 10.1 provides detailed information and examples. Table 22: PSAP Criteria Review Button Step Step 1 Action and Result Click the PSAP Criteria Review button. A PSAP Criteria Review dialog box opens to inform participants that it is actively reviewing the population and housing unit criteria for all the Geographic entities in the working county. After the PSAP Criteria Review completes, a comprehensive list of the failed entities (i.e., those entities that do not meet the established population and housing unit criteria) generates. In addition, the list of noncontiguous areas generates if they exist in the working county. As shown in the next image, the errors to fix appear in red color while the warnings to fix or justify appear in orange. U.S. Census Bureau 2020 Census PSAP Standard GUPS Respondent Guide 88 Step Step 2 Step 3 U.S. Census Bureau Action and Result Select the geography to review from the Geography drop-down menu or leave set to All to display both geographies at once. This list is dependent on the failing geographies in the working county. Participants can also filter the errors by selecting the error type from the Errors drop-down menu. Click on an entity in the Criteria Fail list to zoom to that geography on the map. 2020 Census PSAP Standard GUPS Respondent Guide 89 Step Step 4 Action and Result Click Fix to open the Modify Area Feature tool. Participants use the actions available in the Modify Feature Area tool to modify and apply changes to the problematic geography or they provide justification for the geography to remain as-is. Note: Clicking the Fix button in the Criteria Fail list selects the same geography in the Modify Area Feature tool. Step 5 Click the Justify drop-down menu to see the default justification choices. If none of the choices applies, or if justification that is more detailed is available, participants can type their own justification. Character limit is 150. Click Save Justifications button to save and remove the failure from the list. A save is necessary after each justification. Note: Attempting to perform another Fix before saving the justification invokes a confirmation dialog box that warns participants of the loss of information. Click OK to proceed and lose the justification information or click Cancel to return and save the last justification. U.S. Census Bureau 2020 Census PSAP Standard GUPS Respondent Guide 90 Step Step 6 Action and Result Save all changes and execute the PSAP Criteria Review tool again to ensure no failures remain without justification. 8.4.2.5 Import County Zip Button The Import County Zip button imports a zipped PSAP project shared by another user. The file exported for sharing with another participant, described in Section 8.4.2.6 is the file imported with this button. The “DataDirectory.zip” file becomes the working county. This file contains all the layers for the new project and includes the work performed by the other person in the form of “change layers.” Participants use this tool if they intend to have more than one-person review and update the same working county of if the supervisor/manager wants to review all work prior to making a submission to the Census Bureau. The functionality of the Import Project ZIP file button mimics the functionality of the information below; it merely presents the start-up process in a different manner, prior to opening a county. Table 23 includes information for executing the button from the PSAP toolbar and shows an image of the Import Project ZIP file button. IMPORTANT: Using this tool for a participant’s initial review and update means that work must occur sequentially, not concurrently. Parallel work (i.e., work performed independently by two or more people in the same county) cannot be reconciled in GUPS. As a result, this method of work may not be viable for the initial review and update. A decision on this work method is required prior to beginning work on a county. It likely is most useful for conducting quality checks after a working county is complete, prior to submitting it to the Census Bureau. Table 23: Import County Zip Button Step Step 1 U.S. Census Bureau Action and Result Click the Import County Zip button. Because the imported file becomes the working county, the Census Bureau suggests no project be open within GUPS. 2020 Census PSAP Standard GUPS Respondent Guide 91 Step Step 2 Action and Result If a project is open, a Map Management dialog box opens to either Save or Discard the current project. After saving or discarding the project, a file explorer window appears allowing participants to navigate to the “output” directory where the .zip file to import is stored. This is the file created by using the Export to Zip button, Share with Another Participant choice. After importing, participants are able to see the work performed by the previous reviewer and can begin their review and update. This image depicts the Import Project ZIP file button in the Map Management window. As mentioned in the introductory portion of this section, this button mimics the Import County Zip button functionality on the PSAP toolbar. It is available upon initial start-up of a GUPS session. This is the best way to import the shared .zip file rather than using the Import County Zip button from within a working county. Opening by this manner eliminates the Save/Discard window that appears in Step 2. U.S. Census Bureau 2020 Census PSAP Standard GUPS Respondent Guide 92 8.4.2.6 Export to Zip Button The Export to Zip button creates a .zip file containing all the required data and shapefiles for submission to the Census Bureau or to share with other reviewers. Participants that intend to make any change to either the 2020 proposed plan or the 2010 geographies must use this button to create the zip file for submission or for sharing. Table 24 includes information for executing this button. Section 10.4 repeats much of the same information, but serves to provide closure to the review and update process at the end of the documentation. Table 24: Export to Zip Button Step Step 1 Step 2 Action and Result Click the Export to Zip button. A Select Output Type dialog box opens with two options: Export for Census and Share with Another Participant. To share the final edits/changes with the Census Bureau, choose the Export for Census option. To share with other participants to complete edits on the same county, choose Share with Another Participant. The OK button activates upon selection of either choice. The Cancel button activates with the Select Output Type window. Step 3 U.S. Census Bureau A GUPS User Contact Information window opens with the Export for Census option. It requests contact information from the participant. All fields denoted with a red star are required for submission. 2020 Census PSAP Standard GUPS Respondent Guide 93 Step Step 4 Action and Result Following the completion of the GUPS User Contact Information, the Export to Zip dialog box opens. GUPS generates the .zip file and gives it a name that defines the name of the program (psap20), the working county FIPS ID (48251), and “return” to differentiate the final zip from the zip created for sharing. GUPS automatically saves all exported data within the .zip file in the output directory (e.g., H:\GUPSGIS\gupsdata\PSAP20\output). For participants choosing to Share with Another Participant, GUPS generates a .zip file, stores it in the output directory, and gives it a name similar to the Export for Census file, but uses “DataDirectory” rather than “return.” All of the project files necessary for GUPS to operate correctly bundle together as a result of using this option, while the ‘Export to Census’ bundles only a few layers necessary for processing. Participants must decide early whether they wish to use this functionality, as it does not allow for a concurrent review of a county. Two or more people cannot conduct independent reviews of the same county because their parallel work cannot be reconciled within GUPS. 8.4.2.7 Print Map to File Button The Print Map to File button exports and saves a printable map in .pdf, .png, .tif, or jpeg format. Table 25 includes information for executing this button. Table 25: Print Map to File Button Step Step 1 U.S. Census Bureau Action and Result Click the Print Map to File button 2020 Census PSAP Standard GUPS Respondent Guide 94 Step Action and Result Step 2 The Print Map to File dialog box opens. Enter the Map Title and Map Sub-Title under Desired Map Titles: section. Click the radio button for Portrait or Landscape under Page Orientation: section. Set the map scale to Match Current Map Extent or Fixed Scale in the Map Scale: section. Choose the page size in the Desired Page Size: section and the file format in the Export File Format: section. Click Save to create a map or Cancel to close the window. If choose to Save, a Windows Explorer window opens to specify a file name for the exported map. As with the .zip file export described in the previous section, GUPS automatically saves all exported map files in the same output directory (e.g., H:\GUPSGIS\gupsdata\PSAP20\output), but participants can change the destination folder to their preference. 8.4.2.8 Add Imagery Button The Add Imagery button adds imagery to the GUPS map view. An internet connection is required. Table 26 includes information for executing this button. IMPORTANT: U.S. Census Bureau The Census Bureau strongly encourages participants to utilize this tool in order to visualize the boundaries of the statistical geographies and orient participants to the area under review. 2020 Census PSAP Standard GUPS Respondent Guide 95 Table 26: Add Imagery Button Step Step 1 Step 2 Step 3 Action and Result Click the Add Imagery button. Participants choose to add USGS or Esri imagery. After selecting imagery, it appears in the Map View beneath the displayed geographies. Note: The Census Bureau requests the use of imagery in order to provide the visual reference necessary to orient participants and to initiate any changes to the statistical geographies. 8.4.3 Manage Layers Toolbar The Manage Layers toolbar, shown below in Figure 17, supplements the Add Imagery button within the PSAP toolbar. It offers additional QGIS functionality that allows participants to import their own imagery, geodatabase, web mapping service, or other data layers into the GUPS. Table 27 describes these buttons, but for exact detail on the functionality refer to the QGIS website provided in Part Two. U.S. Census Bureau 2020 Census PSAP Standard GUPS Respondent Guide 96 Figure 17. Manage Layers Toolbar Button Name Table 27: Manage Layers Toolbar Buttons Function / Description Add Vector Layer Click the Add Vector Layer button to add shapefile and geodatabase files to the GUPS project. Add Raster Layer Click the Add Raster Layer button to add raster datasets such as imagery to the GUPS project. Add SpatialLite Layer Add PostGIS Layers Click the Add SpatialLite Layer button to add data from a SpatialLite database. Click the Add PostGIS Layers button to add data from a PostGIS layer, a MSSQL spatial layer, a DB2 spatial layer, or an Oracle spatial layer. Add WMS/WMTS Layer Click the Add WMS/WMTS Layer button to add data from Web Mapping Services (WMS), Web Mapping Tile Services (WTMS), or from ArcGIS MapServer. GUPS supports publicly accessible and secured map services. Add WCS Layer Click the Add WCS Layer button to add data from Web Coverage Services, which provide access to raster data useful for client-side map rendering. Add WFS Layer Click the Add WFS Layer button to add data from Web Feature Services or from ArcGIS FeatureServer. Add/Edit Virtual Layer New Shapefile Layer Click the Add/Edit Virtual Layer button to add or edit a virtual layer. PSAP does not use. Click the New Shapefile Layer button to create a new shapefile layer or new temporary scratch layer. This button is inactive and not useful for PSAP. GUPS supports vector data in a number of formats, including those supported by the OGR library data provider plugin, such as ESRI shapefiles, MapInfo MIF (interchange format), and MapInfo TAB (native format). It also supports PostGIS layers in a PostgreSQL database and SpatiaLite layers. Additional data provider plugins provide the support for additional data types (e.g., delimited text). Participants may only upload one participant-provided data layer at a time. Participants with multiple data layers to upload must work with one and close it before loading another. Below are the steps to import the most commonly used data formats. 8.4.3.1 Add Vector Layer Button The Add Vector Layer button described in Table 28 allows participants to add shapefile or geodatabase data layers. U.S. Census Bureau 2020 Census PSAP Standard GUPS Respondent Guide 97 Table 28: Add Vector Layer Button Step Step 1 Action and Result Click the Add Vector Layer button on the Manage Layers toolbar. The Add Vector Layer dialog box opens. Step 2 Step 3 Step 4 In the Encoding drop-down menu, the default value is System. If an error message is received, use the drop-down to select UTF-8. Click the Browse button in the Source section to navigate to the folder and locate the shapefile or geodatabase to select. Click the filename to populate the Dataset field. Click the Open button to add the shapefile/geodatabase to the Table of Contents and to the Map View window and Table of Contents. 8.4.3.2 Add WMS/WTMS Layer Button The Add WMS/WTMS Layer button allows participants to load data from a web mapping service, web mapping tile service, or ArcGIS MapServer. Table 29 describes the steps for using the button below. Table 29: Add WMS/WTMS Layer Button Step Step 1 Step 2 Step 3 Action and Result Click the Add WMS/WMTS Layer button on the Manage Layers toolbar. Dependent on the service selected, either the Add Layer(s) from a WM(T)S Server or the Add ArcGIS MapServer Layer dialog box opens. This example depicts adding a WMS. Select the WMS to add. Click the Layers tab and click the New button under the tab. The Create a new WMS Connection dialog box opens. In the Name field, type a name for the web mapping imagery service. In the URL field, type (or copy/paste) the URL for the service. If the service requires a user name and password, type them in the fields provided. Click OK. The service adds to the drop-down menu for web mapping services appearing just below the Labels tab. Note: If working inside a firewall, the system may prompt for a user name and password to obtain resources from outside the firewall. U.S. Census Bureau 2020 Census PSAP Standard GUPS Respondent Guide 98 Step Step 4 Step 5 Action and Result Select the imagery service from the drop-down menu. The available layers appear in the ID/Name/Title/Abstract box. Click on the layer to display, then click the Add button to add the service to the Table of Contents and to the Map View window. Note: The WMS displays on top of the other layers selected in the Map View, but participants can move it by clicking the WMS layer and, while holding down the mouse button, dragging it to the bottom of the Table of Contents. If participants do not have access to a web mapping service, have a poor Internet connection, or work under a restrictive firewall, they can still add other types of imagery files to GUPS (e.g., a county or state imagery dataset). The Add Imagery button automatically links to the USGS and Esri imagery. Table 26 discusses its use. 8.4.3.3 Add Raster Layer Button The Add Raster Layer button allows participants to add imagery files they may have on their own system. Table 30 covers the few steps necessary to add raster data, i.e., imagery files. Table 30: Add Raster Layer Button Step Step 1 Step 2 Step 3 U.S. Census Bureau Action and Result Click the Add Raster Layer button on the Manage Layers toolbar. The Open a GDAL Supported Raster Data Source dialog box opens. Navigate to the folder on the computer (or network) where the imagery file is stored. Select the file and click Open. The file loads into the GUPS. 2020 Census PSAP Standard GUPS Respondent Guide 99 PART THREE: USING GUPS FOR 2020 CENSUS PSAP This portion of the Respondent Guide includes guidance for the use of GUPS to conduct PSAP review from either the 2020 proposed plan or the 2010 geographies. It provides specific instructions for using the GUPS tools to review and perform updates on the relevant geographies. The methods for reviewing and updating boundaries for census tracts, block groups, and CCDs are the same. The next three chapters cover the following content: Chapter 9. Review and Update of PSAP Geographies   Guidance for the review PSAP geographies. Instruction for the update of each of the four standard PSAP geographies. o Census tracts. o Block groups. o Census designated places (CDPs). o Census county divisions (CCDs). Chapter 10. Validate Data and Prepare Files for Submission   Instructions for using the GUPS review tools to validate data. o PSAP Criteria Review Tool. o Geography Review Tool. o Review Change Polygon Tool. Instructions to prepare files for submission. o Export .zip files to share. o Export .zip files to submit. Chapter 11. Secure Web Incoming Module (SWIM)   Instructions to establish account. Instructions to submit files. U.S. Census Bureau 2020 Census PSAP Standard GUPS Respondent Guide 100 CHAPTER 9. REVIEW AND UPDATE OF PSAP GEOGRAPHIES The Census Bureau requests participants evaluate land use characteristics and settlement patterns to make informed decisions to resolve any issues with existing statistical geographies. The Census Bureau recommends using two primary datasets within GUPS to perform the PSAP review: the edges layer to determine the type of linear features used for boundaries and aerial imagery to clarify questions on land use and settlement patterns. A linear feature in the edges layer can be visible, such as a road or a shoreline, or non-visible, such as the legal limits of a city or a parcel property line. Linear features are coded by type in the MAF/TIGER database with an ‘MTFCC’, a 5-digit alphanumeric string such as ‘S1400’ (Local Road) or ‘H3010’ (Stream/River), and are named where applicable (e.g. ‘Harley Ave.’ or ‘Little Bend River’). While review is subjective, normalizing the methods of evaluation and features for consideration help provide a framework for a consistent review and lays the foundation for consistently reviewed geographies. Mentioned in Table 26, aerial imagery is a background layer that pulls tiles from either the National Agriculture Imagery Program (NAIP) or Esri into the extent of the working county in GUPS. The NAIP dataset originates from the USGS National Map Orthoimagery service. Both USGS and Esri imagery loads dynamically at the viewable scale in the QGIS map canvas. These images are typically one-meter resolution, with some areas having access to sub-foot resolution imagery and a few very remote places (typically interior Alaska) having coarser or even no available imagery. With each pixel in the image corresponding to one square meter of ground surface, determining land use classification through the presence or absence of vegetation, the type and distribution of structures through identification of roofs, and major landmarks such as stadiums is possible. At this resolution, participants are also able to verify placement of visible linear features in the edge layer in most cases. As important as understanding the GUPS mechanics and the PSAP criteria, the basic concepts of utilizing imagery and understanding the linear features that comprise the statistical geographies is vital to a successful 2020 Census PSAP. 9.1 Review of PSAP Geographies For 2020, the Census Bureau offers two approaches for the review and update of statistical geographies. Participants can review the 2020 proposed plan or they can review the 2010 geographies. The next two sub-sections describe each of these approaches in order for participants to decide which approach best fits their situation. IMPORTANT: After reviewing the statistical geographies in GUPS and determining the update status of the materials, please complete the postcard (P-300) included with the delineation materials indicating whether changes are forthcoming. The receipt of this postcard assists the Census Bureau with planning for incoming submissions. The Census Bureau requests the return of this postcard within a month of receipt of the materials. U.S. Census Bureau 2020 Census PSAP Standard GUPS Respondent Guide 101 9.1.1 Review from the 2020 Proposed Plan Though the Census Bureau generated the 2020 proposed plan to alleviate PSAP respondent burden, the 2020 proposed plan also serves as a means to encourage a thorough review and program participation. The two specific geographies, census tracts and block groups, comprise the 2020 proposed plans. No 2020 proposed changes are included for CDPs or CCDs. The Census Bureau anticipates proposed CDP changes will appear in the verification phase materials. Be aware the Census Bureau used estimates (population and housing) to prepare the 2020 proposed plans. The Census Bureau encourages participants to review the proposed plan closely and update it based on their local knowledge, historical insight of the area(s), and other key factors of which they may only be aware. To begin a review of the 2020 proposed plan, GUPS functionality facilitates comparison with the 2010 geography using the supplemental reference layers and symbolization when creating the GUPS project (e.g., “2010_Geographies” layers). Refer to Appendix E. for details on various supplemental sources that can assist participants during 2020 Census PSAP. The Geography Review Tool Button described in Section 8.4.2.2 (to browse the 2020 layers) and a county level list of entities that have changed significantly from 2010 are leveraged during the review of the 2020 proposed geographies. To use these tools and data, after selecting the 2020 proposed plan when opening the Modify Area Feature Button detailed in Section 8.4.2.1, the Census Bureau suggests participants:         Open the list of changed entities (e.g., psap20_proposed_changes_.xlsx) described in Section 1.1 outside of GUPS. Copy the first value in the TRACTCE field. In GUPS, open the Geography Review Tool and execute the following four steps: o Select “curtracts_STCOU” layer from the Layer Name drop-down menu. o Select “TRACTCE” from the Column Name drop-down menu. Paste the TRACTCE value copied from the list of changed entities Microsoft Excel file into the search field at the bottom of the screen and click the Search button. o Highlight the row with the TRACTCE value in the table view. o Click Zoom. Once located, click the Deselect Features from all Layers button from the Attributes toolbar. Scroll to the 2010_Geographies layer in the Table of Contents and expand it by clicking the ‘+’ to the left of the layer name. Check the “curtracts2010_STCOU” to display the 2010 census tract geography. Correct any changes made by Census Bureau based on local knowledge and experience by using the Modify Area Feature tool and repeat the process for every record with a TRACTCE value and an empty BLKGRPID value. Repeat the previous Geography Review Tool steps replacing census tracts for the block groups. o Copy the first value present in the BLKGRPID field from the list of changed entities file. o Select “blockgroups_STCOU” layer from the Layer Name drop-down menu. o Select “BLKGRPID” from the Column Name drop-down menu. Paste the BLKGRPID value copied from the list of changed entities into the search field at the bottom of the screen and click the Search button. o Highlight the row with the BLKGRPID in the table view. o Click Zoom. Once located, click the Deselect Features from all Layers button from the Attributes toolbar. U.S. Census Bureau 2020 Census PSAP Standard GUPS Respondent Guide 102  Scroll to the 2010_Geographies layer in the Table of Contents and expand it by clicking the ‘+’ to the left of the layer name.  Check the “blockgroups2010_STCOU” to display the 2010 block group geography.  Correct any changes made by Census Bureau based on local knowledge and experience by using the Modify Area Feature tool and repeat the process for every record with a BLKGRPID value. No action is necessary if the change made by the Census Bureau is agreeable to the participant. With all the changed census tracts and block groups reviewed, perform the following steps:  Execute the PSAP Criteria Review tool to see any new threshold failures introduced by the participant updates o Begin with the census tracts. Review, edit, or justify the failures that are above the criteria thresholds and then those that are below thresholds. Conduct the same review for the block groups, then review and update the CDPs and finish with the CCDs.  Execute the Review Change Polygons tool to review changes introduced by the participant and make additional adjustments if necessary.  Execute the Geography Review Tool again to provide another overall review of the new or deleted entities, or the entities with boundary changes. IMPORTANT: If a participant disagrees with a majority of the changes in the 2020 proposed plan or if they want to work fresh from the 2010 data, they MUST launch the GUPS Data Settings tool described in Table 14 to execute a “Clean by Project” task. GUPS does not overwrite a working county that has begun review in GUPS. The initial launch of the Modify Area Feature tool sets the geography selection that cannot be reset without a “clean.” In addition to using the list of changed entities to focus a participants’ review, an initial review of the curtracts2010_STCOU and blockgroups2010_STCOU layers is possible by visually reviewing the below minimum (red shading) and above maximum (green shading) geographies. “Normal” census tracts and block groups will be absent of shading. See Figure 18 for a visual from the Table of Contents in county 48251 for 2010_Geographies. Figure 18. 2010 Geographies in the Table of Contents U.S. Census Bureau 2020 Census PSAP Standard GUPS Respondent Guide 103 Clearing the threshold failures (above maximum thresholds and below minimum thresholds of each of the statistical geographies) is the minimum required to participate in PSAP. If time permits, the Census Bureau encourages the review of all remaining geographies. Once satisfied with the geographies, export the files for submission to the Census Bureau. Chapter 10 within this part of the Respondent Guide describes the use of the aforementioned tools. Note: Participants visualize the threshold failures in the Map View and in the Table of Contents depicted in red (below threshold criteria) and green (above threshold criteria). 9.1.2 Review from the 2010 Geographies Beginning the PSAP review from the 2010 geographies instead of the 2020 proposed plan means that participants must resolve all threshold failures that exist within the working county, or provide justifications for not correcting the failures. As with a review and update from the 2020 proposed plan, clearing the threshold failures (above maximum thresholds and below minimum thresholds of each of the statistical geographies) is the minimum required to participate in PSAP. If time permits, a review of all of the statistical geographies is encouraged as a form of validation of the existing statistical geographies. To begin a review of the 2010 geographies, the Census Bureau suggests participants use the Modify Area Feature tool, described in Section 9.2.1, to review and update the statistical geographies that do not meet the required thresholds (whether population and/or housing).     Begin the review with census tracts. Review and update the failures that are above the criteria thresholds and then those that are below thresholds. Conduct the same review for the block groups, then review and update the CDPs and finish with the CCDs. Use the instructions mentioned in Section 9.1.1 regarding a review of the 2010 layers to assist with locating the failing geographies or simply let the GUPS tools locate the problem geographies. Time permitting, review the boundaries of the statistical geographies. Execute the same three validation tools described in Section 9.1.1, the PSAP Criteria Review tool, the Review Change Polygons tool, and the Geography Review Tool. Once satisfied with the geographies, export the files for submission to the Census Bureau. Section 9.2 details the various steps necessary for updating the four standard statistical geographies. 9.2 Update of PSAP Geographies Once the decision on which version of geography to review is made, the update process can begin. The content in this section is prepared and presented from the perspective of making changes, regardless of the source of the geography. There may be some variance on functionality and guidance dependent on the source of the geography under review; i.e., review of 2020 proposed plan vs. review of 2010 geographies. Focus on the function of the tool, not the version of geography used to apply the change. U.S. Census Bureau 2020 Census PSAP Standard GUPS Respondent Guide 104 Although this section of the guide focuses on updating statistical geographies to meet criteria thresholds, there are some scenarios where it is better to maintain the existing geography regardless of any changes that may have occurred since the last decennial census. Some situations where this may be appropriate include the following:     Existing special land use areas. Areas of seasonal or vacation housing (usually with skewed population and housing ratios). Ultra-high density urban areas with the inability for further splitting. Underlying problem with legal boundaries used as statistical boundaries. 9.2.1 Modify Area Feature Tool The Modify Area Feature tool introduced in Section 8.4.2.1 enables participants to apply a search filter to each PSAP geography to locate the entities that do not meet specified criteria such as below minimum, above maximum, water, special land use, and AIR/ORTL/Hawaiian Home Lands (HHL). It enables participants to perform specified actions such as merge, boundary change and split to entities to meet criteria and thresholds. IMPORTANT: The Modify Area Feature tool is the main tool participants use to make changes to the statistical geographies. All of the upcoming sections in this chapter reference use of this tool. Table 31 summarizes the different actions that the GUPS participant will be able to apply to each of the geographies as well as the filter options and definitions of the population and housing unit criteria. Table 31: Modify Area Feature Actions by Statistical Geography Geography Census tract Block group Census designated place (CDP) U.S. Census Bureau Action Merge, Boundary Change, Split by Block Group, Split by Face, and Change Attribute. Merge, Boundary Change, Split, and Change Attribute Boundary Change, New District, and Change Attribute Population and Housing Units Criteria Change Types No filter, Below Minimum, Above Maximum, Water, Special Land Use Census tract is BELOW the minimum population (<1,200) OR housing unit (< 480) threshold. Census tract is ABOVE the maximum population (> 8,000) or housing unit (> 3,200) threshold. M for Merge, B for Boundary Change, E for Split, and G for Attribute Change. These codes manifest most notably in the Review Change Polygons tool. No filter, Below Minimum, Above Maximum Block group is BELOW the minimum population (<600) OR housing unit (< 240) threshold. Block group is ABOVE the maximum population (> 3,000) or housing unit (> 1,200) threshold. M for Merge, B for Boundary Change, E for Split, and G for Attribute Change. These codes manifest most notably in the Review Change Polygons tool. No filter, Below Minimum None, but must contain some population, housing units, or both. B for Boundary Change, E for New District (CDP), G for Attribute Change, and X for Deleted CDP. Filter Options 2020 Census PSAP Standard GUPS Respondent Guide 105 Geography Action Filter Options Population and Housing Units Criteria Change Types These codes manifest most notably in the Review Change Polygons tool. Census county division (CCD) Merge, Boundary Change, New District, and Change Attribute The Filter option section does not exist for CCDs None, but since comprised of census tracts the housing and population totals mimic those of that geography. M for Merge, B for Boundary Change, E for New District (CCD), and G for Attribute Change. These codes manifest most notably in the Review Change Polygons tool. Note: The Change Attribute choice is not within the Action drop-down menu, but appears within the Modify Area Feature tool window above the Information section after a participant selects the Geography and Action. 9.3 Census Tract Update Instructions A century of census tract use, along with the ACS and the averaging of sample data for tracts over a five-year span, has shown that continuity and comparability in tracts and their boundaries over time are of considerable importance to data users. Pursuant to this goal, the Census Bureau requests that where a census tract must be updated, for example to meet the minimum or maximum population or housing unit thresholds, that the outer boundaries of the tract not be changed, but rather that a tract be split into two or more tracts, or merged with an adjacent tract. Over time, the Census Bureau developed a set of standards to guide the establishment and revision of census tracts. These practices and rules promote census tract consistency nationwide, and serve to meet local needs for small-area data. For 2020 Census PSAP, participants can split census tracts, either by using whole block groups or by using individual faces (areas). They can merge census tracts and change census tract boundaries, where the boundary has become errant. The Census Bureau discourages drastic changes to tract boundaries (that is, “retracting”), except in specified circumstances, which the Census Bureau will review on a case-by-case basis. It is not the recommended to modify the external boundary of a census tract to resolve a threshold problem. 9.3.1 Select Census Tracts Participants can change and modify census tracts, which modifies block groups automatically. Steps to select census tracts are included in Table 32. Table 32: Select Census Tracts Step Step 1 U.S. Census Bureau Action and Result Download and review the data as described in Section 7.2, Open GUPS and Start a New Project. 2020 Census PSAP Standard GUPS Respondent Guide 106 Step Step 2 Action and Result Once loaded, GUPS displays all the data layers on the Map View formatted with color, style and labels. For this example, the “curtracts” is the Census Tract layer, has five different categories: Below Minimum and Above Maximum (both based on the total population and number of housing units); Special Land Use; Water; and Normal Tract. GUPS uses assorted colors to classify the census tracts by housing units and population counts. The red fill indicates census tracts below minimum housing units and population counts. The green fill indicates census tracts above the maximum thresholds. The census tracts with no fill are “Normal Tracts” within the thresholds desired by the PSAP program. The entities grouped under Below Minimum and Above Maximum category r equire local knowledge of the land use, housing units’ type and population characteristics. Participants are required to further review and either apply the necessary actions to change entities using the Census requirements and guidelines. If no action is applied, participants must provide a Justification to maintain the entity. Step 3 Step 4 Click the Modify Area Feature button to start editing the layers within the selected county. The Select Editable Layers window appears to choose the vintage to edit. The 2020 vintage is stored in the 2020 Proposed Plan. The 2010 vintage is stored in the 2010 geographies. Select the vintage radio button and then click OK button. Note: This action occurs with the initial launch of the Modify Area Feature tool in the working county. This menu does not reappear with subsequent launch of the tool. U.S. Census Bureau 2020 Census PSAP Standard GUPS Respondent Guide 107 Step Step 5 Action and Result The Modify Area Feature dialog box displays in the center of the screen. The Census Bureau suggests participants move the Modify Area Feature window to the upper left corner of the Map View. Moving the window allows the participant to have a full view of the map. Step 6 Within the Modify Area Feature window, click the Geography drop-down menu to select Census Tract. Regardless if participants selected 2020 vintage or 2010 vintage as the editable layer they should start reviewing and editing first, the Census Tracts layer with above maximum population counts or housing units. Second, the Census Tracts layer with below minimum population counts or housing units. Third, the Block Groups layer with above maximum population counts or housing units. Fourth, the Block Groups layer with below minimum population counts or housing units. Then the participants can move to reviewing the CDPs and the CCDs. U.S. Census Bureau 2020 Census PSAP Standard GUPS Respondent Guide 108 Step Step 7 Action and Result As noted earlier in Section 8.4.2.8, the Census Bureau strongly encourages the use of imagery to review and update the geographies. To enable imagery, click the Add Imagery button and choose the imagery source to display in the Map View. Once selected the imagery displays in the Map View. 9.3.2 Split Census Tracts by Block Group To resolve the census tracts above the maximum threshold, participants can split census tracts by block group within the failing census tract. Splitting by block group is the first preference for splitting a census tract because it retains the boundaries of the new tract on features already in use for statistical geographies (block groups). See Figure 19 for an example that depicts three total block groups, one split from the other two to form a new census tract. Figure 19. Splitting a Census Tract by Block Group Example Table 33 explains the steps to split a census tract by block group(s). U.S. Census Bureau 2020 Census PSAP Standard GUPS Respondent Guide 109 Table 33: Split Census Tracts by Block Group Step Step 1 Step 2 Step 3 Action and Result Follow steps from Table 32: Select Census Tracts to open the project and select a census tract for editing. Within the Modify Area Feature window, click the Filter drop-down menu to select Above Maximum (POP > 8000 or HU > 3200). This selects all census tracts that have more than the maximum number of housing units or total population. Change the Action drop-down to Split by Block Group. This allows participants to split the census tract by block group(s). Click Select Target Area button and click on the map to select a census tract OR double click to select a census tract from the Info column within the Modify Area Feature window. The Map View zooms to the selected census tract to review for potential splitting and highlights it in light blue/green color. The housing and population totals displays on the bottom of the Modify Area Feature tool. U.S. Census Bureau 2020 Census PSAP Standard GUPS Respondent Guide 110 Step Step 4 Action and Result Click the Select Features by Area button with a single click on the Map View to select a single block group. Hold down the Ctrl key on the keyboard and then click to select additional block groups as needed. Participants can also click the Map View and drag the mouse to select multiple block groups. The selected block group(s) highlight and the housing units and population numbers change dynamically. IMPORTANT: Remember to keep the census tract threshold numbers in mind: Population: 1,200 – 8,000 Optimum: 4,000 Housing: 480 – 3,200 Optimum: 1,600 Participants are only able to select block group(s) within the highlighted census tract. Selecting block group(s) outside the highlighted area will result in an error message. Click OK to dismiss the error and continue. U.S. Census Bureau 2020 Census PSAP Standard GUPS Respondent Guide 111 Step Step 5 Action and Result If the selected block groups generate a valid new census tract, click the Split by Block Group button to create two new census tracts. If a Question window displays showing that the selection is outside the threshold of acceptable ranges, participants need to either justify this threshold violation or select additional geographies to meet the required threshold. Click YES if satisfied with new census tracts. Click NO if not satisfied and would like to revise. U.S. Census Bureau 2020 Census PSAP Standard GUPS Respondent Guide 112 Step Step 6 Action and Result Refer to the Map View to verify that GUPS created the new census tracts with new census tract numbers. If completed successfully, the two new tracts have no shading (no red or green) unless they fall outside the acceptable ranges of population or housing unit counts. This step depicts imagery. To reverse the split, prior to saving use the Undo button. Refer to Table 12 and Table 17 for instructions on the Undo functionality. Step 7 Click the Save button to save the edits and update the project. The Current edits confirmation dialog box asks to save the changes for all layer(s). For more information on saving, please refer to Section 7.3, Save a Project in GUPS. Click OK to save or Cancel to return to the Map View without saving. U.S. Census Bureau 2020 Census PSAP Standard GUPS Respondent Guide 113 9.3.3 Split Census Tract by Face To resolve the census tracts above the maximum threshold, participants can split census tracts by faces within the failing census tract instead of by entire block groups. Locate the definition of faces in Appendix A. . When there is only one block group in a tract or where the block groups do not reflect distinct land use areas, selecting a split by faces is preferred. When using this method for splitting a census tract, there are two considerations. First, determine if there are clear land use distinctions within a tract (e.g., single-family homes on one side of the tract and multi-family apartments on the other). Conversely, there may be no significant difference in the land use or land use may not be the primary consideration because of overriding historical or linear feature factors. Either way, identifying a significant, visible, relatively permanent feature to use to split is important. See Appendix G. for information regarding acceptable features for use in splitting tracts. See Figure 20 that depicts the same tract shown in Figure 19, but with the split using faces rather than block groups. Figure 20. Splitting a Census Tract by Face Example Table 34 explains the steps to split a census tract by faces. Table 34: Split Census Tract by Face Step Step 1 U.S. Census Bureau Action and Result Follow steps from Table 32: Select Census Tracts to open the project and select a census tract for editing. 2020 Census PSAP Standard GUPS Respondent Guide 114 Step Step 2 Action and Result Within the Modify Area Feature window, click the Filter drop-down menu to select Above Maximum (POP > 8000 or HU > 3200). This selects all census tracts that have more than the maximum number of housing units or total population. Change the Action drop-down to Split by Face. This allows participants to split the census tract by faces (areas). The housing and population totals displays on the bottom of the Modify Area Feature tool. Step 3 Step 4 As with the Split by Block Group step, click Select Target Area button and click on the map to select a census tract OR double click to select a census tract from the Info column within the Modify Area Feature window. The Map View zooms to the selected census tract to review for potential splitting and highlights it in light blue/green color. Click the Select Features by Freehand button to select the faces (areas) to split the census tract. Left click the mouse on the starting point and drag the chasing line around the targeted area then rightclick the mouse to end the review the selected area or simply let go of the left. The selected faces highlight with a yellow/green shade. Hold the Ctrl key on the keyboard and single click to select and add any missing faces. Also, hold the Ctrl key and single click to unselect unnecessary selected faces. The use of the Shift key may also prove beneficial when adding to an existing set of faces, as it works similarly to the Ctrl key. This step depicts imagery. IMPORTANT: Remember to keep the census tract threshold numbers in mind: Population: 1,200 – 8,000 Optimum: 4,000 Housing: 480 – 3,200 Optimum: 1,600 U.S. Census Bureau 2020 Census PSAP Standard GUPS Respondent Guide 115 Step Action and Result Participants are only able to select faces (areas) within the highlighted census tract. Selecting faces outside the highlighted area will result in an error message. Step 5 If the selected faces generate a valid new census tract, click the Split by Face button to create two new census tracts. If a Question window displays showing that the selection is outside the threshold of acceptable ranges, participants need to either justify this threshold violation or select additional geographies to meet the required threshold. Click YES if satisfied with new census tract. Click NO if not satisfied and would like to revise. If a Question window displays showing that the split will result in noncontiguous areas belonging to the same census tract, participants need to either select Yes to continue and fix the non-continuous areas or select again to make sure all necessary faces are selected. U.S. Census Bureau 2020 Census PSAP Standard GUPS Respondent Guide 116 Step Step 6 Action and Result Refer to the Map View to verify that GUPS created the new census tracts with new census tract numbers. If completed successfully, the two new tracts have no shading (no red or green) unless they fall outside the acceptable ranges of population or housing unit counts. This step depicts imagery. To reverse the split, prior to saving use the Undo button. Refer to Table 12 and Table 17 for instructions on the Undo functionality. Step 7 Click the Save button to save the edits and update the project. The Current edits confirmation dialog box asks to save the changes for all layer(s). For more information on saving, please refer to Section 7.3, Save a Project in GUPS. Click OK to save or Cancel to return to the Map View without saving. U.S. Census Bureau 2020 Census PSAP Standard GUPS Respondent Guide 117 9.3.4 Creating a Special Use Census Tract Participants may create special use census tracts for large land areas that exclude housing units or population (e.g., large public parks, forests, large bodies of water, airports). These may also include geographic areas characterized by unique populations (e.g., prisons or universities). Special use census tracts are optional. If delineated, they must be designated with a specific type of special use, have an official name, and ideally have no residential population or housing units (or at the least meet all the minimum population and housing thresholds for a special use census tract. They also must not create noncontiguous census tracts. Participants, along with the Census Bureau, decide if the presence of a special use census tract would be useful to help provide high quality, statistical data. Refer to Chapter 1 for the special use census tract criteria and detailed threshold information. Review Table 35 for an example of using GUPS tools to create a special use census tract. Note: As with special use census tracts, refer to Chapter 1 for the special use block group criteria and detailed threshold information. Special use block groups are coextensive with special use census tracts. Special use block groups can exist within standard census tracts if there is not enough population or housing to support a special use census tract. Table 35: Creating a Special Use Census Tract Step Step 1 Action and Result As with the Split Census Tract by Face example, click Select Target Area button and click on the map to select a census tract OR double click to select a census tract from the Info column within the Modify Area Feature window. The Map View zooms to the selected census tract to review for potential splitting and highlights it in light blue/green color. Step 2 U.S. Census Bureau Ensure the Action field is Split by Face. 2020 Census PSAP Standard GUPS Respondent Guide 118 Step Step 3 Action and Result Click the Select Features by Freehand button to select the faces (areas) to split the census tract. Left click the mouse on the starting point and drag the chasing line around the targeted area then right-click the mouse to end the review the selected area. The selected faces highlight with a yellow/green shade. Hold the Ctrl key on the keyboard and single click to select and add any missing faces. Also, hold the Ctrl key and single click to unselect unnecessary selected faces. The use of the Shift key may also prove beneficial when adding to an existing set of faces, as it works similarly to the Ctrl key. This step depicts imagery. Participants are only able to select faces (areas) within the highlighted census tract. Selecting faces outside the highlighted area will result in an error message. U.S. Census Bureau 2020 Census PSAP Standard GUPS Respondent Guide 119 Step Step 4 Step 5 U.S. Census Bureau Action and Result If the selected faces generate a valid new special use census tract, click the Split by Face button to create two new census tracts. The new special use tract appears below. Click the Change Attributes button in the Modify Area Feature window. 2020 Census PSAP Standard GUPS Respondent Guide 120 Step Step 6 Action and Result Change the TRACTCE field to a valid special use census tract number (e.g., first two digits begin with 98xx). This example uses 980000 since there are no other special use census tracts in this working county. Enter a SITE_NAME that represents the name of the special use area. This example uses Cave Hill Cemetery. Enter a justification (up to 150 characters) for the use of the name in the JSTFY_NAME field. This example uses Old Historic Landmark. Click OK to accept the modifications. Step 7 Click the Save button to save the edits and update the project. 9.3.5 Merge Census Tracts To resolve the census tracts below the minimum threshold, participants perform a merge action. Merging tracts of the same code series is the preferred approach (e.g., merge adjacent census tracts 1200.01 and 1200.02 instead of merging 1200.01 with adjacent census tract 2000). This is the best method for maintaining historical comparability between censuses. Census tracts in the same code series increment their coding by suffix (the final two digits), while tracts merged outside of the same series increment by the next available tract code in the county, with a default .00 suffix. See Figure 21 for a visual of this description. U.S. Census Bureau 2020 Census PSAP Standard GUPS Respondent Guide 121 Figure 21. Merging Census Tracts within Same Code Series Visual Other methods of merging, in order of priority, include:      Merge two tracts of similar land use across a minor feature. This retains outer boundaries for historical comparison and ideally maintains continuity of housing type and demographics. Merge two tracts of dissimilar land use across a minor feature. This is less than ideal, but avoids creating census tracts that span major landscape features. Merge two tracts of similar land use across a major feature. This is less than ideal, but may group areas of similar housing and demographic characteristics. Merge two tracts of dissimilar land use across a major feature. The main benefit is to maintain the outer boundaries for historical comparison, but runs the high risk of compromising comparability of housing and population data within the new tract. Alter boundary of below threshold tract to include block groups of neighboring tract(s). This method is highly discouraged because it changes the outer, historic boundaries of census tracts. Table 36 explains the steps to merge a census tract. Table 36: Merge Census Tracts Step Step 1 U.S. Census Bureau Action and Result Follow steps from Table 32: Select Census Tracts to open the project and select a census tract for editing. 2020 Census PSAP Standard GUPS Respondent Guide 122 Step Step 2 Action and Result Within the Modify Area Feature window, click the Filter drop-down menu to select Below Minimum (POP < 1200 or HU < 480). This selects all census tracts that have less than the minimum number of housing units or total population. Change the Action drop-down to Merge. This allows participants to merge (or combine) the census tracts falling below the minimum requirements. The housing and population totals displays on the bottom of the Modify Area Feature tool. Step 3 U.S. Census Bureau Double click to select a census tract from the Info column within the Modify Area Feature window. The Map View zooms to the selected census tract to review for a potential merge and highlights it in light blue/green color. Navigate the Map View to locate the best neighboring census tract(s) to merge. Verify the census tracts for historic relationships when possible. This step depicts imagery. 2020 Census PSAP Standard GUPS Respondent Guide 123 Step Step 4 Action and Result Click the Select Features by Area or single click button to select the census tract(s) to use to merge with the below minimum census tract. The newly selected census tract(s) highlight in yellow. IMPORTANT: Remember to keep the census tract threshold numbers in mind: Population: 1,200 – 8,000 Optimum: 4,000 Housing: 480 – 3,200 Optimum: 1,600 The housing and population totals change dynamically while selecting tracts to merge, allowing participants to see the results of the merge, prior to actually merging the tracts. Selecting census tracts not contiguous with each other result in geographic errors. Participants must correct contiguity errors (or provide a justification for keeping the tracts noncontiguous) prior to submission to the Census Bureau. The Modify Area Feature tool does not allow a participant to select census tracts in different counties. U.S. Census Bureau 2020 Census PSAP Standard GUPS Respondent Guide 124 Step Step 5 Action and Result If the selected tract(s) generate a valid new census tract, click the Merge button to create a new census tract. If a Question window displays showing that the selection is outside the threshold of acceptable ranges, participants need to either justify this threshold violation or select additional geographies to meet the required threshold. Click YES if satisfied with new census tract. Click NO if not satisfied and would like to revise. Step 6 U.S. Census Bureau Refer to the Map View to verify that GUPS created the new census tract with new census tract number. If completed successfully, the new tract has no shading (no red or green) unless it still falls outside the acceptable ranges of population or housing unit counts. To reverse the merge, prior to saving use the Undo button. Refer to Table 12 and Table 17 for instructions on the Undo functionality. 2020 Census PSAP Standard GUPS Respondent Guide 125 Step Step 7 Action and Result Use the Change Attribute button to modify the merged tract number that GUPS automatically assigned if needed. In the Change Attribute window, enter all the requested information for the following fields with a red asterisk. Required information varies based on the type of geography. Click OK to save the attribute change or Cancel to return to close the window without saving. Note: The Justify field exists in the Modify Area Feature, Change Attribute tool. This field also exists in the PSAP Criteria Review tool described in a later section. Character limit is 150 for this field. U.S. Census Bureau 2020 Census PSAP Standard GUPS Respondent Guide 126 Step Step 8 Action and Result Click the Save button to save the edits and update the project. The Current edits confirmation dialog box asks to save the changes for all layer(s). For more information on saving, please refer to Section 7.3, Save a Project in GUPS. Click OK to save or Cancel to return to the Map View without saving. 9.3.6 Change Census Tract Boundaries Participants apply boundary changes to census tracts in instances when the boundaries are errant and no longer accurately reflect the real boundary or when the boundary does not follow any visible features. Participants cannot change the census tract boundary where it follows an acceptable legal boundary as listed in Section 2.3. If the boundary of the legal entity is incorrect, please report the boundary correction through the annual Boundary and Annexation Survey (BAS) program. Consult the Part C in the Introduction of this document for details on the BAS. Quality checks and comparisons of census tracts to the legal boundaries occur yearly to ensure the census tracts align with the boundary of the legal entity in the Census Bureau systems. See Section 9.3.6.1 for instructions to add linear features for use as census tract boundaries and Section 9.3.6.3 for instructions to delete linear features. The Boundary Change action uses the faces layer to modify census tracts. Linear features create faces. Table 37 explains the steps to change census tract boundaries. IMPORTANT: The guiding principle for census tract boundaries is to maintain historical comparability between decennial censuses. Sometimes small boundary changes occur to maintain the census tract boundary along a visible feature such as a road or river; however, drastic changes to census tract boundaries compromise comparability of the census tracts between decades. The Census Bureau reserves the right to deny participant boundary changes that introduce significant changes. Table 37: Change Census Tract Boundaries Step Step 1 U.S. Census Bureau Action and Result Follow steps from Table 32: Select Census Tracts to open the project and select census tract for editing. 2020 Census PSAP Standard GUPS Respondent Guide 127 Step Step 2 Step 3 U.S. Census Bureau Action and Result Within the Modify Area Feature window, click the drop-down Action menu to select Boundary Change. Double click to select a census tract from the Info column within the Modify Area Feature window. The Map View zooms to the selected census tract to review for a potential boundary change. 2020 Census PSAP Standard GUPS Respondent Guide 128 Step Step 4 Action and Result Click the Select Features By Area or single click button to select the faces to use for boundary change. The selected faces highlight in yellow. This step depicts imagery. IMPORTANT: Remember to keep the census tract threshold numbers in mind: Population: 1,200 – 8,000 Optimum: 4,000 Housing: 480 – 3,200 Optimum: 1,600 The housing and population totals change dynamically while selecting faces to alter the census tract boundary, allowing participants to see the results of the change, prior to actually modifying the boundary of the census tract. Selecting noncontiguous faces from the selected census tract result in geographic errors. Participants must correct contiguity errors prior to submitting their data to the Census Bureau. U.S. Census Bureau 2020 Census PSAP Standard GUPS Respondent Guide 129 Step Step 5 Action and Result Click the Add Area button to apply boundary change to the selected census tract. A window displays requesting participants select the block group to add the selected faces. The Map View displays the potential block group in the drop-down menu. Note: GUPS highlights each block group as selected, allowing the participant to choose the adjacent one. Be mindful that this step can introduce contiguity errors. After selecting the appropriate block group, click OK to add the selected faces to the selected block group highlighted on the map. U.S. Census Bureau 2020 Census PSAP Standard GUPS Respondent Guide 130 Step Step 6 Action and Result Refer to the Map View to verify that GUPS captured the boundary change properly for the census tract. To reverse the boundary change, simply add the area back to the original census tract or perform the Undo action prior to saving. Refer to Table 12 and Table 17 for instructions on the Undo functionality. Step 7 Click the Save button to save the edits and update the project. The Current edits confirmation dialog box asks to save the changes for all layer(s). For more information on saving, please refer to Section 7.3, Save a Project in GUPS. Click OK to save or Cancel to return to the Map View without saving. 9.3.6.1 Add Linear Feature The addition of new or missing linear features may be necessary to form faces in order to modify all of the statistical geographies. While it may be tempting to add all missing linear features, with the time constraints of PSAP, focus first on adding only the linear features necessary to split statistical geographies or form new statistical geographies. Participants must utilize the Add Imagery button within GUPS for digitizing reference and may use the Internet Map Service button to provide a secondary source/visual of the area. Table 17 describes the use of both buttons. Review Table 38 for a detailed example. U.S. Census Bureau 2020 Census PSAP Standard GUPS Respondent Guide 131 IMPORTANT: Do not add linear features without the assistance of imagery. Table 38: Add Linear Feature Step Step 1 Step 2 Step 3 Action and Result Download and review the data as described in Section 7.2, Open GUPS and Start a New Project. Follow steps from Table 32: Select Census Tracts to open the existing project. Zoom to the area to add linear features. Ensure imagery is enabled as described in Step 7 of that table. Click the Internet Map Service button. An Internet Map Service window appears asking participants to select a point on the map to enable Internet Map Service. U.S. Census Bureau 2020 Census PSAP Standard GUPS Respondent Guide 132 Step Step 4 Action and Result Click a point in the Map View near the missing feature(s) to select the targeted area from which to launch the internet service. Another Internet Map Service window appears to select either Google Maps or Bing Maps. After selected, click OK and a new internet tab or session opens to the targeted section chosen in Step 4. Step 5 U.S. Census Bureau Click the Add Linear Feature button from within the PSAP toolbar. 2020 Census PSAP Standard GUPS Respondent Guide 133 Step Step 6 Step 7 U.S. Census Bureau Action and Result Zoom in to a proper scale for adding the linear feature. In the Map View, left-click the mouse button to start adding the linear feature. Continue to left-click to add nodes as necessary to add shape to the road. To complete the linear feature, right-click. An Add Linear Feature window appears to enter the required MTFCC and a Name. 2020 Census PSAP Standard GUPS Respondent Guide 134 Step Step 8 Action and Result From the MTFCC drop-down menu, select the proper code for the newly added feature. In this example, choose S1400. The Name field activates after choosing the MTFCC. Enter the name and click OK. Step 9 Click the Save button to save the changes. Continue with the same steps to add any additional linear features. 9.3.6.2 Modify Linear Feature Attributes Participants can modify the attributes of linear features by using the Modify Linear Feature Attributes button within the PSAP toolbar. This may be necessary to correct errors in existing feature names or correct errant MTFCC codes. See Table 39 for an example. Table 39: Modify Linear Feature Attributes Step Step 1 U.S. Census Bureau Action and Result Locate the linear feature to modify. Select the Modify Linear Feature Attributes button in the PSAP toolbar. 2020 Census PSAP Standard GUPS Respondent Guide 135 Step Step 2 Step 3 Action and Result In the Map View, left-click the linear feature to modify. A Modify Linear Feature Attributes window appears. Change the MTFCC or the FULLNAME of the feature. Click the Save button to save the modification. 9.3.6.3 Delete/Restore Linear Feature GUPS allows participants to delete linear features and/or restore recently deleted features since the last save process by using the Delete/Restore Linear Feature button within the PSAP toolbar. Review Table 40 for examples of both deleting and restoring a linear feature. Table 40: Delete/Restore Linear Feature Step Step 1 U.S. Census Bureau Action and Result Locate the linear feature to delete. Select the Delete/Restore Linear Feature button in the PSAP toolbar. 2020 Census PSAP Standard GUPS Respondent Guide 136 Step Step 2 Step 3 Action and Result In the Map View, left-click the linear feature to delete. A Delete/Restore Linear Feature window appears. Click OK to proceed with deletion of the selected feature. If the feature selected forms the boundary of an existing entity, GUPS displays the following warning message. U.S. Census Bureau 2020 Census PSAP Standard GUPS Respondent Guide 137 Step Action and Result Step 4 The feature is marked for deletion and displays in GUPS with the “X” character along the entire feature. Imagery disabled in order to better view the “X” characters. Step 5 GUPS uses the same tool to restore the deleted feature if the deletion was in error. Enable the Delete/Restore Linear Feature button. Select the feature marked for deletion from the previous step. A Delete/Restore Linear Feature window appears asking for confirmation to restore the linear feature. Click OK to restore the feature. Step 6 9.4 Click the Save button to save the changes. Block Group Update Instructions Participants can split block groups by face, merge block groups, and change block group boundaries. Part One: outlined the criteria and background for updating block groups, while Part Two: introduced the tools for updating. This section provides detailed examples for performing the aforementioned updates of splitting, merging, and changing boundaries. Refer to Section 9.3.4 for details on special use block groups. U.S. Census Bureau 2020 Census PSAP Standard GUPS Respondent Guide 138 IMPORTANT: Participants may renumber the block groups using the Renumbering Tool in the PSAP toolbar. If participants do want to renumber to avoid any gaps in the numbering of block groups, execute the tool after all work on the block group geography concludes. Do not execute the tool, if participants wish to retain the existing block group numbering. 9.4.1 Select Block Group Participants can change and modify block groups. This is the second priority for participants’ review after reviewing and updating census tracts. However, there may be instances in which the census tracts remain within specified thresholds, but block groups require updating due to population or housing changes. In those cases, participants begin with a review of the block groups. Steps to select block groups to begin a review are included in Table 41. Table 41: Select Block Group Step Step 1 Step 2 Action and Result Download and review the data as described in Section 7.2, Open GUPS and Start a New Project. Follow steps from Table 32: Select Census Tracts to open the existing project. After completing Steps 1 – 4 (step 5 only appears with the initial setup), modify Step 6 by clicking the Modify Area Feature, Geography drop-down menu and selecting Block Group. Enable the imagery as described in Step 7 in order to visualize and orient to the block group(s) under review. 9.4.2 Split a Block Group To resolve the block groups above the maximum threshold, participants split block groups by faces within the problematic block group, ideally into two equal parts. Unlike census tracts, historical comparability between decades is not a strong expectation. It is more important to ensure block groups meet the suggested criteria rather than maintaining historical comparability. Participants are encouraged to use one of two options when splitting block groups. Either they split the block group into geometrically equal parts or they split according to land use areas. See Figure 22 and Figure 23 for an example of each option. U.S. Census Bureau 2020 Census PSAP Standard GUPS Respondent Guide 139 Figure 22. Dividing a Block Group into Geometrically Equal Parts Example Figure 23. Dividing a Block Group According to Land Use Areas Example Table 42 explains the steps to split a block group. Table 42: Split Block Group Step Step 1 U.S. Census Bureau Action and Result Follow steps from Table 41: Select Block Group to open the project and select block groups for editing. 2020 Census PSAP Standard GUPS Respondent Guide 140 Step Step 2 Step 3 U.S. Census Bureau Action and Result Within the Modify Area Feature window, click the drop-down Filter menu to select Above Maximum (POP > 3000 or HU > 1200). This will select all block groups that have more than the maximum number of houses/people. Change the Action drop-down to Split. This allows participants to split the block group by faces (areas). Double click to select a block group from the Info column within the Modify Area Feature window. The Map View zooms to the selected block group to review for potential splitting and highlights it. This step depicts imagery. 2020 Census PSAP Standard GUPS Respondent Guide 141 Step Step 4 Action and Result Click the Select Features by Freehand button to select the faces to use to split the block group. Left click the mouse on the starting point and drag the chasing line around the targeted area then right-click the mouse to end the review the selected area. The selected faces highlight with a yellow/green shade, likely distorted by the shading of a block group or census tract. Change the selection method from Select Features by Freehand to Select Feature(s). Hold the Ctrl key on the keyboard and single click to select and add any missing faces. Also, hold the Ctrl key and single click to unselect unnecessary selected faces. The use of the Shift key may also prove beneficial when adding to an existing set of faces, as it works similarly to the Ctrl key. Participants are only able to select faces (areas) within the highlighted block group. Selecting faces outside the highlighted area will result in an error message. Step 5 The selected area’s Housing and Population totals display at the bottom of the Modify Area Feature window prior to completing the split. IMPORTANT: Remember to keep the block group threshold numbers in mind: Population: 600 – 3,000 Housing: 240 – 1,200 U.S. Census Bureau 2020 Census PSAP Standard GUPS Respondent Guide 142 Step Step 6 Action and Result If the selected faces generate a valid new block group, click the Split by Face button to create two new block groups. If a Question window displays showing that the selection is outside the threshold of acceptable ranges, participants need to either justify this threshold violation or select additional geographies to meet the required threshold. Click YES if satisfied with new block group. Click NO if not satisfied and would like to revise. Step 7 Refer to the Map View to verify that GUPS created the new block groups with new block group numbers. If completed successfully, the two block groups have no shading (no red or green) unless they fall outside the acceptable ranges of population or housing unit counts. To reverse the split, prior to saving use the Undo button. Refer to Table 12 and Table 17 for instructions on the Undo functionality. Step 8 Click the Save button to save the edits and update the project. The Current edits confirmation dialog box asks to save the changes for all layer(s). For more information on saving, please refer to Section 7.3, Save a Project in GUPS. Click OK to save or Cancel to return to the Map View without saving. U.S. Census Bureau 2020 Census PSAP Standard GUPS Respondent Guide 143 9.4.3 Merge Block Groups To resolve the block groups below the minimum threshold, participants perform a merge action by merging neighboring block groups. If both the block group and its census tract are outside of thresholds, resolve the census tract first. Because block groups nest within census tracts, the higher-level census tract changes affect how participants resolve block group errors. Recall that historical comparability is not a concern for block groups as it is for census tracts, so participants have more freedom to make boundary corrections and reorganize existing block groups to meet criteria thresholds. Table 43 explains the steps to merge a block group. Table 43: Merge Block Group Step Step 1 Step 2 U.S. Census Bureau Action and Result Follow steps from Table 41: Select Block Group to open the project and select block group for editing. Within the Modify Area Feature window, click the Filter drop-down menu to select Below Minimum (POP < 600 or HU < 240). This selects all block groups that have less than the minimum number of housing units or total population. Change the Action drop-down to Merge. This allows participants to merge (or combine) the block groups falling below the minimum requirements. 2020 Census PSAP Standard GUPS Respondent Guide 144 Step Step 3 U.S. Census Bureau Action and Result Double click to select a block group from the Info column within the Modify Area Feature window. The Map View zooms to the selected block group to review for potential merging and highlights it. 2020 Census PSAP Standard GUPS Respondent Guide 145 Step Step 4 Action and Result Click the Select Features by Area or single click button to select the block group(s) to use to merge with the below minimum block group. The newly selected block group(s) highlight in yellow. This step depicts imagery. IMPORTANT: Remember to keep the block group threshold numbers in mind: Population: 600 – 3,000 Housing: 240 – 1,200 The housing and population totals change dynamically while selecting block groups to merge, allowing participants to see the results of the merge, prior to actually merging the block groups. Selecting block groups not contiguous with each other result in geographic errors. Participants must correct contiguity errors (or provide a justification for keeping the block groups noncontiguous) prior to submission to the Census Bureau. The Modify Area Feature tool does not allow a participant to select block groups in different counties. U.S. Census Bureau 2020 Census PSAP Standard GUPS Respondent Guide 146 Step Step 5 Action and Result If the selected block group(s) generate a valid new block group, click the Merge button to create a new block group. If a Question window displays showing that the selection is outside the threshold of acceptable ranges, participants need to either justify this threshold violation or select additional geographies to meet the required threshold. Click YES if satisfied with new block group. Click NO if not satisfied and would like to revise. U.S. Census Bureau 2020 Census PSAP Standard GUPS Respondent Guide 147 Step Step 6 Action and Result Refer to the Map View to verify that GUPS created the new block group with new block group number. If completed successfully, the new block group has no shading (no red or green) unless it still falls outside the acceptable ranges of population or housing unit counts. To reverse the merge, prior to saving use the Undo button. Refer to Table 12 and Table 17 for instructions on the Undo functionality. Note: Execute the Renumbering Tool after all work on the working county is complete. Do not execute it after editing each block group. If a working county submission includes gaps in the block group numbering, the Census Bureau will confirm with the participant whether they want the block groups renumbered or whether they forgot to execute the tool. Pending the answer, the Census Bureau will renumber the block groups prior to creation of the verification products or they will retain the existing block group numbering. Step 7 Step 8 Consider using the Change Attribute button within the Modify Area Feature tool to edit the block group number assigned by GUPS, or use the Renumbering Tool in the PSAP toolbar to renumber all of the block groups at the conclusion of all block group updates. Click the Save button to save the edits and update the project. The Current edits confirmation dialog box asks to save the changes for all layer(s). For more information on saving, please refer to Section 7.3, Save a Project in GUPS. Click OK to save or Cancel to return to the Map View without saving. 9.4.4 Change Block Group Boundaries As stated previously, block group comparability is not as important as census tract comparability through the decades. Participants can apply boundary changes to block group boundaries when the housing units and or the populations are below the required thresholds, U.S. Census Bureau 2020 Census PSAP Standard GUPS Respondent Guide 148 when the boundary does not follow any visible features, or when the boundaries shown in GUPS are errant and no longer accurately reflect the real boundary. The Census Bureau will likely accept small revisions to block group boundaries, but will likely deny boundary changes that affect a large amount of population in the affected block groups. As with census tracts, the boundary change action uses the faces layer to modify block groups. Table 44 explains the steps to change block group boundaries. Table 44: Change Block Group Boundaries Step Step 1 Step 2 Step 3 U.S. Census Bureau Action and Result Follow steps from Table 41: Select Block Group to open the project and select block group for editing. Within the Modify Area Feature window, click the drop-down Action menu to select Boundary Change. Double click to select a block group from the Info column within the Modify Area Feature window. The Map View zooms to the selected block group to review for a potential boundary change. 2020 Census PSAP Standard GUPS Respondent Guide 149 Step Step 4 Action and Result Click the Select Features By Area or single click button to select the faces to use for boundary change. The selected faces highlight in yellow. This step depicts imagery. IMPORTANT: Remember to keep the block group threshold numbers in mind: Population: 600 – 3,000 Housing: 240 – 1,200 U.S. Census Bureau 2020 Census PSAP Standard GUPS Respondent Guide 150 Step Action and Result Selecting noncontiguous faces and the selected block group result in geographic errors. Participants must correct contiguity errors prior to submitting their data to the Census Bureau. Step 5 Click the Add Area button to apply boundary change to the selected block group. The housing and population numbers dynamically adjust prior to finalizing the boundary change (change from 963 and 2,549 to 1,059 and 2,766 respectively). Step 6 Refer to the Map View to verify that GUPS captured the boundary change properly for the block group. To reverse the boundary change, simply add the area back to the original block group or perform the Undo action prior to saving. Refer to Table 12 and Table 17 for instructions on the Undo functionality. U.S. Census Bureau 2020 Census PSAP Standard GUPS Respondent Guide 151 Step Action and Result Step 7 Click the Save button to save the edits and update the project. The Current edits confirmation dialog box asks to save the changes for all layer(s). For more information on saving, please refer to Section 7.3, Save a Project in GUPS. Click OK to save or Cancel to return to the Map View without saving. 9.5 Census Designated Places (CDPs) Update Instructions Participants can perform boundary changes to existing CDPs. Performing a boundary change adds faces to or removes faces from existing CDPs. Participants can add new CDPs, delete existing CDPs, and they can perform attribute updates on existing CDPs. As a reminder from Part One: of this document, the Census Bureau recommends CDP boundaries follow visible features, except in circumstances where the boundary is coincident with the nonvisible boundary of a state, county, minor civil division, or incorporated place. 9.5.1 Select Census Designated Place (CDP) Steps to select a CDP to begin a review are included in Table 45. Table 45: Select Census Designated Place Step Step 1 Step 2 U.S. Census Bureau Action and Result Download and review the data as described in Section 7.2, Open GUPS and Start a New Project. Follow steps from Table 32: Select Census Tracts to open the project. After completing Steps 1 – 4 (step 5 only appears with the initial setup), modify Step 6 by clicking the Modify Area Feature, Geography drop-down menu and selecting Census Designated Place (CDP). Enable the imagery as described in Step 7 in order to visualize and orient to the CDP(s) under review. 2020 Census PSAP Standard GUPS Respondent Guide 152 9.5.2 Boundary Change – Add Area (CDP) Participants can perform boundary changes to CDPs by adding new area or removing an existing area. The Boundary Change action uses the faces layer to modify CDPs. CDP boundaries must follow physical boundaries (with some exceptions as mentioned in Chapter 4), so the use of imagery when performing this action is vital. If the addition of area dictates an attribute change, refer to the Change Attribute section for details on modifying the name of existing CDPs. Table 46 explains the steps to add area to an existing CDP. Table 46: Boundary Change – Add Area (CDP) Step Step 1 Step 2 Action and Result Follow steps from Table 45: Select Census Designated Place to open the project and select Census Designated Places for editing. Within the Modify Area Feature window, click the Action drop-down menu to select Boundary Change. View the CDPs in the Map View window. Step 3 U.S. Census Bureau Double click to select a CDP from the Info column within the Modify Area Feature window. The Map View zooms to the selected CDP to review and highlights it. 2020 Census PSAP Standard GUPS Respondent Guide 153 Step Step 4 Action and Result Click the Select Features By Area or single click button to select the faces to add to the CDP. Participants can choose any of the four choices beneath the Select Features button to accomplish the modification to the CDP. The selected faces highlight in yellow. This step depicts imagery. Note: The selected faces are outside of the CDP boundary because this is an add action. U.S. Census Bureau 2020 Census PSAP Standard GUPS Respondent Guide 154 Step Step 5 Step 6 Action and Result Click the Add Area button to apply boundary change (addition of faces/areas) to the selected CDP. Refer to the Map View to verify that GUPS captured the boundary change properly for the CDP. Zoom to the proper scale for viewing if the area added is small. If the boundary change is incorrect, the next section explains the process for removing area from a CDP. To reverse the boundary change, simply remove the area or perform the Undo action prior to saving. Refer to Table 12 and Table 17 for instructions on the Undo functionality. U.S. Census Bureau 2020 Census PSAP Standard GUPS Respondent Guide 155 Step Step 7 Action and Result Click the Save button to save the edits and update the project. The Current edits confirmation dialog box asks to save the changes for all layer(s). For more information on saving, please refer to Section 7.3, Save a Project in GUPS. Click OK to save or Cancel to return to the Map View without saving. 9.5.3 Boundary Change – Remove Area (CDP) Participants can perform boundary changes to CDPs by adding new area or removing an existing area. The Boundary Change action uses the faces layer to modify CDPs. CDP boundaries must follow physical boundaries (with some exceptions as mentioned in Chapter 4), so the use of imagery when performing this action is vital. If the removal of area dictates an attribute change, refer to the Change Attribute section for details on modifying the name of existing CDPs. This section covers removing area from an existing CDP. Table 47 explains the steps to remove area from an existing CDP. Table 47: Boundary Change – Remove Area (CDP) Step Step 1 U.S. Census Bureau Action and Result Follow steps from Table 45: Select Census Designated Place to open the project and select Census Designated Places for editing. 2020 Census PSAP Standard GUPS Respondent Guide 156 Step Step 2 Action and Result Within the Modify Area Feature window, click the Action drop-down menu to select Boundary Change. View the CDPs in the Map View window. U.S. Census Bureau 2020 Census PSAP Standard GUPS Respondent Guide 157 Step Action and Result Step 3 Double click to select a CDP from the Info column within the Modify Area Feature window. The Map View zooms to the selected CDP to review and highlights it. Step 4 Click the Select Features By Area or single click button to select the faces to remove from the CDP. Participants can choose any of the four choices beneath the Select Features button to accomplish the modification to the CDP. The selected faces highlight in yellow. This step depicts imagery. U.S. Census Bureau 2020 Census PSAP Standard GUPS Respondent Guide 158 Step Action and Result Note: The selected faces are inside of the CDP boundary because this is a remove action. Step 5 U.S. Census Bureau Click the Remove Area button to apply boundary change (removal of faces/areas) from the selected CDP. 2020 Census PSAP Standard GUPS Respondent Guide 159 Step Step 6 Action and Result Refer to the Map View to verify that GUPS captured the boundary change properly for the CDP. Zoom to the proper scale if the area is small. If the boundary change is incorrect, the previous section on Boundary Change explains the process for adding area to a CDP. To reverse the boundary change, simply add the area back to the CDP or perform the Undo action prior to saving. Refer to Table 12 and Table 17 for instructions on the Undo functionality. Step 7 Click the Save button to save the edits and update the project. The Current edits confirmation dialog box asks to save the changes for all layer(s). For more information on saving, please refer to Section 7.3, Save a Project in GUPS. Click OK to save or Cancel to return to the Map View without saving. 9.5.4 New District – Add Entity (Add a New CDP) Participants can add new CDPs as part of their PSAP work. As with adding area or removing area from an existing CDP, the New District action uses the faces layer to add new CDPs. CDP boundaries must follow physical boundaries (with some exceptions as mentioned in Chapter 4), so the use of imagery when performing this action is vital. This section covers adding a new CDP to a working county. Table 48 explains the steps to add new CDP using the faces layer. U.S. Census Bureau 2020 Census PSAP Standard GUPS Respondent Guide 160 Table 48: Add a New Census Designated Place (CDP) Step Step 1 Step 2 Action and Result Follow steps from Table 45: Select Census Designated Place to open the project and select Census Designated Places for editing. Within the Modify Area Feature window, click the Action drop-down menu to select New District. View the existing CDPs in the Map View window and determine if any are missing. To determine if a CDP is missing, use the Zoom In button and the Pan button on the Standard toolbar to zoom and pan around the working county. U.S. Census Bureau 2020 Census PSAP Standard GUPS Respondent Guide 161 Step Step 3 Action and Result Click the Select Features By Area or single click button to select the faces to add to the new CDP. Participants can choose any of the four choices beneath the Select Features button to accomplish the creation of the new CDP. The selected faces highlight in yellow. This step depicts imagery. Note: Select faces that do not belong to an existing CDP area. U.S. Census Bureau 2020 Census PSAP Standard GUPS Respondent Guide 162 Step Step 4 Step 5 Action and Result Click the Add Entity button to create a new CDP. The Modify Area Feature window opens. Enter the Name of the newly created CDP and then click the OK button. U.S. Census Bureau 2020 Census PSAP Standard GUPS Respondent Guide 163 Step Step 6 Step 7 Action and Result Refer to the Map View to verify that GUPS captured the new CDP properly. Zoom to the proper scale to confirm the boundaries and area of the CDP. If CDP is incorrect, the previous two sections on Boundary Change explain the process to use for modifying the newly created CDP. Click the Save button to save the edits and update the project. The Current edits confirmation dialog box asks to save the changes for all layer(s). For more information on saving, please refer to Section 7.3, Save a Project in GUPS. Click OK to save or Cancel to return to the Map View without saving. 9.5.5 Boundary Change – Delete Area Feature (Delete an Existing CDP) Participants can delete existing CDPs as part of their PSAP work. Before deleting an existing CDP, participants should ensure that none of the characteristics described in Chapter 4 exist for the CDP under consideration for deletion. Presence of those characteristics leads to retention of the existing CDP. Pending review of the submission, the Census Bureau may disapprove of the deletion and retain CDPs proposed for deletion by participants. This section covers deleting an existing CDP. Table 49 explains the steps to remove an existing CDP from the working county. Table 49: Boundary Change – Delete Area Feature (Delete an Existing CDP) Step Step 1 U.S. Census Bureau Action and Result Follow steps from Table 45: Select Census Designated Place to open the project and select Census Designated Places for editing. 2020 Census PSAP Standard GUPS Respondent Guide 164 Step Step 2 Step 3 U.S. Census Bureau Action and Result Within the Modify Area Feature window, click the Action drop-down menu to select Boundary Change. Double click to select the CDP to delete from the Info column within the Modify Area Feature window. 2020 Census PSAP Standard GUPS Respondent Guide 165 Step Action and Result The Map View zooms to the selected CDP to review and highlights it. This step depicts imagery. Step 4 Step 5 Click the Delete Area Feature button to delete the CDP from the list. The Modify Area Feature confirmation dialog box displays to verify the deletion of this area feature. Click OK if satisfied with the deletion. Click Cancel to discard the deletion. For this example, click the OK button to continue. U.S. Census Bureau 2020 Census PSAP Standard GUPS Respondent Guide 166 Step Step 6 Step 7 Action and Result Refer to the Map View to verify that GUPS deleted the CDP. Zoom to the proper scale to confirm the deletion. If participants decide the CDP deletion was incorrect, the previous section on New District – Add Entity (Add a new CDP) explains the process to use for adding the deleted CDP back into the working county. Click the Save button to save the edits and update the project. The Current edits confirmation dialog box asks to save the changes for all layer(s). For more information on saving, please refer to Section 7.3, Save a Project in GUPS. Click OK to save or Cancel to return to the Map View without saving. 9.5.6 Boundary Change – Change Attributes (CDP) Using the Boundary Change action, participants can perform attribute updates on existing CDPs. Attributes that can be modified include the NAME, JUSTIFY, and JSTFY_NAME fields. Refer to Chapter 4 for naming rules and recommendations. When a participant changes an existing CDP name or creates a new CDP, then the JSTFY_NAME field becomes required. The participant uses the field to provide reasoning for the chosen name. Participants may also use the JUSTIFY field to provide additional reasoning for the name change to an existing CDP or creating a new CDP. If participants make substantial changes to the boundaries of an existing CDP, then the Census Bureau recommends the modification of the name or a strong justification for retaining the name. Table 50 explains the steps to change the attributes an existing CDP. U.S. Census Bureau 2020 Census PSAP Standard GUPS Respondent Guide 167 Table 50: Boundary Change – Change Attributes (CDP) Step Step 1 Step 2 Step 3 U.S. Census Bureau Action and Result Follow steps from Table 45: Select Census Designated Place to open the project and select Census Designated Places for editing. Within the Modify Area Feature window, click the Action drop-down menu to select Boundary Change. Double click to select the CDP to modify from the Info column within the Modify Area Feature window. The Map View zooms to the selected CDP and highlights it (not shown in this example). 2020 Census PSAP Standard GUPS Respondent Guide 168 Step Action and Result Step 4 Click the Change Attribute button to modify the CDPs attributes. Step 5 The Modify Area Feature window displays. Enter the required data (fields with the red asterisks). GUPS pre- populates the Name field with the selected CDP name and the LSAD field defaults to the geography selected. In this case, CDP. The NAME, JUSTIFY, and JSTFY_NAME fields can be updated. When finished, press OK. Note: To change the name of an existing CDP, follow the CDP naming criteria outlined in Chapter 4. Participants must provide justification such as the community has officially renamed (e.g., Tyson’s Corner VA rebranded itself as Tysons VA). Signage and other proof should exist to confirm the renaming. 9.6 Census County Division Update Instructions Participants can merge CCDs or perform boundary changes, specifically by adding faces to existing CCDs. Participants can add new CCDs, and they can perform attribute updates for existing CCDs. U.S. Census Bureau 2020 Census PSAP Standard GUPS Respondent Guide 169 As a reminder from Part One, CCD boundaries normally follow visible features and county lines, but may also follow corporate boundaries and other nonvisible features. 9.6.1 Select Census County Division (CCD) Steps to select a CCD to begin a review are included in Table 51. Table 51: Select Census County Division (CCD) Step Step 1 Step 2 Action and Result Download and review the data as described in Section 7.2, Open GUPS and Start a New Project. Follow steps from Table 32: Select Census Tracts to open the existing project. After completing Steps 1 – 4 (step 5 only appears with the initial setup), modify Step 6 by clicking the Modify Area Feature, Geography drop-down menu and selecting Census County Division (CCD). Enable the imagery as described in Step 7 in order to visualize and orient to the CCD(s) under review. The following screenshot is for San Diego County, California. 9.6.2 Merge Census County Divisions (CCDs) Participants can merge CCDs to form a new CCD. Table 52 explains the steps to merge CCDs. Table 52: Merge CCDs Step Step 1 U.S. Census Bureau Action and Result Follow steps from Table 51: Select Census County Division (CCD) to open the project and select Census County Division for editing. 2020 Census PSAP Standard GUPS Respondent Guide 170 Step Step 2 Action and Result Within the Modify Area Feature window, click the Action drop-down menu to select Merge. Use the Zoom Full button on the Standard toolbar to zoom to the extent of the county and view the existing CCDs. The Map View displays all of the CCDs for the working county. Note: Not enabling imagery at this scale allows for better visualization of the CCD names. U.S. Census Bureau 2020 Census PSAP Standard GUPS Respondent Guide 171 Step Step 3 Step 4 Step 5 Action and Result Double click to select a CCD from the Info column within the Modify Area Feature window. The Map View zooms to the selected CCD (Pauma Valley) and displays it in light green color with a dark green border. Click the Select Features by Area or single click button to select the CCD to use to merge with the previously selected CCD. The newly selected CCD (Valley Center) highlights in yellow. Selecting CCDs not contiguous with each other result in geographic errors. Participants must correct contiguity errors (or provide a justification for keeping the CCD noncontiguous) prior to submission to the Census Bureau. The Modify Area Feature tool does not allow a participant to select CCDs in different counties. U.S. Census Bureau 2020 Census PSAP Standard GUPS Respondent Guide 172 Step Step 6 Step 7 Action and Result With the CCDs selected, click the Merge button to create a new CCD. The Modify Area Feature window displays. Enter the required data (fields with the red asterisks). GUPS pre- populates the NAME field with the selected CCD name and the LSAD field defaults to the geography selected. The NAME and JSTFY_NAME fields are editable. The participant must update one of those two fields to continue. When finished, click OK. Note: Participants must to change the name of the CCD to continue or must justify retention of the existing name in the JSTFY_NAME field (e.g., name of one of the merged CCD names is still the most prominent after merging). Otherwise, they receive an error message indicating the name must be unique and the specified name is not unique. U.S. Census Bureau 2020 Census PSAP Standard GUPS Respondent Guide 173 Step Step 8 Action and Result Refer to the Map View to verify that the CCD merge completed properly. The Map View shows the two CCDs merged into one CCD and depicts the new name, Pauma Valley Center CCD. To reverse the merge, prior to saving use the Undo button. Refer to Table 12 and Table 17 for instructions on the Undo functionality. Step 9 Click the Save button to save the edits and update the project. The Current edits confirmation dialog box asks to save the changes for all layer(s). For more information on saving, please refer to Section 7.3, Save a Project in GUPS. Click OK to save or Cancel to return to the Map View without saving. 9.6.3 Boundary Change – Add Area (CCD) Participants can perform boundary changes to CCDs by adding new area or removing existing area. The Boundary Change action uses the faces layer to modify the area of a CCD. Table 53 provides steps for adding area to a CCD through the Boundary Change menu. Table 53: Boundary Change – Add Area (CCD) Step Step 1 U.S. Census Bureau Action and Result Follow steps from Table 51: Select Census County Division (CCD) to open the project and select Census County Division for editing. 2020 Census PSAP Standard GUPS Respondent Guide 174 Step Step 2 Step 3 Step 4 U.S. Census Bureau Action and Result Within the Modify Area Feature window, click the Action drop-down menu to select Boundary Change. Double click to select a CCD from the Info column within the Modify Area Feature window. The Map View zooms to the selected CCD (e.g., Alpine CCD) to review and highlights it using green. Use the Zoom In button and Add Imagery button to help with accuracy of selected area(s) to add. 2020 Census PSAP Standard GUPS Respondent Guide 175 Step Step 5 Action and Result Click the Select Features By Area or single click button to select the faces to add to the CCD. Participants can choose any of the four choices beneath the Select Features button to accomplish the modification to the CCD. The selected faces highlight in yellow. This image depicts zoomed view with imagery enabled. Participants are unable to select faces within the CCD selected in Step 3, the targeted CCD. Selecting noncontiguous faces results in geographic errors that participants must correct prior to submitting to the Census Bureau. The GUPS software prevents adding faces from different counties. U.S. Census Bureau 2020 Census PSAP Standard GUPS Respondent Guide 176 Step Step 6 U.S. Census Bureau Action and Result Click the Add Area button to apply boundary change (addition of faces/areas) to the selected CCD. 2020 Census PSAP Standard GUPS Respondent Guide 177 Step 7 Refer to the Map View to verify that the CCD boundary change completed properly. The newly added area appears in the same fill color as the selected CCD and the external boundary bumps out to the edge of the added area. The full image includes blue arrow denoting the newly added area. To reverse the boundary change, simply add the area back to the original CCD or perform the Undo action prior to saving. Refer to Table 12 and Table 17 for instructions on the Undo functionality. U.S. Census Bureau 2020 Census PSAP Standard GUPS Respondent Guide 178 Step Step 8 Action and Result Click the Save button to save the edits and update the project. The Current edits confirmation dialog box asks to save the changes for all layer(s). For more information on saving, please refer to Section 7.3, Save a Project in GUPS. Click OK to save or Cancel to return to the Map View without saving. 9.6.4 New District – Add Entity (Add a New CCD) As with CDPs, participants can add new CCDs as part of their PSAP work. As with adding area or removing area from an existing CCD, the New District action uses the faces layer to modify CCDs. Table 54 describes the steps for adding a new CCD. Table 54: Add a New Census County Division (CCD) Step Step 1 Step 2 U.S. Census Bureau Action and Result Follow steps from Table 51: Select Census County Division (CCD) to open the project and select Census County Division for editing. Within the Modify Area Feature window, click the Action drop-down menu to select New District. 2020 Census PSAP Standard GUPS Respondent Guide 179 Step Step 3 Step 4 U.S. Census Bureau Action and Result Use Zoom In button to zoom into an appropriate scale for selecting areas to add to a new CCD and the Add Imagery button to help with accuracy of selected area(s) to add. Click the Select Features By Area or single click button to select the faces to add to the CCD. Participants can choose any of the four choices beneath the Select Features button to accomplish the modification to the CCD. This example uses Select Features by Polygon. The selected faces highlight in yellow. Click the Add Entity button to add the selected faces to create a new CCD. 2020 Census PSAP Standard GUPS Respondent Guide 180 Step Step 5 Step 6 U.S. Census Bureau Action and Result The Modify Area Feature window opens. Enter the NAME of the newly created CCD and then click the OK button. Refer to the Map View to verify that GUPS captured the new CCD properly. Zoom to the proper scale to confirm the boundaries and area of the CCD. To reverse the creation of the CCD, prior to saving, use the Undo button. If CCD is incorrect, participants can cancel the creation and begin again or they can accept the almost correct CCD and perform a Boundary Change action with the adjacent CCD. The Boundary Change window is activated in the screenshot below. 2020 Census PSAP Standard GUPS Respondent Guide 181 Step Step 7 Action and Result Click the Save button to save the edits and update the project. The Current edits confirmation dialog box asks to save the changes for all layer(s). For more information on saving, please refer to Section 7.3, Save a Project in GUPS. Click OK to save or Cancel to return to the Map View without saving. 9.6.5 Boundary Change – Change Attributes (CCD) Using the Boundary Change action, participants can perform attribute updates for existing CCDs. Attributes that can be modified include the NAME and JSTFY_NAME fields. When a participant changes an existing CCD name or creates a new CCD, then the JSTFY_NAME field becomes required. The participant uses the field to provide reasoning for the chosen name. Table 55 describes steps necessary to change the attributes of an existing CCD. Table 55: Boundary Change – Change Attributes (CCD) Step Step 1 Step 2 U.S. Census Bureau Action and Result Follow steps from Table 51: Select Census County Division (CCD) to open the project and select Census County Division for editing. Double click the CCD to update from the Info list. The Map View zooms to the selected CCD. 2020 Census PSAP Standard GUPS Respondent Guide 182 Step Step 3 Step 4 Action and Result Click the Change Attribute button. The Modify Area Feature window opens to allow participants to change the attribution of the selected CCD. In this example, the Oceanside-Escondido CCD name changed to Vineyard-Escondido CCD. Click the OK to continue and process the change. U.S. Census Bureau 2020 Census PSAP Standard GUPS Respondent Guide 183 Step Action and Result Step 5 GUPS updates the Map View with the new CCD name. Imagery disabled to make viewing the CCD names easier. Step 6 Click the Save button to save the edits and update the project. The Current edits confirmation dialog box asks to save the changes for all layer(s). For more information on saving, please refer to Section 7.3, Save a Project in GUPS. Click OK to save or Cancel to not and return to the Map View. U.S. Census Bureau 2020 Census PSAP Standard GUPS Respondent Guide 184 CHAPTER 10. VALIDATE DATA AND PREPARE FILES FOR SUBMISSION As introduced in Part Two:, GUPS provides validation tools to help review and validate the updates made to statistical geographies by participants (regardless whether updates made to the 2020 proposed plan or to the 2010 geographies). The next three sections describe the three tools necessary to validate the PSAP data prior to submission to the Census Bureau: PSAP Criteria Review Tool, the Review Change Polygons Tool, and the Geography Review Tool. Each of the three tools function differently to give participants the opportunity to verify, fix, justify, and assure the quality of the final exported project. GUPS also provides the Export to Zip Button, to prepare data for sharing with other reviewers and/or submitting to the Census Bureau. The Census Bureau recommends executing these tools in the order presented for the next three sections. Run the PSAP Criteria Review Tool first, then the Review Change Polygons Tool, and finish with the Geography Review Tool. 10.1 PSAP Criteria Review Tool Participants use the PSAP Criteria Review tool to generate a list of threshold failures and correct (labeled as “fix” in the tool) the failures or provide a justification for the failure. GUPS colorcodes the list of failures: Participants must correct red errors. They must correct orange errors or justify them to remain as such. Participants can correct the issues or provide a justification of their own to retain the geography based on local knowledge. Run this required check before creating a data output file for submission to the Census Bureau. Part Two, Section 8.4.2.4, introduced this tool. Table 56: PSAP Criteria Review Tool Button Step Step 1 U.S. Census Bureau Action and Result Download and Review the data as described in Section 7.2, Open GUPS and Start a New Project. 2020 Census PSAP Standard GUPS Respondent Guide 185 Step Step 2 Action and Result Click the PSAP Criteria Review button. A PSAP Criteria Review dialog box opens to inform participants that it is actively reviewing the population and housing unit criteria for all the Geographic entities in the working county. Once the tool has run, the PSAP Criteria Review window displays the remaining issues. Participants can choose to display the list by Geography type, error type, or display all the geographies. The list contains the geographic entities that do not meet thresholds or missing other requirements such as noncontiguous entities. Step 3 U.S. Census Bureau If the exceedance of the threshold as displayed in the Criteria Fail is justified, select the justification using the drop-down button in the Justify attribute field. Choose one of the pre-determined justifications or enter something unique. There is a 150-character limit to this field. Be sure to save frequently by clicking the Save Justifications button at the bottom of the window. 2020 Census PSAP Standard GUPS Respondent Guide 186 Step Step 4 Step 5 Action and Result If the failure needs correction, click the Fix button for any of the geographic entities within the PSAP Criteria Review window list, GUPS zooms to the Map View of the selected geographic entity, opens the Modify Area Feature tool, and then selects the entity within the Modify Area Feature window. From here, choose an Action within the Modify Area Feature tool and perform the edits necessary to meet the requirements and resolve the failure. Refer to Section 8.4.2.1, the Modify Area Feature tool section, for detail on its functionality. Once participants correct or justify all failures, participants can close the tool by clicking the “x” in the top right hand corner of the window. Refreshing the window is beneficial as work is underway. Click the Refresh button at the bottom of the window next to the Save Justifications button to refresh the results of executing the tool 10.2 Review Change Polygons Tool The Review Change Polygons tool reviews transaction polygons for tracts, block groups, CDPs, and CCDs. It provides a list of their applied changes (boundary changes, splits, merges). Participants use this tool to check the general accuracy of the change polygons in the Map View by clicking each change within the list. Part Two, Section 8.4.2.3, introduced this tool. Step Step 1 U.S. Census Bureau Table 57: Review Change Polygon Tool Button Action and Result Download and review the data as described in Section 7.2, Open GUPS and Start a New Project. 2020 Census PSAP Standard GUPS Respondent Guide 187 Step Step 2 Action and Result Click the Review Change Polygons button. The Review Change Polygons dialog box opens just beneath the Table of Contents. The dialog box can be moved anywhere, even out of the GUPS window onto a dual monitor. It does not have to remain beneath the Table of Contents. U.S. Census Bureau 2020 Census PSAP Standard GUPS Respondent Guide 188 Step Step 3 Step 4 Action and Result Select the statistical geography to review from the Geography drop-down menu. The full list of geographies with modifications appear after selecting the geography to review. For this example, Census Tract is the selected geography and the list includes numerous changes (e.g., New Entity, Merge, and Boundary Correction). The type of changes varies based on the geography selected. See Table 31 for information on change types. The Change Type field shown below depicts a single letter, where “E” denotes a split, “M” denotes a merge, “B” denotes a boundary change, and “G” denotes an attribute change. Refresh the change polygon list by switching geography types. Doing so repopulates the list with the current list of polygon changes. Step 5 Step 6 U.S. Census Bureau To view a change polygon on the map, click the row for the polygon in the Info list. The polygon highlights and the map zooms to the location. To correct a mistake (e.g., correct a noncontiguous polygon or sliver missed during the splitting/merging of a geography), or review changes made during the participant’s review (e.g., creation of a new CDP), click on the Modify Area Feature button on the PSAP toolbar and make the correction. Refer to Section 9.2.1, Modify Area Feature Tool, for the instructions on using this tool. 2020 Census PSAP Standard GUPS Respondent Guide 189 Step Action and Result The software contains built-in tools to check for contiguity of the statistical geographies. A confirmation dialog box, similar to the one shown below, appears if the participant introduces a contiguity issue during their work. Step 7 Click the Save button to save the edits and update the project. The Current edits confirmation dialog box asks to save the current changes for all layers. For more information on saving, please refer to Section 7.3, Save a Project in GUPS. Click OK to save or Cancel to return to the Map View without saving. Step 8 Upon completion of the review and updates, click the Close button in the Review Change Polygons window to close the tool. 10.3 Geography Review Tool The Geography Review Tool provides access to the attribute tables of some of the layers displayed in the Table of Contents. It filters the map layers based on field values in the attribute table. This tool provides an overall review of the new or deleted entities, or the entities with boundary changes. The Census Bureau recommends the use of this tool, rather than directly editing the various statistical geographies attribute tables. Part Two, Section 8.4.2.2, introduced this tool. Table 58: Geography Review Tool Button Step Step 1 Step 2 Action and Result Download and review the data as described in Section 7.2, Open GUPS and Start a New Project. Click the Geography Review Tool button on the PSAP toolbar. The Geography Review Tool dialog box opens. U.S. Census Bureau 2020 Census PSAP Standard GUPS Respondent Guide 190 Step Step 3 Action and Result In the Layer Name: field drop-down menu, select the data layer to view. The geography (e.g., layers) modified during PSAP that need to be reviewed are as follows (listed in alpha order, not priority order):  Block groups (blockgroups_).  Census county divisions (ccd_), if one of the 21 states with CCD geography.  Census designated places (cdp_), if they exist in the working county.  Census tracts (curtracts_). Once selected, the attribute table for the layer opens, with the individual geographies (each census tract for this example) in separate rows and specific attributes displayed in separate columns. The image below shows the attributes for curtracts. If columns are not visible in the attribute data table, drag the edge of the dialog box outward to widen the view, or move the dialog box to another location by clicking inside the box and dragging it. U.S. Census Bureau 2020 Census PSAP Standard GUPS Respondent Guide 191 Step Step 4 Action and Result Use the Search feature at the bottom of the dialog box to filter the table layers by specific attributes (e.g., full name, MTFCC, change type, etc.). This example uses CHNG_TYPE. Participants can run this tool with this specific column name selected to identify the changes made during their review. Step 5 Step 6 Step 7 U.S. Census Bureau In the drop-down menu next to the Column Name, select the attribute value by which to filter and click the Search button. This example uses E – New Entity / New District as the attribute value. Based on the column name choice and attribute value chosen, the search filters the attribute table to show the rows for the new CDPs in this working county. Leaving the attribute value blank would return all records with a value in the CHNG_TYPE field. Selecting the record from the attribute table activates the Zoom menu and quickly zooms the map view to the selection. To return to the attribute table to see the full (un-filtered) layer, click the Refresh button in the upper right-hand corner of the dialog box. 2020 Census PSAP Standard GUPS Respondent Guide 192 Step Step 8 Action and Result Note: When filtering the table by some attributes (e.g., state and county FIPS code or MTFCC), no drop-down menu appears from which to select. Some attribute codes are too numerous to make scrolling through a list practical. Instead participants receive a blank box in which they may type the search value. For example, if filtering the area landmarks layer by MTFCC and want to see hospitals in the layer, type in the MTFCC for hospitals (K1231), and then click Search. 10.4 Export to Zip Button When creating export .zip files, participants have two options. They may export the file to share with another reviewer or they may export the file for submission to the Census Bureau. In either case, GUPS automatically names the output .zip file, packages all the files required by the Census Bureau (including any documentation uploaded into GUPS) into the .zip file, and saves it in a preset location created on the computer during the installation process. Part Two, Section 8.4.2.6, introduced this tool. This section repeats much of the information presented earlier, but serves as a closure to Chapter 9. 10.4.1 Export to Zip – Share with Another Participant To export a file to share with another participant, follow the steps in Table 59. A participant might find this functionality useful if they need to show their supervisor their work or if they split the review work of geographies among staff; i.e., someone reviews the census tracts and block groups, while someone else reviews the CDPs. Step Step 1 Step 2 Table 59: Export a File to Share with Another Participant Action and Result Download and review the data as described in Section 7.2, Open GUPS and Start a New Project. Click the Export to Zip button. The Select Output Type dialog box opens. Click the Share with Another Participant radio button. Then click OK. U.S. Census Bureau 2020 Census PSAP Standard GUPS Respondent Guide 193 Step Step 3 Action and Result Step 4 If participants click Yes, as shown in this example, GUPS automatically opens a windows explorer to the output folder location on the computer. If they click No, the Export to Zip dialog box closes. Step 5 The Export to Zip dialog box opens. GUPS generates a .zip file, stores it in the output directory that the GUPS installer placed on the computer during the installation process, and gives it a name that includes “DataDirectory.” Participants may now share the file with others who would then use the Import Project ZIP file button in the Map Management window or the Import County Zip button on the PSAP toolbar to open the shared .zip file as described in Section 8.4.2.5. 10.4.2 Export to Zip – Export for Census To export a file to submit to the Census Bureau as the final submission for any working county, follow the steps in Table 60. IMPORTANT: The Census Bureau accepts complete submissions for each working county and will not accept partial submissions. This means a participant cannot submit a .zip file when they complete their review and update of census tracts, then submit another .zip file to include their review and update of the block groups. A county must be totally complete in order to be submitted for processing to the Census Bureau. If a participant splits work among reviewers, ensure all the work is complete prior to executing this button and submission of the .zip file to the Census Bureau. U.S. Census Bureau 2020 Census PSAP Standard GUPS Respondent Guide 194 Step Step 1 Table 60: Export Files for Submission to the Census Bureau Action and Result Click the Export to Zip button. The Select Output Type dialog box opens. Step 2 Step 3 Step 4 Select the Export for Census radio button. Click OK. A GUPS User Contact Information window opens with the Export for Census option. It requests contact information from the participant. All fields denoted with a red star are required for submission. Completion of this information helps the Census Bureau communicate with the participant should any questions or issues arise. Following the completion of the GUPS User Contact Information, the Export to Zip dialog box opens. GUPS generates a .zip file, stores it in the output directory that the GUPS installer placed on the computer during the installation process, and gives it a name that includes “return.” IMPORTANT: Make note of the location of the file listed in this dialog box because participants must navigate to the directory to submit this file using SWIM. U.S. Census Bureau 2020 Census PSAP Standard GUPS Respondent Guide 195 Step Step 5 Step 6 U.S. Census Bureau Action and Result As with the Share with Another Participant example, if participants click Yes, GUPS automatically opens a windows explorer to the output folder location on the computer. This feature is useful for participants ready to use SWIM to submit their file. If they click No, the Export to Zip dialog box closes. With the completion of this step, participants can proceed with uploading the file to the Census Bureau. Refer to Chapter 11 for details on using SWIM. 2020 Census PSAP Standard GUPS Respondent Guide 196 CHAPTER 11. SECURE WEB INCOMING MODULE (SWIM) If PSAP participants perform updates, using either the 2020 proposed plan or the 2010 geographies, they must utilize the Census Bureau’s Secure Web Incoming Module, or SWIM, to submit their updated working county .zip file for processing. Use the steps outlined in this chapter to learn how to use SWIM to make a submission. 11.1 SWIM Background and Requirements The Census Bureau provided one SWIM registration token per PSAP participant with their delineation materials cover letter. We recommend either the official liaison or the technical contact utilize the token to create an account once they determine updates are necessary. Some PSAP participants may have established a SWIM account for other Census geography programs. If so, there is no need to establish a new account just for PSAP. Participants without a SWIM account need to utilize the 12-digit registration token to establish an account. To determine whether an account exists, click “Forgot your password?” on the main SWIM page and enter the email address to check for account existence. If SWIM does not locate an account associated with the email address, it returns the following message, “No account registered for this email. Go to Account Registration.” Choosing the Account Registration link opens a window to establish a SWIM account. Note: The components of the email and password of SWIM system accounts are case-sensitive. Make note of the case-sensitive format used when establishing the SWIM account (e.g., jane@anytown.org or Jane@anytown.org or JANE@ANYTOWN.ORG). The Census Bureau recommends the use of lowercase characters and recommends safe retention of this information in a secure location for future reference. SWIM allows four attempts to login before it temporarily locks the account for 15 minutes. After the 15-minute lock expires, participants may try to login again or reset their password using the “Forgot your password?” link on the login page. Once selected, follow the prompts to enter the case-sensitive email address and provide the security answer. If the security answer is correct, the SWIM system sends a password reset link to the email account for use in resetting the password. Once logged into SWIM, users can modify their password and security answer by selecting the ‘Change Security’ link at the top, right-hand side of the page. Participants continuing to experience logon issues should confirm use of the current internet browser version (or one previous version). If the browser version is older, upgrade to a newer version. If problems with SWIM still occur, contact 1-844-788-4921 for assistance. An additional SWIM token may be necessary to create another account. IMPORTANT: Do not use email to send the 2020 Census PSAP submission to the Census Bureau. The following list contains the file requirements for using SWIM:    File to upload must be .zip file format. The .zip file may not include another .zip file as a component. The .zip file must not be larger than 250 megabytes in size. U.S. Census Bureau 2020 Census PSAP Standard GUPS Respondent Guide 197 11.2 SWIM Submission Example Refer to Table 61 for instructions on utilizing the SWIM application to submit PSAP updates. Table 61: SWIM Submission Step Step 1 Step 2 Step 3 Action and Result Open a new browser window and enter the SWIM URL . The SWIM Please Login screen opens. For participants with an existing SWIM account, enter the email address and password and then click the Login button. The Welcome screen opens. Go to Step 8. For participants without a SWIM account, have the 12-digit registration token provided by the Census Bureau ready for account registration. Choose the Register Account button after accessing the SWIM URL. The Account Registration screen opens. All fields on the Account Registration screen are required. U.S. Census Bureau 2020 Census PSAP Standard GUPS Respondent Guide 198 Step Step 4 Step 5 Action and Result Enter the registration token, name, phone number, agency or organization, email address in the appropriate fields. Create a password using the following criteria: 1. Must be at least 8-characters in length. 2. Must have at least one uppercase character. 3. Must have at least one lowercase character. 4. Must have at least one number. 5. Must have at least one special character. Valid choices are as follows: #, !, $, *, &,?, and ~. Note: The comma shown in the previous list are for spacing purposes only. The comma is not a valid special character for use in the password. Step 6 Step 7 Step 8 U.S. Census Bureau Establish a security question. Click arrow to the right of the Security Question field and select a question from the drop-down menu. Enter an answer in the Answer field. Click the Submit button when finished. A Success screen opens to confirm the successful creation of a SWIM account. On the Success screen, select Login to return to the SWIM Please Login screen (shown in Step 1) to proceed with the login process. Enter the email and password information and click the green Login button to log into SWIM. The Welcome screen opens. If the account has uploaded other PSAP working counties or other files for different geography programs administered by the Census Bureau, a list of files previously uploaded by the SWIM user displays, as shown in the example below. The list includes the creation date of the file upload, the name of the file, and the corresponding size of the .zip file. 2020 Census PSAP Standard GUPS Respondent Guide 199 Step Step 9 Action and Result To begin a new upload, click the Start New Upload button at the bottom of the screen. The “What Census program are you reporting data for?” screen opens. Choose the Participant Statistical Areas Program (PSAP) radio button and click the Next button. Step 10 The “What type of statistical area are you reporting for?” screen opens. Click the radio button for the entity type to upload and click the Next button. Standard statistical geography participants choose County. The choice of County opens the Select a State and County screen. U.S. Census Bureau 2020 Census PSAP Standard GUPS Respondent Guide 200 Step Step 11 Action and Result Following the selection of the statistical area to upload, the Select a .ZIP file to upload screen opens. Click the +Add File button to launch the Choose File to Upload window and navigate to the directory where the .zip file resides. Refer to Table 60 to identify the location of the .zip file to upload. The .zip file resides in the “GUPSGIS\gupsdata\psap20\output” folder on the default drive selected during installation. This is likely the “C:” drive. Note: State and Regional Agency participants perform county based uploads. This means a participant with 10 counties will perform the upload process 10 times if they wish to submit updates for all 10 of those counties. SWIM does not allow for the selection of multiple .zip files within the Choose File to Upload window because of the way other systems receive and process the information from SWIM. U.S. Census Bureau 2020 Census PSAP Standard GUPS Respondent Guide 201 Step Step 12 Step 13 Step 14 U.S. Census Bureau Action and Result Once the file upload completes, the Status field shows “Success.” The name of the file appears in the File(s) field. Participants can add comments to the Comment section if they choose. Click the Next button to proceed with the upload. The Thank You screen appears. It thanks the participant and indicates a forthcoming email once transfer completes. To submit files for an additional county (i.e., for State and Regional Agency participants), choose ‘upload form’ in the phrase “You may Log Out or return to the upload form to submit more files” sentence to return to the Welcome screen and begin the upload process again. If complete with the upload process, choose Log Out. 2020 Census PSAP Standard GUPS Respondent Guide 202 Step Action and Result It is important to mention that SWIM sessions deactivate after 15 minutes of inactivity. Participants taking longer than 15 minutes to upload a file must log back into the system and start again. They receive a message noting the period of inactivity on the Login screen. When they reach the Welcome screen, a record listed with a Status of “In progress, Continue?” appears with that day’s date in the Created On field. Participants can choose the “Continue?” link to continue uploading or they can delete the item by choosing the Delete button to the far right of the row. U.S. Census Bureau 2020 Census PSAP Standard GUPS Respondent Guide 203 PART FOUR: NEXT STEPS FOR 2020 CENSUS PSAP Congratulations on the completion of the delineation phase of 2020 Census PSAP. While this is a major step, it does not conclude participation in 2020 Census PSAP. The final part to this document describes the next steps for 2020 Census PSAP. These steps include a high-level description of the processing of participant’s submissions conducted by the Census Bureau that must occur prior to the verification phase. The document concludes by highlighting the plans for the verification and closeout phases of 2020 Census PSAP. Once received through the SWIM process, the Census Bureau begins its review. This process includes running the same validation checks in GUPS described in Part Three:, checking for block group numbering gaps, and conducting basic quality assessments to ensure the specific criteria for each statistical geography is enforced. After completing the review of the updated delineation materials, the Census Bureau uses the newly suggested geographies to generate the final version of the proposed plan, reviewed by participants during the verification phase. The verification phase begins January 2020 with participants having 90 days to review the verification materials for accuracy of the updates they provided during the delineation phase and respond with suggested corrections. Participants receive a prepaid, verification phase postcard asking them to verify, accept, or reject the final version of the proposed plan. The Census Bureau plans to conduct follow-up with nonresponding participants in order to ensure receipt of a response from each that participated during the delineation phase. Once the Census Bureau receives the verification phase postcard with the approval or acceptance of the verification plan or after they receive the suggested corrections, they can finalize the 2020 Census statistical boundaries. In October 2020, the Census Bureau begins the closeout phase of the 2020 Census PSAP to ensure there are no outstanding changes submitted by participants or to communicate the reasoning for not making participant suggested changes. The timing of this phase begins after allowing time for processing any updates from the verification phase. More details on both the verification and closeout phases will appear on the PSAP website as they become available. In addition, further communication occurs in advance of each of the last two phases. This concludes the instructional content for the delineation phase for 2020 Census PSAP. U.S. Census Bureau 2020 Census PSAP Standard GUPS Respondent Guide 204 APPENDICES U.S. Census Bureau 2020 Census PSAP Standard GUPS Respondent Guide 205 APPENDIX A. GLOSSARY Alaska Native Regional Corporation (ANRC) – A corporate geographic area established under the Alaska Native Claims Settlement Act (Pub. L. 92–203, 85 Stat. 688 (1971)) to conduct both the business and nonprofit affairs of Alaska Natives. Twelve ANRCs cover the entire State of Alaska except for the Annette Island Reserve. Alaska Native village statistical area (ANVSA) – A statistical geographic entity that represents the residences, permanent and/or seasonal, for Alaska Natives who are members of or receiving government services from the defining ANV that are located within the region and vicinity of the ANV’s historic and/or traditional location. ANVSAs are intended to represent the relatively densely settled portion of each ANV and should include only an area where Alaska Natives, especially members of the defining ANV, represent a significant proportion of the population during at least one season of the year (at least three consecutive months). American Community Survey (ACS) – A survey conducted by the Census Bureau that uses a series of monthly samples to produce annually updated data for the same small areas (census tract and block groups) as the decennial census long-form sample previously surveyed. The Census Bureau last utilized the long-form during Census 2000. American Indian Area (AIA) – A term used by the Census Bureau that refers to any or all of the following entities: American Indian reservation, American Indian off-reservation trust land, Oklahoma tribal statistical area, joint use area, American Indian tribal subdivision, tribal designated statistical area, and state designated American Indian statistical area. American Indian off-reservation trust land (ORTL) – An area of land located outside the boundaries of an AIR, whose boundaries are established by deed, and which are held in trust by the U.S. federal government for a federally recognized American Indian tribe or members of that tribe. American Indian reservation (AIR) – An area of land with boundaries established by final treaty, statute, executive order, and/or court order and over which a federally recognized, American Indian tribal government has governmental authority. Along with ‘‘reservation’’ primary governmental or administrative division of a county in 28 states and the ‘‘reservation’’ designations such as colonies, communities, pueblos, rancherias, and reserves apply to AIRs. American Indian tribal subdivision – A legal subdivision of a federally recognized American Indian reservation, off-reservation trust land, or a statistical subdivision of Oklahoma tribal statistical areas. These entities are internal units of self-government or administration that serve social, cultural, and/or economic purposes for American Indians. Boundary – A line, either invisible or coincident with a visible feature that identifies the extent of a geographic entity, such as a census tract, city, county, state, or reservation. A boundary marks the limits of an area. U.S. Census Bureau 2020 Census PSAP Standard GUPS Respondent Guide A-1 Boundary and Annexation Survey (BAS) – An annual survey to collect information about selected legally defined geographic areas. The Census Bureau uses BAS as a means to update information about the legal boundaries and names of all governmental units in the United States. Census block – A census block is an area bounded by visible and/or invisible features shown on Census Bureau maps. A census block is the smallest geographic area created by the Census Bureau for which it collects and tabulates decennial census data. Census blocks are numbered within block groups and are uniquely numbered within census tracts. Census block group – Block groups are statistical geographic divisions of a census tract, defined for the tabulation and dissemination of census data from the decennial censuses, the ACS, and other select surveys. Census block number – Census block numbers contain a 4-digit number. Census blocks are numbered uniquely within each census tract. Census Bureau – An agency within the U.S. Department of Commerce. The Census Bureau is the country's preeminent statistical collection and dissemination agency. It publishes a wide variety of statistical data about people and the economy of the nation. The Census Bureau conducts approximately 200 annual surveys and conducts the decennial census of the United States population. Census Bureau map – Any map produced by the Census Bureau. A Census Bureau map displays geographic entities used in a Census Bureau sponsored census or survey for which the Census Bureau tabulates data. Census county division (CCD) – Statistical geographic entities in 21 states where minor civil divisions either do not exist or have been unsatisfactory for reporting statistical data. The Census Bureau, in cooperation with state, tribal, and local officials, delineate these areas solely for statistical purposes. CCDs have no legal function and are not legal governmental units. The primary goal of CCDs is to establish and maintain a set of sub-county geographies with stable boundaries and recognizable names. Naming of each CCD is based on a place, county, or wellknown local name that identifies its location. In most cases, census tracts nest within CCDs, but in less populated counties CCDs nest within census tracts. Census designated place (CDP) – Statistical geographic entities representing closely settled, unincorporated communities that are locally recognized and identified by name. CDPs are the statistical equivalent of incorporated places, with the primary differences being the lack of both a legally defined boundary and an active, functioning governmental structure chartered by the state and administered by elected official. Census tract – A small, relatively permanent statistical subdivision of a county or statistically equivalent entity delineated for data presentation. Designed to be relatively homogeneous units with respect to population characteristics, economic status, and living conditions at the time of establishment, census tracts generally contain between 1,000 and 8,000 people, with an optimum size of 4,000 people. Delineated with the intention of being stable over many decades, census tract boundaries generally follow relatively permanent visible features. U.S. Census Bureau 2020 Census PSAP Standard GUPS Respondent Guide A-2 However, they may follow governmental unit boundaries and other invisible features in some instances; the boundary of a state or county (or statistically equivalent entity) is always a census tract boundary. Census tract number – Unique numbers to identify census tracts within a county or statistically equivalent entity. Census tract numbers contain up to a 4-digit number followed by a decimal point and a 2-digit number for suffixed tracts, e.g., 1234.01. For census tracts without a suffix, the number will contain a period with zero fill, e.g., 4567.00. Leading zeros for census tracts, e.g., 0001.00, are not shown on Census Bureau maps. This tract would appear as “1” on maps. City-style address – The Census Bureau’s definition of a city style address is an address consisting of a house number and street or road name. For example, 201 Main Street is a city style address. The address may or may not be used for the delivery of mail and may include apartment numbers/designations or similar identifiers. Coextensive – The Census Bureau defines coextensive as two or more geographic entities that cover exactly the same area, with all boundaries shared. Conjoint – The Census Bureau defines conjoint as a boundary line shared by two adjacent geographic entities. Colonia – A small, generally unincorporated community located in one of the states on the U.S.Mexico border where residents often build or provide their own housing and that may lack utilities, paved roads, and other infrastructure typically found other similarly sized communities. Comunidad – A CDP in Puerto Rico that is not related to a municipio’s seat of government, called an aldea or a ciudad prior to the 1990 Census. Contiguous – The Census Bureau defines contiguous as areas sharing common boundary lines, more than a single point, such that the areas, when combined, form a single piece of territory. Non-contiguous areas form disjoint pieces. County – The primary legal division of most states. Most are governmental units with powers defined by state law. Edges – All linear features contained in the MAF/TIGER database. Edges shapefile – All linear features in the MAF/TIGER database are contained in the edges shapefile. Participants use the edges shapefile to add, delete, or change linear feature attributes. Faces – Topological areas in the MAF/TIGER database formed by edges. Feature – Any part of the landscape, whether natural (a stream or ridge) or artificial (a road or power line). In a geographic context, features are any part of the landscape portrayed on a map, including nonvisible boundaries of legal entities, such as, city limits or county lines. Federal Information Processing Series (FIPS)—These are codes formerly known as Federal Information Processing Standards codes, until the National Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST) announced its decision in 2005 to remove geographic entity codes from its U.S. Census Bureau 2020 Census PSAP Standard GUPS Respondent Guide A-3 oversight. The Census Bureau continues to maintain and issue codes for geographic entities covered under FIPS oversight, albeit with a revised meaning for the FIPS acronym. Geographic entities covered under FIPS include states, counties, congressional districts, core based statistical areas, places, county subdivisions, sub-minor civil divisions, consolidated cities, and all types of American Indian, Alaska Native, and Native Hawaiian areas. FIPS codes are assigned alphabetically according to the name of the geographic entity and may change to maintain alphabetic sort when new entities are created or names change. FIPS codes for specific geographic entity types are usually unique within the next highest level of geographic entity with which a nesting relationship exists. For example, FIPS state, congressional district, and core based statistical area codes are unique within nation; FIPS county, place, county subdivision, and sub-minor civil division codes are unique within state. The codes for American Indian, Alaska Native, and Native Hawaiian areas also are unique within state; those areas in multiple states will have different codes for each state. Geocodes – Codes that place an individual address in its correct geographic location, which includes the correct state, county, census tract, and census block codes. Because the Census Bureau counts people where they live, geocodes provide information to Census enumerators for locating an address. Accurate geocoding also ensures the Census Bureau counts housing units, and the people associated with them, in the correct census geography. Geographic Information System (GIS) – A computer system for the storage, retrieval, and maintenance of information about the points, lines, and areas that represent the streets and roads, rivers, railroads, geographic entities, and other features on the surface of the Earthinformation that previously was available only on paper maps. Geographic Update Partnership Software (GUPS) – A self-contained GIS update and processing package provided by the Census Bureau for participation in a variety of Census geography programs, including 2020 Census PSAP. Pre-packaged to include all of the components for 2020 Census PSAP, the GUPS contains the Census Bureau’s TIGER partnership shapefiles necessary to participate. GUPS allows the participant to add external geospatial data (shapefiles, geodatabases, and imagery) for comparison and update purposes. Group quarters – The Census Bureau defines group quarters as a location where people live or stay in a group living arrangement that is owned or managed by an entity or organization providing housing and/or services for the residents. This is not a typical household-type living arrangement. These services may include custodial or medical care as well as other types of assistance, and residency is commonly restricted to those receiving these services. People living in group quarters are usually not related to each other. Group quarters include such places as college residence halls, residential treatment centers, skilled nursing facilities, group homes, military barracks, correctional facilities, and workers’ dormitories. Housing unit – The Census Bureau defines a housing unit as a house, an apartment, a mobile home or trailer, or a group of rooms or a single room occupied as a separate living quarter or, if vacant, intended for occupancy as a separate living quarter. Separate living quarters are those in which the occupants live and eat separately from any other residents of the building and which have direct access from outside the building or through a common hall. U.S. Census Bureau 2020 Census PSAP Standard GUPS Respondent Guide A-4 Incorporated place —A type of governmental unit, incorporated under state law as a city, town (except in New England, New York, and Wisconsin), borough (except in Alaska and New York), or village, generally to provide governmental services for a concentration of people within legally prescribed boundaries. Legal boundary – The legally defined boundary of a governmental unit, usually referring to a county, minor civil division, or incorporated place. The legal boundary identifies the area within a tribal government's jurisdiction, and thus bounds the area of PSAP responsibility. Master Address File (MAF) – The Census Bureau’s nationwide database of all addresses and physical/location descriptions known to the Census Bureau used to support many of the Census Bureau’s operations. Besides containing mailing addresses and ZIP Codes, a MAF record also contains geographic information about the location of addresses. The Census Bureau’s Geography Division regularly updates the MAF/TIGER Database from various sources, including the United States Postal Service (USPS) Delivery Sequence File (DSF) and other sources of updates such as current surveys and locally provided sources. MAF/TIGER database (MTDB) – The Census Bureau’s nationwide geographic database, which integrates the Master Address File (MAF) and Topologically Integrated Geographic Encoding and Referencing (TIGER) files. MAF/TIGER Feature Classification Code (MTFCC) – A 5-digit code assigned by the Census Bureau to classify and describe geographic objects or features in the MAF/TIGER database and its output products. Metadata – describes the data content, coordinate system/projection, author, source, and other characteristics of GIS files. Minor civil division (MCD) – The primary governmental or administrative division of a county in 29 states and the Island Areas having legal boundaries, names, and descriptions. The MCDs represent many different types of legal entities with a wide variety of characteristics, powers, and functions depending on the state and type of MCD. In some states, some or all of the incorporated places also constitute MCDs. MCDs are identified by a variety of terms, such as town (in eight states), township, and/or district. They include both functioning and nonfunctioning government entities. Municipio —A type of governmental unit that is the primary legal subdivision of Puerto Rico. The Census Bureau treats the municipio as the statistical equivalent of a county. Non-city style address – The Census Bureau’s definition of a non-city style address is one that does not have a house number and/or street name or may not include a complete house number and street name address. This includes rural route and box number address and highway contract route addresses, etc., which may include a box number, post office boxes and drawers, and general delivery. Nonvisible feature – The Census Bureau defines a nonvisible feature as one that is not visible on the ground and/or in imagery such as a city or county boundary through space, a property line, or line-of-sight extension of a road. U.S. Census Bureau 2020 Census PSAP Standard GUPS Respondent Guide A-5 Participant Statistical Areas Program (PSAP) – A Census Bureau program offered every 10 years that allows identified participants, following established criteria and guidelines, to review and update existing statistical geographies and delineate new statistical geographies as appropriate. The standard statistical geographies include census tracts, block groups, census designated places, and census county divisions. Place – A concentration of population either legally bound as an incorporated place or identified by the Census Bureau as a census designated place. PSAP official liaison – A person at the PSAP participating government or organization identified to serve as the primary point of contact for PSAP. PSAP technical contact – A person serving as the technical point of contact for a PSAP participant that likely conducts the actual program work using the Census Bureau’s Geographic Update Partnership Software (GUPS) or paper maps (for tribal participants). Regional Census Center (RCC) – Temporary offices set up approximately two years prior to the decennial census. The geographic staff from the Regional Offices are assigned to their respective RCC and assist with the execution of various geographic operations as well as provide support for the field operations conducted during the decennial. Regional Office (RO) – One of the permanent Census Bureau offices responsible for the Census Bureau’s office and field operations within its region. Retracting – The Census Bureau defines retracting as substantially changing the boundaries of a census tract so that comparability over decades is lost. Shapefile – Digital representations of geographic features, such as roads and boundaries used to create maps. A shapefile stores non-topological geometry and attribute information for the spatial features in a dataset. The Census Bureau provides county-based shapefiles in Esri shapefile format. Special use census tract/block group – A type of census tract or block group designated as a specific use type (e.g., state park or large lake) and has an official name (e.g. Cleburne State Park or Lake Minnetonka). Special use geographies should contain no (or very little) population or housing, and must not create a noncontiguous census tract/block group. Standard statistical geographic entity (standard statistical geographies) – A geographic entity specifically defined and delineated (census tract, block group, census designated place, census county division) so that the Census Bureau may tabulate data for it. Designation as a statistical entity neither conveys nor confers legal ownership, entitlement, or jurisdictional authority. Street segment – The portion of a street or road between two features that intersect that street or road, such as, other streets or roads, railroad tracks, streams, and governmental unit boundaries. The Census Bureau records the known address ranges for every street segment with city-style addresses. Topologically Integrated Geographic Encoding and Referencing (TIGER)—The Census Bureau’s digital map, including the geographic coordinates and names of streets, water features, other linear features, and boundaries for all jurisdictions and statistical areas that provide the U.S. Census Bureau 2020 Census PSAP Standard GUPS Respondent Guide A-6 geospatial framework for collecting and tabulating census data. TIGER also contains the structure coordinates of address records in the Master Address File (MAF) and address ranges along street features used for geocoding MAF records to census geography. Visible feature – The Census Bureau defines a visible feature as one that can be seen on the ground and/or in imagery. Visible features include a street, railroad tract, major above ground transmission line or pipeline, stream, shoreline, fence, distinctly defined mountain ridge, or cliff. A non-standard visible feature is a visible feature that may not be clearly defined on the ground (such as a ridgeline), may be seasonal (such as an intermittent stream), or may be relatively impermanent (such as a fence). The Census Bureau generally requests verification that nonstandard visible features used for statistical geographies pose no problem during fieldwork necessary to conduct a census or survey. U.S. Census Bureau 2020 Census PSAP Standard GUPS Respondent Guide A-7 APPENDIX B. 2020 CENSUS PSAP CRITERIA The population and housing unit criteria for the standard statistical geographies in the 2020 Census PSAP. In Part One: of the Respondent Guide, individual tables reflect each of the geographies separately. This table shows the four standard statistical geographies and their associated population and housing criteria in one table, with the exception of the special use census tracts and block groups. The criteria for special use geographies is located in the respective chapters for census tracts and block groups. Table 62: Standard Statistical Geographies and their Population and Housing Criteria Standard statistical Nests Within Population Criteria Housing Unit Criteria geography Census tracts County Optimum 4,000 Optimum 1,600 Minimum 1,200 Minimum 480 Maximum Block groups Census Tract Census designated places (CDPs) State Census county divisions (CCDs) County U.S. Census Bureau 8,000 Optimum 1,500 Minimum 600 Maximum 3,000 A CDP cannot have zero population and zero housing units. None 2020 Census PSAP Standard GUPS Respondent Guide Maximum 3,200 Optimum None Minimum 240 Maximum 1,200 A CDP cannot have zero population and zero housing units. None B-1 APPENDIX C. PSAP HISTORICAL BACKGROUND History of Census Tracts In 1905, Dr. Walter Laidlaw originated the concept of permanent, small geographic areas as a framework for studying change from one decennial census to another in neighborhoods within New York City. For the 1910 Census, eight cities—New York, Baltimore, Boston, Chicago, Cleveland, Philadelphia, Pittsburgh, and St. Louis—delineated census tracts (then termed “districts”) for the first time. No additional jurisdictions delineated census tracts until just prior to the 1930 Census, when an additional ten cities chose to do so. The increased interest in census tracts for the 1930 Census is attributed to the promotional efforts of Howard Whipple Green, who was a statistician in Cleveland, Ohio, and later the chairman of the American Statistical Association's Committee on Census Enumeration Areas. For more than twenty-five years, Mr. Green strongly encouraged local citizens, via committees, to establish census tracts and other census statistical geographic areas. The committees created by local citizens were known as Census Tract Committees, later called Census Statistical Areas Committees. After 1930, the Census Bureau saw the need to standardize the delineation, review, and updating of census tracts and published the first set of census tract criteria in 1934. The goal of the criteria has remained unchanged; that is, to assure comparability and data reliability through the standardization of the population thresholds for census tracts, as well as requiring that their boundaries follow specific types of geographic features that do not change frequently. The Census Bureau began publishing census tract data as part of its standard tabulations beginning with the 1940 Census. Prior to that time, census tract data were published as special tabulations. For the 1940 Census, the Census Bureau began publishing census block data for all cities with 50,000 or more people. Census block numbers were assigned, where possible, by census tract, but for those cities that had not yet delineated census tracts, “block areas” (called “block numbering areas” [BNAs] in later censuses) were created to assign census block numbers. Starting with the 1960 Census, the Census Bureau assumed a greater role in promoting and coordinating the delineation, review, and update of census tracts. For the 1980 Census, criteria for BNAs were changed to make them more comparable in size and shape to census tracts. For the 1990 Census, all counties contained either census tracts or BNAs. Census 2000 was the first decade in which census tracts were defined in all counties. In addition, the Census Bureau increased the number of geographic areas whose boundaries could be used as census tract boundaries. It also allowed tribal governments of federally recognized American Indian tribes with a reservation and/or off-reservation trust lands to delineate tracts without regard to state and/or county boundaries, provided the tribe had a 1990 Census population of at least 1,000. For the 2010 Census, the Census Bureau adopted changes to census tract criteria that recognized their utility as a framework of small geographic areas for presenting and analyzing statistical and other data for a variety of communities, settlement patterns, and landscapes. The Census Bureau augmented its minimum, maximum, and optimum population threshold with housing unit thresholds for use in defining census tracts for seasonal communities that have no or low population on census day (April 1). In addition, the Census Bureau formalized U.S. Census Bureau 2020 Census PSAP Standard GUPS Respondent Guide C-1 criteria for census tracts defined for employment centers, airports, parks, large water bodies, and other special land uses that had been permitted in previous decades, but never specified within the criteria. The Census Bureau also established tribal census tracts as a geographic framework defined within federally recognized American Indian reservations and offreservation trust lands that is fully separate from the standard census tracts defined within counties. History of Block Groups The Census Bureau first delineated block groups as statistical geographic divisions of census tracts for the 1970 Census, comprising contiguous combinations of census blocks for data presentation purposes. At that time, census block groups only existed in urbanized areas in with census blocks. Defined without regard to political and administrative boundaries, block groups contained an average population of 1,000, and were approximately equal in area. As use of census block, block group, and census tract data increased among data users, the Census Bureau expanded these programs to cover additional geographic areas while redefining the population threshold criteria to more adequately suit data users’ needs. The 1990 Census was the first decennial census in which census blocks and block groups were defined throughout the entirety of the United States, Puerto Rico, and the Island Areas. For the 2000 Census, the Census Bureau increased the number of geographic areas whose boundaries could be used as block group boundaries, and allowed tribal governments of federally recognized American Indian tribes with a reservation and/or off-reservation trust lands to delineate tribal block groups without regard to state and/or county boundaries, provided the tribe had a 1990 Census population of at least 1,000. For the 2010 Census, the Census Bureau adopted changes to block group criteria that recognized their utility as a framework of small geographic areas for presenting and analyzing statistical and other data for a variety of communities, settlement patterns, and landscapes. The Census Bureau augmented its minimum and maximum population threshold with housing unit thresholds for use in defining block groups for seasonal communities that have no or low population on census day (April 1). In addition, the Census Bureau formalized criteria for block groups defined for employment centers, airports, parks, large water bodies, and other special land uses permitted in previous decades, but never specified within the criteria. The Census Bureau also established tribal block groups as a geographic framework defined within federally recognized American Indian reservations and off-reservation trust lands that is fully separate from the standard block groups defined within counties. History of Census Designated Places (CDPs) In response to data user needs for place-level data, the CDP concept and delineation criteria have evolved over the past seven decades. This evolution has taken into account differences in the way in which places were perceived, and the propensity for places to incorporate in various states. Over time, the result has been an increase in the number and types of unincorporated communities identified as CDPs, as well as an increasing consistency in the relationship between the CDP concept and the kinds of places encompassed by the incorporated place category, or a compromise between localized perceptions of place and a concept that would be familiar to data users throughout the United States, Puerto Rico, and the Island Areas. U.S. Census Bureau 2020 Census PSAP Standard GUPS Respondent Guide C-2 Although not as numerous as incorporated places, CDPs have been important geographic entities since their introduction for the 1950 Census (CDPs were referred to as “unincorporated places” from 1950 through the 1970 decennial censuses). For the 1950 Census, CDPs were defined only outside urbanized areas and were required to have at least 1,000 residents. For the 1960 Census, CDPs could also be identified inside urbanized areas outside of New England, but these were required to have at least 10,000 residents. The Census Bureau modified the population threshold within urbanized areas to 5,000 residents in 1970, allowed for CDPs in urbanized areas in New England in 1980, and lowered the threshold for CDPs within urbanized areas to 2,500 in 1990. In time, other population thresholds were adopted for identification of CDPs in Alaska, Puerto Rico, the Island Areas, and on American Indian reservations (AIRs). The Census Bureau eliminated all population threshold requirements for Census 2000, achieving consistency between CDPs and incorporated places, for which the Census Bureau historically has published data without regard to population size. According to the 2010 Census, more than 38.7 million people in the United States, Puerto Rico, and the Island Areas lived in CDPs. The relative importance of CDPs varies from state to state depending on laws governing municipal incorporation and annexation, but also depending on local preferences and attitudes regarding the identification of places. History of Census County Divisions (CCDs) When CCDs were introduced prior to the 1950 Census, few alternatives were available for the provision of statistical data related to relatively stable, subcounty geographic units. Census tracts were defined in only a subset of metropolitan area counties. MCDs existed in all counties, but in some states, MCD boundaries changed frequently enough that they were not useful for comparing statistical data from one decade to another. For much of the period from the 1950 Census through the 1980 Census, county subdivisions (MCDs and CCDs) provided the only subcounty unit of geography at which data users could obtain statistical data for complete coverage of counties nationwide. The introduction of block numbering areas (BNAs) in counties without census tracts for the 1990 Census offered an alternate subcounty entity for which data could be tabulated. For Census 2000, the Census Bureau introduced census tracts nationwide (in many counties, BNAs were simply relabeled as “census tracts”), increasing the dissemination of, and ability to analyze, data at the census tract level, and providing an alternative set of subcounty statistical geographic areas in each county in addition to MCDs and CCDs. Nevertheless, CCDs and MCDs remain useful for presenting subcounty statistics and, in less populous counties containing only one or two census tracts, can provide greater spatial resolution when analyzing the distribution of population and characteristics. U.S. Census Bureau 2020 Census PSAP Standard GUPS Respondent Guide C-3 APPENDIX D. COUNTY SUBDIVISIONS MAP U.S. Census Bureau 2020 Census PSAP Standard GUPS Respondent Guide D-1 APPENDIX E. SUPPLEMENTAL SOURCES FOR PSAP REVIEW This section describes four supplemental sources to consider using while performing PSAP review: TIGERweb, American Indian Areas layer, area landmark and point landmark layers, and parcel boundaries. Not all of these sources may be available or applicable to each participants’ universe of counties. TIGERweb The Census Bureau’s TIGERweb online map viewer, located at , allows participants to view the Census Bureau's 2010 census geographies layers outside of the GUPS environment. TIGERweb allows viewing, at street level detail, features such as roads, waterways, and county, place/city, CDP, census tracts, block groups and other boundaries, and satellite imagery. Participants may find this additional tool beneficial to visualize the 2010 census tracts and block groups for comparison to their 2020 proposed plan in order to verify the changes or determine if there is a need to make additional changes. Because it resides outside of GUPS, participants can open TIGERweb in a separate window or on a second, dual monitor for a side-by-side visual comparison. Follow the steps in Table 63 for instructions on accessing and using TIGERweb. Table 63: Steps to Display the TIGERweb Online Map Viewer Step Action and Result Step 1 Navigate to the TIGERweb web site located at: . TIGERweb currently supports Microsoft Internet Explorer, Mozilla Firefox, Opera, and Google Chrome internet browsers. Step 2 Click the TIGERweb Applications tab. Step 3 Click the TIGERweb link under the orange TIGERweb Applications tab on the left side of the screen. Do not click the TIGERweb Decennial link. The built-in user guide is located by clicking the “Help/About” icon in the upper right corner of the TIGERweb window. U.S. Census Bureau 2020 Census PSAP Standard GUPS Respondent Guide E-1 Step Step 4 Action and Result After opening TIGERweb the map display, navigation tools, the Layers panel, a legend, and map vintage becomes visible. The Layers panel shows the list of available features and geographic areas. Several display upon startup organized into separate groups, called map services. The geographic type forms the basis of the groupings. Expand each map service by clicking on the ‘+’ symbol to see all of the available layers that include physical features such as roads and water features, as well as legal and statistical boundaries, census blocks and incorporated places. Limit the amount of data on the map by selecting only the applicable types of linear features and geographic entities. Click on the ‘+’ sign to expand a map layer and view the ‘Slider’ tool to make the layer more or less transparent. U.S. Census Bureau 2020 Census PSAP Standard GUPS Respondent Guide E-2 Step 5 The Select Vintage from the drop-down menu in the Layers panel shows the vintages of TIGERweb geographies that are available for display in the application. Select Census 2010 to view the 2010 geographies. Click on the ‘+’ sign next to each map service in the Layers panel to expand the map service and view the layers within it. This example shows the selection of the Transportation, Tribal Census Tracts and Block Groups, American India, Alaska Native, and Native Hawaiian Areas, and Hydrography map layers. The features and geographic areas contained in the map services do not immediately appear because each layer has a range of zoom levels at which it will display. In other words, visibility of layers is scale dependent. More details appear when zooming in on the map. Table 64 provides a summary of many of TIGERweb tools and functionality. U.S. Census Bureau 2020 Census PSAP Standard GUPS Respondent Guide E-3 Table 64: TIGERweb Tools and Functions Step Step 1 Action and Result The vertical Zoom In Scale Bar, shown on the left. Click on the ‘+’ to zoom in for more detail or click on the ‘-’ to zoom out for less detail. By rolling the wheel on the computer’s mouse, participants can zoom in or zoom out from the current scale. Note: At Zoom level 6, counties appear; at zoom level 9, Census Tracts and Places appear, at zoom level 10, Roads and Railroads appear, and at zoom level 13, Block Groups appear. Step 2 Step 3 U.S. Census Bureau Click the Legend tool at the top of the screen to view the Detailed Legend and layers symbology. Click the Detailed Legend to see at what zoom level the layer and labels appear. 2020 Census PSAP Standard GUPS Respondent Guide E-4 Step Step 4 Step 5 Action and Result Click off the Legend and back in the Layers panel to turn them on or off to display boundaries for only active layers. The example shows the Census Block Groups and Census Blocks unchecked. One of the easiest ways to determine information for any given entity is to use the Identify button along the top right of the TIGERweb window. After zooming into the area of interest, click the Identify button and then click anywhere inside of the tribal entity displayed on the screen. The Task Results window populates with Identify Results with all of the information about the exact area clicked. Step 6 TIGERweb allows PSAP participants to quickly locate an entity visually using the Zoom In tool or by using the Query button to search for a census tract or block group by its geographic ID, also known as its GEOID. To locate a 2010 Census Tract: Select the Query button along the top right of the TIGERweb window. From the Select Map drop-down menu, select Census Tracts and Blocks. U.S. Census Bureau 2020 Census PSAP Standard GUPS Respondent Guide E-5 Step Action and Result Step 7 Select to highlight the Census Tracts from the Select Layer(s) list. Enter the census tracts GEOID number to locate. The GEOID is an 11-digit number that represent the following: two-digit State FIPS code followed with the three-digit County FIPS code and then the six-digit census tract code (e.g.“01001020100” is the numeric GEOID of census tract 0201.00 in 01001). Click Submit. Step 8 To locate a 2010 Block Group: Execute the same steps described above, except from the Census Tracts and Blocks menu select the Census Block Groups from the Select Layer(s) list. Enter the block group’s GEOID number. The block group GEOID is a 12-digit number that represent the following: two-digit State FIPS code followed with the three-digit County FIPS code followed with the six-digit census tract code and the one-digit block group code (e.g., “010010201001” is the numeric GEOID of block group 1 in 01001, census tract 0201.00). Click Submit. U.S. Census Bureau 2020 Census PSAP Standard GUPS Respondent Guide E-6 Step Step 9 Step 10 Action and Result Click the Query Results tab to the left of the map. TIGERweb displays the result(s) of the query. If participants click the value within the query result section, TIGERweb displays the Info panel containing attribute data for the queried entity. Minimize or close the Info panel by clicking on the “-“ or “X” symbols in the top right of the Info panel, respectively. TIGERweb displays the selected entity (block group 010010201001) highlighted in the center of the map. Step 11 U.S. Census Bureau Change the transparency of each layer within the Layers panel by moving the sliding bar below the layer name to the left or right. 2020 Census PSAP Standard GUPS Respondent Guide E-7 Step Step 12 Step 13 Action and Result TIGERweb allows users to select landmass, satellite imagery, or terrain as a background of the map display from the upper right corner of the map view. The Landmass displays by default when opening TIGERweb. To change options, click the button to toggle through all three choices. Select the Satellite button to display satellite imagery. Click the Print button when using TIGERweb to print and save a map. The PRINT window displays. From the PRINT window, select a Map Title, Map Layout, Map Format, then Click the Generate Map to create a map and print. With the tools and functionality described above, participants can navigate their working county outside of GUPS and may find this easier for comparison sake. American Indian Areas Layer The American Indian Areas layer within GUPS provides a supplemental source for understanding what entities cause tracts to code in the 94XX range and can serve as a very strong legal feature for establishing and correcting tract and block group boundaries. U.S. Census Bureau 2020 Census PSAP Standard GUPS Respondent Guide E-8 Note: This layer will not exist within GUPS for counties without an American Indian Area. Although tribal statistical geography falls under a different universe for review, the 94XX code series is reserved for standard census tracts that are delineated either within or primarily to cover an American Indian Reservation or off-reservation trust land while also adhering to the standard census tract criteria. Some areas of the country, primarily in the Southwest, have counties with the majority of tracts coded to the 94XX range. Major changes to reservation areas happen infrequently, so the Census Bureau does not anticipate that PSAP will produce any new 94XX coded tracts. IMPORTANT: 94XX are not tribal tracts but a special use area with a type denoted as tribal. Tribal tracts are a part of a distinct system, separate from standard census geography. Area and Point Landmark Layers As a tool for determining whether a census tract or block group could be a special land use area, it can sometimes be helpful to activate the area landmark (arealm) or point landmark (pointlm) layers within GUPS. While providing a useful visual, many landmarks do not qualify as special use areas because of their areal extent. Additionally, existing landmarks may not have any distinguishing features in aerial imagery to help with drawing boundaries and may not necessarily map to the extent of the special land use geographic entity. As a supplemental layer, area landmarks give participants another tool to describe a special land use area that is apparent directly from the visible land use characteristics. Parcel Boundaries In some situations, non-visible, legal, linear features can be preferred as boundaries for census tracts and block groups. At the smallest scale, participants can use parcel boundaries for reference to developments or contiguous personal plots if no other solution for splitting an area is present. Parcel boundaries are particularly useful when working census tracts that contain neighborhoods characterized by cul-de-sacs that form ‘dangling’ edges in the database, meaning that there is frequently not a closed circuit of visible features available to connect all of the housing units associated with the development. Participants with access to digital map data for parcels can utilize the Manage Layers toolbar to add in external data. Review Section 8.4.3 for details on using the specific buttons with respect to the local data type. U.S. Census Bureau 2020 Census PSAP Standard GUPS Respondent Guide E-9 APPENDIX F. MAF/TIGER FEATURE CLASSIFICATION CODES The MAF/TIGER Feature Classification Code (MTFCC) is a 5-digit code assigned by the Census Bureau to classify and describe geographic objects or features in Census Bureau MAF/TIGER products. GUPS participants may need these codes if they edit existing or add new linear features for creating new statistical boundaries. An electronic list of MTFCCs is located within the technical documentation for the TIGER/Line Shapefiles on the Census Bureau’s website . Within that specific documentation, it is Appendix E. MTFCC C3022 C3023 C3024 C3026 C3027 C3061 C3062 C3066 C3067 C3071 C3074 C3075 C3076 C3077 C3078 C3079 C3080 U.S. Census Bureau Table 65: MTFCC and Descriptions Feature Class Description Mountain Peak or A prominent elevation rising above the surrounding level of the Summit Earth’s surface. Island An area of dry or relatively dry land surrounded by water or low wetland [including archipelago, atoll, cay, hammock, hummock, isla, isle, key, moku and rock]. Levee An embankment flanking a stream or other flowing water feature to prevent overflow. Quarry (not water-filled), An area from which commercial minerals are or were removed Open Pit Mine or Mine from the Earth; not including an oilfield or gas field. Dam A barrier built across the course of a stream to impound water and/or control water flow. Cul-de-sac An expanded paved area at the end of a street used by vehicles for turning around. For mapping purposes, the Census Bureau maps it only as a point feature. Traffic Circle A circular intersection allowing for continuous movement of traffic at the meeting of roadways. Gate A movable barrier across a road. Toll Booth A structure or barrier where a fee is collected for using a road. Lookout Tower A manmade structure, higher than its diameter, used for observation. Lighthouse Beacon A manmade structure, higher than its diameter, used for transmission of light and possibly sound generally to aid in navigation. Tank/Tank Farm One or more manmade structures, each higher than its diameter, used for liquid (other than water) or gas storage or for distribution activities. Windmill Farm One or more manmade structures used to generate power from the wind. Solar Farm One or more manmade structures used to generate power from the sun. Monument or Memorial A manmade structure to educate, commemorate, or memorialize an event, person, or feature. Boundary Monument A material object placed on or near a boundary line to preserve Point and identify the location of the boundary line on the ground. Survey Control Point A point on the ground whose position (horizontal or vertical) is known and can be used as a base for additional survey work. 2020 Census PSAP Standard GUPS Respondent Guide F-1 MTFCC C3081 Feature Class Locality Point C3085 Alaska Native Village Official Point American Indian Area G2100 G2120 G2130 Hawaiian Home Land Alaska Native Village Statistical Area G2140 Oklahoma Tribal Statistical Area G2150 State-designated Tribal Statistical Area G2160 Tribal Designated Statistical Area G2170 American Indian Joint Use Area Alaska Native Regional Corporation G2200 G2300 Tribal Subdivision G2400 Tribal Census Tract G2410 Tribal Block Group G3100 Combined Statistical Area U.S. Census Bureau Description A point that identifies the location and name of an unbounded locality (e.g., crossroad, community, populated place or locale). A point that serves as the core of an Alaska Native village and is used in defining Alaska Native village statistical areas. A legally defined state- or federally recognized reservation and/or off-reservation trust land (excludes statistical American Indian Areas). A legal area held in trust for the benefit of Native Hawaiians. A statistical geographic entity that represents the residences, permanent and/or seasonal, for Alaska Natives who are members of or receiving governmental services from the defining legal Alaska Native Village corporation. A statistical entity identified and delineated by the Census Bureau in consultation with federally recognized American Indian tribes that have no current reservation, but had a former reservation in Oklahoma. A statistical geographic entity identified and delineated for the Census Bureau by a state-appointed liaison for a staterecognized American Indian tribe that does not currently have a reservation and/or lands in trust. A statistical geographic entity identified and delineated for the Census Bureau by a federally recognized American Indian tribe that does not currently have a reservation and/or offreservation trust land. An area administered jointly and/or claimed by two or more American Indian tribes. Corporate entities established to conduct both business and nonprofit affairs of Alaska Natives pursuant to the Alaska Native Claims Settlement Act of 1972 (Public Law 92-203). There are twelve geographically defined ANRCs and they are all within and cover most of the State of Alaska (the Annette Island Reserve-an American Indian reservation-is excluded from any ANRC). The boundaries of ANRCs have been legally established. Administrative subdivisions of federally recognized American Indian reservations, off-reservation trust lands, or Oklahoma tribal statistical areas (OTSAs). These entities are internal units of self-government or administration that serve social, cultural, and/or economic purposes for the American Indians on the reservations, off-reservation trust lands, or OTSAs. A relatively small and permanent statistical subdivision of a federally recognized American Indian reservation and/or offreservation trust land, delineated by American Indian tribal participants or the Census Bureau for the purpose of presenting demographic data. A cluster of census blocks within a single tribal census tract delineated by American Indian tribal participants or the Census Bureau for the purpose of presenting demographic data. A grouping of adjacent metropolitan and/or micropolitan statistical areas that have a degree of economic and social integration, as measured by commuting. 2020 Census PSAP Standard GUPS Respondent Guide F-2 MTFCC G3110 Feature Class Metropolitan and Micropolitan Statistical Area G3120 Metropolitan Division G3200 Combined New England City and Town Area G3210 New England City and Town Metropolitan and Micropolitan Statistical Area G3220 New England City and Town Division G3500 Urban Area G4000 State or Equivalent Feature G4020 County or Equivalent Feature G4040 County Subdivision G4050 Estate G4060 G4110 Subbarrio (Subminor Civil Division) Incorporated Place G4120 Consolidated City U.S. Census Bureau Description An area containing a substantial population nucleus together with adjacent communities having a high degree of economic and social integration with that core, as measured by commuting. Defined using whole counties and equivalents. A county or grouping of counties that is a subdivision of a Metropolitan Statistical Area containing an urbanized area with a population of 2.5 million or more. A grouping of adjacent New England city and town areas that have a degree of economic and social integration, as measured by commuting. An area containing a substantial population nucleus together with adjacent communities having a high degree of economic and social integration with that core, as measured by commuting. Defined using Minor Civil Divisions (MCDs) in New England. A grouping of cities and towns in New England that is a subdivision of a New England City and Town Area containing an urbanized area with a population of 2.5 million or more. Densely settled territory that contains at least 2,500 people. The subtypes of this feature are Urbanized Area (UA), which consists of 50,000 + people and Urban Cluster, which ranges between 2,500 and 49,999 people. The primary governmental divisions of the United States. The District of Columbia is treated as a statistical equivalent of a state for census purposes, as is Puerto Rico. The primary division of a state or state equivalent area. The primary divisions of 48 states are termed County, but other terms are used such as Borough in Alaska, Parish in Louisiana, and Municipio in Puerto Rico. This feature includes independent cities, which are incorporated places that are not part of any county. The primary divisions of counties and equivalent features for the reporting of Census Bureau data. The subtypes of this feature are Minor Civil Division, Census County Division/Census Subarea, and Unorganized Territory. This feature includes independent places, which are incorporated places that are not part of any county subdivision. Estates are subdivisions of the three major islands in the United States Virgin Islands (USVI). Legally defined divisions (subbarrios) of minor civil divisions (barrios-pueblo and barrios) in Puerto Rico. A legal entity incorporated under state law to provide generalpurpose governmental services to a concentration of population. Incorporated places are generally designated as a city, borough, municipality, town, village, or, in a few instances, have no legal description. An incorporated place that has merged governmentally with a county or minor civil division, but one or more of the incorporated places continues to function within the consolidation. It is a place that contains additional separately incorporated places. 2020 Census PSAP Standard GUPS Respondent Guide F-3 MTFCC G4210 Feature Class Census Designated Place G4300 Economic Census Place G5020 Census Tract G5030 Block Group G5035 Block Area Grouping G5040 Tabulation Block G5200 Congressional District G5210 State Legislative District (Upper Chamber G5220 State Legislative District (Lower Chamber) G5240 Voting District G5400 Elementary School District Secondary School District G5410 U.S. Census Bureau Description A statistical area defined for a named concentration of population and the statistical counterpart of an incorporated place. The lowest level of geographic area for presentation of some types of Economic Census data. It includes incorporated places, consolidated cities, census designated places (CDPs), minor civil divisions (MCDs) in selected states, and balances of MCDs or counties. An incorporated place, CDP, MCD, or balance of MCD qualifies as an economic census place if it contains 5,000 or more residents, or 5,000 or more jobs, according to the most current data available. Relatively permanent statistical subdivisions of a County or equivalent feature delineated by local participants as part of the Census Bureau’s Participant Statistical Areas Program. A cluster of census blocks having the same first digit of their four-digit identifying numbers within a Census Tract. For example, block group 3 (BG 3) within a Census Tract includes all blocks numbered from 3000 to 3999. A user-defined group of islands forming a single census tabulation block. A BAG must: (1) consist of two or more islands, (2) have a perimeter entirely over water, (3) not overlap, and (4) not cross the boundary of other tabulation geographies, such as county or incorporated place boundaries. The lowest-order census defined statistical area. It is an area, such as a city block, bounded primarily by physical features but sometimes by invisible city or property boundaries. A tabulation block boundary does not cross the boundary of any other geographic area for which the Census Bureau tabulates data. The subtypes of this feature are Count Question Resolution (CQR), current, and census. The 435 areas from which people are elected to the U.S. House of Representatives. Additional equivalent features exist for state equivalents with nonvoting delegates or no representative. The subtypes of this feature are 106th, 107th, 108th, 109th, and 111th Congressional Districts, plus subsequent Congresses. Areas established by a state or equivalent government from which members are elected to the upper or unicameral chamber of a state governing body. The upper chamber is the senate in a bicameral legislature, and the unicameral case is a single house legislature (Nebraska). Areas established by a state or equivalent government from which members are elected to the lower chamber of a state governing body. The lower chamber is the House of Representatives in a bicameral legislature. The generic name for the geographic features, such as precincts, wards, and election districts, established by state, local, and tribal governments for the purpose of conducting elections. A geographic area within which officials provide public elementary grade-level educational services for residents. A geographic area within which officials provide public secondary grade-level educational services for residents. 2020 Census PSAP Standard GUPS Respondent Guide F-4 MTFCC G5420 Feature Class Unified School District G6120 Public-Use Microdata Area G6300 Traffic Analysis District G6320 Traffic Analysis Zone G6330 Urban Growth Area G6350 G6400 ZIP Code Tabulation Area (Five-Digit) Commercial Region H1100 Connector H2025 Swamp/Marsh H2030 H2040 H2041 H2051 Lake/Pond Reservoir Treatment Pond Bay/Estuary/Gulf/Sound H2053 H2060 H2081 Ocean/Sea Gravel Pit/Quarry filled with water Glacier H3010 Stream/River H3013 Braided Stream H3020 Canal, Ditch or Aqueduct K1225 Crew-of-Vessel Location U.S. Census Bureau Description A geographic area within which officials provide public educational services for all grade levels for residents. A decennial census area with a population of at least 100,000 or more persons for which the Census Bureau provides selected extracts of household-level data that are screened to protect confidentiality. An area delineated by Metropolitan Planning Organizations (MPOs) and state Departments of Transportation (DOTs) for tabulating journey-to-work and place-of-work data. A Traffic Analysis District (TAD) consists of one or more Traffic Analysis Zones (TAZs). An area delineated by Metropolitan Planning Organizations (MPOs) and state Departments of Transportation (DOTs) for tabulating journey-to-work and place-of-work data. An area defined under state authority to manage urbanization that the Census Bureau includes in the MAF/TIGER® System in agreement with the state. An approximate statistical-area representation of a U.S. Postal Service (USPS) 5-digit ZIP Code service area. For the purpose of presenting economic statistical data, municipios in Puerto Rico are grouped into commercial regions. A known, but nonspecific, hydrographic connection between two nonadjacent water features. A poorly drained wetland, fresh or saltwater, wooded or grassy, possibly covered with open water [includes bog, cienega, marais and pocosin]. A standing body of water that is surrounded by land. An artificially impounded body of water. An artificial body of water built to treat fouled water. A body of water partly surrounded by land [includes arm, bight, cove and inlet]. The great body of salt water that covers much of the earth. A body of water in a place or area from which commercial minerals were removed from the Earth. A body of ice moving outward and down slope from an area of accumulation. An area of relatively permanent snow or ice on the top or side of a mountain or mountainous area [includes ice field and ice patch]. A natural flowing waterway [includes anabranch, awawa, branch, brook, creek, distributary, fork, kill, pup, rio, and run]. A natural flowing waterway with an intricate network of interlacing channels. An artificial waterway constructed to transport water, to irrigate or drain land, to connect two or more bodies of water, or to serve as a waterway for watercraft [includes lateral]. A point or area in which the population of military or merchant marine vessels at sea are assigned, usually being at or near the home port pier. 2020 Census PSAP Standard GUPS Respondent Guide F-5 MTFCC K1231 K1235 Feature Class Hospital/Hospice/Urgent Care Facility Juvenile Institution K1236 Local Jail or Detention Center K1237 Federal Penitentiary, State Prison, or Prison Farm Other Correctional Institution K1238 K1239 K1246 K2110 Convent, Monastery, Rectory, Other Religious Group Quarters Community Center Military Installation K2165 Government Center K2167 Convention Center K2180 Park K2181 National Park Service Land National Forest or Other Federal Land K2182 K2183 Tribal Park, Forest, or Recreation Area K2184 State Park, Forest, or Recreation Area K2185 Regional Park, Forest, or Recreation Area K2186 County Park, Forest, or Recreation Area K2187 County Subdivision Park, Forest, or Recreation Area U.S. Census Bureau Description One or more structures where the sick or injured may receive medical or surgical attention [including infirmary]. A facility (correctional and non-correctional) where groups of juveniles reside; this includes training schools, detention centers, residential treatment centers and orphanages. One or more structures that serve as a place for the confinement of adult persons in lawful detention, administered by a local (county, municipal, etc.) government. An institution that serves as a place for the confinement of adult persons in lawful detention, administered by the federal government or a state government. One or more structures that serve as a place for the confinement of adult persons in lawful detention, not elsewhere classified or administered by a government of unknown jurisdiction. One or more structures intended for use as a residence for those having a religious vocation. Community Center. An area owned and/or occupied by the Department of Defense for use by a branch of the armed forces (such as the Army, Navy, Air Force, Marines, or Coast Guard), or a state owned area for the use of the National Guard. A place used by members of government (either federal, state, local, or tribal) for administration and public business. An exhibition hall or conference center with enough open space to host public and private business and social events. Parkland defined and administered by federal, state, and local governments. Area—National parks, National Monuments, and so forth— under the jurisdiction of the National Park Service. Land under the management and jurisdiction of the federal government, specifically including areas designated as National Forest, and excluding areas under the jurisdiction of the National Park Service. A place or area set aside for recreation or preservation of a cultural or natural resource and under the administration of an American Indian tribe. A place or area set aside for recreation or preservation of a cultural or natural resource and under the administration of a state government. A place or area set aside for recreation or preservation of a cultural or natural resource and under the administration of a regional government. A place or area set aside for recreation or preservation of a cultural or natural resource and under the administration of a county government. A place or area set aside for recreation or preservation of a cultural or natural resource and under the administration of a minor civil division (town/township) government. 2020 Census PSAP Standard GUPS Respondent Guide F-6 MTFCC K2188 K2191 Feature Class Incorporated Place Park, Forest, or Recreation Area Private Park, Forest, or Recreation Area Other Park, Forest, or Recreation Area (quasipublic, independent park, commission, etc.) Post Office K2193 K2194 K2195 K2196 K2400 Fire Department Police Station Library City/Town Hall Transportation Terminal K2424 K2432 Marina Pier/Dock K2451 Airport or Airfield K2452 Train Station, Trolley or Mass Transit Rail Station K2453 Bus Terminal K2454 Marine Terminal K2455 Seaplane Anchorage K2456 K2459 Airport—Intermodal Transportation Hub/Terminal Airport—Statistical Representation Park and Ride Facility/Parking Lot Runway/Taxiway K2460 Helicopter Landing Pad K2540 University or College K2189 K2190 K2457 K2458 U.S. Census Bureau Description A place or area set aside for recreation or preservation of a cultural or natural resource and under the administration of a municipal government. A privately owned place or area set aside for recreation or preservation of a cultural or natural resource. A place or area set aside for recreation or preservation of a cultural or natural resource and under the administration of some other type of government or agency such as an independent park authority or commission. An official facility of the U.S. Postal Service used for processing and distributing mail and other postal material. Fire Department. Police Station. Library. City/Town Hall. A facility where one or more modes of transportation can be accessed by people or for the shipment of goods; examples of such a facility include marine terminal, bus station, train station, airport and truck warehouse. A place where privately owned, light-craft are moored. A platform built out from the shore into the water and supported by piles. This platform may provide access to ships and boats, or it may be used for recreational purposes. A manmade facility maintained for the use of aircraft [including airstrip, landing field and landing strip]. A place where travelers can board and exit rail transit lines, including associated ticketing, freight, and other commercial offices. A place where travelers can board and exit mass motor vehicle transit, including associated ticketing, freight, and other commercial offices. A place where travelers can board and exit water transit or where cargo is handled, including associated ticketing, freight, and other commercial offices. A place where an airplane equipped with floats for landing on or taking off from a body of water can debark and load. A major air transportation facility where travelers can board and exit airplanes and connect with other (i.e. non-air) modes of transportation. The area of an airport adjusted to include whole 2000 census blocks used for the delineation of urban areas A place where motorists can park their cars and transfer to other modes of transportation. A fairly level and usually paved expanse used by airplanes for taking off and landing at an airport. A fairly level and usually paved expanse used by helicopters for taking off and landing. A building or group of buildings used as an institution for postsecondary study, teaching, and learning [including seminary]. 2020 Census PSAP Standard GUPS Respondent Guide F-7 MTFCC K2543 Feature Class School or Academy K2545 K2561 K2582 Museum, Visitor Center, Cultural Center, or Tourist Attraction Golf Course Cemetery K2586 Zoo K3544 Place of Worship L4010 Pipeline L4020 Powerline L4031 Aerial Tramway/Ski Lift L4110 Fence Line L4121 L4125 Ridge Line Cliff/Escarpment L4130 Point-to-Point Line L4140 Property/Parcel Line (Including PLSS) L4150 Coastline L4165 Ferry Crossing P0001 P0002 Nonvisible Linear Legal/Statistical Boundary Perennial Shoreline P0003 Intermittent Shoreline U.S. Census Bureau Description A building or group of buildings used as an institution for preschool, elementary or secondary study, teaching, and learning [including elementary school and high school]. An attraction of historical, cultural, educational or other interest that provides information or displays artifacts. A place designed for playing golf. A place or area for burying the dead [including burying ground and memorial garden]. A facility in which terrestrial and/or marine animals are confined within enclosures and displayed to the public for educational, preservation, and research purposes. A sanctified place or structure where people gather for religious worship; examples include church, synagogue, temple, and mosque. A long tubular conduit or series of pipes, often underground, with pumps and valves for flow control, used to transport fluid (e.g., crude oil, natural gas), especially over great distances. One or more wires, often on elevated towers, used for conducting high-voltage electric power. A conveyance that transports passengers or freight in carriers suspended from cables and supported by a series of towers. A manmade barrier enclosing or bordering a field, yard, etc., usually made of posts and wire or wood, used to prevent entrance, to confine, or to mark a boundary. The line of highest elevation along a ridge. A very steep or vertical slope [including bluff, crag, head, headland, nose, palisades, precipice, promontory, rim and rimrock]. A line defined as beginning at one location point and ending at another, both of which are in sight. This feature class may denote a nonvisible boundary of either public or private lands (e.g., a park boundary) or it may denote a Public Land Survey System or equivalent survey line. The line that separates either land or Inland water from Coastal, Territorial or Great Lakes water. Where land directly borders Coastal, Territorial or Great Lakes water, the shoreline represents the Coastline. Where Inland water (such as a river) flows into Coastal, Territorial or Great Lakes water, the closure line separating the Inland water from the other class of water represents the Coastline. The route used to carry or convey people or cargo back and forth over a waterbody in a boat. A legal/statistical boundary line that does not correspond to a shoreline or other visible feature on the ground. The more-or-less permanent boundary between land and water for a water feature that exists year-round. The boundary between land and water (when water is present) for a water feature that does not exist year-round. 2020 Census PSAP Standard GUPS Respondent Guide F-8 MTFCC P0004 R1011 Feature Class Other non-visible bounding Edge (e.g., Census water boundary, boundary of an aerial feature) Railroad Feature (Main, Spur, or Yard) R1051 Carline, Streetcar Track, Monorail, Other Mass Transit R1052 Cog Rail Line, Incline Rail Line, Tram S1100 Primary Road S1200 Secondary Road S1400 Local Neighborhood Road, Rural Road, City Street S1500 Vehicular Trail (4WD) S1630 Ramp S1640 S1710 Service Drive usually along a limited access highway Walkway/Pedestrian Trail S1720 Stairway S1730 Alley U.S. Census Bureau Description A bounding Edge that does not represent a legal/statistical boundary, and does not correspond to a shoreline or other visible feature on the ground. Many such Edges bound area landmarks, while many others separate water features from each other (e.g., where a bay meets the ocean). A line of fixed rails or tracks that carries mainstream railroad traffic. Such a rail line can be a main line or spur line, or part of a rail yard. Mass transit rail lines (including lines for rapid transit, monorails, streetcars, light rail, etc.) that are typically inaccessible to mainstream railroad traffic and whose tracks are not part of a road right-of-way. A special purpose rail line for climbing steep grades that is typically inaccessible to mainstream railroad traffic. Note that aerial tramways and streetcars (which may also be called “trams”) are accounted for by other MTFCCs and do not belong in R1052. Primary roads are generally divided, limited-access highways within the interstate highway system or under state management, and are distinguished by the presence of interchanges. These highways are accessible by ramps and may include some toll highways. Secondary roads are main arteries, usually in the U.S. Highway, State Highway or County Highway system. These roads have one or more lanes of traffic in each direction, may or may not be divided, and usually have at-grade intersections with many other roads and driveways. They often have both a local name and a route number. Generally, a paved non-arterial street, road, or byway that usually has a single lane of traffic in each direction. Roads in this feature class may be privately or publicly maintained. Scenic park roads would be included in this feature class, as would (depending on the region of the country) some unpaved roads. An unpaved dirt trail where a four-wheel drive vehicle is required. These vehicular trails are found almost exclusively in very rural areas. Minor, unpaved roads usable by ordinary cars and trucks belong in the S1400 category. A road that allows controlled access from adjacent roads onto a limited access highway, often in the form of a cloverleaf interchange. These roads are unaddressable and do not carry a name in the MAF/TIGER System. A road, usually paralleling a limited access highway, that provides access to structures along the highway. These roads can be named and may intersect with other roads. A path that is used for walking, being either too narrow for or legally restricted from vehicular traffic. A pedestrian passageway from one level to another by a series of steps. A service road that does not generally have associated addressed structures and is usually unnamed. It is located at the rear of buildings and properties and is used for deliveries. 2020 Census PSAP Standard GUPS Respondent Guide F-9 MTFCC S1740 S1780 S1820 Feature Class Private Road for service vehicles (logging, oil fields, ranches, etc.) Internal U.S. Census Bureau use Parking Lot Road Bike Path or Trail S1830 Bridle Path S2000 Road Median S1750 U.S. Census Bureau Description A road within private property that is privately maintained for service, extractive, or other purposes. These roads are often unnamed. Internal U.S. Census Bureau use. The main travel route for vehicles through a paved parking area. A path that is used for manual or small, motorized bicycles, being either too narrow for or legally restricted from vehicular traffic. A path that is used for horses, being either too narrow for or legally restricted from vehicular traffic. The unpaved area or barrier between the carriageways of a divided road. 2020 Census PSAP Standard GUPS Respondent Guide F-10 APPENDIX G. ACCEPTABLE LINEAR FEATURES FOR STATISTICAL BOUNDARIES Below is a list of linear features that make acceptable or questionable statistical geography boundaries. Refer to this list while reviewing existing boundaries, but also when creating new geographies or modifying existing boundaries. Except in instances described in Table 4 for nonvisible boundaries, this appendix is the source for the Census Bureau during their review of participant submissions. A complete list of MAF/TIGER Feature Classification Codes (MTFCCs) is located on the Census Bureau’s geography reference website: . Table 66: Acceptable Linear Features for Statistical Boundaries Feature Name MTFCC Acceptable Questionable Aerial Tramway/Ski Lift L4031 X Alley S1730 X Bike Path or Trail S1820 X Braided Stream H3013 X Bridle Path/Horse Trail S1830 X Canal, Ditch, or Aqueduct H3020 X (intermittent) Canal, Ditch, or Aqueduct H3020 X (perennial) Carline, Streetcar Track, R1051 X Monorail, Other Mass Transit Rail Cliff/Escarpment L4125 X Cog Rail Line, Incline Rail Line, R1052 X Tram Dam C3027 X Fence Line L4110 X Ferry Crossing L4165 X Intermittent Shoreline P0003 X Interstate Highway or Primary S1100 X Road with limited access Levee C3024 X Local Neighborhood Road, S1400 X Rural Road, City Street Parking Lot Road S1780 X Perennial Shoreline P0002 X Pier/Dock K2432 X Pipeline (above ground) L4010 X Point-to-Point Line L4130 X Power line (above ground, L4020 X high tension) U.S. Census Bureau 2020 Census PSAP Standard GUPS Respondent Guide G-1 Feature Name Primary Road without limited access, US Highway, State Highway, or County Highway, Secondary and connecting roads Private Driveway Private Road for service vehicles (logging, oil fields, ranches, etc.) Property/Parcel Line (PLSS, airport, airfield, military installation or other) Railroad Feature (Main, Spur, or Yard) Ridge Line Runway/Taxiway Service Drive/Service Road (usually along limited access highway) Stairway Stream/River (intermittent) Stream/River (perennial) Vehicular Trail (4WD) Walkway/Pedestrian Trail U.S. Census Bureau MTFCC S1200 Acceptable X Questionable S1750 S1740 X X L4140 X R1011 X L4121 K2459 S1640 X X X S1720 H3010 H3010 S1500 S1710 X X X 2020 Census PSAP Standard GUPS Respondent Guide X X G-2 APPENDIX H. STANDARD STREET TYPE ABBREVIATIONS The street name types and their abbreviations shown below provide background to PSAP participants that may need to add linear features in order to split statistical geographies. Use the standard street type abbreviations to assign the street type to any newly added linear features that are streets. Table 67: Standard Street Type Abbreviations Street Type Standard Abbreviation ALLEY ANEX ARCADE AVENUE BAYOU BEACH BEND BLUFF BLUFFS BOTTOM BOULEVARD BRANCH BRIDGE BROOK BROOKS BURG BURGS BYPASS CAMP CANYON CAPE CAUSEWAY CENTER CENTERS CIRCLE CIRCLES CLIFF CLIFFS CLUB COMMON COMMONS CORNER CORNERS COURSE COURT COURTS COVE COVES CREEK CRESCENT CREST CROSSING U.S. Census Bureau ALY ANX ARC AVE BYU BCH BND BLF BLFS BTM BLVD BR BRG BRK BRKS BG BGS BYP CP CYN CPE CSWY CTR CTRS CIR CIRS CLF CLFS CLB CMN CMNS COR CORS CRSE CT CTS CV CVS CRK CRES CRST XING 2020 Census PSAP Standard GUPS Respondent Guide H-1 U.S. Census Bureau Street Type Standard Abbreviation CROSSROAD CROSSROADS CURVE DALE DAM DIVIDE DRIVE DRIVES ESTATE ESTATES EXPRESSWAY EXTENSION EXTENSIONS FALL FALLS FERRY FIELD FIELDS FLAT FLATS FORD FORDS FOREST FORGE FORGES FORK FORKS FORT FREEWAY GARDEN GARDENS GATEWAY GLEN GLENS GREEN GREENS GROVE GROVES HARBOR HARBORS HAVEN HEIGHTS HIGHWAY HILL HILLS HOLLOW INLET ISLAND ISLANDS ISLE JUNCTION XRD XRDS CURV DL DM DV DR DRS EST ESTS EXPY EXT EXTS FALL FLS FRY FLD FLDS FLT FLTS FRD FRDS FRST FRG FRGS FRK FRKS FT FWY GDN GDNS GTWY GLN GLNS GRN GRNS GRV GRVS HBR HBRS HVN HTS HWY HL HLS HOLW INLT IS ISS ISLE JCT 2020 Census PSAP Standard GUPS Respondent Guide H-2 U.S. Census Bureau Street Type Standard Abbreviation JUNCTIONS KEY KEYS KNOLL KNOLLS LAKE LAKES LAND LANDING LANE LIGHT LIGHTS LOAF LOCK LOCKS LODGE LOOP MALL MANOR MANORS MEADOW MEADOWS MEWS MILL MILLS MISSION MOTORWAY MOUNT MOUNTAIN MOUNTAINS NECK ORCHARD OVAL OVERPASS PARK PARKS PARKWAY PARKWAYS PASS PASSAGE PATH PIKE PINE PINES PLACE PLAIN PLAINS PLAZA POINT POINTS PORT JCTS KY KYS KNL KNLS LK LKS LAND LNDG LN LGT LGTS LF LCK LCKS LDG LOOP MALL MNR MNRS MDW MDWS MEWS ML MLS MSN MTWY MT MTN MTNS NCK ORCH OVAL OPAS PARK PARK PKWY PKWY PASS PSGE PATH PIKE PNE PNES PL PLN PLNS PLZ PT PTS PRT 2020 Census PSAP Standard GUPS Respondent Guide H-3 U.S. Census Bureau Street Type Standard Abbreviation PORTS PRAIRIE RADIAL RAMP RANCH RAPID RAPIDS REST RIDGE RIDGES RIVER ROAD ROADS ROUTE ROW RUE RUN SHOAL SHOALS SHORE SHORES SKYWAY SPRING SPRINGS SPUR SPURS SQUARE SQUARES STATION STRAVENUE STREAM STREET STREETS SUMMIT TERRACE THROUGHWAY TRACE TRACK TRAFFICWAY TRAIL TRAILER TUNNEL TURNPIKE UNDERPASS UNION UNIONS VALLEY VALLEYS VIADUCT VIEW VIEWS PRTS PR RADL RAMP RNCH RPD RPDS RST RDG RDGS RIV RD RDS RTE ROW RUE RUN SHL SHLS SHR SHRS SKWY SPG SPGS SPUR SPUR SQ SQS STA STRA STRM ST STS SMT TER TRWY TRCE TRAK TRFY TRL TRLR TUNL TPKE UPAS UN UNS VLY VLYS VIA VW VWS 2020 Census PSAP Standard GUPS Respondent Guide H-4 U.S. Census Bureau Street Type Standard Abbreviation VILLAGE VILLAGES VILLE VISTA WALK WALKS WALL WAY WAYS WELL WELLS VLG VLGS VL VIS WALK WALK WALL WAY WAYS WL WLS 2020 Census PSAP Standard GUPS Respondent Guide H-5 APPENDIX I. SHAPEFILE NAMES County-based shapefiles exist for use within GUPS. Participants need not worry about opening these files independently from GUPS. The information in this section serves as basic metadata about the files used by GUPS. Not all files listed below appear in each county’s data. For example, the Consolidated Cities layer only exists in counties with that type of geography. PVS_18_v2__.shp, where is the number corresponding FIPS number for the state and county, (e.g. “24001” corresponds to Allegany County, Maryland) and is the abbreviation for the shapefile layer, describe in detail below. For example, PVS_18_v2_curtracts_24001.shp is the current census tract shapefile layer for Allegany County, Maryland. The source of the current census tracts is still the 2010 geography, but if spatial updates occurred to the 2010 census tracts, they exist in this layer, not the tract2010 layer. Files in this set of shapefiles correspond to the 2010 geographies vintage in GUPS. Table 68: County Shapefiles Names (PVS_18_v2_) Shapefile Layer American Indian Areas (AIA) – Legal aial American Indian Areas (AIA) – Statistical aias American Indian Tribal Subdivisions (AITS) - Legal aitsl American Indian Tribal Subdivisions (AITS) - Statistical aitss Alaska Native Regional Corporations (ANRC) – State 02 only anrc Area Landmark arealm Block Area Groups Block Groups bg Metropolitan Statistical Area/Metropolitan Statistical Area Census County Divisions Congressional Districts Census Designated Place cbsa ccd cd cdp Consolidated Cities concity Counties and Equivalent Areas county Census Tracts - Current All Lines curtracts edges Elementary School Districts elsd Topological Faces (2-cells with all geocodes) faces Hawaiian Home Lands (HHL) – State 15 only hhl County Subdivisions - Legal U.S. Census Bureau bag mcd New England City and Town Areas necta Offsets offset 2020 Census PSAP Standard GUPS Respondent Guide I-1 Shapefile Layer Incorporated Places Point Landmarks place pointlm 2010 Public Use Microdata Areas Secondary School Districts puma2010 scsd State Legislative Districts Lower sldl State Legislative Districts Upper sldu Subbarrios – State 72 only Census Blocks - Current 2010 Census Blocks submcd tabblock tabblock2010 2010 Traffic Analysis Delineation tad2010 2010 Traffic Analysis Zones taz2010 2010 Census Tracts tracts2010 Census Urban Areas uac Urban Growth Area uga Unified School Districts Hydrography - Area unsd water Relationship Tables Address Ranges addr Topological Faces - Area Landmark Relationship Topological Faces - Area Hydrography Relationship Linear Feature Names - Fielded areafaces hydrofaces allnames PVS_18_v3__.shp correspond to the 2020 proposed plans in GUPS. They follow the same naming convention as the v2 files. Only four layers exist for this version of shapefiles geography: block groups, census tracts, edges, and faces. Table 69: County Shapefile Names (PVS_18_v3_) Shapefile Layer Block Groups bg Census Tracts - Current curtracts All Lines edges Topological Faces (2-cells with all geocodes) faces Figure 24 shows an example of a Windows Explorer window with the PVS_18_v2 and PVS_18_v3 county shapefiles. U.S. Census Bureau 2020 Census PSAP Standard GUPS Respondent Guide I-2 Figure 24. Windows Explorer Example of County Shapefiles (v2 and v3) U.S. Census Bureau 2020 Census PSAP Standard GUPS Respondent Guide I-3 APPENDIX J. SHAPEFILE LAYOUTS This appendix includes several tables with the most common shapefiles used in 2020 Census PSAP and their file layout. Attribute Field FID Shape STATEFP COUNTYFP TLID TFIDL TFIDR MTFCC FIDELITY FULLNAME SMID SMIDTYPE BBSPFLG CBBFLG BBSP_2020 CHNG_TYPE JUSTIFY LTOADD RTOADD LFROMADD RFROMADD ZIPL ZIPR EXTTYP MTUPDATE RTTYP GUPS U.S. Census Bureau Table 70: Edges Shapefile (PVS_18_v2_edges) Length Type Description 10 Integer Feature ID 8 String Type of shape (Polyline) 2 String FIPS State code 3 String FIPS County code 10 Integer TIGER/Line Permanent Edge ID 10 Integer TIGER/Line Permanent Face ID (left) 10 Integer TIGER/Line Permanent Face ID (right) 5 String MAF/TIGER Feature Classification Code Indication to a respondent when their entity boundary 1 String has changed through spatial enhancement Decoded feature name with abbreviated qualifier, 40 String direction, and feature type 22 Double Spatial Tmeta ID 1 String Spatial type Redistricting Data Project participant’s submitted 1 String request of an EDGE for selection as a block boundary Indicates the status of an EDGE for a selection as a 1 String block boundary 1 String New BBSP flag 4 String Type of linear feature update 150 String Justification of change 10 String Left To address 10 String Right To address 10 String Left From address 10 String Right From address 5 String Left 5-digit ZIP Code 5 String Right 5-digit ZIP Code 1 String Extension type 10 Date Date of last MAF/TIGER update to the edge 1 String Route type 80 String Used internally by GUPS during digitizing 2020 Census PSAP Standard GUPS Respondent Guide J-1 Table 71: Address Ranges Attribute File (PVS_18_v2_addr) Attribute Field Length Type Description OID 8 String Object ID TLID 10 Integer TIGER/Line Permanent Edge ID STATEFP 2 String FIPS State code COUNTYFP 3 String FIPS County code FROMHN 12 String From house number TOHN 12 String To house number SIDE 1 String Side of feature indicator flag (L or R) ZIP 5 String 5-digit ZIP Code PLUS4 4 String ZIP+4 Code LFROMADD 10 String Left From address LTOADD 10 String Left To address RFROMADD 10 String Right From address RTOADD 10 String Right To address ZIPL 5 String Left 5-digit ZIP Code ZIPR 5 String Right 5-digit ZIP Code ZIP4L 4 String Left ZIP+4 Code ZIP4R 4 String Right ZIP+4 Code Attribute Field FID Shape STATEFP COUNTYFP TRACTCE BLKGRPCE BLKGRPID CHNG_TYPE EFF_DATE BGTYP RELATE JUSTIFY VINTAGE POP10 HOUSING10 TRACTID SITE_NAME JSTFY_CNTG JSTFY_SLU EDITED U.S. Census Bureau Table 72: Block Groups Shapefile (PVS_18_v2_bg) Length Type Description 10 Integer Feature ID 7 String Type of shape (Polygon) 2 String FIPS State code (48) 3 String FIPS County code (251) 6 String Census tract code (130204) 1 String Block group code (1) 12 String STATEFP, COUNTYFP, TRACTCE, and BLKGRPCE (482511302041) 2 String Code for type of area update (E, B, M, and G) 8 Date Effective date 1 String Block group characteristic flag 120 String Relationship description 150 String Justification of change to attribute of block group 2 String Vintage updated with returned data 10 Integer 2010 population count 10 Integer 2010 housing unit count 11 String STATEFP, COUNTYFP, and TRACTCE (48251130204) 100 String Special use block group name 150 String Justification entered by participant to retain noncontiguous statistical geography 150 String Justification entered by participant for a special use measurement threshold 1 String GUPS updates to indicate an edit by the participant 2020 Census PSAP Standard GUPS Respondent Guide J-2 Table 73: Census Tracts - Current Shapefile (PVS_18_v2_curtracts) Attribute Field Length Type Description FID 10 Integer Feature ID Shape 7 String Type of shape (Polygon) STATEFP 2 String FIPS State code (48) COUNTYFP 3 String FIPS County code (251) TRACTCE 6 String Census tract code (130204) NAME 100 String TRACTCE, decimal point, and two-digit suffix (if applicable) (1302.04) TRACTID 11 String STATEFP, COUNTYFP, and TRACTCE (48251130204) NEW_CODE 6 String Newly generated census tract code following change CHNG_TYPE 2 String Code for type of area update (E, M, B, and G) EFF_DATE 8 Date Effective date TRACTTYP 1 String Census tract characteristic flag RELATE 120 String Relationship description JUSTIFY 150 String Justification of change to attribute of census tract TRACTLABEL 7 String Name VINTAGE 2 String Vintage updated with returned data POP10 10 Integer 2010 population count HOUSING10 10 Integer 2010 housing unit count SITE_NAME 100 String Special use census tract name JSTFY_CNTG 150 String Justification entered by participant to retain noncontiguous statistical geography JSTFY_SLU 150 String Justification entered by participant for a special use measurement threshold JSTFY_NAME 150 String Justification entered by participant when the name is changed JSTFY_RES 150 String Justification entered by participant for a reservation related issue U.S. Census Bureau 2020 Census PSAP Standard GUPS Respondent Guide J-3 Table 74: Census County Divisions Shapefile (PVS_18_v2_ccd) Attribute Field Length Type Description FID 10 Integer Feature ID Shape 7 String Type of shape (Polygon) STATEFP 2 String FIPS State code COUNTYFP 3 String FIPS County code COUSUBFP 5 String FIPS 55 County Subdivision code NAMELSAD 100 String Name with translated LSAD COUSUBNS 8 String ANSI feature code for the county subdivision LSAD 2 String Legal/Statistical Area description FUNCSTAT 1 String Functional status CLASSFP 2 String FIPS 55 Class code describing an entity CHNG_TYPE 2 String Code for type of area update (E, M, B, and G) RELATE 120 String Relationship description JUSTIFY 150 String Justification of change NAME 100 String Entity name VINTAGE 2 String Vintage updated with returned data JSTFY_CNTG 150 String Justification entered by participant to retain noncontiguous statistical geography JSTFY_NAME 150 String Justification entered by participant when the name of the statistical geography is changed Table 75: Census Designated Place Shapefile (PVS_18_v2_cdp) Attribute Field Length Type Description FID 10 Integer Feature ID Shape 7 String Type of shape (Polygon) STATEFP 2 String FIPS State code COUNTYFP 3 String FIPS County code PLACEFP 5 String FIPS 55 Place code PLACENS 8 String ANSI feature code for the place NAMELSAD 100 String Name with translated LSAD LSAD 2 String Legal / Statistical Area description FUNCSTAT 1 String Functional status CLASSFP 2 String FIPS 55 class code describing and entity PARTFLG 1 String Indicates if only part of a feature is represented (Y or N) CHNG_TYPE 2 String Code for type of area update (E, B, G, and X) EFF_DATE 8 Date Effective date or vintage RELATE 120 String Relationship description JUSTIFY 150 String Justification of change NAME 100 String Entity name VINTAGE 2 String Vintage updated with returned data POP10 10 Integer 2010 population count HOUSING10 10 Integer 2010 housing unit count JSTFY_NAME 150 String Justification entered by participant when the name of the statistical geography is changed U.S. Census Bureau 2020 Census PSAP Standard GUPS Respondent Guide J-4 PSAP Quick Reference Guides G-600 OMB Control No: 0607-1003 2020 Census Participant Statistical Areas Program (PSAP) Quick Reference: Tribal Block Groups A tribal block group 1 is a statistical geographic subdivision of a tribal census tract. Tribal block groups are defined by the Census Bureau in cooperation with tribal officials to provide meaningful, relevant, and reliable data for small geographic areas within the boundaries of federally recognized American Indian reservations (AIRs) and/or off-reservation trust lands (ORTLs) without the imposition of state or county boundaries. The Census Bureau uses tribal block groups in the tabulation and presentation of data from the decennial census and the American Community Survey (ACS). Census Bureau criteria specify that tribal block groups must: • Nest within tribal census tract boundaries and by default, nest within the American Indian reservation (AIR) and off-reservation trust land (ORTL) boundaries. • Cover the entire AIR and/or ORTL. However, defining tribal census tracts and tribal block groups is optional. • Comprise a reasonably compact and contiguous land area. A non-contiguous tribal block group is permitted if there are physically separate areas that would not meet population or housing unit requirements on their own, in which case the non-contiguous area must be combined with other nearby land area to form the tribal block group. • Meet the population and/or housing unit thresholds as specified in Table 1. A tribal block group that exceeds thresholds, either above or below, may remain unchanged with justifications. For federally recognized American Indian tribes with AIRs and ORTLs that have fewer than 1,200 residents, the Census Bureau will define one tribal census tract and one tribal block group that encompasses the entirety of the AIR or ORTL. • Use the letter range A through K (except "I," which could be confused with a number "1") to identify and code the tribal block groups within a tribal census tract. Census blocks will be numbered uniquely within county-based block groups, and thus there will not be a direct relationship between a tribal block group and the census block number. Census Bureau guidelines recommend that tribal block groups: • Have boundaries that follow visible features (e.g., roads, rivers) or other acceptable features (e.g., tribal subdivision, incorporated place, and minor civil division boundaries). 1 Tribal block group was delineated under Tribal Statistical Areas Program (TSAP) in 2010. G-600 OMB Control No: 0607-1003 Block Group Type Tribal Block Groups Table 1: Block Group Thresholds Population Threshold Housing Unit Threshold Min.: 600 Min.: 240 Area Measurement Threshold None Max.: 3,000 None Max.: 1,200 Refer to the Respondent Guide for complete instructions. G-610 OMB Control No: 0607-1003 2020 Census Participant Statistical Areas Program (PSAP) Quick Reference: Tribal Census Tracts Tribal census tracts are statistical geographic units defined by the U.S. Census Bureau in cooperation with tribal officials to provide meaningful, relevant, and reliable data for small geographic areas within the boundaries of federally recognized American Indian reservations (AIRs) and/or off-reservation trust lands (ORTLs). As such, they meet the unique statistical data needs of federally recognized American Indian tribes. The delineation of tribal census tracts allows for an unambiguous presentation of census tract-level data specific to the federally recognized AIR and/or ORTL. Tribal census tract geography is maintained separately from standard county-based census tract geography. Ideally, tribal census tracts remain consistent between censuses making it possible to compare statistics for the same geographic area from decade to decade. Therefore, we request that you do not change the outer boundaries of any census tracts when making census tract updates, unless it is a correction due to boundary or feature inaccuracy. The Census Bureau uses tribal census tracts in the tabulation and presentation of data from the decennial census and the American Community Survey (ACS). Census Bureau criteria specify that tribal census tracts must: • Nest within an individual American Indian reservation (AIR) or off-reservation trust land (ORTL). • Cover the entire land and water area of an AIR and/or ORTL. • Be reasonably compact and contiguous. Non-contiguous boundaries are permitted only when a physically separate area would not meet population and housing unit count requirements for a separate tribal census tract. • Meet the population/housing unit thresholds as specified in Table 1. A tract that exceeds thresholds, either above or below, may remain unchanged with justifications. For federally recognized American Indian tribes with AIRs and ORTLs that have fewer than 1,200 residents, the Census Bureau will define one census tract that encompasses the entirety of the AIR or ORTL. • Have codes that are six characters long with a leading "T" alphabetic character followed by five numeric codes having an implied decimal between the fourth and fifth character; for example, T01000 translates as tribal census tract 10. Census Bureau guidelines recommend that tribal census tracts: • Have boundaries that follow visible features (e.g., roads, rivers) or other acceptable features (e.g., tribal reservation, tribal subdivision, incorporated place, and minor civil division boundaries). • Be merged when tribal census tracts are below the minimum population (1,200) or housing unit (480) count with adjacent tribal census tracts. Participants should split any tribal census tracts above maximum population (8,000) or housing unit (3,200) counts into multiple tribal census tracts. When revising tribal census tracts, participants should aim to meet or exceed the optimum population (4,000) or housing unit (1,600) thresholds to increase the reliability of sample data for tribal census tracts. G-610 OMB Control No: 0607-1003 Census Tract Type Tribal Census Tracts Table 1: Tribal Census Tract Thresholds Threshold Type Optimum Population 4,000 Housing unit 1,600 Minimum 1,200 480 Refer to the Respondent Guide for complete instructions. Maximum 8,000 3,200 G-615 OMB Control No: 0607-1003 2020 Census Participant Statistical Areas Program (PSAP) Quick Reference: Census Designated Places Census designated places (CDPs) are statistical geographic entities representing closely settled, unincorporated communities that are locally recognized and identified by name. They are statistical equivalents of incorporated places, with the primary differences being the lack of both a legally defined boundary and an active, functioning governmental structure, chartered by the state and administered by elected officials. The purpose of CDPs is to provide meaningful statistics for well-known, unincorporated communities. The U.S. Census Bureau uses CDPs in the tabulation and presentation of data from the decennial census, the American Community Survey (ACS), the Economic Census, and the Longitudinal Employer-Household Dynamics (LEHD) Program. Census Bureau criteria and guidelines 1 specify that CDPs: • Constitute a single, named, closely settled center of population. o Multiple communities may be combined to form a single CDP, with a hyphenated name, when the identities of the communities have become so intertwined that the communities are commonly perceived and referenced as a single place. o Two communities with separate identities may be combined to form a single CDP, with a hyphenated name, when there are no distinguishable or suitable features in the landscape that can be used as a boundary between the communities. • Consist of a contiguous cluster of census blocks comprising a single piece of territory and containing a mix of residential, nonresidential, and commercial uses. Some predominantly residential communities, such as colonias, small rural communities, and unincorporated resort and retirement communities may also be recognized as CDPs. • Cannot be located partially or entirely within an incorporated place or another CDP. • Can be located in more than one county but cannot cross state boundaries. • Contain at least some population or housing units. • Cannot have both zero population and zero housing units. The Census Bureau may request a justification for CDPs delineated with fewer than ten housing units. • Boundaries should follow visible features. o Exception is when the boundary is coincident with the nonvisible boundary of a state, county, American Indian area (AIA), or incorporated place or minor civil division (MCD) in states where those boundaries tend to remain unchanged over time. o Or, the boundary may follow other nonvisible features in instances where reliance upon visible features would result in overbounding of the CDP in order to include housing units on both sides of a road or street feature. • May not have the same name as an adjacent or nearby incorporated place. Adding a directional to the name to differentiate it is not acceptable if that name is not in local use. • Can have a name change from 2010 Census if the new name provides a better identification of the community. • Boundaries of a pre-existing CDP can be adjusted or a CDP can be deleted if it is no longer relevant. Refer to the Respondent Guide for complete instructions. The criteria outlined herein apply to the United States, including American Indian reservations and offreservation trust lands. 1 G-615PR OMB Control No: 0607-1003 2020 Census Participant Statistical Areas Program (PSAP) Quick Reference: Census Designated Places Census designated places (CDPs) are statistical geographic entities representing closely settled, unincorporated communities that are locally recognized and identified by name. They are statistical equivalents of incorporated places, with the primary differences being the lack of both a legally defined boundary and an active, functioning governmental structure, chartered by the state and administered by elected officials. The purpose of CDPs is to provide meaningful statistics for well-known, unincorporated communities. The U.S. Census Bureau uses CDPs in the tabulation and presentation of data from the decennial census, the Puerto Rico Community Survey (PRCS), and the Longitudinal Employer-Household Dynamics (LEHD) Program. Census Bureau criteria and guidelines specify that CDPs: • Constitute a single, named, closely settled center of population. o Multiple communities may be combined to form a single CDP, with a hyphenated name, when the identities of the communities have become so intertwined that the communities are commonly perceived and referenced as a single place. o Two communities with separate identities may be combined to form a single CDP, with a hyphenated name, when there are no distinguishable or suitable features in the landscape that can be used as a boundary between the communities. • Consist of a contiguous cluster of census blocks comprising a single piece of territory and containing a mix of residential, nonresidential, and commercial uses. Some predominantly residential communities, such as small rural communities, and unincorporated resort and retirement communities may also be recognized as CDPs. • Cannot be located partially or entirely within an incorporated place or another CDP. • Can be located in more than one municipio; however, zonas urbanas are generally located only in the municipio bearing the same name. • Contain at least some population or housing units. • Cannot have both zero population and zero housing units. The Census Bureau may request a justification for CDPs delineated with fewer than ten housing units. • Boundaries should follow visible features. o Exception is when the boundary is coincident with the nonvisible boundary of a municipio. o Or, the boundary may follow other nonvisible features in instances where reliance upon visible features would result in overbounding of the CDP in order to include housing units on both sides of a road or street feature. • Can have a name change from 2010 Census if the new name provides a better identification of the community. • When editing the name of an existing zona urbana or comunidad or creating a new zona urbana or comunidad, append “zona urbana” (or “ZA”) or “Comunidad” to the name. • Boundaries of a pre-existing CDP can be adjusted or a CDP can be deleted if it is no longer relevant. Refer to the Respondent Guide for complete instructions. G-620 OMB Control No: 0607-1003 2020 Census Participant Statistical Areas Program (PSAP) Quick Reference: Tribal Designated Statistical Areas Tribal-designated statistical areas (TDSAs) are statistical geographic areas identified and delineated by the U.S. Census Bureau in partnership with federally recognized tribes that do not have a reservation or off-reservation trust land and are not located in Alaska, Hawaii, or Oklahoma. The primary purpose for delineating a TDSA is to obtain meaningful statistical data for a recognized tribe within a specific geographic area encompassing a substantial concentration of tribal members. The Census Bureau uses TDSAs in the tabulation and presentation of data from the decennial census and the American Community Survey (ACS). Census Bureau criteria specify that each TDSAs must: • Not include military areas. • Have the name determined by the associated tribe, in conjunction with the Census Bureau. The Census Bureau will evaluate the submitted name to ensure it is clearly distinguishable from the name of any other legal or statistical American Indian Area. • Be named for the tribe that has the largest population currently residing within the TDSA and/or the tribe that is most commonly associated with the area encompassed by the TDSA. • Contain some American Indian population and housing. • Not overlap with, or completely surround, an American Indian reservation (AIR), off-reservation trust land, or state designated tribal statistical area. • Not include more water area than land area. Census Bureau guidelines recommends that each TDSA: • Be comparable in area to the AIRs and/or off-reservation trust lands of other tribes with similar numbers of members in the same state and/or region. • Have a significant population of American Indians and the majority should be members of the tribe. • Have a minimum population of 1,200 or a minimum housing unit count of 480. • Include an area where there is structured/organized tribal activity, including tribal headquarters, tribal service centers, meeting areas and buildings, ceremonial grounds, tribally owned businesses, etc. • Not contain large areas without housing or population. The Census Bureau suggests a minimum density of three housing units per square mile. • Be contiguous. • Only include a water area if it maintains contiguity, provides a generalized version of the shoreline, or is completely surrounded by land area that is included in the TDSA. • Have boundaries that preferably follow visible, physical features such as rivers, streams, shorelines, roads, and ridgelines. • Only follow nonvisible boundaries if they are legally defined boundaries of AIRs, off-reservation trust lands, states, counties, or incorporated places. • Only add nonvisible lines as a boundary if other acceptable boundary features are not available and they aid in meeting other specific TDSA delineation criteria and guidelines. Refer to the Respondent Guide for complete instructions. G-621 OMB Control No: 0607-1003 2020 Census Participant Statistical Areas Program (PSAP) Quick Reference: State Designated Tribal Statistical Areas State-designated tribal statistical areas (SDTSAs) are geographic areas identified and delineated by the U.S. Census Bureau in partnership with a governor-designated state official for state-recognized tribes that are not federally recognized and are not located within Alaska, Hawaii, or Oklahoma. The primary purpose for delineating a SDTSA is to obtain meaningful statistical data for a recognized tribe within a specific geographic area encompassing a substantial concentration of tribal members. The Census Bureau uses SDTSAs in the tabulation and presentation of data from the decennial census and the America Community Survey (ACS). Census Bureau criteria specify that each SDTSA must: • Not include military areas. • Be delineated in a state only if the tribe is officially recognized by that state. • Have the name determined by the associated tribe, in conjunction with the Census Bureau and the state liaison responsible for its delineation. The Census Bureau will evaluate the submitted name to ensure it is clearly distinguishable from the name of any other legal or statistical American Indian Area (AIA). • Be named for the tribe that has the largest population currently residing within the SDTSA and/or the tribe that is most commonly associated with the area encompassed by the SDTSA. • Contain some American Indian population and housing. • Not overlap with, or completely surround, an American Indian reservation (AIR), off-reservation trust land, or a tribal designated statistical area. • Not include more water area than land area. Census Bureau guidelines recommend that each state-designated tribal statistical area (SDTSA): • Be comparable in area to the AIRs and/or off-reservation trust lands of other tribes with similar numbers of members in the same state and/or region. • Have a significant population of American Indians and the majority should be members of this tribe. • Have a minimum population of 1,200 or a minimum housing unit count of 480. • Include an area where there is structured/organized tribal activity, including tribal headquarters, tribal service centers, meeting areas and buildings, ceremonial grounds, tribally owned businesses, etc. • Not contain large areas without housing or population. The Census Bureau suggests a minimum density of three housing units per square mile. • Be contiguous. • Only include a water area if it maintains contiguity, provides a generalized version of the shoreline, or is completely surrounded by land area that is included in the SDTSA. • Have boundaries that preferably follow visible, physical features such as rivers, streams, shorelines, roads, and ridgelines. • Only follow nonvisible boundaries if they are legally defined boundaries of AIRs, off-reservation trust lands, states, counties, or incorporated places. • Only add nonvisible lines as a boundary if other acceptable boundary features are not available and they aid in meeting other SDTSA specific delineation criteria and/or guidelines. Refer to the Respondent Guide for complete instructions. G-622 OMB Control No: 0607-1003 2020 Census Participant Statistical Areas Program (PSAP) Quick Reference: Alaska Native Village Statistical Areas Alaska Native village statistical areas (ANVSAs) are statistical geographic entities representing the permanent and/or seasonal residences for Alaska Natives who are members of, or receiving governmental services from, the defining Alaska Native village (ANV) located within the region and vicinity of the ANV's historic and/or traditional location. The primary purpose of delineating an ANVSA is to produce meaningful, relevant, and reliable statistical data for Alaska Natives and their ANVs. The Census Bureau uses ANVSA boundaries in the tabulation and presentation of data from the decennial census and American Community Survey (ACS). An ANV is eligible to delineate an ANVSA if it is either: 1. Recognized by and eligible to receive services from the Bureau of Indian Affairs (BIA), 2. Recognized pursuant to the Alaska Native Claims Settlement Act (ANCSA) as either a Native village or Native group. Recognition is determined by inclusion of an ANV on the BIA’s list of recognized tribes or by addenda to the list as published by the Bureau of Indian Affairs. ANCSA recognition is determined by inclusion of an ANV on the list of ANCSA-recognized Native villages and Native groups maintained by Bureau of Land Management, (Alaska Region Office). Census Bureau criteria specify that ANVSAs must: • Be located in areas of historical and traditional significance for the ANV as referenced in either: o BIA-recognized name for an ANV. o Former BIA-recognized name for an ANV. o Bureau of Land Management ANCSA-recognized name. • Encompass the densely settled part of the ANV. • Not overlap, or completely surround, another ANVSA or American Indian reservation. • Have their entire area located within 50 miles of the ANV point location. • Not include more water area than land area. • Not include military installations or area within a Census 2010 urbanized area. • Be named to match the corresponding ANV name listed in the Federal Register Notice, Vol 73, No. 214/Tuesday, November 4, 2008. Census Bureau guidelines recommend that ANVSAs: • Be delineated within the Alaska Native regional corporation boundary in which it is located. • Encompass no more than 325 sq. miles in area. • Have the majority of their housing units, even if only seasonably used, occupied by Alaska Natives. • Have a significant part of the population who are Alaska Native during at least one season or three months and the majority should be members of the delineating ANV. • Not contain large areas without housing or population. Census Bureau suggests a minimum density of three housing units per square mile. • Be contiguous. • Only include water area if it maintains contiguity, provides a generalized version of the G-622 OMB Control No: 0607-1003 • • • shoreline, or is completely surrounded by land area that is included in the ANVSA. Have boundaries that preferably follow visible, physical features such as rivers, streams, shorelines, glaciers, roads trails, and ridgelines. Only follow nonvisible boundaries if they are legally defined boundaries of Alaska Native regional corporations, boroughs, or cities in Alaska. Only use nonvisible lines for an ANVSA boundary if other acceptable boundary features are not available. Refer to the Respondent Guide for complete instructions. G-623 OMB Control No: 0607-1003 2020 Census Participant Statistical Areas Program (PSAP) Quick Reference: Oklahoma Tribal Statistical Areas Oklahoma tribal statistical areas (OTSAs) are identified and delineated by the U.S. Census Bureau and federally recognized tribes in Oklahoma that had a former American Indian reservation (AIR) in Oklahoma. The Census Bureau intends OTSAs to represent the former AIRs that existed in the Indian and Oklahoma territories prior to Oklahoma statehood in 1907. OTSAs provide a way to obtain data comparable to that provided to federally recognized tribes that currently have an AIR. The Census Bureau uses OTSAs and their tribal subdivisions in the tabulation and presentation of data from the decennial census and the American Community Survey (ACS). Tribal subdivisions are units of self-government and/or administration within an AIR and/or offreservation trust lands (OTRL) for a federally recognized tribe or an OTSA, that serve social, cultural, and/or legal purposes for the tribal government. Tribal subdivisions delineated within OTSAs are considered “statistical geographic entities” by the Census Bureau and are specifically termed “statistical tribal subdivisions” because the larger OTSA is also considered a statistical geographic entity. These subdivisions are delineated or updated with the OTSAs through PSAP. Census Bureau criteria specify that OTSAs must: • Be located completely within the current boundaries of the State of Oklahoma. • Be named by the tribe or tribes that are responsible for delineating each OTSA, and must be clearly distinguishable from the name of any other OTSA. The name of an OTSA must reflect one or more of the following conditions: • Tribe or tribes associated with the former AIR represented by the OTSA; • Tribes that have historically resided within the area of the OTSA; • Tribes that have significant population currently residing within the OTSA; and/or • Name(s) of the tribe(s) commonly associated with the area encompassed by the OTSA. • The Census Bureau will evaluate the submitted name to ensure the criteria listed above are applied properly, and the name is clearly distinguishable from the name of any other legal or statistical American Indian Areas (AIAs). • Contain some American Indian population and housing. • Not overlap with, or completely surround, an American Indian reservation, off-reservation trust land, or a tribal designated statistical area. • Not include more water area than land area. Census Bureau guidelines recommend that each OTSA: • Retain the same boundaries as those delineated for the 2010 Census, to the extent possible. • Follow the last legal boundaries used by their former AIR. • Eliminate joint-use areas, if possible. • Delineate census designated places (CDPs) representing unincorporated communities located within their own OTSA. • Add nonvisible lines as a boundary only if other acceptable boundary features are not available and they aid in meeting other specific OTSA delineation criteria and/or guidelines. Census Bureau guidelines recommend that tribal subdivisions of OTSAs: • Completely cover all of an OTSA or at least the major contiguous portion. • Represent units of self-government or administration within the OTSA. G-623 OMB Control No: 0607-1003 • • • Not be used to define separate, discrete communities whose boundaries encompass a concentration of population and housing – these should be defined as CDPs within the OTSA. Have a name that reflects the name cited in recent tribal legal documentation and/or used by the tribal government for administrative purposes. Be noncontiguous if OTSA consists of multiple, noncontiguous parts. Refer to the Respondent Guide for complete instructions. G-625 OMB Control No: 0607-1003 2020 Census Participant Statistical Areas Program (PSAP) Quick Reference: State American Indian Reservations State American Indian reservations (SAIRs) and their legal boundaries are established pursuant to state law. States with state-recognized tribes that are not also federally recognized each have their own unique laws that recognize specific tribes or establish a formal process by which tribes apply for state recognition. For the 2010 Census, the U.S. Census Bureau solicited changes to the boundaries of SAIRs from the state government through the State Reservation Program. Although these are legal boundaries, for the 2020 Census, the Census Bureau is requesting that the governor for each affected state appoint a liaison to review the boundaries of any currently existing SAIRs and, if applicable, provide the boundaries for any new SAIRs to the Census Bureau via the 2020 Census PSAP. The Census Bureau uses SAIRs in the tabulation and presentation of data from the decennial census and American Community Survey (ACS). • • • • • • Acceptance of boundary changes to SAIRs require clear legal documentation supporting any and all changes involving these boundaries. By definition, SAIR boundaries cannot cross state lines unless the SAIR and tribe is separately recognized in each state. SAIRs may not include territory within federally recognized American Indian reservations (AIRs) or off-reservation trust lands (ORTLs). Census Bureau will identify each SAIR with the name submitted by the state liaison providing the boundary for the area. The SAIR name should reflect the specific name cited in the legal records establishing the SAIR. The Census Bureau also accepts additions and updates to features such as roads or rivers on or near the SAIR, as well as address range break information at the boundaries. Refer to the Respondent Guide for complete instructions. G-640 OMB Control No: 0607-1003 2020 Census Participant Statistical Areas Program (PSAP) Quick Reference: Block Groups A block group is a statistical geographic subdivision of a census tract. Local participants are provided an opportunity to review and if necessary, suggest updates to the boundaries and attributes of the block groups in their geographic area through the 2020 Census PSAP. The U.S. Census Bureau uses block groups in the tabulation and presentation of data from the decennial census and the American Community Survey (ACS). Census Bureau criteria specify that standard block groups must: • Nest within census tract boundaries. • Cover the entire land and water area of each census tract. • Be reasonably compact and contiguous. • Meet the population and/or housing unit thresholds as specified in Table 1. For counties that have fewer than 1,200 residents, the Census Bureau will define one census tract and one block group that encompasses the entirety of the county. • Have no more than nine block groups (excluding water blocks) contained within a single census tract. • Have a unique code, between 0 and 10, within each census tract. To identify each standard block group, a single-digit code is used that will correspond to the first digit in the code of each block encompassed by the block group (e.g., all blocks within block group 3 will be numbered in the 3000 range). A zero is to be used to denote a water-only block group. Census Bureau guidelines recommend that standard block groups: • Have boundaries that follow visible features (e.g., roads, rivers) or other acceptable features (e.g. incorporated place, minor civil division, and American Indian reservation boundaries). • Be delineated as a special use block group if coextensive with a special use census tract, encompassing an employment center, large airport, public park, public forest, or large water body with no (or very little) population or housing units. Table 1: Block Group Thresholds Block Group Type Population Threshold Min.: 600 Housing Unit Threshold Min.: 240 Area Measurement Threshold None Standard Block Groups Max.: 3,000 Max.: 1,200 None Special Use Block Groups None (or very little) or within the standard block group thresholds None (or very little) or within the standard block group thresholds At least comparable in land area size to surrounding block groups Refer to the Respondent Guide for complete instructions. G-640PR OMB Control No: 0607-1003 2020 Census Participant Statistical Areas Program (PSAP) Quick Reference: Block Groups A block group is a statistical geographic subdivision of a census tract. Local participants are provided an opportunity to review and, if necessary, suggest updates to the boundaries and attributes of the block groups in their geographic area through the 2020 Census PSAP. The U.S. Census Bureau uses block groups in the tabulation and presentation of data from the decennial census and the Puerto Rico Community Survey (PRCS). Census Bureau criteria specify that block groups must: • Nest within census tract boundaries. • Cover the entire land and water area of each census tract. • Be reasonably compact and contiguous. • Meet the population and/or housing unit thresholds as specified in Table 1. For municipios that have fewer than 1,200 residents, the Census Bureau will define one census tract and one block group that encompasses the entirety of the municipio. • Have no more than nine block groups (excluding water blocks) contained within a single census tract. • Have a unique code, between 0 and 9, within a census tract. To identify each standard block group, a single-digit code is used that will correspond to the first digit in the code of each block encompassed by the block group (e.g., all blocks within block group 3 will be numbered in the 3000 range). A zero is to be used to denote a water-only block group. Census Bureau guidelines recommend that block groups: • Have boundaries that follow visible features (e.g., roads, rivers) or other acceptable features (e.g. barrio, barrio-pueblo and subbario boundaries). • Be delineated as a special use block group if coextensive with a special use census tract, encompassing an employment center, large airport, park, forest, or large water body with no (or very little) population or housing units. Table 1: Block Group Thresholds Block Group Type Population Threshold Min.: 600 Housing Unit Threshold Min.: 240 Area Measurement Threshold None Standard Block Groups Max.: 3,000 Max.: 1,200 None Special Use Block Groups None (or very little) or within the standard block group thresholds None (or very little) or within the standard block group thresholds At least comparable in land area size to surrounding block groups Refer to the Respondent Guide for complete instructions. G-650 OMB Control No: 0607-1003 2020 Census Participant Statistical Areas Program (PSAP) Quick Reference: Census Tracts Census tracts are relatively permanent geographic divisions of a county or county equivalent. The purpose of the census tract is to provide a set of nationally consistent, relatively small statistical units, with stable boundaries, that facilitate analysis of data across time. The U.S. Census Bureau prioritizes the comparability of census tracts from decade to decade. Therefore, we request that you do not change the outer boundaries of any census tracts when making census tract updates, unless it is a correction due to boundary or feature inaccuracy. The Census Bureau uses census tracts in the tabulation and presentation of data from the decennial census and the American Community Survey (ACS). Census Bureau criteria specify that census tracts must: • Nest within county boundaries. • Cover the entire land and water area of the county. • Be reasonably compact and contiguous. • Meet the population/housing unit thresholds as specified in Table 1. For counties that have fewer than 1,200 residents, the Census Bureau will define one census tract that encompasses the entirety of the county. • Have census tract codes ranging from 1 to 9989 that must be unique within each county. Special use tract codes must range from 9800 to 9899. The acceptable range of census tract suffixes for split census tracts is from .01 to .98. Census Bureau guidelines recommend that census tracts: • Have boundaries that follow visible features (e.g., roads, rivers) or other acceptable features (e.g., tribal reservation, tribal subdivision, incorporated place, and minor civil division boundaries). • Be merged when census tracts are below the minimum population (1,200) or housing unit (480) count with adjacent census tracts. Participants should split any census tracts above maximum population (8,000) or housing unit (3,200) counts into multiple census tracts. When revising tracts, participants should aim to meet or exceed the optimum population (4,000) or housing unit (1,600) thresholds to increase the reliability of sample data for census tracts. Table 1: Census Tract Thresholds Census Tract Type Threshold Type Optimum Minimum Maximum Standard Census Tracts Population 4,000 1,200 8,000 Housing Unit 1,600 480 3,200 Area measurement At least comparable in size to surrounding census tracts Employment Suggested minimum of 1,200 workers or jobs Special Use Census Tracts (Encompassing an employment center, large airport, park, forest, or large water body with no (or very little) population or housing units) Refer to the Respondent Guide for complete instructions. G-650PR OMB Control No: 0607-1003 2020 Census Participant Statistical Areas Program (PSAP) Quick Reference: Census Tracts Census tracts are relatively permanent geographic divisions of a municipio. The purpose of the census tract is to provide a set of nationally consistent, relatively small statistical units, with stable boundaries, that facilitate analysis of data across time. The U.S. Census Bureau prioritizes the comparability of census tracts from decade to decade. Therefore, we request that you do not change the outer boundaries of any census tracts when making census tract updates, unless it is a correction due to boundary or feature inaccuracy. The Census Bureau uses census tracts in the tabulation and presentation of data from the decennial census and the American Community Survey (ACS). Census Bureau criteria specify that census tracts must: • Nest within municipio boundaries. • Cover the entire land and water area of the municipio. • Be reasonably compact and contiguous. • Meet the population/housing unit thresholds as specified in Table 1. For municipios that have fewer than 1,200 residents, the Census Bureau will define one census tract that encompasses the entirety of the municipio. • Have census tract codes ranging from 1 to 9989 that must be unique within each municipio. Special use tract codes must range from 9800 to 9899. The acceptable range of census tract suffixes is from .01 to .98. Census Bureau guidelines recommend that census tracts: • Have boundaries that follow visible features (e.g., roads, rivers) or other acceptable features (e.g., incorporated place and barrio). • Be merged when census tracts are below the minimum population (1,200) or housing unit (480) count with adjacent census tracts. Participants should split any census tracts above maximum population (8,000) or housing unit (3,200) counts into multiple census tracts. When revising tracts, participants should aim to meet or exceed the optimum population (4,000) or housing unit (1,600) thresholds to increase the reliability of sample data for census tracts. Table 1: Census Tract Thresholds Census Tract Type Threshold Type Optimum Minimum Maximum Standard Census Tracts Population 4,000 1,200 8,000 Housing Unit 1,600 480 3,200 Area measurement At least comparable in size to surrounding standard census tracts. Population Either none, or must be within standard census tract thresholds Special Use Census Tracts Refer to the Respondent Guide for complete instructions. G-660 OMB Control No: 0607-1003 2020 Census Participant Statistical Areas Program (PSAP) Quick Reference: Census County Divisions Census county divisions (CCDs) are sub-county statistical geographic areas that usually represent a single contiguous area consisting of one or more communities, economic centers, or major land use areas in a county or county equivalent. Ideally, CCD boundaries remain consistent between censuses, facilitating comparison of statistics from one decade to another. CCDs have no legal status and are defined only for the tabulation and presentation of statistical data. The U.S. Census Bureau uses CCDs in the tabulation and presentation of data from the decennial census, the American Community Survey (ACS), and the Longitudinal Employer-Household Dynamics (LEHD) Program. CCDs are established in 21 states where minor civil divisions (MCDs) either do not exist or have been unsatisfactory for reporting statistical data. CCDs exist in the following states: Alabama Alaska 1 Arizona California Colorado Delaware Florida Georgia Hawaii Idaho Kentucky Montana Nevada New Mexico Oklahoma Oregon South Carolina Texas Utah Washington Wyoming Census Bureau criteria and guidelines specify that CCDs: • Center on one or more places, typically an incorporated place or an unincorporated community, and encompass additional surrounding territory that together form a cohesive community area. In some cases, the CCD may center on a major area of significantly different topography, land use, or ownership (e.g. military installation or American Indian reservation). • Comprise a reasonably compact, continuous land area, generally with road access to all areas within the CCD. • Nest within state and county boundaries. • Have boundaries that follow visible features (e.g. roads, rivers) or other acceptable features (e.g. federally recognized American Indian reservation boundaries, conjoint city limits, or boundaries of federal, state, or locally managed lands. The Census Bureau may also accept nonstandard visible features and/or nonstandard potentially non-visible features, on a case-by-case basis, when visible and/or stable identifiable boundaries are not available. • Encompass one or more contiguous census tracts, or multiple CCDs should constitute a single census tract. • Establish/maintain a set of sub-county units that have stable boundaries and recognizable names. • Must not have their existing name changed unless a compelling reason is provided. • Name should clearly identify the extent of the CCD. Newly created CCDs will usually be named based on the largest population center or historically central place within it. When a CCD contains multiple centers with relatively equal importance, the CCD name may represent the two or three centers. CCDs may also be named after: o An American Indian reservation. o A prominent land use area. o A prominent physical feature. o A distinctive region. o If there is no clear cultural focus or topographic name that may be applied, a CCD name must consist of:  The county name and a compass direction of the CCD location within the county, or 1 In Alaska, census subareas are the county subdivision equivalents to CCDs. G-660 OMB Control No: 0607-1003  A major place name and a compass direction of the CCD location relative to the place. Any name used as a CCD name must also be recognized by the Board on Geographic Names for federal use and appear in the Geographic Names Information System maintained by the U.S. Geological Survey. Refer to the Respondent Guide for complete instructions. PSAP Quick Program Guides Q-900 OMB Control No.: 0607-1003 2020 Census Participant Statistical Areas Program (PSAP) Quick Program Guide for Digital Download of the Geographic Update Partnership Software (GUPS) Initial Steps 1) Obtain materials from the PSAP website: : • 2020 Census Participant Statistical Areas Program (PSAP) GUPS Respondent Guide. • 2020 Census PSAP Digital Quick Program Guide. • 2020 Census PSAP Quick Reference Guides. • Download GUPS – . 2) Review the appropriate GUPS respondent guide and Quick Program Guide before beginning any updates. Download and Install GUPS 1) 2) 3) 4) 5) 6) 7) 8) Download the GUPS tool from the website to the computer. Unzip the file and extract all contents of the unzipped package to a folder on the computer. Click on the file named Setup-9.0-X.bat to start the installation. When the installer opens, the Welcome to the QGIS GUPS Setup Wizard screen will appear. Follow the instructions on the Wizard and click the Next button. The License Agreement screen will appear. Review the License Agreement and click I Agree button to continue the install process. The Choose Install Location screen will appear. Click the Browse button to choose the location where GUPS will be installed. The Census Bureau recommends installation of the application at the default location shown (C:\Program Files\QGIS GUPS). Click Next to continue the install process. The Choose Components screen will appear. Click Install to continue. The software should take 5 to 10 minutes to complete the install. When the install is complete, the Completing the QGIS GUPS Setup Wizard screen will appear. To complete the install, click the Finish button at the bottom of the screen. Start New PSAP Project Double-click the QGIS icon on the desktop [QGIS splash screen appears]. Click Close (X) on QGIS Tips screen [Map Management dialog page opens]. Use the Program drop-down box to select Participant Statistical Areas Program. Select User Type. • Standard statistical area reviewers, select County Based Users, follow step 5. • Tribal statistical area reviewers, select Tribal Statistical Review, skip to step 6 5) Use the State dropdown box to select the appropriate state. • Use the Working County drop-down box to select the county for review and update. • Do not select any Adjacent Counties, highlighted in yellow, unless planning to download the data from Census Web (see step 7 below). • Click the Open button. • Skip to step 7. 6) Use the Entity Type dropdown box select the entity you represent (Reservation/Trust Land). • Use the Entity Name dropdown box to select the entity to update. • Do not select any Adjacent Counties, highlighted in yellow and unchecked, unless planning to download the data from Census Web (see step 7 below). • Click the Open button. 7) Use the Select Data Folder, Directory or Location drop-down box to select Census Web. The other options are used by participants receiving DVD materials. • Suggested option: Census Web. • If errors are experienced accessing data using the Census Web option, contact the Census Bureau. • Files load into GUPS and are ready for updates. • If reference to adjacent counties is needed, refer to the Getting Started with GUPS chapter of the appropriate 2020 Census PSAP respondent guide. 1) 2) 3) 4) Q-900 OMB Control No.: 0607-1003 Perform Statistical Area Review/Updates For County Based Users: • Review the 2020 Census proposed statistical areas and compare to the 2010 Census statistical areas, or begin with the 2010 Census statistical areas. • Update the 2020 Census proposed statistical areas or the 2010 Census statistical areas as necessary. For Tribal Reviewers: • Review the 2010 Census statistical areas. • Update the 2010 Census statistical areas as necessary. Perform Quality Control Use the validation tools provided in GUPS to review changes before returning updates to the Census Bureau: • PSAP/TSR Criteria Review Tool. • Review Change Polygon Tool. • Geography Review Tool. Create Return Zip Files 1) Select Export to Zip icon on the PSAP toolbar. 2) From the Select Output Type dialog box select Export for Census button to create a file to return to the Census Bureau. (The file naming convention is as follows: psap20__return.zip). 3) Click OK. A window opens showing the location of the of the output file on the local system. This is the file to return to the Census Bureau as described in the next steps. Return Updates Using the Secure Web Incoming Module (SWIM) 1) Open an internet browser window and enter the SWIM URL: . 2) Participants who already have a SWIM account should enter their email address and password. Skip to step 4 below. 3) Participants who do not have a SWIM account click Register Account: • Enter the 12-digit SWIM token provided by the Census Bureau. • If additional SWIM accounts are needed, please contact the Census Bureau. • Create a password following the five criteria below: • It must be 8 characters in length. Note: SWIM email and passwords are • It must have at least one upper case character. case sensitive. • It must have at least one lower case character. • It must have at least one number. • It must have at least one special character (valid characters are: #, !, $, &, ?, ~). Do not use commas. • Complete the registration information form. 4) Login to SWIM: • Select Start New Upload button. • Select Participant Statistical Areas Program (PSAP) radio button • Input information on subsequent SWIM screens using instructions from the SWIM chapter of the appropriate 2020 Census PSAP respondent guide. Contact Information Please contact the U.S. Census Bureau for questions: • Email: . • Phone: 1-844-788-4921. • Website: . Q-905 OMB Control No: 0607-1003 2020 Census Participant Statistical Areas Program (PSAP) DVD Quick Program Guide for Geographic Update Partnership Software (GUPS) Initial Steps Note: GUPS, 2020 Census PSAP partnership shapefiles, and 2020 Census PSAP reference materials are located on two DVDs. 1) Obtain materials from the DVD or PSAP website: : • 2020 Census Participant Statistical Areas Program (PSAP) GUPS Respondent Guide. • 2020 Census PSAP DVD Quick Program Guide. • 2020 Census PSAP Quick Reference Guides. • Download GUPS from the DVD or website: . 2) Review the appropriate GUPS respondent guide and Quick Program Guide before beginning any updates. Install GUPS Note: When DVD 1 is inserted in the DVD player, the GUPS installation should run automatically. If it does not, please navigate to your DVD drive and begin with step 3, below. 1) Insert DVD 1 into the CD/DVD drive of your computer. 2) Follow the directions on the screen. 3) Click the Setup-9.0-X.bat to start the installation. 4) When the installer opens, the Welcome to the QGIS GUPS Setup Wizard screen will appear. Follow the instructions on the Wizard and click the Next button. 5) The License Agreement screen will appear. Review the License Agreement and click I Agree button to continue the install process. 6) The Choose Install Location screen will appear. Click the Browse button to choose the location where GUPS will be installed. The Census Bureau recommends installation of the application at the default location shown (C:\Program Files\QGIS GUPS). Click Next to continue the install process. 7) The Choose Components screen will appear. Click Install to continue. 8) The software should take 5 to 10 minutes to complete the install. When the install is complete, the Completing the QGIS GUPS Setup Wizard screen will appear. To complete the install, click the Finish button at the bottom of the screen. 9) Note: The software should run automatically for those requesting a DVD. If it does not, please navigate to the DVD drive and begin with Step 3, above). Start New PSAP Project Double-click the QGIS icon on your desktop [QGIS splash screen appears]. Click Close (X) on QGIS Tips screen [Map Management dialog page opens]. Use the Program drop-down box to select Participant Statistical Areas Program. Select User Type. • Standard statistical area reviewers, select County Based Users, follow step 5. • Tribal statistical area reviewers, select Tribal Statistical Review, skip to step 6 5) Use the State drop-down box to select the appropriate state. • Use the Working County drop-down box to select the county for review and update. • Do not select any Adjacent Counties, highlighted in yellow, unless planning to download the data from Census Web (see step 7 below). • Click the Open button. • Skip to step 7. 6) Use the Entity Type drop-down box select the entity you represent (Reservation/Trust Land). • Use the Entity Name drop-down box to select the entity to update. • Click the Open button. 7) Use the Select Data Folder, Directory or Location drop-down box to select the location from which to pull the county’s/entity’s shapefiles. (Options include: Census Web, CD/DVD, and My Computer). • Suggested option: Census Web. • If errors are experienced accessing data using the Census Web option, insert DVD 2 and use the Select Data Folder, Directory or Location drop-down box to select the CD/DVD option. Participants must select the 1) 2) 3) 4) Q-905 OMB Control No: 0607-1003 “shape” directory on DVD 2 and not the specific files within that directory. This will load in the shapefiles provided on DVD 2 into GUPS. • Files will load into GUPS and are ready for updates. • If reference to adjacent counties is needed, refer to the Getting Started with GUPS chapter of the appropriate 2020 Census PSAP respondent guide. Perform Statistical Area Review/Updates For County Based Users: • Review the 2020 Census proposed statistical areas and compare to the 2010 Census statistical areas, or begin with the 2010 Census statistical areas. • Update the 2020 Census proposed statistical areas or the 2010 Census statistical areas as necessary. For Tribal Reviewers: • Review the 2010 Census statistical areas. • Update the 2010 Census statistical areas as necessary. Perform Quality Control Use the validation tools provided in GUPS to review changes before returning updates to the Census Bureau: • PSAP/TSR Criteria Review Tool. • Review Change Polygon Tool. • Geography Review Tool. Create Return Zip Files 1) Select Export to Zip icon on the PSAP toolbar. 2) From the Select Output Type dialog box select Export for Census button to create a file to return to the Census Bureau. (The file naming convention is as follows: psap20__return.zip). 3) Click OK. A window opens showing the location of the of the output file on the local system. This is the file to return to the Census Bureau as described in the next steps. Return Updates Using the Secure Web Incoming Module (SWIM) 1) Open an internet browser window and enter the SWIM URL: . 2) Participants who already have a SWIM account should enter their email address and password. Skip to step 4 below. 3) Participants who do not have a SWIM account click Register Account: • Enter the 12-digit SWIM token provided by the Census Bureau. • If additional SWIM accounts are needed, please contact the Census Bureau. • Create a password following the five criteria below: • It must be 8 characters in length. Note: SWIM email and passwords are • It must have at least one upper case character. case sensitive. • It must have at least one lower case character. • It must have at least one number. • It must have at least one special character (valid characters are: #, !, $, &, ?, ~). Do not use commas. • Complete the registration information form. 4) Login to SWIM: • Select Start New Upload button. • Select Participant Statistical Areas Program (PSAP) radio button. • Input information on subsequent SWIM screens using instructions from the SWIM chapter of the appropriate 2020 Census PSAP respondent guide. Contact Information Please contact the U.S. Census Bureau for questions: • Email: . • Phone: 1-844-788-4921. • Website: . PSAP Information Guides 2020 Census Participant Statistical Areas Program (PSAP) Information Guide W-100 Issued October 2018 WHAT IS THE 2020 CENSUS PSAP? The 2020 Census Participant Statistical Areas Program (PSAP) enables invited participants to review and update selected statistical area boundaries for 2020 Census data tabulation following U.S. Census Bureau guidelines and criteria. The Census Bureau will use the defined statistical areas to tabulate data for the 2020 Census, American Community Survey (ACS), and the Economic Census. There are two types of statistical geographies eligible for review under the 2020 Census PSAP. The first is standard statistical geography and the second is tribal statistical geography. Standard statistical geographies include: • Census tracts. • Block groups. • Census designated places (CDPs). • Census county divisions (CCDs), in selected states. Tribal statistical geographies include: • Tribal census tracts (TCTs). • Tribal block groups (TBGs). • Census designated places (CDPs). • Tribal designated statistical areas (TDSAs). • State designated tribal statistical areas (SDTSAs). • Alaska Native village statistical areas (ANVSAs). • Oklahoma tribal statistical areas (OTSAs). • Statistical tribal subdivisions. The Census Bureau initially solicits 2020 Census PSAP participation from our 2010 Census PSAP participants. Where no previous partner exists, the Census Bureau attempts to solicit new partners. The Census Bureau strongly recommends 2020 Census PSAP participants seek input from other census data users and stakeholders regarding the delineation of 2020 Census statistical areas. The Census Bureau may modify, and if necessary, reject statistical geographic areas and/or their boundaries submitted by participants that do not meet established criteria and guidelines. WHY PARTICIPATE IN THE 2020 CENSUS PSAP? The 2020 Census PSAP is the only opportunity prior to the 2020 Census for regional planning agencies (RPAs); councils of governments (COGs); Alaska Native Regional Associations (ANRAs); and tribal, state, county, and local governments (including the District of Columbia and Puerto Rico) to review and update the selected statistical areas. Examples of how these data are used include: • Prepare grant applications to fund community and regional development, education, agriculture, energy, and environmental programs, as well as other needed community improvements and enhancements. • Plan for future community needs. The next opportunity to review and delineate statistical areas is planned for the 2030 Census. WHAT IS NEW FOR THE 2020 CENSUS PSAP? The former Tribal Statistical Areas Program (TSAP) is included as part of the 2020 Census PSAP. Federally recognized tribes and state tribal liaisons are invited to update tribal statistical geographies in the 2020 Census PSAP. To reduce participant burden, the Census Bureau will create 2020 Census statistical area suggestions for review and update by all 2020 Census PSAP participants. Participants may accept the Census Bureau’s 2020 Census proposed statistical areas, update the 2020 Census proposed statistical areas, or use the 2010 Census statistical area geography as a base to make updates. Participants reviewing standard statistical area geographies are required to use the Census Bureau’s Geographic Update Partnership Software (GUPS) to delineate updates. The GUPS runs in QGIS, which is an open source Geographic Information System (GIS). GUPS contains all functionality required to make 2020 Census PSAP updates, executes automated checks for program criteria compliance, and creates standardized data output files for Census Bureau processing. The GUPS is available on DVD or available for download from the Census Bureau’s Web site at during the 2020 Census PSAP delineation phase. Tribal participants reviewing tribal block groups, tribal census tracts, or CDPs may elect to use the GUPS or Census Bureau provided paper map products to review and edit tribal statistical geographies. Participants using the GUPS must use the Secure Web Incoming Module (SWIM) to send their updates. The SWIM is the official Web portal for uploading partnership materials to the Census Bureau and is found at . Participants reviewing ANVSAs, OTSAs, OTSA tribal subdivisions, TDSAs, or SDTSAs are provided Census Bureau paper map products to review and edit tribal statistical areas. 2020 CENSUS PSAP FEDERAL REGISTER NOTICE The 2020 Census PSAP Federal Register notice is available at . The Federal Register notice includes detailed information on standard and tribal statistical areas geography criteria and guidelines. 2020 CENSUS PSAP SCHEDULE Date Event March–May 2018 Contact 2010 Census PSAP participants to inquire about 2020 Census PSAP participation. July 2018 2020 Census PSAP invitation materials sent to participants. September 2018 Final criteria for standard statistical areas published. January 2019 2020 Census PSAP delineation phase begins. Participants have 120 calendar days to submit updates. January 2019 2020 Census PSAP Webinar trainings begin. July 2019 2020 Census PSAP participants notified of delineation phase closeout. January 2020 2020 Census PSAP verification phase begins. Participants have 90 calendar days to review updates. 2 2020 Census Participant Statistical Areas Program (PSAP) Information Guide U.S. Census Bureau 2020 CENSUS PSAP PREPARATION CHECKLIST 9 Review the 2020 Census PSAP schedule and determine staffing and budget needs. 9 Identify the primary 2020 Census PSAP contact for your government or organization. 9 Identify the technical 2020 Census PSAP contact for your government or organization. 9 Review the 2020 Census PSAP criteria and guidelines. Review the 2020 Census PSAP criteria and guidelines. Review the 2020 Census PSAP criteria and guidelines for census tracts, block groups, CDPs, and, if applicable to your state, CCDs. Tribal participants should review the 2020 Census PSAP criteria and guidelines for tribal statistical geographies for which they are eligible. Criteria and guidelines for all 2020 Census PSAP statistical areas are published in the Federal Register at . 9 Seek 2020 Census PSAP stakeholder input. Seek 2020 Census PSAP stakeholder input. 9 Establish a meeting schedule for stakeholders during the 2020 Census PSAP delineation phase. Contact local governments and planning organizations in your service area for input into the review and update of statistical areas for the 2020 Census PSAP. 9 Conduct research on local housing unit and population data trends. Establish a meeting schedule for stakeholders during the 2020 Census PSAP delineation phase. 9 Identify potential CDPs for delineation during the 2020 Census PSAP. 9 Attend a 2020 Census PSAP Webinar training. 9 Review and update 2020 Census PSAP delineation phase materials. 9 Review and update 2020 Census PSAP verification phase materials. Review the 2020 Census PSAP schedule and determine staffing and budget needs. Plan for the number of staff needed to review and update statistical geographies prior to the start of the delineation phase scheduled for January 2019. Identify the primary 2020 Census PSAP contact. The primary 2020 Census PSAP contact will coordinate the 2020 Census PSAP review and update activities. Past primary PSAP contacts have included planning directors, executive directors, COG presidents, or other persons with decision-making authority. Identify the 2020 Census PSAP technical contact. The technical 2020 Census PSAP contact will conduct the technical review work or manage the technical staff. Consider whether this person will be available for the verification phase of the 2020 Census PSAP. U.S. Census Bureau Coordinate stakeholder meetings during the delineation phase to review the Census Bureau’s 2020 Census proposed statistical areas, and subsequent updates, to seek consensus among stakeholders. Conduct research on local housing unit and population data trends. Conduct research to determine where housing unit and population growth or decline have occurred since 2010. Determine whether there are areas of future change that may affect the delineation of statistical areas based on housing unit and population criteria beyond the 2020 Census. Identify potential CDPs for definition during the 2020 Census PSAP. Work with local stakeholders to identify potential CDPs. CDPs can be delineated for the 2020 Census PSAP for unincorporated, named places with concentrations of housing units or population. Attend a 2020 Census PSAP Webinar training. Training Webinars will offer “hands-on” experience using the 2020 Census PSAP materials. Selftraining aids and Webinars will be available online on the 2020 Census PSAP Web site. In addition, the 2020 Census PSAP Respondent Guides will contain detailed instructions and examples for conducting your statistical area review. 2020 Census Participant Statistical Areas Program (PSAP) Information Guide 3 Review and update 2020 Census PSAP delineation phase materials. Review and update 2020 Census PSAP verification phase materials. You have 120 calendar days from receipt of materials to conduct your 2020 Census PSAP review and return updates to the Census Bureau. The time it will take to complete your 2020 Census PSAP review and submit your updates depends on the geographic territory and number of changes. After updating statistical areas based on 2020 Census PSAP participants’ submissions, the Census Bureau will provide verification products to participants. You have 90 calendar days from the receipt of your verification materials to conduct the 2020 Census PSAP verification review and respond to the Census Bureau. QUESTIONS For more information about 2020 Census PSAP, call 1-844-788-4921, e-mail us at , or visit our Web site at . 4 2020 Census Participant Statistical Areas Program (PSAP) Information Guide U.S. Census Bureau Table 1. 2020 CENSUS PSAP STANDARD STATISTICAL AREAS CRITERIA—Con. Statistical area Nationwide wall-to-wall coverage Primary purpose Geography nests within 2020 Census population criteria 2020 Census housing unit criteria Optimum: 4,000 Optimum: 1,600 Minimum: 1,200 Minimum: 480 Maximum: 8,000 Maximum: 3,200 CENSUS TRACTS Standard census tract Special use Boundary continuity. Yes County Data comparability. No Distinguish areas of little or no population that have a specific type of land use. County Population Threshold = Little/None or must be within the standard census tract threshold. Employment threshold (suggested): Minimum of 1,200 jobs/ workers. Large water bodies. Area Measurement Thresholds: • Should be comparable in land area size to surrounding census tracts BLOCK GROUPS Standard block group Form the geographic framework within which census blocks are numbered. Yes Census Tract Minimum: 600 Minimum: 240 Maximum: 3,000 Maximum: 1,200 Census Tract Population Threshold = Little/None or must be within the standard block group threshold. Smallest area for which demographic characteristics are produced from the American Community Survey (ACS). Special use Distinguish areas of little or no population that have a specific type of land use AND are coextensive with a special land use census tract. Large water bodies. No Employment threshold (suggested): Minimum of 600 jobs/ workers. Area Measurement Thresholds: • Should be comparable in land area size to surrounding block groups U.S. Census Bureau 2020 Census Participant Statistical Areas Program (PSAP) Information Guide 5 Table 1. 2020 CENSUS PSAP STANDARD STATISTICAL AREAS CRITERIA—Con. Statistical area Census designated places (CDPs) Primary purpose Place-level statistics for well-known, closely settled named localities that are not part of an incorporated place. Nationwide wall-to-wall coverage No, CDPs capture distinct communities. Geography nests within State Mix of residential and commercial areas. Census county divisions (CCDs) Provide data for subcounty units that have stable boundaries and recognizable names. Usually represents one or more communities, economic centers, or major land uses. 1 Partial— CCDs and minor civil divisions (MCDs) together provide national coverage. County 2020 Census population criteria 2020 Census housing unit criteria Should have population during at least one entire season (at least 3 consecutive months) of the year. Should have higher housing unit (or population) density than surrounding area. None None If less than 10 housing units, Census Bureau will ask for an explanation. CCDs exist in 21 states.1 CCDs exist in the following states: Alabama Alaska (referred to as census subarea) Arizona California Colorado Delaware Florida Georgia Hawaii Idaho Kentucky Montana Nevada New Mexico Oklahoma Oregon South Carolina Texas Utah Washington Wyoming 6 2020 Census Participant Statistical Areas Program (PSAP) Information Guide U.S. Census Bureau Table 2. 2020 CENSUS PSAP TRIBAL STATISTICAL AREAS CRITERIA—Con. Statistical area Primary purpose Coverage Geography nests within 2020 Census population criteria 2020 Census housing unit criteria Optimum: 4,000 Optimum: 1,600 Minimum: 1,200 Minimum: 480 Maximum: 8,000 Maximum: 3,200 TRIBAL CENSUS TRACTS (TCTs) TCT (Conceptually similar and equivalent to standard census tract.) Meet unique statistical needs of federally recognized American Indian reservation (AIR) and/or off-reservation trust land (ORTL). Tract-level data without the imposition of state or county boundaries. Entire land and water area of the AIR and/or ORTL must be covered by one or more TCTs. Federally recognized AIR or ORTL. (Identified uniquely to distinguish from standard census tract.) (Fewer than 2,400 = 1 TCT coextensive with AIR and/or ORTL.) Data comparability. Special use Distinguish areas of little or no population that have a specific type of land use. Large water bodies. Population Threshold = Little/None or must be within the standard census tract threshold. Employment threshold (suggested): Minimum of 1,200 jobs/ workers. Area Measurement Thresholds: • Should be comparable in land area size to surrounding tribal census tracts. U.S. Census Bureau 2020 Census Participant Statistical Areas Program (PSAP) Information Guide 7 Table 2. 2020 CENSUS PSAP TRIBAL STATISTICAL AREAS CRITERIA—Con. Statistical area Primary purpose Coverage Geography nests within 2020 Census population criteria 2020 Census housing unit criteria TRIBAL BLOCK GROUPS (TBGs) TBG (Conceptually similar and equivalent to standard block group.) Smallest area for which demographic characteristics are produced from the American Community Survey (ACS). Maintained separately from standard countybased block groups to meet unique statistical needs of federally recognized AIR and/or ORTL. Special use Because TCTs must cover the entire area of each AIR and/ or ORTL, by definition, TBGs also must cover the entire area of each AIR and/or ORTL. TCT Minimum: 600 Minimum: 240 (Identified uniquely to distinguish from standard block group.) Maximum: 3,000 Maximum: 1,200 (Equal to or fewer than 1,200 = 1 TBG coextensive with TCT, AIR, and/or ORTL.) Population Threshold = Little/None or must be within the standard block group threshold. Distinguish areas of little or no population that have a specific type of land use AND are coextensive with a special land use tribal census tract. Employment threshold (suggested): Minimum of 600 jobs/ workers. Area Measurement Thresholds: Large water bodies. • Should be comparable in land area size to surrounding tribal block groups. OTHER TRIBAL STATISTICAL GEOGRAPHIES Census designated places (CDPs) Place-level statistics for well-known, closely settled named localities that are not part of an incorporated place. Mix of residential and commercial areas. CDPs capture distinct communities. State (Tribes that would like to delineate CDPs for communities partially or completely outside the boundaries of their legal or statistical area should work with the primary participants for those areas.) 8 2020 Census Participant Statistical Areas Program (PSAP) Information Guide Should have population during at least one entire season (at least 3 consecutive months) of the year. Should have higher housing unit (or population) density than surrounding area. If less than 10 housing units, Census Bureau will ask for an explanation. U.S. Census Bureau Table 2. 2020 CENSUS PSAP TRIBAL STATISTICAL AREAS CRITERIA—Con. Statistical area Primary purpose Coverage Provide meaningful Tribal designated statistical data for fedstatistical areas erally recognized tribes (TDSAs) that do not have an AIR or ORTL and are not based in Alaska, Hawaii, or Oklahoma. Enhance the ability for data users to make more meaningful comparisons, over time, between data for both legal and statistical American Indian Areas (AIAs). Provide meaningState tribal designated ful statistical data for statistical areas state-recognized tribes (STDSAs) that are not federally recognized, do not have a state-recognized AIR or ORTL, and are not based in Alaska, Hawaii, or Oklahoma. Enhance the ability for data users to make more meaningful comparisons, over time, between data for both legal and statistical AIAs. U.S. Census Bureau Relates to distribution of tribal members and American Indians receiving governmental services from the tribe. Geography nests within United States— excluding Alaska, Hawaii, and Oklahoma. (Can cross state boundaries.) 2020 Census population criteria 2020 Census housing unit criteria Minimum = 200 Minimum = 480 American Indian population makes up large proportion of population and majority of that population are members of the delineating tribe. Housing unit density of at least 3 housing units per square mile. Should not include large numbers of people and households not affiliated with the tribe. Relates to distribution of tribal members and American Indians receiving governmental services from the tribe. State in which the respective tribe is officially recognized. Minimum = 200 Minimum = 480 American Indian population makes up large proportion of population and majority of that population are members of the delineating tribe. Housing unit density of at least 3 housing units per square mile. Should not include large numbers of people and households not affiliated with the tribe. 2020 Census Participant Statistical Areas Program (PSAP) Information Guide 9 Table 2. 2020 CENSUS PSAP TRIBAL STATISTICAL AREAS CRITERIA—Con. Statistical area Primary purpose Provide meaningful, relAlaska Native village evant, and reliable stastatistical areas tistical data for Alaska (ANVSAs) Natives and their Alaska Native villages (ANVs) that are federally recognized by Bureau of Indian Affairs (BIA) or recognized pursuant to Alaska Native Claims Settlement Act (ANCSA) as either a Native Village or Native Group. Coverage State of Alaska— represent relatively densely settled portion of each ANV. Geography nests within Alaska Native Regional Corporation (ANRC). 2020 Census population criteria Significant proportion of the population during at least one season of the year (at least 3 consecutive months) is Alaska Native and the majority are members of the defining ANV. 2020 Census housing unit criteria Majority of housing units, permanent and/or seasonal, should be for Alaska Natives who are members of or receiving governmental services from the defining ANV. Should not include large areas that are unpopulated or have no housing units. Should have housing unit density of at least 3 housing units per square mile. Oklahoma Provide a way to obtain tribal statistical data comparable to that areas (OTSAs) provided to federally recognized tribes that currently have an AIR. Represent the former AIRs that existed in the Indian and Oklahoma territories prior to Oklahoma statehood in 1907. Statistical tribal subdivisions OTSA Federally recognized tribes in Oklahoma with a defined OTSA. Provide a way to obtain data for units of selfgovernment and/or administrations within an OTSA. State of Oklahoma. (Cannot overlap with any other AIA at the same level of the geographic hierarchy.) 10 2020 Census Participant Statistical Areas Program (PSAP) Information Guide Must contain some American Indian population. Must contain some American Indian housing units. Must contain some American Indian population. Must contain some American Indian housing units. U.S. Census Bureau GLOSSARY OF TERMS Alaska Native Regional Associations (ANRAs). The 12 regional nonprofit associations in Alaska (incorporated under State Law in 1973) whose boundaries became the basis of the for-profit regional corporations (Alaska Native Regional Corporations [ANRC]) pursuant to the Alaska Native Claims Settlement Act (ANCSA) (as amended) (43 U.S.C. 1601 et seq. [2000]). Regional nonprofit associations were created to administer social, education, and health services for Alaska Native people in their region. Alaska Native villages (ANVs). Constitute associations, bands, clans, communities, groups, tribes, or villages recognized pursuant to the Alaska Native Claims Settlement Act of 1971 (Public Law 92-203). Alaska Native village statistical areas (ANVSAs). Statistical geographic entities that represent the more densely settled portions of ANVs. American Community Survey (ACS). An ongoing survey that collects demographic and housing characteristics data, January through December, to provide every community with the information they need to make important decisions. The Census Bureau releases new data every year, in the form of estimates, in a variety of tables, tools, and analytical reports. American Indian reservations (AIRs). Areas that have been set aside by the United States for the use of tribes, the exterior boundaries of which are more particularly defined in the final tribal treaties, agreements, executive orders, federal statutes, secretarial orders, or judicial determinations. The Bureau of Indian Affairs (BIA) maintains a list of all federally recognized tribal governments and makes final determination of the inventory of federal AIRs. American Indian tribal subdivisions. Described as additions, administrative areas, areas, chapters, county districts, communities, districts, or segments and are legal administrative subdivisions of federally recognized AIRs and ORTLs or are statistical subdivisions of OTSAs. Census county divisions (CCDs). Statistical geographic entities in 21 states where MCDs either do not exist or change too frequently for reporting comparable census data over time. The primary goal of the CCD program is to establish and maintain a set of subcounty units that have stable boundaries and recognizable names. In most cases census tracts should nest within CCDs, but in less populated counties CCDs should nest within census tracts. Census designated places (CDPs). Statistical geographic entities representing closely settled, unincorporated communities that are locally recognized and identified by name. CDPs are the statistical equivalents of incorporated places, with the primary differences being the lack of both a legally defined boundary and an active, functioning governmental structure, chartered by the state and administered by elected officials. Census tracts. Small, relatively permanent statistical subdivisions of a county or equivalent entity that provide a stable set of geographic units for the presentation of statistical data. Census tracts generally have a population ranging from 1,200 to 8,000, with an optimum population of 4,000. Geographic Information Systems (GIS). A collection of computer hardware, software, and geographic data for capturing, managing, analyzing, and displaying all forms of geographically referenced information. Geographic Update Partnership Software (GUPS). A customized GIS, based on the open-source platform QGIS, provided by the Census Bureau to facilitate the participation and submission of statistical area updates for the 2020 Census PSAP. Master Address File/Topologically Integrated Geographic Encoding and Referencing (MAF/ TIGER) System. A digital (computer-readable) geographic database that automates the mapping and related geographic activities required to support the Census Bureau’s census and survey programs. Block groups. Statistical geographic divisions of census tracts that generally contain population ranging from 600 to 3,000 and are used to present data and control block numbering within a census tract. U.S. Census Bureau 2020 Census Participant Statistical Areas Program (PSAP) Information Guide 11 Minor civil divisions (MCDs). Primary governmental or administrative divisions of a county in many states (parishes in Louisiana) and the county equivalents in Puerto Rico and the Island Areas. Off-reservation trust lands (ORTLs). Areas for which the United States holds title in trust for the benefit of a tribe (tribal trust land) or for an individual American Indian (individual trust land). Oklahoma tribal statistical areas (OTSAs). Statistical entities identified and delineated by the Census Bureau in consultation with federally recognized American Indian tribes that had a former reservation in Oklahoma. OTSAs generally follow the boundaries of former reservations. 2020 Census Participant Statistical Areas Program (PSAP). A decennial census program that allows invited participants to review and update selected statistical area boundaries following Census Bureau guidelines and criteria. Tribal block groups (TBGs). Statistical geographic divisions of tribal census tracts (TCTs) that generally contain population ranging from 600 to 3,000 and are used to present data and control block numbering within a TCT. TBGs are defined independently of the standard county-based block group delineation. Tribal census tracts (TCTs). Small, relatively permanent statistical subdivisions of federally recognized AIRs or ORTLs that provide a stable set of geographic units for the presentation of statistical data. TCTs generally have a population ranging from 1,200 to 8,000, with an optimum population of 4,000. TCTs are defined independently of the standard countybased tract delineation. Tribal designated statistical areas (TDSAs). Statistical entities identified and delineated by federally recognized American Indian tribes that do not currently have a federally recognized land base (reservation or off-reservation trust land). State designated tribal statistical areas (SDTSAs). Statistical entities for state-recognized American Indian tribes that do not have a state-recognized land base (reservation). 12 2020 Census Participant Statistical Areas Program (PSAP) Information Guide U.S. Census Bureau Censo del 2020 Programa de Áreas Estadísticas Participantes (PSAP) Guía Informativa W-100 Publicado en octubre del 2018 ¿QUÉ ES EL PSAP DEL CENSO DEL 2020? El Programa de Áreas Estadísticas Participantes del Censo del 2020 (PSAP) permite a los participantes invitados revisar y actualizar límites de áreas estadísticas seleccionadas para la tabulación de datos del Censo del 2020 siguiendo las normas y criterios de la Oficina del Censo de los EE. UU. (Oficina del Censo). La Oficina del Censo usará las áreas estadísticas definidas para tabular datos del Censo del 2020, la Encuesta sobre la Comunidad de Puerto Rico (PRCS) y el Censo Económico. Las geografías estadísticas estándar cumplen con los requisitos para la revisión en conformidad con el PSAP del Censo del 2020. Entre las geografías estándar están: •• Sectores censales. •• Grupos de bloques. •• Lugares designados del censo (CDP). Inicialmente, la Oficina del Censo solicita la participación en el PSAP del Censo del 2020 a nuestros participantes en el PSAP del Censo del 2010. En los casos en que no existan socios anteriores, la Oficina del Censo trata de captar nuevos socios. La Oficina del Censo recomienda encarecidamente a los participantes en el PSAP del Censo del 2020 que les pidan a otros usuarios y entidades interesadas en los datos del censo su aporte con respecto a la delineación de las áreas estadísticas del Censo del 2020. La Oficina del Censo puede modificar, y si es necesario rechazar, las áreas geográficas estadísticas, y/o sus límites, presentados por los participantes que no cumplan los criterios y normas establecidos. ¿POR QUÉ PARTICIPAR EN EL PSAP DEL CENSO DEL 2020? El PSAP del Censo del 2020 es la única oportunidad antes del Censo del 2020 para que las agencias de planificación regional (RPA), consejos de gobierno (COG), Asociaciones Regionales de Nativos de Alaska (ANRA) y los gobiernos tribales, estatales, de condado y locales (incluyendo el Distrito de Columbia y Puerto Rico) para revisar y actualizar las áreas estadísticas seleccionadas. Por ejemplo, estos datos se usan para: •• Preparar solicitudes de subsidios para financiar programas comunitarios y regionales de desarrollo, educación, agricultura, energía y ambientales, al igual que otras mejoras y avances comunitarios necesarios. •• Planificar para las necesidades futuras de la comunidad. La próxima oportunidad para revisar y delinear las áreas estadísticas se planifica para el Censo del 2030. ¿QUÉ HAY DE NUEVO PARA EL PSAP DEL CENSO DEL 2020? Con el fin de reducir el esfuerzo de los participantes, la Oficina del Censo va a crear sugerencias para todos los participantes en el PSAP del Censo del 2020 de áreas estadísticas del Censo del 2020 para que se revisen y se actualicen. Los participantes pueden aceptar las áreas estadísticas del Censo del 2020 que proponga la Oficina del Censo, actualizar las áreas estadísticas del Censo del 2020 que se propongan, o pueden usar la geografía de las áreas estadísticas del Censo del 2010 como base para hacer actualizaciones. Los participantes que revisen geografías de áreas estadísticas estándar tienen que usar el Software de Colaboración para la Actualización Geográfica (GUPS) de la Oficina del Censo para delinear las actualizaciones. El GUPS opera en QGIS, que es un Sistema de Información Geográfica (GIS) de código abierto. El GUPS contiene toda la funcionalidad que se requiere para hacer actualizaciones del PSAP del Censo del 2020, ejecuta verificaciones automatizadas del cumplimiento de los criterios del programa y crea archivos de salida de datos estandarizados para el procesamiento que realiza la Oficina del Censo. El GUPS está disponible en DVD o disponible para descargarlo del sitio web de la Oficina del Censo durante la fase de delineación del PSAP del Censo del 2020. Los participantes que usen GUPS tienen que usar el Módulo Entrante de Web Segura (SWIM) para enviar sus actualizaciones. SWIM es el portal oficial de internet para cargar materiales de asociación a la Oficina del Censo, y se encuentra en . AVISO DEL PSAP DEL CENSO DEL 2020 DEL REGISTRO FEDERAL El Aviso del PSAP del Censo del 2020 del Registro Federal está disponible en . El Aviso del Registro Federal incluye información detallada sobre criterios y normas de geografías de las áreas estadísticas tribales y estándar. PREGUNTAS Para recibir más información sobre el PSAP del Censo del 2020, llame gratis al 1-844-788-4921, envíenos un correo electrónico a , o visite nuestro sitio web . CALENDARIO DEL PSAP DEL CENSO DEL 2020 Fecha Evento Marzo a mayo del 2018 Se establece contacto con los participantes del PSAP del Censo del 2010 para preguntar sobre la participación en el PSAP del Censo del 2020. Julio del 2018 Se envían los materiales de invitación del PSAP del Censo del 2020 a los participantes. Septiembre del 2018 Publicación de los criterios finales de las áreas estadísticas estándar. Enero del 2019 Comienza la fase de delineación del PSAP del Censo del 2020. Los participantes tienen 120 días calendario para enviar las actualizaciones. Enero del 2019 Comienzan las capacitaciones del PSAP del Censo del 2020 en seminarios web. Julio del 2019 Se informa a los participantes en el PSAP del Censo del 2020 del cierre de la fase de delineación. Enero del 2020 Comienza la fase de verificación del PSAP del Censo del 2020. Los participantes tienen 90 días calendario para revisar las actualizaciones. 2 Guía Informativa del Programa de Áreas Estadísticas Participantes (PSAP) del Censo del 2020 U.S. Census Bureau LISTA DE VERIFICACIÓN PREPARATORIA PARA EL PSAP DEL CENSO DEL 2020 99 Revisar el calendario del PSAP del Censo del 2020 y determinar las necesidades de personal y presupuesto. ejecutivos, presidentes de COG y otras personas con autoridad para tomar decisiones. Identificar el contacto técnico del PSAP del Censo del 2020. 99 Identificar el principal contacto del PSAP del Censo del 2020 para su gobierno u organización. El contacto técnico del PSAP del Censo del 2020 va a llevar a cabo el trabajo de la revisión técnica o dirigir al personal técnico. Considere si esta persona va a estar disponible para la fase de verificación del PSAP del Censo del 2020. 99 Identificar el contacto técnico del PSAP del Censo del 2020 para su gobierno u organización. Revisar los criterios y normas del PSAP del Censo del 2020. 99 Revisar los criterios y normas del PSAP del Censo del 2020. 99 Pedir el aporte de las entidades interesadas del PSAP del Censo del 2020. 99 Establecer un calendario de encuentros para las entidades interesadas durante la fase de delineación. 99 Llevar a cabo una investigación de las tendencias de datos de unidades de vivienda y población a nivel local. 99 Identificar CDP potenciales para la delineación durante el PSAP del Censo del 2020. 99 Asistir a una capacitación del PSAP del Censo del 2020 por seminario web. 99 Revisar y actualizar los materiales de la fase de delineación del PSAP del Censo del 2020. 99 Revisar y actualizar los materiales de la fase de verificación del PSAP del Censo del 2020. Revisar el calendario del PSAP del Censo del 2020 y determinar las necesidades de personal y presupuesto. Planificar el número de empleados necesarios para revisar y actualizar las geografías estadísticas antes de empezar la fase de delineación programada para enero del 2019. Identificar el principal contacto del PSAP del Censo del 2020. El contacto principal del PSAP del Censo del 2020 va a coordinar las actividades de revisión y actualización del PSAP. Entre los contactos del PSAP en el pasado se cuentan directores de planificación, directores U.S. Census Bureau Revisar los criterios y normas del PSAP del Censo del 2020 para los sectores censales, grupos de bloques y CDP. Los Criterios y normas de todas las áreas estadísticas del PSAP del Censo del 2020 están publicados en el Registro Federal en . Pedir el aporte de las entidades interesadas del PSAP del Censo del 2020. Ponerse en contacto con los gobiernos locales y las organizaciones de planificación en su área de servicio para recibir su aporte sobre la revisión y actualización del PSAP del Censo del 2020. Establecer un calendario de encuentros para las entidades interesadas durante la fase de delineación. Coordinar reuniones con las entidades interesadas durante la fase de delineación para revisar las áreas estadísticas propuestas por la Oficina del Censo para el Censo del 2020 y posteriores actualizaciones para lograr el consenso entre las entidades interesadas. Llevar a cabo una investigación de las tendencias de datos de unidades de vivienda y población a nivel local. Llevar a cabo una investigación para determinar dónde hubo crecimiento o disminución de las unidades de vivienda y la población desde el 2010. Determinar si hay áreas donde habrá cambios que puedan afectar la delineación de áreas estadísticas, de acuerdo con criterios de unidades de vivienda y población después del Censo del 2020. Guía Informativa del Programa de Áreas Estadísticas Participantes (PSAP) del Censo del 2020 3 Identificar CDP potenciales para su definición durante el Censo del 2020. Revisar y actualizar los materiales de la fase de delineación del PSAP del Censo del 2020. Colaborar con las entidades locales interesadas para identificar CDP potenciales. Se pueden delinear los CDP para el PSAP del Censo del 2020 para lugares no incorporados con nombre y con concentraciones de unidades de vivienda o de población. Usted tiene 120 días calendario desde el momento en que reciba sus materiales para realizar su revisión del PSAP del Censo del 2020 y enviar sus actualizaciones a la Oficina del Censo. El tiempo que le tomará completar su revisión del PSAP del Censo del 2020 y enviar sus actualizaciones dependerá del territorio geográfico y el número de cambios. Asistir a una capacitación del PSAP del Censo del 2020 por seminario web. Los seminarios web de capacitación ofrecerán experiencia práctica con los materiales del PSAP del Censo del 2020. Habrá materiales de autocapacitación y seminarios web disponibles en internet en el sitio web del PSAP del Censo del 2020. Además, las Guías para responder del PSAP del Censo del 2020 van a contener instrucciones detalladas y ejemplos para llevar a cabo su revisión de áreas estadísticas. Revisar y actualizar los materiales de la fase de verificación del PSAP del Censo del 2020. Después de actualizar las áreas estadísticas de acuerdo con la información de los participantes en el PSAP del Censo del 2020, la Oficina del Censo les va a proporcionar a los participantes los productos de verificación. Usted tiene 90 días calendario desde que reciba sus materiales de verificación para realizar su revisión de verificación del PSAP del Censo del 2020 y responder a la Oficina del Censo. 4 Guía Informativa del Programa de Áreas Estadísticas Participantes (PSAP) del Censo del 2020 U.S. Census Bureau CRITERIO PARA LAS ÁREAS ESTADÍSTICAS ESTÁNDAR DEL PSAP DEL CENSO DEL 2020 Área estadística Propósito principal Cobertura nacional total Geografía dentro de Criterio de población del Censo del 2020 Criterio de unidad de vivienda del Censo del 2020 SECTORES CENSALES Sector censal estándar Uso especial Continuidad de límites Sí Municipio Comparabilidad de los datos Distinguir las áreas de poca o ninguna población que tienen un uso específico del terreno No Municipio Óptimo: 4,000 Óptimo: 1,600 Mínimo: 1,200 Mínimo: 480 Máximo: 8,000 Máximo: 3,200 Umbral de población = Poco/ Ninguno o tiene que estar dentro del umbral estándar del sector censal Umbral de empleo (sugerido) = Un mínimo de 1,200 empleos/ trabajadores Cuerpos de agua grandes Umbral de medición de área = Debería ser comparable en cuanto al tamaño del área del terreno con los sectores censales que lo rodean GRUPOS DE BLOQUES Grupo de Forma el marco bloque estándar geográfico dentro del cual se enumeran los bloques censales Sí Sector censal Mínimo: 600 Mínimo: 240 Máximo: 3,000 Máximo: 1,200 La menor área para la cual se producen características demográficas para la Encuesta sobre la Comunidad de Puerto Rico (PRCS) Uso especial Distinguir las áreas de poca o ninguna población que tienen un uso específico de la tierra Y coinciden con un sector censal que hace uso especial del terreno Cuerpos de agua grandes U.S. Census Bureau No Sector censal Umbral de población = Poco/ Ninguno o tiene que estar dentro del umbral estándar del bloque censal Umbral de empleo (sugerido) = Un mínimo de 600 empleos/ trabajadores Umbral de medición de área = Debería ser comparable en cuanto al tamaño del área del terreno con los grupos de bloques que lo rodean Guía Informativa del Programa de Áreas Estadísticas Participantes (PSAP) del Censo del 2020 5 CRITERIO PARA LAS ÁREAS ESTADÍSTICAS ESTÁNDAR DEL PSAP DEL CENSO DEL 2020 Área estadística Propósito principal Lugares Designados del Censo (CDP) Estadísticas a nivel de lugar para lugares bien conocidos, densamente poblados y con nombre que no son parte de un lugar incorporado Mezcla de áreas residenciales y comerciales Cobertura nacional total No, los CDP capturan comunidades distintas Geografía dentro de Estado Criterio de población del Censo del 2020 Debe tener población al menos durante una temporada completa (al menos 3 meses consecutivos) del año 6 Guía Informativa del Programa de Áreas Estadísticas Participantes (PSAP) del Censo del 2020 Criterio de unidad de vivienda del Censo del 2020 Debe tener una mayor densidad de unidades de vivienda (o población) que las áreas que lo rodean Si son menos de 10 unidades de vivienda, la Oficina del Censo pedirá una explicación U.S. Census Bureau GLOSARIO DE TÉRMINOS Divisiones civiles menores (MCD). Principales divisiones gubernamentales o administrativas de un condado en muchos estados (parroquias en Luisiana) y equivalentes de condado en Puerto Rico y las Áreas Insulares. Encuesta sobre la Comunidad de Puerto Rico (PRCS). Una encuesta continua que recopila datos de características demográficas y de vivienda, desde enero hasta diciembre, para proporcionarles a todas las comunidades la información que necesitan para tomar decisiones importantes. La Oficina del Censo publica nuevos datos todos los años, en forma de estimaciones, en una variedad de tablas, herramientas e informes analíticos. Grupos de bloques. Divisiones geográficas estadísticas de sectores censales que por lo general contienen una población de entre 600 y 3,000 habitantes y se usan para presentar datos y controlar la numeración de los bloques dentro de un sector censal. Lugares Designados del Censo (CDP). Entidades geográficas estadísticas que representan comunidades no incorporadas densamente pobladas que están reconocidas localmente e identificadas por nombre. Los CDP son equivalentes estadísticos de los lugares incorporados, con la principal diferencia de que no tienen un límite legal definido ni una estructura gubernamental activa y en funcionamiento, reconocida por el estado y administrada por funcionarios electos. Sectores censales. Pequeñas subdivisiones estadísticas de un condado relativamente permanentes o entidades equivalentes que proveen un conjunto estable de unidades geográficas para la presentación de datos estadísticos. Los sectores censales por lo general tienen una población de entre 1,200 y 8,000 habitantes, con una población óptima de 4,000. Sistema de Archivo Maestro de Direcciones/ Archivos de Codificación y Referencia Geográficas Integradas Topológicamente (MAF/TIGER). Una base de datos geográficos digital (que pueden leer las computadoras) que automatiza la confección de mapas y las actividades geográficas relacionadas que son necesarias para apoyar los programas de censos y encuestas de la Oficina del Censo. Sistema de Información Geográfica (GIS). Un conjunto de hardware de computación, software y datos geográficos para capturar, administrar, analizar y mostrar todas las formas información de referencia geográfica. Software de Colaboración para la Actualización Geográfica (GUPS). Un GIS personalizado, basado en una plataforma QGIS de código abierto, provisto por la Oficina del Censo para facilitar la participación y el envío de actualizaciones de áreas estadísticas para el PSAP del Censo del 2020. Programa de Áreas Estadísticas Participantes (PSAP) del Censo del 2020. Un programa del censo decenal que les permite a los participantes invitados revisar y actualizar los límites de las áreas estadísticas seleccionadas siguiendo las normas y criterios de la Oficina del Censo. U.S. Census Bureau Guía Informativa del Programa de Áreas Estadísticas Participantes (PSAP) del Censo del 2020 7 PSAP Postcards P-300 P-300 OMB Control no: 0607-1003 U.S. Census Bureau 2020 Census Participant Statistical Areas Program (PSAP) Delineation Phase Response Postcard The U.S. Census Bureau received the product preference form from your government/organization indicating how you would like to receive the PSAP delineation materials. Please follow instructions on the letter in this package to review delineation materials for your statistical geographies. Please check the first box if you will have changes to submit to the Census Bureau’s 2020 proposed plan for the standard census tracts and block groups or to the existing boundaries for all other statistical geographies. Check the second box if you will not have any changes to submit. Check only one of the following boxes after reviewing the 2020 Census PSAP Materials: ☐ I plan to submit changes. ☐ I do not plan to submit changes (I plan to accept the 2020 proposed plans for standard census tracts and block groups and existing boundaries for all other statistical geographies). Please print your name, then sign, and date below before mailing back to the Census Bureau. _________________________ __________________________ ________________ Print name Signature PSAP-P-300 (12-2018) Date P-300PR P-300PR OMB Control no: 0607-1003 U.S. Census Bureau 2020 Census Participant Statistical Areas Program (PSAP) Delineation Phase Response Postcard The U.S. Census Bureau received the product preference form from your government/organization indicating how you would like to receive the PSAP delineation materials. Please follow instructions on the letter in this package to review delineation materials for your statistical geographies. Please check the first box if you will have changes to submit to the Census Bureau’s 2020 proposed plan for the standard census tracts and block groups or to the existing boundaries for all other statistical geographies. Check the second box if you will not have any changes to submit. Check only one of the following boxes after reviewing the 2020 Census PSAP Materials: ☐ I plan to submit changes. ☐ I do not plan to submit changes (I plan to accept the 2020 proposed plans for standard census tracts and block groups and existing boundaries for all other statistical geographies). Please print your name, then sign, and date below before mailing back to the Census Bureau. _________________________ __________________________ ________________ Print name Signature PSAP-P-300PR (12-2018) Date PSAP Templates and CD/DVD ReadMe.txt Files AIA_NAME_BASID_TribalTract_TribalBG_BASID Agua Caliente_TBD_TribalTract_TribalBG_TBD Agua Caliente_TBD_TribalTract_TribalBG_TBD Agua Caliente_TBD_TribalTract_TribalBG_TBD Agua Caliente_TBD_TribalTract_TribalBG_TBD Agua Caliente_TBD_TribalTract_TribalBG_TBD Agua Caliente_TBD_TribalTract_TribalBG_TBD Agua Caliente_TBD_TribalTract_TribalBG_TBD Agua Caliente_TBD_TribalTract_TribalBG_TBD Agua Caliente_TBD_TribalTract_TribalBG_TBD Agua Caliente_TBD_TribalTract_TribalBG_TBD Agua Caliente_TBD_TribalTract_TribalBG_TBD Agua Caliente_TBD_TribalTract_TribalBG_TBD Agua Caliente_TBD_TribalTract_TribalBG_TBD Agua Caliente_TBD_TribalTract_TribalBG_TBD Agua Caliente_TBD_TribalTract_TribalBG_TBD Agua Caliente_TBD_TribalTract_TribalBG_TBD Agua Caliente_TBD_TribalTract_TribalBG_TBD Agua Caliente_TBD_TribalTract_TribalBG_TBD Agua Caliente_TBD_TribalTract_TribalBG_TBD Agua Caliente_TBD_TribalTract_TribalBG_TBD Agua Caliente_TBD_TribalTract_TribalBG_TBD AIA_NAME Agua Caliente Agua Caliente Agua Caliente Agua Caliente Agua Caliente Agua Caliente Agua Caliente Agua Caliente Agua Caliente Agua Caliente Agua Caliente Agua Caliente Agua Caliente Agua Caliente Agua Caliente Agua Caliente Agua Caliente Agua Caliente Agua Caliente Agua Caliente Agua Caliente TTRACTCE NAME T00100 T001 T00100 T001 T00200 T002 T00300 T003 T00300 T003 T00400 T004 T00400 T004 T00500 T005 T00500 T005 T00600 T006 T00600 T006 T00700 T007 T00700 T007 T00800 T008 T00800 T008 T00800 T008 T00900 T009 T00900 T009 T01000 T010 T01000 T010 T01000 T010 TBLKGRPCE TRACTPOPTRACTHOUTBGPOP TBGHOUSING AIA_NAME_AIA_NAME_BASID_TribalTract_TribalBG_2010Pop_Housing A 2,613 2,497 1,782 1,573 Agua Caliente_Agua Caliente_TBD_TribalTract_TribalBG_2010Pop_Housing 924 Agua Caliente_Agua Caliente_TBD_TribalTract_TribalBG_2010Pop_Housing B 2,613 2,497 831 A 2,436 2,124 2,436 2,124 Agua Caliente_Agua Caliente_TBD_TribalTract_TribalBG_2010Pop_Housing 905 Agua Caliente_Agua Caliente_TBD_TribalTract_TribalBG_2010Pop_Housing A 1,916 1,506 1,229 B 1,916 1,506 687 601 Agua Caliente_Agua Caliente_TBD_TribalTract_TribalBG_2010Pop_Housing 865 Agua Caliente_Agua Caliente_TBD_TribalTract_TribalBG_2010Pop_Housing A 2,051 2,267 652 1,402 Agua Caliente_Agua Caliente_TBD_TribalTract_TribalBG_2010Pop_Housing B 2,051 2,267 1,399 A 3,179 2,896 1,781 1,925 Agua Caliente_Agua Caliente_TBD_TribalTract_TribalBG_2010Pop_Housing B 3,179 2,896 1,398 971 Agua Caliente_Agua Caliente_TBD_TribalTract_TribalBG_2010Pop_Housing A 2,613 2,713 1,354 1,424 Agua Caliente_Agua Caliente_TBD_TribalTract_TribalBG_2010Pop_Housing B 2,613 2,713 1,259 1,289 Agua Caliente_Agua Caliente_TBD_TribalTract_TribalBG_2010Pop_Housing A 1,462 1,616 535 499 Agua Caliente_Agua Caliente_TBD_TribalTract_TribalBG_2010Pop_Housing 1,117 Agua Caliente_Agua Caliente_TBD_TribalTract_TribalBG_2010Pop_Housing C 1,462 1,616 927 A 3,635 2,761 1,617 1,169 Agua Caliente_Agua Caliente_TBD_TribalTract_TribalBG_2010Pop_Housing 1,267 Agua Caliente_Agua Caliente_TBD_TribalTract_TribalBG_2010Pop_Housing B 3,635 2,761 1,683 C 3,635 2,761 335 325 Agua Caliente_Agua Caliente_TBD_TribalTract_TribalBG_2010Pop_Housing A 3,032 2,654 986 923 Agua Caliente_Agua Caliente_TBD_TribalTract_TribalBG_2010Pop_Housing B 3,032 2,654 2,046 1,731 Agua Caliente_Agua Caliente_TBD_TribalTract_TribalBG_2010Pop_Housing A 1,844 1,945 327 275 Agua Caliente_Agua Caliente_TBD_TribalTract_TribalBG_2010Pop_Housing 1,182 Agua Caliente_Agua Caliente_TBD_TribalTract_TribalBG_2010Pop_Housing B 1,844 1,945 913 C 1,844 1,945 604 488 Agua Caliente_Agua Caliente_TBD_TribalTract_TribalBG_2010Pop_Housing STATEFP 06 06 06 06 06 06 06 06 06 06 06 06 06 06 06 06 06 06 06 06 06 06 06 06 06 06 06 06 06 06 06 06 06 06 06 06 06 06 06 06 06 06 06 06 COUNTYFP 075 075 075 075 075 075 075 075 075 075 075 075 075 075 075 075 075 075 075 075 075 075 075 075 075 075 075 075 075 075 075 075 075 075 075 075 075 075 075 075 075 075 075 075 TRACTCE TRACTYP 010201 010202 010401 010402 010701 010702 010901 010902 011001 011002 010101 010102 011101 011102 012001 012002 012203 012204 012403 012404 012405 012406 012503 012504 012801 012802 013001 013002 013401 013402 015201 015202 015401 015402 015701 015702 016101 016102 016601 016602 017803 017804 020101 020102 06 06 06 06 06 06 06 06 06 06 06 06 06 06 06 06 06 06 06 06 06 06 06 06 06 06 06 06 06 06 06 06 06 06 06 06 06 06 06 06 06 06 06 06 06 075 075 075 075 075 075 075 075 075 075 075 075 075 075 075 075 075 075 075 075 075 075 075 075 075 075 075 075 075 075 075 075 075 075 075 075 075 075 075 075 075 075 075 075 075 020201 020202 020601 020602 020701 020702 020801 020802 025501 025502 026201 026202 031401 031402 033001 033002 035101 035102 045201 045202 047903 047904 060701 060702 060703 060704 061101 061102 017602 017603 017604 017605 061401 061402 061501 061502 061503 061504 061505 061506 061507 061508 061509 061510 061511 06 06 06 06 06 075 075 075 075 075 061512 061513 061514 017903 990200 STATEFP 06 06 06 06 06 06 06 06 06 06 06 06 06 06 06 06 06 06 06 06 06 06 06 06 06 06 06 06 06 06 06 06 06 06 06 06 06 06 06 06 06 06 06 06 06 06 COUNTYFP 075 075 075 075 075 075 075 075 075 075 075 075 075 075 075 075 075 075 075 075 075 075 075 075 075 075 075 075 075 075 075 075 075 075 075 075 075 075 075 075 075 075 075 075 075 075 TRACTCE 010100 010100 010200 010200 010201 010201 010402 010402 010500 010500 010900 010900 010902 010902 011000 011000 011001 011002 011002 011100 011100 011100 011100 011101 011102 011102 011102 011200 011200 011700 011700 011700 011700 011901 011901 011902 011902 012001 012001 012002 012002 012100 012100 012201 012201 012201 BLKGRPCE 3 4 4 5 4 5 1 2 3 4 4 5 4 5 4 5 4 3 4 4 5 6 7 5 1 2 4 4 5 3 4 5 6 3 4 3 4 2 3 1 3 3 4 3 4 5 BLKGRPID TRACTYP 060750101003 060750101004 060750102004 060750102005 060750102014 060750102015 060750104021 060750104022 060750105003 060750105004 060750109004 060750109005 060750109024 060750109025 060750110004 060750110005 060750110014 060750110023 060750110024 060750111004 060750111005 060750111006 060750111007 060750111015 060750111021 060750111022 060750111024 060750112004 060750112005 060750117003 060750117004 060750117005 060750117006 060750119013 060750119014 060750119023 060750119024 060750120012 060750120013 060750120021 060750120023 060750121003 060750121004 060750122013 060750122014 060750122015 BGTYP 06 06 06 06 06 06 06 06 06 06 06 06 06 06 06 06 06 06 06 06 06 06 06 06 06 06 06 06 06 06 06 06 06 06 06 06 06 06 06 06 06 06 06 06 06 06 06 075 075 075 075 075 075 075 075 075 075 075 075 075 075 075 075 075 075 075 075 075 075 075 075 075 075 075 075 075 075 075 075 075 075 075 075 075 075 075 075 075 075 075 075 075 075 075 012201 012201 012201 012202 012202 012301 012301 012302 012302 012302 012302 012401 012401 012401 012401 012401 012402 012402 012402 012402 012403 012403 012403 012403 012404 012404 012404 012404 012501 012501 012502 012502 012502 012502 012503 012503 012601 012601 012800 012800 013101 013101 013101 013101 013200 013200 013400 6 7 8 2 3 3 4 3 4 5 6 3 4 5 6 7 4 5 6 7 1 2 4 6 1 2 5 7 3 4 3 4 5 6 1 3 2 3 5 6 3 4 5 6 4 5 4 060750122016 060750122017 060750122018 060750122022 060750122023 060750123013 060750123014 060750123023 060750123024 060750123025 060750123026 060750124013 060750124014 060750124015 060750124016 060750124017 060750124024 060750124025 060750124026 060750124027 060750124031 060750124032 060750124034 060750124036 060750124041 060750124042 060750124045 060750124047 060750125013 060750125014 060750125023 060750125024 060750125025 060750125026 060750125031 060750125033 060750126012 060750126013 060750128005 060750128006 060750131013 060750131014 060750131015 060750131016 060750132004 060750132005 060750134004 06 06 06 06 06 06 06 06 06 06 06 06 06 06 06 06 06 06 06 06 06 06 06 06 06 06 06 06 06 06 06 06 06 06 06 06 06 06 06 06 06 06 06 06 06 06 06 075 075 075 075 075 075 075 075 075 075 075 075 075 075 075 075 075 075 075 075 075 075 075 075 075 075 075 075 075 075 075 075 075 075 075 075 075 075 075 075 075 075 075 075 075 075 075 013400 013401 013402 013402 013500 013500 015100 015100 015200 015200 015200 015200 015201 015202 015202 015202 015500 015500 015900 015900 015900 015900 016000 016000 016100 016100 016100 016100 016101 016101 016101 016101 016101 016101 016102 016102 016300 016300 016400 016400 016900 016900 017000 017000 017601 017601 017601 5 4 1 5 3 4 3 4 4 5 6 7 7 1 2 6 4 5 3 4 5 6 2 3 5 6 7 8 1 2 3 4 6 8 5 7 4 5 3 4 3 4 4 5 1 5 6 060750134005 060750134014 060750134021 060750134025 060750135003 060750135004 060750151003 060750151004 060750152004 060750152005 060750152006 060750152007 060750152017 060750152021 060750152022 060750152026 060750155004 060750155005 060750159003 060750159004 060750159005 060750159006 060750160002 060750160003 060750161005 060750161006 060750161007 060750161008 060750161011 060750161012 060750161013 060750161014 060750161016 060750161018 060750161025 060750161027 060750163004 060750163005 060750164003 060750164004 060750169003 060750169004 060750170004 060750170005 060750176011 060750176015 060750176016 06 06 06 06 06 06 06 06 06 06 06 06 06 06 06 06 06 06 06 06 06 06 06 06 06 06 06 06 06 06 06 06 06 06 06 06 06 06 06 06 06 06 06 06 06 06 06 075 075 075 075 075 075 075 075 075 075 075 075 075 075 075 075 075 075 075 075 075 075 075 075 075 075 075 075 075 075 075 075 075 075 075 075 075 075 075 075 075 075 075 075 075 075 075 017601 017601 017601 017602 017602 017602 017603 017603 017604 017604 017604 017605 017605 017605 017605 017801 017801 017802 017802 017802 017802 017802 017802 017803 017803 017804 017804 017804 017804 017804 017804 017902 017902 017902 017903 017903 017903 017904 018000 018000 018000 018000 020100 020100 020200 020200 020200 7 8 9 2 3 9 1 9 1 2 9 1 2 3 8 3 4 3 4 5 6 7 8 5 8 1 2 3 4 5 7 1 2 3 1 2 3 2 3 4 5 6 5 6 4 5 6 060750176017 060750176018 060750176019 060750176022 060750176023 060750176029 060750176031 060750176039 060750176041 060750176042 060750176049 060750176051 060750176052 060750176053 060750176058 060750178013 060750178014 060750178023 060750178024 060750178025 060750178026 060750178027 060750178028 060750178035 060750178038 060750178041 060750178042 060750178043 060750178044 060750178045 060750178047 060750179021 060750179022 060750179023 060750179031 060750179032 060750179033 060750179042 060750180003 060750180004 060750180005 060750180006 060750201005 060750201006 060750202004 060750202005 060750202006 06 06 06 06 06 06 06 06 06 06 06 06 06 06 06 06 06 06 06 06 06 06 06 06 06 06 06 06 06 06 06 06 06 06 06 06 06 06 06 06 06 06 06 06 06 06 06 075 075 075 075 075 075 075 075 075 075 075 075 075 075 075 075 075 075 075 075 075 075 075 075 075 075 075 075 075 075 075 075 075 075 075 075 075 075 075 075 075 075 075 075 075 075 075 020200 020201 020201 020201 020201 020202 020202 020202 020202 020402 020402 020402 020402 020601 020601 020700 020700 020700 020700 021600 021600 022600 022600 022704 022704 023003 023003 023300 023300 025501 025501 025502 025502 025900 026001 026001 026001 026001 026303 026303 030102 030102 060100 060100 060400 060400 060700 7 1 2 5 7 2 3 4 6 3 4 5 6 3 4 4 5 6 7 3 4 1 3 3 4 3 4 2 3 1 2 3 4 4 3 4 5 6 3 4 4 5 2 3 2 3 4 060750202007 060750202011 060750202012 060750202015 060750202017 060750202022 060750202023 060750202024 060750202026 060750204023 060750204024 060750204025 060750204026 060750206013 060750206014 060750207004 060750207005 060750207006 060750207007 060750216003 060750216004 060750226001 060750226003 060750227043 060750227044 060750230033 060750230034 060750233002 060750233003 060750255011 060750255012 060750255023 060750255024 060750259004 060750260013 060750260014 060750260015 060750260016 060750263033 060750263034 060750301024 060750301025 060750601002 060750601003 060750604002 060750604003 060750607004 06 06 06 06 06 06 06 06 06 06 06 06 06 06 06 06 06 06 06 06 06 06 06 06 06 06 06 06 06 06 06 06 06 06 06 06 06 06 06 06 06 06 06 06 06 06 06 075 075 075 075 075 075 075 075 075 075 075 075 075 075 075 075 075 075 075 075 075 075 075 075 075 075 075 075 075 075 075 075 075 075 075 075 075 075 075 075 075 075 075 075 075 075 075 060700 060700 060700 060700 060700 060701 060703 060704 061000 061000 061100 061100 061200 061200 061400 061400 061400 061400 061401 061401 061401 061402 061402 061402 061402 061500 061500 061500 061501 061501 061501 061501 061503 061503 061503 061503 061503 061504 061504 061504 061504 061505 061505 061505 061505 061506 061506 5 6 7 8 9 9 7 6 3 4 4 5 3 4 1 4 5 6 1 2 4 1 2 5 6 7 8 9 1 2 2 7 1 2 3 4 8 3 7 8 9 1 2 4 7 3 5 060750607005 060750607006 060750607007 060750607008 060750607009 060750607019 060750607037 060750607046 060750610003 060750610004 060750611004 060750611005 060750612003 060750612004 060750614001 060750614004 060750614005 060750614006 060750614011 060750614012 060750614014 060750614021 060750614022 060750614025 060750614026 060750615007 060750615008 060750615009 060750615011 060750615012 060750615012 060750615017 060750615031 060750615032 060750615033 060750615034 060750615038 060750615043 060750615047 060750615048 060750615049 060750615051 060750615052 060750615054 060750615057 060750615063 060750615065 06 06 06 075 075 075 061506 061506 061506 6 8 9 060750615066 060750615068 060750615069 Document ID: C-820_Readme Participant Statistical Areas Program (PSAP) File: ReadMe_C-820_PSAP_Disc_Contents.txt U.S. Census Bureau Geography Division This Compact Disk/Digital Video Disk (CD/DVD) contains information needed by PSAP participants. You do not have to read/print all of the attachments. You can also find information about PSAP at our website: WHAT MATERIALS ARE INCLUDED ON THE CD/DVD? The materials you receive on the CD/DVD are outlined below: 2020 Census PSAP Quick Reference: Alaska Native Village Statistical Areas Tribal Paper Respondent Guide PDF file(s) of paper maps We encourage you to contact the Census Bureau with any questions about PSAP. Phone: 1-844-788-4921 Email: Website: Participant Statistical Areas Program (PSAP) File: ReadMe_C-820_PSAP_Disc_Contents.txt Document ID: C-821_Readme Participant Statistical Areas Program (PSAP) File: ReadMe_C-821_PSAP_Disc_Contents.txt U.S. Census Bureau Geography Division This Compact Disk/Digital Video Disk (CD/DVD) contains information needed by PSAP participants. You do not have to read/print all of the attachments. You can also find information about PSAP at our website: WHAT MATERIALS ARE INCLUDED ON THE CD/DVD? The materials you receive on the CD/DVD are outlined below: 2020 Census PSAP Quick Reference: Alaska Native Village Statistical Areas Tribal Paper Respondent Guide PDF file(s) of paper maps We encourage you to contact the Census Bureau with any questions about PSAP. Phone: 1-844-788-4921 Email: Website: Participant Statistical Areas Program (PSAP) File: ReadMe_C-821_PSAP_Disc_Contents.txt Document ID: C-822_Readme Participant Statistical Areas Program (PSAP) File: ReadMe_C-822_PSAP_Disc_Contents.txt U.S. Census Bureau Geography Division This Compact Disk/Digital Video Disk (CD/DVD) contains information needed by PSAP participants. You do not have to read/print all of the attachments. You can also find information about PSAP at our website: WHAT MATERIALS ARE INCLUDED ON THE CD/DVD? The materials you receive on the CD/DVD are outlined below: 2020 Census PSAP Quick Reference: Tribal Designated Statistical Areas Tribal Paper Respondent Guide PDF file(s) of paper maps We encourage you to contact the Census Bureau with any questions about PSAP. Phone: 1-844-788-4921 Email: Website: Participant Statistical Areas Program (PSAP) File: ReadMe_C-822_PSAP_Disc_Contents.txt Document ID: C-824_Readme Participant Statistical Areas Program (PSAP) File: ReadMe_C-824_PSAP_Disc_Contents.txt U.S. Census Bureau Geography Division This Compact Disk/Digital Video Disk (CD/DVD) contains information needed by PSAP participants. You do not have to read/print all of the attachments. You can also find information about PSAP at our website: WHAT MATERIALS ARE INCLUDED ON THE CD/DVD? The materials you receive on the CD/DVD are outlined below: 2020 Census PSAP Quick Reference: Oklahoma Tribal Statistical Areas 2020 Census PSAP Quick Reference: Census Designated Places Tribal Paper Respondent Guide PDF file(s) of paper maps We encourage you to contact the Census Bureau with any questions about PSAP. Phone: 1-844-788-4921 Email: Website: Participant Statistical Areas Program (PSAP) File: ReadMe_C-824_PSAP_Disc_Contents.txt Document ID: C-830_Readme Participant Statistical Areas Program (PSAP) File: ReadMe_C-830_PSAP_Disc_Contents.txt U.S. Census Bureau Geography Division This Compact Disk/Digital Video Disk (CD/DVD) contains information needed by PSAP participants. You do not have to read/print all of the attachments. You can also find information about PSAP at our website: WHAT MATERIALS ARE INCLUDED ON THE CD/DVD? The materials you receive on the CD/DVD are outlined below: 2020 Census PSAP Quick Reference: State American Indian Reservations 2020 Census PSAP Quick Reference: State Designated Tribal Statistical Areas Tribal Paper Respondent Guide PDF file(s) of paper maps We encourage you to contact the Census Bureau with any questions about PSAP. Phone: 1-844-788-4921 Email: Website: Participant Statistical Areas Program (PSAP) File: ReadMe_C-830_PSAP_Disc_Contents.txt Document ID: C-880_Readme_Data_Disc Participant Statistical Areas Program (PSAP) File: ReadMe_C-880_PSAP_Data_Disc_Contents.txt U.S. Census Bureau Geography Division This Compact Disk/Digital Video Disk (CD/DVD) contains information needed by PSAP participants. You do not have to read/print all of the attachments. You can also find information about PSAP at our website: WHAT MATERIALS ARE INCLUDED ON THE CD/DVD? The materials you receive on the CD/DVD are outlined below: 2020 Census PSAP Quick Reference: Census Tracts 2020 Census PSAP Quick Reference: Block Groups 2020 Census PSAP Quick Reference: Census Designated Places 2020 Census PSAP Quick Reference: Census County Divisions Standard GUPS Respondent Guide DVD Quick Program Guide for Geographic Update Partnership Software (GUPS) 2020 Proposed Changes List Shapefiles We encourage you to contact the Census Bureau with any questions about PSAP. Phone: 1-844-788-4921 Email: Website: Participant Statistical Areas Program (PSAP) File: ReadMe_C-880_PSAP_Data_Disc_Contents.txt Document ID: C-880_Readme_GUPS_Disc Participant Statistical Areas Program (PSAP) File: ReadMe_C-880_PSAP_GUPS_Disc_Contents.txt U.S. Census Bureau Geography Division This Compact Disk/Digital Video Disk (CD/DVD) contains information needed by PSAP participants. You do not have to read/print all of the attachments. You can also find information about PSAP at our website: WHAT MATERIALS ARE INCLUDED ON THE CD/DVD? The materials you receive on the CD/DVD are outlined below: Geographic Update Partnership Software (GUPS) We encourage you to contact the Census Bureau with any questions about PSAP. Phone: 1-844-788-4921 Email: Website: Participant Statistical Areas Program (PSAP) File: ReadMe_C-880_PSAP_GUPS_Disc_Contents.txt Document ID: C-880-ALT_Readme_Data_Disc Participant Statistical Areas Program (PSAP) File: ReadMe_C-880-ALT_PSAP_Data_Disc_Contents.txt U.S. Census Bureau Geography Division This Compact Disk/Digital Video Disk (CD/DVD) contains information needed by PSAP participants. You do not have to read/print all of the attachments. You can also find information about PSAP at our website: WHAT MATERIALS ARE INCLUDED ON THE CD/DVD? The materials you receive on the CD/DVD are outlined below: 2020 Census PSAP Quick Reference: Census Tracts 2020 Census PSAP Quick Reference: Block Groups 2020 Census PSAP Quick Reference: Census Designated Places Standard GUPS Respondent Guide DVD Quick Program Guide for Geographic Update Partnership Software (GUPS) 2020 Proposed Changes List Shapefiles We encourage you to contact the Census Bureau with any questions about PSAP. Phone: 1-844-788-4921 Email: Website: Participant Statistical Areas Program (PSAP) File: ReadMe_C-880-ALT_PSAP_Data_Disc_Contents.txt Document ID: C-880PR_Readme_Data_Disc Participant Statistical Areas Program (PSAP) File: ReadMe_C-880PR_PSAP_Data_Disc_Contents.txt U.S. Census Bureau Geography Division This Compact Disk/Digital Video Disk (CD/DVD) contains information needed by PSAP participants. You do not have to read/print all of the attachments. You can also find information about PSAP at our website: WHAT MATERIALS ARE INCLUDED ON THE CD/DVD? The materials you receive on the CD/DVD are outlined below: 2020 Census PSAP Quick Reference: Census Tracts 2020 Census PSAP Quick Reference: Block Groups 2020 Census PSAP Quick Reference: Census Designated Places Standard GUPS Respondent Guide DVD Quick Program Guide for Geographic Update Partnership Software (GUPS) 2020 Proposed Changes List Shapefiles We encourage you to contact the Census Bureau with any questions about PSAP. Phone: 1-844-788-4921 Email: Website: Participant Statistical Areas Program (PSAP) File: ReadMe_C-880PR_PSAP_Data_Disc_Contents.txt Document ID: C-880PR_Readme_GUPS_Disc Participant Statistical Areas Program (PSAP) File: ReadMe_C-880PR_PSAP_GUPS_Disc_Contents.txt U.S. Census Bureau Geography Division This Compact Disk/Digital Video Disk (CD/DVD) contains information needed by PSAP participants. You do not have to read/print all of the attachments. You can also find information about PSAP at our website: WHAT MATERIALS ARE INCLUDED ON THE CD/DVD? The materials you receive on the CD/DVD are outlined below: Geographic Update Partnership Software (GUPS) We encourage you to contact the Census Bureau with any questions about PSAP. Phone: 1-844-788-4921 Email: Website: Participant Statistical Areas Program (PSAP) File: ReadMe_C-880PR_PSAP_GUPS_Disc_Contents.txt Document ID: C-890_Readme_Data_Disc Participant Statistical Areas Program (PSAP) File: ReadMe_C-890_PSAP_Data_Disc_Contents.txt U.S. Census Bureau Geography Division This Compact Disk/Digital Video Disk (CD/DVD) contains information needed by PSAP participants. You do not have to read/print all of the attachments. You can also find information about PSAP at our website: WHAT MATERIALS ARE INCLUDED ON THE CD/DVD? The materials you receive on the CD/DVD are outlined below: 2020 Census PSAP Quick Reference: Tribal Block Groups 2020 Census PSAP Quick Reference: Tribal Census Tracts 2020 Census PSAP Quick Reference: Census Designated Places Tribal GUPS Respondent Guide Tribal Paper Respondent Guide DVD Quick Program Guide for Geographic Update Partnership Software (GUPS) 2010 Population and Housing Unit Counts List Shapefiles PDF file(s) of paper maps We encourage you to contact the Census Bureau with any questions about PSAP. Phone: 1-844-788-4921 Email: Website: Participant Statistical Areas Program (PSAP) File: ReadMe_C-890_PSAP_Data_Disc_Contents.txt Document ID: C-890_Readme_GUPS_Disc Participant Statistical Areas Program (PSAP) File: ReadMe_C-890_PSAP_GUPS_Disc_Contents.txt U.S. Census Bureau Geography Division This Compact Disk/Digital Video Disk (CD/DVD) contains information needed by PSAP participants. You do not have to read/print all of the attachments. You can also find information about PSAP at our website: WHAT MATERIALS ARE INCLUDED ON THE CD/DVD? The materials you receive on the CD/DVD are outlined below: Geographic Update Partnership Software (GUPS) We encourage you to contact the Census Bureau with any questions about PSAP. Phone: 1-844-788-4921 Email: Website: Participant Statistical Areas Program (PSAP) File: ReadMe_C-890_PSAP_GUPS_Disc_Contents.txt Document ID: C-890-ALT1_Readme_Data_Disc Participant Statistical Areas Program (PSAP) File: ReadMe_C-890-ALT1_PSAP_Data_Disc_Contents U.S. Census Bureau Geography Division This Compact Disk/Digital Video Disk (CD/DVD) contains information needed by PSAP participants. You do not have to read/print all of the attachments. You can also find information about PSAP at our website: WHAT MATERIALS ARE INCLUDED ON THE CD/DVD? The materials you receive on the CD/DVD are outlined below: 2020 Census PSAP Quick Reference: Tribal Block Groups 2020 Census PSAP Quick Reference: Census Designated Places Tribal GUPS Respondent Guide Tribal Paper Respondent Guide DVD Quick Program Guide for Geographic Update Partnership Software (GUPS) 2010 Population and Housing Unit Counts List Shapefiles PDF file(s) of paper maps We encourage you to contact the Census Bureau with any questions about PSAP. Phone: 1-844-788-4921 Email: Website: Participant Statistical Areas Program (PSAP) File: ReadMe_C-890-ALT1_PSAP_Data_Disc_Contents Document ID: C-890-ALT2_Readme_Data_Disc Participant Statistical Areas Program (PSAP) File: ReadMe_C-890-ALT2_PSAP_Data_Disc_Contents U.S. Census Bureau Geography Division This Compact Disk/Digital Video Disk (CD/DVD) contains information needed by PSAP participants. You do not have to read/print all of the attachments. You can also find information about PSAP at our website: WHAT MATERIALS ARE INCLUDED ON THE CD/DVD? The materials you receive on the CD/DVD are outlined below: 2020 Census PSAP Quick Reference: Census Designated Places Tribal GUPS Respondent Guide Tribal Paper Respondent Guide DVD Quick Program Guide for Geographic Update Partnership Software (GUPS) 2010 Population and Housing Unit Counts List Shapefiles PDF file(s) of paper maps We encourage you to contact the Census Bureau with any questions about PSAP. Phone: 1-844-788-4921 Email: Website: Participant Statistical Areas Program (PSAP) File: ReadMe_C-890-ALT2_PSAP_Data_Disc_Contents Document ID: C-891_Readme Participant Statistical Areas Program (PSAP) File: ReadMe_C-891_PSAP_Disc_Contents.txt U.S. Census Bureau Geography Division This Compact Disk/Digital Video Disk (CD/DVD) contains information needed by PSAP participants. You do not have to read/print all of the attachments. You can also find information about PSAP at our website: WHAT MATERIALS ARE INCLUDED ON THE CD/DVD? The materials you receive on the CD/DVD are outlined below: 2020 Census PSAP Quick Reference: Tribal Block Groups 2020 Census PSAP Quick Reference: Tribal Census Tracts 2020 Census PSAP Quick Reference: Census Designated Places Tribal Paper Respondent Guide 2010 Population and Housing Unit Counts List PDF file(s) of paper maps We encourage you to contact the Census Bureau with any questions about PSAP. Phone: 1-844-788-4921 Email: Website: Participant Statistical Areas Program (PSAP) File: ReadMe_C-891_PSAP_Disc_Contents.txt Document ID: C-891-ALT1_Readme Participant Statistical Areas Program (PSAP) File: ReadMe_C-891-ALT1_PSAP_Disc_Contents.txt U.S. Census Bureau Geography Division This Compact Disk/Digital Video Disk (CD/DVD) contains information needed by PSAP participants. You do not have to read/print all of the attachments. You can also find information about PSAP at our website: WHAT MATERIALS ARE INCLUDED ON THE CD/DVD? The materials you receive on the CD/DVD are outlined below: 2020 Census PSAP Quick Reference: Tribal Block Groups 2020 Census PSAP Quick Reference: Census Designated Places Tribal Paper Respondent Guide 2010 Population and Housing Unit Counts List PDF file(s) of paper maps We encourage you to contact the Census Bureau with any questions about PSAP. Phone: 1-844-788-4921 Email: Website: Participant Statistical Areas Program (PSAP) File: ReadMe_C-891-ALT1_PSAP_Disc_Contents.txt Document ID: C-891-ALT2_Readme Participant Statistical Areas Program (PSAP) File: ReadMe_C-891-ALT2_PSAP_Disc_Contents.txt U.S. Census Bureau Geography Division This Compact Disk/Digital Video Disk (CD/DVD) contains information needed by PSAP participants. You do not have to read/print all of the attachments. You can also find information about PSAP at our website: WHAT MATERIALS ARE INCLUDED ON THE CD/DVD? The materials you receive on the CD/DVD are outlined below: 2020 Census PSAP Quick Reference: Census Designated Places Tribal Paper Respondent Guide 2010 Population and Housing Unit Counts List PDF file(s) of paper maps We encourage you to contact the Census Bureau with any questions about PSAP. Phone: 1-844-788-4921 Email: Website: Participant Statistical Areas Program (PSAP) File: ReadMe_C-891-ALT2_PSAP_Disc_Contents.txt
File Typeapplication/pdf
AuthorBeth Clarke Tyszka (CENSUS/DCMD FED)
File Modified2018-11-28
File Created2018-11-28

© 2024 OMB.report | Privacy Policy